Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 23, 2017

Registration No. 333-

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

YogaWorks, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7299   47-1219105
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, California 90230

(310) 664-6470

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Rosanna McCollough

Chief Executive Officer

YogaWorks, Inc.

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, California 90230

(310) 664-6470

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

Steven B. Stokdyk, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

355 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

(213) 485-1234

 

Kurt Donnell, Esq.

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

YogaWorks, Inc.

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, California 90230

(310) 664-6470

 

Christopher C. Paci, Esq.

Ann Lawrence, Esq.

DLA Piper LLP (US)

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

(212) 335-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer       Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)     

Smaller reporting company 

     Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
    Proposed Maximum  
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $74,750,000.00   $8,664.00

 

 

(1) Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 23, 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of YogaWorks, Inc. We are offering             shares of our common stock. We estimate that the initial public offering price per share will be between $            and $            . For a detailed description of our common stock, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock”.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “YOGA”.

Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., Great Hill Investors, LLC and their affiliated companies, which we refer to collectively as “Great Hill Partners,” or controlling stockholder, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $         million in shares of our common stock in this offering, which we refer to as the “Great Hill Shares”, at the initial public offering price. However, as indications of interest are not binding agreements to purchase, the underwriters may elect to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may elect to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary – Implication of Being an Emerging Growth Company”. We will also be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance standards for NASDAQ listed companies and will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements of the rules. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock”.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 20.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial Public Offering Price

   $               $           

Underwriting Discount(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds Before Expenses

   $      $  

(1) See “Underwriting”.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days following the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock solely to cover overallotments, if any, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about            , 2017 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Cowen   Stephens Inc.   Guggenheim Securities
Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated            , 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Diverse, High-Quality Yoga Classes for Everybody Uplifting Local Community Empowered Personal Journey Teaching Authority Since 1990 Complementary Digital Offering


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     20  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42  

Use of Proceeds

     44  

Dividend Policy

     45  

Capitalization

     46  

Dilution

     48  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     51  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     56  

Business

     75  

Management

     97  

Executive Compensation

     106  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     119  

Principal Stockholders

     121  

Description of Capital Stock

     123  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     127  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     130  

Underwriting

     134  

Legal Matters

     141  

Experts

     141  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     141  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Trademarks, Trade Names and Service Marks

YogaWorks, MyYogaWorks, Yoga Tree and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of YogaWorks, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries. Other trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.

Market, Industry and Other Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on reports from various sources. Because this information

 

i


Table of Contents

involves a number of assumptions and limitations, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. The content of the sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein. Certain statements in this prospectus regarding market and industry data of the yoga industry is based on information from the 2016 Yoga in America Study conducted by Yoga Journal and Yoga Alliance. Yoga Alliance is a non-profit association of yoga schools and teachers dedicated to the promotion of yoga education and training, of which we are a paying member. The 2016 Yoga in America study conducted by Yoga Journal and Yoga Alliance is referred to throughout this prospectus as the 2016 Yoga in America Study.

In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “YogaWorks,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to YogaWorks, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and the term “Great Hill Partners” refers collectively to Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., Great Hill Investors, LLC and their affiliated companies.

Our Mission

YogaWorks is a healthy lifestyle brand focused on enriching and transforming lives through yoga. We strive to honor and empower our students’ journey toward personal growth and well-being, no matter their age or physical ability, in an inclusive and community-oriented environment.

YogaWorks for Everybody

We are one of the largest and fastest growing providers of high quality yoga instruction in the U.S., with almost 3 million student visits in 2016 and 50 company-owned studios as well as our Internet-based digital media service, MyYogaWorks.com. YogaWorks is the only national, multi-discipline yoga instruction company, and our highly recognizable brand is present in six geographically dispersed U.S. markets—Los Angeles, Orange County (California), New York City, Northern California, Boston and Baltimore/Washington D.C. Our teachers taught more than 180,000 classes in our conveniently located studios and attracted more than 225,000 students in 2016. Since 1990, we have offered the YogaWorks teacher training program, which we believe is the gold standard within the yoga community and respected across the globe for instructing teachers on how to teach yoga to a broad population of students. We believe our YogaWorks teacher training program extends our brand beyond our current six markets and that many of our 11,000 graduates serve as ambassadors of the YogaWorks brand and help us identify new markets.

We strive to make yoga accessible to everyone and offer a lifestyle approach that can be applied on and off the mat. We help people improve their physical and mental well-being through the 5,000 year old tradition of yoga, which we practice as a community-oriented experience. Our classes are designed to safely challenge practitioners of all levels, making yoga accessible to a diverse population ranging from beginners and casual practitioners to seasoned yogis and professional athletes. We are told some students find yoga to be the only form of exercise they need or wish to do. Others enjoy how yoga complements their other exercise routines, as yoga can enhance performance and reduce injuries by helping people stretch to increase flexibility, strength, balance and focus.

Our student experience centers on three key benefits:

Connection : Our first goal is to help our students connect their bodies with their minds. In fact, the word “yoga” means to unite or join. We offer our students a variety of class options ranging from rigorous physical exertion to classes that provide a deep stretch that is low-impact. Each class requires a student to connect breathing with movement, necessitating tremendous focus. This concentration, in turn, helps our students to tune out their worries, cares and distractions. We believe that healthy physical strengthening and stretching

 



 

1


Table of Contents

combined with meditation can lead to a feeling of centered positivity and relief from stress that so many seek.

Community : Our open and inviting atmosphere fosters a supportive environment so that students can work toward their fitness and mindfulness goals and meet others with similar interests. Our inviting studios and inclusive, non-judgmental approach provide a non-intimidating environment to make students feel accepted and respected when walking through our doors. While each studio has a unique look and feel, all of our studios are unified by a common brand, community-oriented mission, value system and focus on quality teaching and welcoming customer service.

Calm : From the moment a student enters our studio, we strive to create a tranquil space. Our practice rooms prepare students for a completely different experience geared towards mind-body balance. The highlight of the YogaWorks experience is the class work, which is designed to help students strengthen their mind and body as well as find a sense of connection with their own center. As an additional benefit, most of our classes end with five to ten minutes of deep relaxation, or savasana , to engender a sense of calm that our students can take back with them to their everyday lives, after leaving our studios.

Since 1990, we have offered our own teacher training program that derives its inspiration from combining three different respected yoga styles to create a unique YogaWorks approach. We believe our teacher training program is respected within the yoga community for training teachers how to tailor and curate classes, have a presence in the room and truly teach rather than focusing on memorizing and repeating rote sequences of postures. More than 11,000 teachers have graduated from our program since its inception.

In addition to our in-studio instruction and teacher training programs, YogaWorks has developed, and markets and sells online subscriptions to, MyYogaWorks.com, an on-demand video library of over 1,000 proprietary instructional classes that allows students to practice yoga anytime, anywhere. We believe our MyYogaWorks.com classes are complementary to our in-studio classes as students can focus on a particular pose, hone a skill or continue their practice between visits. Our video classes are expertly taught by YogaWorks-trained teachers. MyYogaWorks.com streamed almost 700,000 classes to over 18,000 users in more than 145 countries in 2016.

Strong Financial Performance

As a result of our quality class offerings, talented teachers and solid brand reputation, we have achieved a strong historical financial performance. We derive our revenues from multiple sources, including in-studio instruction and retail sales, teacher training, workshops and subscriptions to MyYogaWorks.com. We believe our compelling value proposition to our students, consisting of competitive pricing for high-quality instruction, has also driven our growth throughout a variety of economic cycles and conditions since we were founded in 1987.

Our significant growth is reflected in:

 

  49 studios at December 31, 2016 reflecting a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR of 19.5%, from 24 studios at December 31, 2012 (primarily related to our acquisition of 17 studios in 2015);

 



 

2


Table of Contents
  2.9 million visits in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 13.6%, from 1.8 million visits in 2012; and

 

  Net revenues of $55.1 million in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 10.9%, from $36.4 million in 2012.

 

LOGO

Our recent growth has been driven by our strategy of adding studios primarily through acquisitions and selectively building new studios. Through acquisitions, we believe we can quickly gain students, grow our market share and build on the operating momentum of these acquired businesses. Our acquisition strategy also allows us to immediately gain a strong presence in targeted markets and local communities.

We have developed a multi-factor evaluation system that allows us to quickly assess potential acquisition candidates and continually add qualified new targets to our active outreach process. We have also built an efficient due diligence review workflow, and a proven post-acquisition integration methodology that is designed to facilitate a seamless student, teacher and staff transition to the YogaWorks operating model. In addition, we have a proven history of retaining and improving the student and teacher focus of each studio or chain of studios acquired. Our acquired studios have experienced positive results under our ownership, benefiting from being part of our brand and implementing our best practices.

Our Market Opportunity

Benefits of Yoga

We believe that helping students connect their breathing and movement can yield a powerful result. From increasing strength and flexibility to reduction of stress to clarity of mind, the noted benefits of yoga are many and meaningful. Our students tell us about how calm they feel after class and how they turn to yoga to help them reach their health and wellness goals, manage difficult situations and relieve stress. These benefits are part of the reason that yoga adoption is increasing across all segments of the population, and it is why word-of-mouth is such a major marketing source for us, as students share the benefits of yoga.

Market Awareness, Yoga Participation and Spend

The practice of yoga in the United States is gaining popularity. According to a report published by IBISWorld in November 2016 discussing pilates and yoga studios in the U.S., which is referred to throughout this prospectus as the IBISWorld Report, approximately 37 million Americans practiced yoga in 2016, up from approximately 20 million in 2012, representing 80% growth. According to the Sports Club Advisors, Inc. Industry Snap Shot from April 2016, the number of yoga practitioners is expected to grow to 55.1 million Americans in 2020, representing 50% more participants than 2016. Yoga awareness among Americans has increased from 75% in 2012 to 90% in 2016, according to the 2016 Yoga in America Study. According to the same study, in 2016, yoga practitioners spent over $16 billion on instruction, apparel, equipment and yoga accessories; over one-third of that figure, or

 



 

3


Table of Contents

approximately $5.8 billion, was spent on instruction in 2016. At $16 billion in 2016, spend on yoga has increased by $6 billion since 2012.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study .

Student Profile

Yoga is practiced by a number of desirable consumer demographics and YogaWorks is well positioned to reach a broad population due to our inclusive, multi-discipline and broad program offerings. According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association (IHRSA) over 40% of yoga practitioners are part of “Generation Y,” also known as “Millennials”, who are increasingly focused on wellness and are generally willing to spend more on personal enrichment and authentic and meaningful experiences. Yoga appeals to people of all incomes and education levels. Approximately 60% of practitioners have college degrees and earn over $75,000 in annual income.

What Sets YogaWorks Apart

We believe we have a number of core competencies that distinguish YogaWorks from other yoga studio operators.

Market Defining Lifestyle Brand Focused on Healthy Living

We believe we are viewed as a trusted authority on the growing yoga movement and have a reputation for being the place where top teachers go to learn and teach. Today we are one of the largest branded operators of yoga studios in the U.S. by number of studios and number of students, with more than 225,000 practicing students and almost 3 million student visits in 2016. We believe our positioning as a lifestyle brand has resulted in attractive student economics for us. Driven in part by the large number of students that are referred to us by our teachers or existing students, we have been able to achieve a “lifetime value” per student of more than ten times our marketing cost to acquire a new student.

Appeal to Broad Demographic

We offer a high-quality fitness experience throughout our entire yoga studio network that appeals to a broad student demographic at attractive price points. The variety of classes and styles we teach distinguishes us from our competition and allows us to accommodate students from a wide variety of backgrounds. Our student base is approximately 80% female and 20% male with over 60% of the students earning over $75,000. In addition, our student base is widely and relatively evenly distributed in age ranging from 25 to 64 years old, with the majority of our students having attended or graduated college.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

High Quality Yoga Experience

Our classes are about peace of mind as well as physical challenge. We provide our students with a welcoming feeling beginning with our clean, bright and aesthetically pleasing studios. As an example, our studios tend not to have mirrors so our students can focus inwards on themselves and their experience and not compare themselves to others. Our classes feature our unique YogaWorks approach: safe, compassionate and skillful teaching. Many classes at YogaWorks offer themes from physical focal points such as releasing the hips or strengthening the upper body to more subtle themes like quieting the mind or opening the heart center.

The Gold Standard of Yoga Teacher Training

We differentiate our brand through our world-renowned and well established teacher training programs in which teachers are taught how to teach safe, inspiring yoga classes and engage students on an individual level. Our innovative and proven teaching program, originally created in 1990, is well-rounded and focuses on providing yoga teachers with the tools to sequence classes and teach skillfully rather than emphasizing memorization of set sequences. This enables our teacher graduates to be comfortable and well-trained to effectively teach anywhere and to any class composition. We have graduated over 11,000 teachers in the program’s 27 year history, across more than 25 countries. We believe we have trained and qualified more advanced yoga teachers than any other yoga operator in the country.

Strong Studio-Level Economics

We seek to generate attractive studio-level margins by increasing the average number of students per class which in turn provides better return on our fixed costs, such as teacher salaries and rent. We target studios with average annual revenues between $500,000 to $700,000 and a return on our invested capital to be within two to four years of opening a new studio. We approach our acquisition targets seeking similar returns. We believe that our strong studio-level economics are important for us to grow our studio base and successfully execute our acquisition strategy.

Acquirer of Choice with History of Successful Acquisitions

We believe that acquisitions can be an effective and profitable way for us to enter new regional markets and gain a thriving student base rather than build new studios that ramp up slowly over time. We have a history of successful yoga studio acquisitions and expect to continue to execute regional growth through acquisitions in the future. In 2015, we acquired 17 studios through four acquisitions (Be Yoga, Yoga Tree, Back Bay Yoga Studio and Charm City Yoga) for aggregate consideration of $12.2 million. These studios contributed $11.7 million of net revenue in 2016. With the integration of our operations, programming and instruction best practices, total visits in the studios acquired from these acquisitions increased more than 7% in 2016, our first full fiscal year of operating these studios, over 2015.

We believe we are uniquely positioned to grow via acquisition due to our (i) well-respected brand among studio operators, (ii) our multi-discipline approach to yoga that allows us to cohesively integrate studios teaching nearly any style of yoga, (iii) our leverageable infrastructure, (iv) our experienced management team, (v) our studio acquisition experience and (vi) our tested integration procedures. With each acquisition, we further refine our selection criteria and integration methodology, enabling us to preserve the acquired studio’s unique appeal to its local community while successfully increasing visits and net revenues under our ownership. As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into letters of intent to acquire              studios and are in late-stage negotiations with over                 other studios that we believe are probable to be acquired in the next twelve months. We have also entered into confidentiality agreements with over              studios, pursuant to which we are evaluating and

 



 

5


Table of Contents

discussing potential acquisitions of those studios, and contacted (via email or telephone) over              studios regarding a potential acquisition.

Inspired Culture and Passionate Team

Since our founding in 1987, we have cultivated a positive culture that permeates all aspects of our organization. The core tenets of our culture include a belief in the benefits of yoga practice, transparency, a focus on performance, providing a compelling studio experience and a team-based customer service approach. We strive to recruit candidates into our organization who demonstrate a passion for healthy living and an understanding of the benefits of yoga. We continuously emphasize the need to communicate openly with our students and fellow employees; this transparency is also reflected in our pricing strategy. We believe our culture helps build and support a consistent and motivated group of team members that are passionate about providing a high-quality experience to our students.

Proven and Experienced Senior Management Team

We have assembled a proven and experienced senior management team that is aligned by the same vision and strategic direction for YogaWorks and continues to drive our growth and protect our culture. Our senior management team brings a wealth of experience across a broad range of business disciplines, including consumer products, retail and service operations, education, e-commerce and digital media, direct consumer marketing, brand development, finance, real estate and information technology. Additionally, our management team has extensive experience building consumer lifestyle brands. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our growth strategy.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we have significant opportunities to enhance our leadership in the yoga studio industry and improve profitability through strategic acquisitions and organic growth. This growth will fuel our ability to continue to make high-quality yoga accessible to everyone—dedicated yogis and beginners alike. Key elements of our growth strategy are as follows:

Grow our Studio Base

We believe we are ideally positioned to consolidate the highly fragmented yoga studio market. We plan to strengthen our presence in existing markets and selectively enter new markets predominantly by acquiring independently owned yoga studios. Based upon internal and third-party analysis of the number of currently existing yoga studios throughout the U.S., and assuming sufficient access to capital and successful execution of our business plan, we believe we have the opportunity to increase our studio count to over 250 studios in the next several years. We believe that acquisitions of existing studios and their thriving student bases can be an effective, profitable and risk-mitigating way to enter a new regional market versus building a new studio and waiting for attendance to ramp up over time. We will, however, selectively open new YogaWorks studios to complement existing and acquired regional studio clusters where there is sufficient density of population to support more of our studios.

Over the past 14 years, we have successfully integrated numerous acquisitions. In 2003, we acquired 3 studios located in Orange County, California. In 2004, we acquired 2 studios in the Los Angeles area and 4 studios in the New York City area (6 studios total). In 2007, we acquired one studio in the Los Angeles area. In 2008, we acquired 3 studios in the Northern California area. In 2013, we acquired 2 more studios in the Los Angeles area. In 2015, we acquired Be Yoga in the Palo Alto area (one studio), Yoga Tree in the San Francisco area (7 studios), Back Bay Yoga Studio in the Boston area (2 studios), and Charm City Yoga in the Baltimore/Washington D.C. area (7 studios). Generally,

 



 

6


Table of Contents

we have seen revenues and visits increase across acquired studios since their acquisitions. To date, 60% of our existing studios have become part of our studio base through acquisitions. We believe our significant experience in identifying attractive acquisition targets, our industry reputation, our proven integration process and solid operational infrastructure create a compelling platform for growth through acquisitions. Through future acquisitions, we can leverage our corporate infrastructure to grow our brand in both new and existing markets by quickly tapping into the thriving yoga communities that already exist in nearly every city in the U.S.

Through a combination of acquisitions and new studio openings, we plan to add more than 35 yoga studios over the next eighteen months. Our studio growth will likely include expansion into new geographic markets as well as an enhanced presence in existing markets.

Drive Increased Visits, Net Revenues and Regional Market Share

We remain focused on developing and offering high-quality yoga programming supported by our industry-leading teacher training to drive increased visits, net revenues and regional market share. Specifically, we intend to generate growth in visits, net revenues and market share by executing on the following strategies:

 

    Increase our Brand Awareness . We will continue to increase YogaWorks’ brand awareness and consumer loyalty through new and innovative marketing outreach, studio acquisitions, new studio openings and expansion of our digital presence. Our marketing efforts reflect our authentic and localized brand characteristics, and are comprised of grassroots and word-of-mouth marketing that include local events to enhance our unique profile in the communities where we operate. Our ability to engage with consumers across six regional markets demonstrates the effectiveness of our nationally-managed, but locally-focused marketing spend.

 

    Expand Teacher Training and Workshops. As the most recognized and accredited teacher training program in yoga, we plan to continue investing in the continuing education of our students and teachers, thereby driving the profitable revenues that the teacher training program brings to our company. Workshops, primarily used to deepen our students’ practice, have also been an incremental revenue opportunity by utilizing excess studio room capacity.

 

    Grow MyYogaWorks.com. We plan to continue investing in adding quality content for MyYogaWorks.com, improving the user experience and increasing the site’s functionality, including potentially adding live streaming. We are launching several initiatives to cross-sell consumers who use MyYogaWorks.com to join us in our studios for live instruction and hands-on one-on-one attention from our teachers. We are also exploring relationships with companies and complementary brands to drive growth and increase awareness of the MyYogaWorks.com platform.

Leverage our Infrastructure

In preparation for our continued growth, we have built out our corporate infrastructure over the past several years. We now have the corporate, regional and studio-level management personnel in place, as well as the information technology platform, to support our future growth and acquisition strategy, without significant new investments in corporate infrastructure. As our studio base grows, expenses for our corporate and regional overhead should become a smaller percentage of our net revenues and profitability. We will also continue to benefit from our strategy of “clustering” studios in distinct geographic regions. By building scale in existing markets, we will increase our local brand awareness and consumer engagement without spending incrementally more on marketing costs as a percentage of net revenues.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Pursue Brand Extension Opportunities

We intend to extend and monetize the YogaWorks brand in the following areas:

 

    Corporate Relationships. We believe we can capitalize on our position as an industry authority on high-quality, multi-discipline yoga to establish relationships with large corporations, health insurers and other institutions to incorporate YogaWorks classes into their employee wellness programs and encourage them to promote the usage of YogaWorks studios.

 

    Retail. We believe that our retail and merchandise offerings contribute to a high quality in-studio environment for our students and better enable them to live the YogaWorks lifestyle. In addition, there is considerable opportunity to expand our retail and merchandising offerings going forward, including the launch of YogaWorks-branded apparel and accessories as well as offering select merchandise to be sold via e-commerce.

 

    Licensing. We believe we have an opportunity to license the YogaWorks brand into new complementary healthy lifestyle categories that would benefit from our brand reputation and market recognition. Examples include licensing MyYogaWorks.com content to media companies and content providers and through alternative online distribution channels.

 

    Publishing of Digital Content . We also see an opportunity to publish our yoga class content and stream live classes through MyYogaWorks.com which will help us maintain our industry leadership position and increase the additional revenue that could be generated through our planned e-commerce platform.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    our incurrence of losses in the past and expectation of incurring losses in the future;

 

    our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brand;

 

    negative publicity, particularly through social media, which could hurt our brand;

 

    our ability to implement our growth strategy or successfully integrate the studios we acquire to achieve our growth strategy;

 

    our inability to achieve sales and operating levels for our recently acquired and opened studios that is consistent with our existing studios;

 

    our expansion into new markets;

 

    our inability to manage our growth effectively;

 

    our inability to renew or replace our current studio leases on favorable terms;

 

    an economic downturn or the occurrence of economic uncertainty in our markets;

 

    unexpected increases in our operating expenses, including labor costs and overhead; and

 

    changes in government regulations or our inability to comply with them.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

Recapitalization Transactions

On March 24, 2017, we undertook the following transactions:

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock, all beneficially owned by Great Hill Partners, into             shares of our common stock;

 

    the conversion of all of our then existing convertible notes held by Great Hill Partners, the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes, into             shares of our common stock;

 

    after effecting the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock and conversion of all then-existing convertible notes, effecting a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock and a proportional adjustment to the exercise price of then-existing stock option awards;

 

    the approval of the issuance of new convertible notes to Great Hill Partners, or the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $             per share of common stock;

 

    an increase in the number of shares that may be issued under our 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or our 2014 Plan, to             shares of our common stock; and

 

    the award of stock option grants to our employees and consultants to purchase up to         shares in the aggregate of our common stock.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to undertake the following transactions:

 

    a              -for-1 stock split of our common stock and a proportional adjustment to the exercise price of then outstanding stock option awards; and

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with our initial public offering.

We refer to the foregoing as the Recapitalization Transactions.

Recent Developments

As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into letters of intent to acquire              studios and are in late-stage negotiations with over                 other studios that we believe are probable to be acquired in the next twelve months. We have also entered into confidentiality agreements with over              studios, pursuant to which we are evaluating and discussing potential acquisitions of those studios, and contacted (via email or telephone) over              studios regarding a potential acquisition. We believe each of these proposed acquisitions is consistent with our growth strategy. We also intend to continue our efforts to selectively acquire additional studios. There can be no assurance that we will consummate acquisitions pursuant to our letters of intent or acquire any additional studios. Furthermore, our acquisitions are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including as to when, whether and to what extent the anticipated benefits and cost savings of a particular acquisition will be realized. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our growth strategy is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and acquire studio targets and integrate their operations with ours.”

Our Sponsor and Controlled Company Status

Great Hill Partners, L.P., one of the affiliates of Great Hill Partners, is a private equity firm that has raised over $5 billion in commitments since inception through six funds to finance the expansion,

 



 

9


Table of Contents

recapitalization or acquisition of companies in a wide range of sectors in business-to-business and business-to-consumer industries including software, financial and healthcare technology, consumer retail, digital media, e-commerce and internet infrastructure. Based in Boston, funds advised by Great Hill Partners, L.P. have invested in over 50 companies, targeting investments in established companies that are leaders in their markets with strong management teams. Great Hill Partners, L.P. supports these companies by providing board-level oversight of company management, capital structure, and growth strategy, including strategic acquisitions. In addition to YogaWorks, representative current and former consumer/retail portfolio companies include Wayfair, The Shade Store, and Vitacost.

We were acquired by Great Hill Partners in July 2014 for $45.6 million in cash. The terms of the acquisition, including the purchase price, were determined based on arms’ length negotiations between Great Hill Partners, YogaWorks and the prior majority shareholder of YogaWorks, Highland Capital Partners. Net of the $9.6 million liabilities assumed, $12.0 million of the purchase price was allocated to net tangible assets, $25.2 million of the purchase price was allocated to specific identifiable intangible assets and $18.0 million of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.

Following this offering, assuming the purchase of the Great Hill Shares, Great Hill Partners will control approximately     % of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares). As a result, Great Hill Partners will control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors (which will control our management and affairs), the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. Because Great Hill Partners will control more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock, we will be considered a controlled company under the NASDAQ rules. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of compliance with certain corporate governance requirements. Accordingly, stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. See “Risk Factors—We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. As a result, we qualify for, and intend to continue to rely on, exemptions from corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.”

Corporate Information

We launched our principal operations in 1987. We are a Delaware corporation and our principal executive offices are located at 5780 Uplander Way, Culver City, California 90230, and our telephone number is (310) 664-6470. Our website address is www.yogaworks.com. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any such information as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies”. We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, requirements related to compliance with new or revised accounting standards, requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.0 billion or more in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

For risks related to our status as an emerging growth company, see the disclosure elsewhere in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors” below.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by YogaWorks

               shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

               shares

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from YogaWorks

               shares

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $            million based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares.
   The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our existing loan agreement with Deerpath Funding, LP, referred to herein as our Loan Agreement, of approximately $7 million (including prepayment premiums), fund future acquisitions of individual yoga studios or businesses with multiple studios (although we have no present binding obligations to enter into any such acquisitions), investments or capital expenditures and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Dividend Policy

   We currently do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors

 



 

12


Table of Contents
   considers relevant. See “Dividend Policy” for further information.

Voting Rights

   Shares of common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section captioned “Description of Capital Stock”. Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, following this offering, outstanding shares of common stock held by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

Controlled Company

   Immediately following completion of this offering, Great Hill Partners will control approximately    % of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, Great Hill Partners will be able to control the outcome of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including, for example, the election of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and mergers or other business combinations. See “Description of Capital Stock”. In addition, we currently intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemption under the NASDAQ corporate governance rules, and so you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Proposed trading symbol on The NASDAQ Global Market

   “YOGA”.

Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $         million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

The total number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes            shares, and excludes, in each case as of March 31, 2017:

 

    an aggregate of              shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $             per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock, subject to annual increases, reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan, or our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering (plus an additional number of shares of common stock

 



 

13


Table of Contents
 

subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan and which are forfeited or lapse unexercised thereafter); and

 

    conversion of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock (we intend to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in connection with the closing of this offering).

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes as of March 31, 2017:

 

    the Recapitalization Transactions; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock from us to cover overallotments, if any.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

The terms “Predecessor” and “Successor” used below and throughout this prospectus refer to the periods prior and subsequent to the acquisition of us by Great Hill Partners in July 2014. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Sponsor and Controlled Company Status.” The unaudited combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The consolidated statements of operations data for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 are each derived from financial statements not included in this prospectus.

You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and results for any interim period below are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

 

    Unaudited
Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Unaudited
Non-GAAP

Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10, 2014
(Predecessor)
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                 

Net revenues

  $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ 55,090     $ 48,506     $ 44,102     $ 21,094         $ 23,008  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                 

Cost of revenues

    5,129       5,318       20,535       17,105       14,955       7,152           7,803  

Center operations

    5,687       5,563       22,469       19,859       27,549       11,559           15,990  

General and administrative expenses

    3,010       3,178       11,067       12,556       6,598       3,210           3,388  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515       3,146       2,180           966  

Goodwill impairment

   

 

 

 

 

   

 
          927                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

   

 

 

16,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,240

 

 

 

    62,964       56,962       52,248       24,101           28,147  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

15


Table of Contents
    Unaudited
Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Unaudited
Non-GAAP

Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10, 2014
(Predecessor)
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

Loss from operations

  $ (2,037   $ (1,148   $ (7,874   $ (8,456   $ (8,146   $ (3,007       $ (5,139

Interest expense, net

    562       391       1,587       746       90       47           43  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (2,599     (1,539     (9,461     (9,202     (8,236     (3,054         (5,182

Provision for income taxes

    18       7       43       13       28       13           15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546     (9,504     (9,215     (8,264     (3,067         (5,197

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

                      (411               (411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215   $ (8,675   $ (3,067       $ (5,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $                  $                  $                  $                         

Diluted

                 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

                 

Diluted

                 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $       $              

Diluted

                 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

                 

Diluted

                 

 



 

16


Table of Contents
     Unaudited
As of
March 31, 2017
     As of December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)       2016     2015     2014  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,456      $ 1,912     $ 3,773     $ 4,511  

Total assets

     57,537        57,148       65,000       56,052  

Total long term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553        6,769       7,201       1,428  

2015 GHP Convertible Notes

     3,203        11,635       10,728        

Redeemable preferred stock

            61,393       56,758       52,436  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     38,656        (32,632     (18,534     (5,014

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2016      2015      2014  

Other Information:

              

Studios (period end)

     50        49        49        47        29  

Student visits

     760,707        789,677        2,946,807        2,439,469        2,165,073  

Studio classes

     45,154        44,772        181,796        146,846        120,895  

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016      2015  

Other Financial Information:

        

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 841     $ 1,245     $ 1,699      $ 361  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

    6.0     8.2     3.1      0.7

Studio-Level EBITDA(3)

  $ 3,205     $ 4,392     $ 12,373      $ 12,398  

Studio-Level EBITDA Margin(4)

    22.9     29.1     22.5      25.6

Average Unit Volume(5)

      $ 1,126      $ 1,338  
    Unaudited
Three Months Ended March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016      2015  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:

        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 783     $ (779   $ 762      $ (888

Net cash used in investing activities

    (196     (923     (2,097      (15,124

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,956             (526      15,273  

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue

    (115     (980     (650      427  

 

(1) The unaudited non-GAAP combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The presentation of combined financial information for the year ended December 31, 2014 is not consistent with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, or with the pro forma requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X, and may yield results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis. The financial information for the two periods was prepared on different accounting bases for the Successor and Predecessor and the combined financial information does not include any pro forma adjustments to make them comparable.
(2)

See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common

 



 

17


Table of Contents
  stockholders. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent     -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss for the applicable period by the weighted average number of shares for the applicable period. The weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 gives effect to, as of December 31, 2016, (i) the conversion of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock into                      shares of our common stock; (ii) the conversion of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes into                      shares of our common stock; (iii) the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent     -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and (iv) stock option grants to our employees and consultants to purchase up to                      shares in the aggregate of our common stock that occurred after December 31, 2016.
(3) In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016     2015  

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215

Interest expense, net

    562       391       1,587       746  

Provision for income taxes

    18       7       43       13  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515  

Goodwill impairment

                      927  

Deferred rent(a)

    31       181       276       803  

Stock based compensation(b)

    539       7       23       17  

Acquisition professional expenses(c)

                      263  

Severance(d)

    82             225       99  

Executive recruiting(e)

                56       93  

Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees(f)

    25       25       100       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 841     $ 1,246     $ 1,699     $ 361  

Other general and administrative expenses(g)

    2,364       3,147       10,674       12,037  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Studio-Level EBITDA

  $ 3,205     $ 4,393     $ 12,373     $ 12,398  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Reflects the extent to which our rent expense for the period has been above or below our cash rent payments.
(b) Non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on timing of awards and forfeitures.
(c) Professional expenses incurred in connection with studio acquisitions, including legal and advisory fees.
(d) Severance expenses incurred in the period related to the termination of studio and non-studio employees.
(e) Executive recruiting expenses incurred in connection with the recruitment and hiring of members of our executive management team, Mmes. McCollough (2015) and Dawson (2016) and Mr. Chang (2016).

 



 

18


Table of Contents
(f) Represents expense reimbursement fees incurred in connection with our Expense Reimbursement Agreement with Great Hill Partners, which we expect to terminate upon completion of this offering.
(g) Represents general and administrative expenses that are corporate and regional expenses and not incurred by our studios, but excluding any general and administrative expenses related to deferred rent, stock based compensation, acquisition professional expenses, executive recruiting, severance, the Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees or any other general and administrative expenses that are included in the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

We use Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to understand and evaluate our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our core business operations. Studio-Level EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our studios. Accordingly, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

    although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA are not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect: (i) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (ii) debt service requirements; (iii) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (iv) other cash costs that may recur in the future; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Studio-Level EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities, net loss and our other GAAP financial results.

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Studio-Level EBITDA Margin are each calculated as Adjusted EBITDA or Studio-Level EBITDA, as applicable, divided by net revenues.
(5) Average Unit Volume, or AUV, for any 12-month period is calculated by dividing total net revenues by the number of studios open during that period. For studios that are not open for the entire period, we make fractional adjustments to the number of studios open such that it corresponds to the period of associated net revenues.

 



 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are unaware, or that we currently deem immaterial also may become important factors that affect us.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have incurred losses in the past, expect to incur losses in the future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We incurred a net loss of $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. We had an accumulated deficit of $36.3 million as of March 31, 2017 and negative working capital of $3.4 million at March 31, 2017. We incurred a net loss of $9.5 million in 2016 and $9.2 million in 2015 and had negative operating cash flow of $0.9 million in 2015. In addition, we had accumulated deficits of $32.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and $18.6 million as of December 31, 2015 and negative working capital of $3.7 million at December 31, 2016 and $14.4 million at December 31, 2015. We expect our operating expenses to increase in the future as we expand our operations. As a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If our net revenues do not grow at a greater rate than our expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability. We may incur significant losses in the future for many reasons, including the other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. We may also encounter unforeseen expenses, operating delays or other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our net revenues do not grow faster than our expenses, we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

If we are unable to maintain the value and reputation of our brand, our business will be harmed.

The YogaWorks name is integral to our business as well as to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our ability to provide a consistent, high-quality student experience, our marketing, merchandising and community-building efforts and successfully integrating studios acquired pursuant to our growth strategy. We believe that we have built our reputation on the high quality of our in-studio classes, our commitment to our students, our strong employee culture and the atmosphere and design of our studios, and we must protect and grow the value of our brand in order for us to continue to be successful. We rely on social media and digital marketing, as some of our marketing strategies, to have a positive impact on both our brand value and reputation. Our brand could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Any incident that erodes student loyalty for our brand could significantly reduce its value and damage our business. Additionally, while we devote considerable efforts and resources to protecting our intellectual property, if these efforts are not successful, the value of our brand may be harmed. Our failure to maintain the value and reputation of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and growth.

Our growth strategy is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and acquire studio targets and integrate their operations with ours.

Our growth strategy primarily contemplates expansion through targeted acquisitions of other yoga studio businesses. Implementing this strategy depends on our ability to successfully identify

 

20


Table of Contents

opportunities that complement our businesses, share our business and company philosophy and operate in markets that are complementary to our operations and the communities in which we operate. We will also need to assess and mitigate the risk of any target opportunity, to acquire targets on favorable terms and to successfully integrate their operations with ours. We may not be able to successfully identify opportunities that meet these criteria, or, if we do, we may not be able to successfully negotiate, finance, acquire and integrate them. Even if we enter into confidentiality agreements or letters of intent with potential studios, we may not be able to complete the acquisition. If we are unable to identify and acquire suitable studios, our revenue growth rate and financial performance may fall short of our expectations. If we are successful in acquiring studio targets, we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations of these studios with ours, to execute the growth objectives of our combined operations or to realize the revenue opportunities or cost savings that may be assumed. In addition, any such opportunity may require us to raise additional capital, which may be dilutive to our existing shareholders, or require us to incur additional indebtedness. If our analysis of the suitability of a studio or group of studios for acquisition is incorrect, we may not be able to recover our capital investment in acquiring such studios.

Our recently acquired or newly opened studios may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term, and may not achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our existing studios on a timely basis, or at all.

We have actively pursued new studio growth, primarily through acquisitions, and plan to continue doing so in the future. Many of our studios are still relatively new as YogaWorks-branded studios, as we have opened or acquired 23 studios since January 1, 2015. We cannot assure you that our recently acquired or newly opened studios will be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of our existing studios. New studio acquisitions may negatively impact our financial results in the short term due to the effect of studio conversion costs, loss of students or teachers at the acquired studios, lower class package and drop-in class sales and lower contribution to overall profitability during the initial period following an acquisition. Acquired and newly opened studios require a transition period to build their sales volume and their student base and, as a result, generally have lower margins and higher operating expenses, as a percentage of net revenues, when initially acquired or opened. Newly acquired and opened studios may not achieve membership levels, class package and drop-in class sales and operating levels consistent with our existing studio base on a timely basis, or at all. We cannot assure you that our recently acquired or newly opened studios will generate revenue, cash flow or profitability levels comparable with those generated by our existing studios. These risks may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and growth rate.

Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks, which could affect our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

As part of our growth strategy, we plan to enter markets where we have little or no operating experience. Studios that we operate in new markets may take longer to reach expected studio sales and profit levels on a consistent basis and may be less profitable than studios we open in existing markets. New markets may have competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns that are more difficult to predict or satisfy than our existing markets. We may need to make greater investments than we originally planned in advertising and promotional activity in new markets to build brand awareness. We may find it more difficult in new markets to hire, motivate and keep qualified employees who share our values. We may also incur higher costs from entering new markets if, for example, we assign regional managers to manage comparatively fewer studios than we assign in more developed markets. Also, until we attain a critical mass in a market, the studios we do operate will have reduced operating leverage. As a result, these new studios may be less successful or may achieve target studio-level operating profit margins at a slower rate, if ever. If we do not successfully

 

21


Table of Contents

execute our plans to enter new markets, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Acquiring or opening new studios in close proximity to existing studios may negatively impact our existing studios’ revenues and profitability.

We currently operate studios in six markets across the U.S. and, in line with our growth strategy, we plan to acquire and open many new studios in the future, some of which will be in existing markets. Acquiring or opening new studios in close proximity to existing studios may attract some students away from existing studios, which may lead to diminished revenues and profitability for us rather than increased market share.

We expect to make capital expenditures to pursue our growth strategy, which may be significant and will adversely impact our cash flow.

Our growth strategy will require capital expenditures to acquire additional studios and open new studios. These expenditures may at times be significant and may adversely impact cash flows during the periods when incurred. As we increase our number of studios, we may also open studios in higher-cost geographies, which could entail greater lease payments and construction costs, among other things. We may also need to incur significant expenditures to remodel existing or acquired studios and replace equipment, furniture or fixtures. Our cash flows used in investing activities totaled $15.1 million in 2015 and $2.1 million in 2016 and are expected to increase as we pursue our acquisition and growth strategy. In particular, as we acquire and open additional studios, we intend to use net proceeds of this offering to fund those acquisitions and studio openings.

To finance our growth strategy, we may have to incur additional indebtedness or issue new equity securities and, if we are not able to obtain additional capital, our ability to operate or expand our business may be impaired and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We will require significant levels of capital to finance our acquisitions and to open new studios. If cash from available sources, such as our credit facility, is insufficient or unavailable, or if cash is used for unanticipated needs, we may require additional capital sooner than anticipated. In the event that we are required or choose to raise additional funds, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, the cost of debt financing could significantly increase, making it cost-prohibitive to borrow, which could force us to issue new equity securities. If we issue new equity securities, existing shareholders may experience additional dilution or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to execute our current growth plans, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures. Any inability to raise additional capital when required could have an adverse effect on our business plans and operating results.

Any debt financing we may incur after this offering could restrict our operational and financial flexibility, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

We intend to repay the outstanding debt under the Loan Agreement with a portion of the proceeds of this offering and cancel that facility. Any debt financing we may incur after the consummation of this offering would likely contain covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to grant liens, incur additional debt, pay dividends, cause our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us, make investments and engage in merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. A failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios contained in such debt financing could result in an event of default, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our

 

22


Table of Contents

operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such debt financing to be due and payable and exercise the remedies as set forth thereunder. If the indebtedness under such debt financing were to be accelerated, our future financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In 2015 and in 2016 we were not in compliance with certain Loan Agreement covenants. Our lenders waived any default or event of default related to any such non-compliance. During the quarter ended December 31, 2016, we were not able to comply with our senior debt to EBITDA ratio financial covenant due to slower than expected growth of newly opened studios. Our lenders under the Loan Agreement agreed to waive any default for such failure to comply and agreed to not require testing of any of our financial covenant ratios under the Loan Agreement for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017.

We have grown rapidly in recent years and have limited operating experience at our current scale of operations. Our growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.

We have expanded our operations rapidly and have limited operating experience at our current size. If our operations continue to grow, we will be required to continue to expand our sales and marketing team, to upgrade our management information systems and other processes and to obtain more space for our expanding administrative support and other headquarters personnel. Our expansion will also place significant demands on our management resources. We will be required to identify attractive studio locations and acquisition targets, negotiate favorable acquisition terms and open or convert new studios on a timely and cost-effective basis while maintaining a high level of quality, efficiency and performance at both existing and newly opened or converted studios. We may expand into markets where we have little or no direct prior experience, and we could encounter unanticipated problems, cost overruns or delays in opening studios in new markets or in the market acceptance of our studios. We will need to continue to improve our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls. We will also need to recruit, train and retain new yoga instructors, teacher trainers, studio and regional managers and other team members and maintain close coordination among our executive, accounting, finance, human resources, legal, marketing, sales and operations functions. These processes are time-consuming and expensive and may divert management’s attention. We may not be able to effectively manage this expansion, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our rate of growth, business, financial condition and results of operations.

An economic downturn or economic uncertainty in our markets may adversely affect discretionary spending and demand for our services.

Our yoga offerings may be considered discretionary items for our students. Factors affecting the level of spending for such discretionary items include general economic conditions and other factors such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, fears of recession, the availability of consumer credit, levels of unemployment, tax rates and the cost of consumer credit. As global economic conditions continue to be volatile or economic uncertainty remains, trends in consumer discretionary spending also remain unpredictable and subject to reductions due to credit constraints and uncertainties about the future. Unfavorable economic conditions may lead consumers to reduce or forgo use of our services. Our sensitivity to economic cycles and any related fluctuation in discretionary purchases may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in labor costs, including wages, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The labor costs associated with our studios are subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and

 

23


Table of Contents

labor legislation or other workplace regulation. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the federal minimum wage in the U.S., as well as the minimum wage in a number of individual states and municipalities, and to reform entitlement programs, such as health insurance and paid leave programs. As minimum wage rates increase or related laws and regulations change, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees. Our employees may seek to be represented by labor unions in the future or negotiate additional compensation. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or if we fail to pay such higher wages we could suffer increased employee turnover. Increases in labor costs could force us to increase prices, which could adversely impact our visits. If competitive pressures or other factors prevent us from offsetting increased labor costs by increases in prices, our profitability may decline and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our profitability is vulnerable to cost increases and inflation.

Future increases in costs, such as the property taxes, utility rates and studio maintenance and repairs, may increase our operating expenses and reduce our profitability. These cost increases may also be the result of inflationary pressures that could further increase expenses or our losses. Competitive pressures in our industry as well as our pricing strategy may have the effect of inhibiting our ability to reflect these increased costs in the prices of our classes, training sessions and other services and therefore reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth and profitability could be negatively impacted if we are unable to renew or replace our current studio leases on favorable terms, or at all, and we cannot find suitable alternate locations.

We lease all of our studio locations pursuant to long-term non-cancelable leases. We have 21 leases that are due to expire between the years 2017 and 2019, of which 9 have no renewal rights and 12 have renewal options (2 of which are subject to the sublessor renewing its lease with the landlord). Our ability to negotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease or to negotiate favorable terms on leases with renewal options, or conversely for a suitable alternate location, could depend on conditions in the real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords or may depend on other factors that are not within our control. Any or all of these factors and conditions could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to attract new students and teachers and retain existing students and teachers, it could have an adverse impact on our growth strategy as we may not be able to increase the number of visits to our studios or students that go through our teacher training.

The performance of our studios and success of our growth strategy is largely dependent on our ability to continuously attract new students and teachers and retain existing students and teachers. We cannot be sure that we will be successful in these efforts, or that visits to our studio classes and teacher trainings or participation in MyYogaWorks.com will not materially decline. There are numerous factors that could lead to a decline in visits at established studios or that could prevent us from increasing our student visits at newer or acquired studios, including harm to our reputation, a decline in our ability to deliver quality yoga classes and teacher trainings at a competitive cost, the opening or acquisition of new studios or hosting of additional teacher trainings that may have the potential to cannibalize store sales in existing areas, the heightened presence of direct and indirect competition in the areas in which the studios are located, the decline in the public’s interest in fitness through yoga, a deterioration of general economic conditions and a change in consumer spending preferences or

 

24


Table of Contents

buying trends. As a result of these factors, we cannot be sure that our student visits will be adequate to maintain or permit the expansion of our operations. A decline in student visits levels may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth rate.

In addition, we must acquire new students in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our active student base, we must appeal to and acquire students who identify with our brand. Our paid marketing derives a significant amount of traffic via search engines such as Google, Yelp and Bing. Search engines frequently update and change the logic that determines the placement and display of results of a user’s search, such that the purchased or algorithmic placement of links to our site can be negatively affected. Additionally, digital advertising costs may continue to rise. As our usage of e-commerce and social media channels expands, such costs may impact our ability to acquire new students in a cost-effective manner. If the level of usage of these channels by our active student base does not grow as expected, we may suffer a decline in student growth or net revenues or we may need to increase our marketing costs more than expected.

As our brand becomes more widely known in the market, future marketing campaigns may not result in the acquisition of new students at the same rate as past campaigns. There can be no assurances that the revenue from new students we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those students. If we are unable to acquire new students in a cost-effective manner, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by any negative publicity, regardless of its accuracy, that could harm our business.

Publicity about our business can harm our operations. This publicity could be related to a wide variety of matters, including:

 

    student injuries;

 

    claims of teacher or employee impropriety, including inappropriate physical contact with students;

 

    security breaches of confidential student or employee information;

 

    employment-related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, wage and hour violations;

 

    labor standards or healthcare and benefit issues; or

 

    government or industry findings concerning our studios or others across the yoga or fitness industry.

In addition to traditional media, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and similar devices, including weblogs (blogs), social media websites and other forms of Internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. The availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants can post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is seemingly limitless and readily available. Information concerning our company may be posted on such platforms at any time. Information posted may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which may harm our performance, prospects or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

 

25


Table of Contents

The risks associated with any such negative publicity or incorrect information cannot be completely eliminated or mitigated and may materially harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is geographically concentrated, and a failure to gain acceptance in new markets may have an adverse effect on our business and rate of growth.

As of March 31, 2017 we operate 50 studios in six markets consisting of Los Angeles, Orange County (California), New York City, Northern California, Boston and Baltimore/Washington D.C. We may not find as much demand in other markets and our brand may not gain the same acceptance. The benefits of our brand may also be diluted by the presence of multiple locations in the same market. A failure to gain acceptance in new markets may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth rate.

Our financial and operating performance may be adversely affected by epidemics, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and other catastrophes.

Our studios are located in geographic regions across the U.S. Adverse weather conditions (such as regional winter storms), natural disasters (such as earthquakes in California) and other catastrophes and epidemics or outbreaks of disease in any of the regions where our studios are located could materially and adversely affect our business in the future, our financial condition and operating results. Any occurrence of these or other events or conditions in any of these locations may interrupt our business operations, resulting in a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results. For instance, health or other government regulations adopted in response to a natural disaster, epidemic or outbreak, may require closure of our studios, leading to reduced studio visits or cancelled classes.

Furthermore, our headquarters and a significant number of our studios are located in the Southern California area, an area susceptible to earthquakes. A major earthquake or other natural disaster, fire, act of terrorism or other catastrophic event in Southern California or elsewhere that results in the destruction or disruption of our headquarters or studios could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and our operating results could be harmed.

The level of competition we face could negatively impact our revenue growth and profitability.

The level of competition we face is high and continues to increase. In each of the markets in which we operate, we compete with other branded operators in the yoga industry, health clubs and fitness centers (some of which offer or may want to offer yoga), private studios and other boutique fitness offerings, recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations and businesses for their employees, racquet/tennis and other athletic clubs, amenity and condominium clubs and country clubs, online personal training and fitness coaching and the home-use fitness industry that offer or make available yoga alternatives, such as home videos and mobile applications. We also compete with other yoga oriented competitors, other entertainment and retail businesses for the discretionary income of our target demographics. We might not be able to compete effectively in the future in the markets in which we operate. We may face new competitors that enter our market with greater resources than us and such competition may be detrimental to our business. Competitive conditions may limit our ability to increase fees without a material decrease in student visits, both in-studio and on MyYogaWorks.com, attract new students and attract and retain qualified personnel.

The number of competitor studios and other venues, such as fitness clubs, that offer lower pricing for yoga classes continues to grow in our markets. These studios and other venues have attracted, and may continue to attract, students away from our studios. In addition, competitors could open additional studios in the markets in which we already operate or in the markets that we plan to expand to through acquisitions and opening new studios.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we do not retain key management personnel or fail to attract and retain highly qualified studio personnel, including teachers, our business will suffer.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain key management personnel. If any of these persons were to leave, it might be difficult to replace them, and our business could be harmed. In addition, the quality of our teachers and other studio operations personnel, including our regional and studio managers, is central to the success of our business. We cannot assure you that we can continue to attract, train and retain high quality teachers at our studios, our teacher trainings and MyYogaWorks.com, who are critically important to our success and ability to attract students. If we are unable to attract, train and retain management, teachers and staff, our business would be harmed.

We have experienced significant recent turnover in our executive leadership team. If we fail to effectively integrate and retain these new executives, we may not be able to accomplish our growth strategy and our financial performance may suffer.

In the past few years, we have experienced significant turnover in our senior management ranks, including turnover in the individuals who previously served as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Customer Officer and General Counsel. Our current Chief Executive Officer assumed her role in June 2016, our current Chief Financial Officer assumed his role in April 2016, our current Chief Customer Officer assumed her role in August 2016 and our current General Counsel assumed his role in January 2017. This lack of management continuity could adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our acquisition focused growth strategy, as well as result in operational and administrative inefficiencies and added costs, and may make recruiting for future management positions more difficult. In addition, we must successfully integrate any new management personnel into our organization in order to achieve our operating objectives, and changes in other key management positions may affect our financial performance and results of operations while new management becomes familiar with our business. Accordingly, our future financial performance will depend to a significant extent on our ability to motivate and retain key management personnel, particularly those with retail, direct consumer marketing, e-commerce, brand development, finance, human resources, legal, operations and information technology expertise.

If we are unable to anticipate student preferences and provide high quality yoga offerings, we may not be able to maintain or increase our membership base, sales from class packages, drop-ins and teacher trainings, participation in MyYogaWorks.com and profitability.

Our success in maintaining and increasing our student base depends on our ability to identify and originate trends as well as to anticipate and react to changing customer preferences and trends in a timely manner. All of our yoga offerings and retail products are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. If we are unable to introduce new yoga offerings or retail products in a timely manner, or our new yoga offerings or retail products are not accepted by our students, our competitors may introduce similar yoga offerings or retail products in a more timely fashion, which could negatively affect our rate of growth. Our new yoga offerings or retail products may not receive acceptance as preferences could shift rapidly to different types of healthy lifestyle offerings or athletic apparel or away from these types of yoga offerings or retail products altogether, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. Failure to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing customer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower class visits and lower retail sales and excess inventory levels. Even if we are successful in anticipating customer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address those preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to provide high-quality yoga offerings and retail products. Our failure to address student preferences could result in a decrease in net revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may be subject to obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could adversely harm our business.

State and local jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of such taxes to our yoga offerings in various jurisdictions is unclear. While we do not believe we are currently required to collect and remit sales or similar taxes on our yoga offerings in any jurisdiction in which we are not collecting such tax, we could face the possibility of tax assessments and audits. A successful assertion that we should be collecting sales, use, value added or other taxes on our yoga offerings in those jurisdictions where we do not do so or have not historically done so could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage students from visiting our classes or otherwise harm our business and operating results.

Changes in government regulations or a failure to comply with them could have a negative effect on our financial condition.

Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government regulations in the various jurisdictions in which our studios and teacher trainings are located, including, but not limited to:

 

    General rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission, state and local consumer protection agencies and state statutes that regulate the terms of transactions with our students and govern the advertising, sale, financing and collection of fees;

 

    State and local health regulations, zoning and use restrictions, parking regulations and building codes;

 

    State wage and hour payment and reporting laws; and

 

    State licensing requirements, including licensing requirements to conduct teacher training programs.

If we were to fail to comply with these statutes, rules and regulations, we could suffer fines or other penalties. These may include regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing aspects of our operations. It is difficult to predict the future development of such laws or regulations, and any changes in such laws could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We are, or may become, subject to risks associated with our teacher training sessions or workshops held in international countries.

In 2016, we operated teacher training sessions in 17 countries outside of the U.S. In conducting teacher training sessions and workshops outside the country, we regularly work with local yoga studios or businesses to host the session or workshop and to coordinate any foreign legal requirements that may be required with respect to conducting such session or workshop. In the event our foreign partners fail to properly advise us on foreign legal requirements and customs that may apply, this could result in hindering our operations in the applicable foreign jurisdiction, result in negative publicity against us, or result in significant fees or fines for noncompliance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to a number of risks related to credit card and debit card payments we accept.

We accept payments through credit card and debit card transactions. For credit card and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our memberships, class packages, drop-ins, teacher trainings and participation in MyYogaWorks.com which could cause us to

 

28


Table of Contents

lose students or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results. If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our customer satisfaction and could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing software fails to work properly and, as a result, we do not automatically charge our students’ credit cards, debit cards or bank accounts on a timely basis or at all, we could lose revenues, which would harm our operating results. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

Security breaches of confidential customer information, in connection with our electronic processing of credit and debit card transactions, or confidential employee information may adversely affect our business.

Our business requires the collection, transmission and retention of large volumes of customer and employee data, including credit and debit card numbers and other personally identifiable information, in various information technology systems that are maintained internally and by third parties with whom we contract to provide services. The integrity and protection of that customer and employee data is critical to us. Our customers and employees have a high expectation that we and our service providers will adequately protect their personal information.

The information, security and privacy requirements imposed by governmental regulation are increasingly demanding. Our systems may not be able to satisfy these changing requirements and customer and employee expectations, or may require significant additional investments or time in order to do so. Efforts to hack or breach security measures, failures of systems or software to operate as designed or intended, viruses, operator error or inadvertent releases of data all threaten our information systems and records. A breach in the security of our service providers’ information technology systems could lead to an interruption in the operation of our systems, resulting in operational inefficiencies and a loss of profits. A significant theft, loss or misappropriation of, or access to, customers’ or other proprietary data or other breach of our information technology systems could result in fines, legal claims or proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, or liability for failure to comply with privacy and information security laws, which could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation and expose us to claims from customers and employees, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third parties to provide services in connection with our business, and any failure by these third parties to perform their obligations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have entered into agreements with third parties that include, but are not limited to, information technology systems (including hosting our website, mobile application and our point of sale system), software development and support, select marketing services, employee benefits servicing and video production and distribution. Services provided by third-party suppliers could be interrupted as a result of many factors, such as acts of nature or contract disputes. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks associated with the third parties’ abilities to provide these services to meet our needs. Any failure by a third party to provide services for which we have contracted on a timely basis or within expected service level and performance standards could result in a disruption of our business and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

Disruptions and failures involving our information systems could cause dissatisfaction and adversely affect our billing and other administrative functions.

The continuing and uninterrupted performance of our information systems is critical to our success. We use a fully-integrated information system to process new students, bill students, check in students and track and analyze sales and student statistics, the frequency and timing of student visits and demographic profiles of students. This system also assists us in evaluating staffing needs and program offerings. We also use third party services for our payroll and financial reporting.

Any failure of our current systems, such as crashes in the class booking function, could also cause us to lose students and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our students may become dissatisfied by any systems disruption or failure that interrupts our ability to provide our services to them. Disruptions or failures that affect our billing and other administrative functions could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

Computer viruses, electronic break-ins or other similar disruptive problems could also adversely affect our sites. Any system disruption or failure, security breach or other damage that interrupts or delays our operations could cause us to lose students, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, fire, floods, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, acts of terrorism and similar events could damage our systems.

We rely extensively on our information technology systems to record and process transactions, manage communications, summarize results, compute payroll, pay bills and manage our business. The failure of our systems to operate properly or effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems or difficulty in integrating new systems, could adversely affect our business.

We rely on a limited number of vendors for our retail product offerings and fitness equipment. A loss of any of our vendors could negatively affect our business.

A limited number of vendors provide products for the retail sales in our studios. Our retail sales could be substantially disrupted or curtailed if one or more of these vendors were to cease, decrease or delay supply of our products, whether for voluntary or involuntary reasons, or if the retail products they supply have quality issues. Our retail sales would also be harmed if there are delays in the delivery of merchandise to our studios. Our costs of goods may also increase if our vendors charge us more, which could adversely impact our profitability if we are unable to pass such increases directly on to our students and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations, which could adversely affect the price of our publicly traded common stock.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations. These variations are primarily related to increased class visits during the first quarter, as students tend to exercise more regularly at the beginning of each calendar year as a part of setting goals for the upcoming year.

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of new studio acquisitions and openings, changes in pricing and revenues mix, and changes in marketing and other operating expenses. As a result of these seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our operating results between different quarters within a single year are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of our future performance. Any seasonal or quarterly fluctuations that we report in the

 

30


Table of Contents

future may not match the expectations of market analysts and investors. These fluctuations could cause the price of our publicly traded stock to fluctuate significantly.

We could be subject to personal injury claims or claims of teacher or employee impropriety related to the use of our studios.

Students, as well as teachers, could assert claims related to personal injury or teacher or employee impropriety in connection with their use of our services and facilities. We believe that yoga-related injuries have increased in recent years due to an increased interest in yoga in the U.S. and as a result, more inexperienced practitioners doing yoga. We also believe this increase in injuries is due to the growing population of older yoga practitioners, who may have a higher likelihood of injury. In addition, in recent years, there have been accusations and reports of sexual impropriety involving persons in the yoga industry, including claims of inappropriate physical contact with students. If we cannot successfully defend any large claim or maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms or maintain adequate coverage against potential claims, our financial results could be adversely affected. Depending upon the outcome, these matters may have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our trademarks and trade names may be infringed, misappropriated or challenged by others.

We believe our YogaWorks brand name and related intellectual property are important to our continued success. We attempt to protect our trademarks, trade names and other intellectual property by exercising our rights under applicable trademark and copyright laws. If we were to fail to successfully protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any damage to our reputation could cause membership, class visits, teacher training and participation in MyYogaWorks.com to decline or make it more difficult to attract new students.

We may be subject to liability if we infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

Third parties may sue us for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights. The party claiming infringement might have greater resources than we do to pursue its claims, and we could be forced to incur substantial costs and devote significant management resources to defend against such litigation. If the party claiming infringement were to prevail, we could be forced to discontinue the use of the related trademark or design or pay significant damages or enter into expensive royalty or licensing arrangements with the prevailing party, assuming these royalty or licensing arrangements are available at all on an economically feasible basis, which they may not be. We could also be required to pay substantial damages. Such infringement claims could harm our brand. In addition, any payments we are required to make and any injunction we are required to comply with as a result of such infringement could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any further impairment of goodwill could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In 2015, we recorded an impairment of goodwill of $0.9 million. We did not record any impairment losses related to goodwill in 2016. As of December 31, 2016, our goodwill balance was $17.7 million. Accounting rules require the evaluation of our goodwill at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. Such indicators are based on market conditions and the operational performance of our business. In testing goodwill for impairment, if the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the reporting unit’s carrying amount, then goodwill is impaired and is written down to the implied fair value amount. If a significant amount of our goodwill were deemed to be impaired, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We incurred a net loss of $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, $9.5 million in 2016 and $9.2 million in 2015 and had net

 

31


Table of Contents

cash provided by operating activities of $0.8 million in 2016. If we continue to experience net losses or our cash flows from operating activities decline or become negative, it could require us to lower our assessment of the fair value of our business. If this were to occur, we could be required to record additional material impairment charges to goodwill or other intangible assets which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in lease accounting standards may materially and adversely affect us.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, recently adopted new accounting rules, to be effective for our fiscal year beginning after December 2019 that will require companies to capitalize all leases on their balance sheets by recognizing a lessee’s rights and obligations. When the rules are effective, we will be required to account for the leases for studios as assets and liabilities on our balance sheet, where previously we accounted for such leases on an “off balance sheet” basis. As a result, a significant amount of lease-related assets and liabilities will be recorded on our balance sheet and we may be required to make other changes to the recording and classification of our lease-related expenses. Though these changes will not have any direct impact on our overall financial condition, these changes could cause investors or others to believe that we are highly leveraged and could change the calculations of financial metrics and covenants under our debt facilities, as well as third-party financial models regarding our financial condition.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business are highly complex. These matters include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, income taxes, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets and equity-based compensation. Changes in these rules, guidelines or interpretations could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition.

In addition, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of net revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, income taxes, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets and equity-based compensation.

Our insurance may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.

We believe that we maintain insurance customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Inventory shrinkage could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. Although our inventory shrinkage rates have not been material, or fluctuated significantly in recent years, there can be no assurances that actual rates of inventory loss and theft in the future will be within our estimates or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, it could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations.

As of December 31, 2016, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of approximately $25.4 million and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $17.2 million. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs are subject to limitations arising from a previous ownership change, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after the equity transactions we entered into during the three months ended March 31, 2017 or this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, whether or not we attain profitability.

Changes in U.S. tax law may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and affect the U.S. federal tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common stock.

Potential tax reforms in the U.S. may result in significant changes in the rules governing United States federal income taxation. Such changes may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such changes may also affect the U.S. federal tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as discussed below in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.”

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and have imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these rules and regulations. Moreover, these rules and regulations relating to public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer

 

33


Table of Contents

liability insurance. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and, to the extent that we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to satisfy the ongoing requirements of Section 404 and provide internal audit services. If our finance and accounting organization is unable for any reason to respond adequately to the increased demands that will result from being a public company, the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting may suffer and we could experience internal control weaknesses. Any consequences resulting from inaccuracies or delays in our reported financial statements could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock as well as an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” At such time, however, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by our stock exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We qualify as an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply with reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we currently intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited

 

34


Table of Contents

to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the IPO; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions while we are an emerging growth company. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We plan to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and you cannot be certain that an active trading market or a specific share price will be established.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We will apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on such exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market following this offering. The market price for our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and our stock price is likely to be volatile. In addition, because Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $             million in shares of our common stock in this offering, the overall trading market for our shares may not be as active as it otherwise would have been had these shares been purchased by other investors.

If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

The market price of our stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

    the opinions and estimates of any securities analysts who publish research about us after this offering;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions or capital commitments;

 

    variations in quarterly operating results;

 

    changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

 

    future sales of our common stock; and

 

    investor perception of us and the retail industry.

 

35


Table of Contents

As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial offering price. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

In addition, the stock markets, including NASDAQ, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Our operating results and share price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future as a publicly traded company. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price or at all. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

    market conditions in the broader stock market;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

    introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in the sales mix between paid-in-full memberships, monthly memberships and class packages in a given period;

 

    issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

    results of operations that vary from expectations of securities analysis and investors;

 

    guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;

 

    strategic actions by us or our competitors;

 

    announcement by us, our competitors or our acquisition targets;

 

    sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    regulatory, legal or political developments;

 

    public response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

 

    litigation and governmental investigations;

 

    changing economic conditions;

 

    changes in accounting principles;

 

    default under agreements governing our indebtedness;

 

    exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

36


Table of Contents
    other events or factors, including those from natural disasters, war, actors of terrorism or responses to these events.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Immediately after this offering, we will have outstanding                  shares of our common stock. Of these shares, the                 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is used in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. At various times after the date of this prospectus, the remaining                  shares will become available for resale in the public market, in compliance with the requirements of the federal securities laws and in accordance with lock-up agreements that the holders of these shares have with the underwriters. However, the underwriters can waive these restrictions and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time without prior notice.

In addition,                  shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to vested options previously granted by us will become eligible for sale in the public market once permitted by provisions of the lock-up agreements, or Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as applicable.

If the                  remaining shares not sold in this offering or the                  shares underlying options described above are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could drop significantly.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $                in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will only own approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock (and have     % of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock after this offering).

The issuance of additional stock, not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans or otherwise, will dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, we will have an aggregate of                 shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, options granted to our directors, employees and consultants, or otherwise. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders. The issuance of additional shares could be dilutive to existing holders.

 

37


Table of Contents

Your ability to influence corporate matters may be limited because Great Hill Partners beneficially owns a substantial amount of our common stock and will continue to have substantial control over us after the offering.

Our common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, has one vote per share. Upon completion of this offering, Great Hill Partners will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, Great Hill Partners will be able to exercise a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have significant influence over our management and policies for the foreseeable future. Great Hill Partners may have interests that are different from yours. For example, Great Hill Partners may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. The concentration of ownership in our company could delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock.

Two of our directors have relationships with Great Hill Partners, which may cause conflicts of interest with respect to our business.

Following this offering, two of our directors will be affiliated with Great Hill Partners. Our Great Hill Partners-affiliated directors have fiduciary duties to us and, in addition, have duties to Great Hill Partners. As a result, these directors may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both us and Great Hill Partners, whose interests may be adverse to ours in some circumstances.

Our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in corporate opportunities.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for the allocation of corporate opportunities between us and Great Hill Partners. Under these provisions, neither Great Hill Partners, its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates, nor any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members or partners will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. For instance, a director of our company who also serves as a director, officer, partner or employee of Great Hill Partners or any of its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates may pursue acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Great Hill Partners to itself or its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates instead of to us.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management may not apply our net proceeds from this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement of approximately $7 million (including prepayment premiums), fund future acquisitions of individual yoga studios or businesses with multiple studios (although we have no binding obligations to enter into any such acquisitions), investments or capital expenditures and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

 

38


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay a change in management and limit our share price.

Upon the consummation of this offering, provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective prior to the completion of this offering could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us even if such a change in control would increase the value of our common stock and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or management.

We have a number of anti-takeover devices that will be in place prior to the completion of this offering that will hinder takeover attempts and could reduce the market value of our common stock or prevent sale at a premium. Our anti-takeover provisions:

 

    permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

    provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes with staggered, three year terms and that directors may only be removed for cause;

 

    include blank-check preferred stock, the preference, rights and other terms of which may be set by the board of directors and could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise benefit our stockholders;

 

    eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a period of time.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will become effective prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following civil actions:

 

    any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

    any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders;

 

39


Table of Contents
    any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or

 

    any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The continued operation and growth of our business will require substantial cash. Accordingly, after the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, any contractual restrictions, our indebtedness, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. As a result, we qualify for, and intend to continue to rely on, exemptions from corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

After completion of this offering, Great Hill Partners will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with some corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of “independent directors”;

 

40


Table of Contents
    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees.

Following this offering, we intend to continue to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee and our compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the            .

In addition, NASDAQ has developed listing standards regarding compensation committee independence requirements and the role and disclosure of compensation consultants and other advisers to the compensation committee that, among other things, requires:

 

    compensation committees be composed of independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements;

 

    compensation committees be explicitly charged with hiring and overseeing compensation consultants, legal counsel and other committee advisors; and

 

    compensation committees be required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors, independence factors, including factors that examine the relationship between the consultant or advisor’s employer and us.

As a controlled company, we will not be subject to these compensation committee independence requirements.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “could”, “intends”, “target”, “projects”, “contemplates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;

 

    our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brand;

 

    our ability to successfully execute our growth and acquisition strategy;

 

    our ability to effectively integrate acquired studios;

 

    our financial outlook and financial performance;

 

    changes in the sales mix between paid-in-full memberships, monthly memberships and class packages in a given period;

 

    capital expenditures needed to pursue our growth strategy;

 

    our ability to identify and respond to new and changing trends, customer preferences and other related factors;

 

    our ability to execute successfully our growth strategy and to manage effectively our growth;

 

    changes in the economy, consumer spending, the financial markets and the industries in which we operate;

 

    changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets we serve;

 

    increases in labor costs;

 

    our ability to attract and retain students and to attract, retain and train qualified teachers;

 

    our cash needs and the adequacy of our cash flows and earnings;

 

    the availability and cost of additional indebtedness;

 

    our dependence upon key executive management and our ability to integrate new executives;

 

    our reliance on third parties to provide key services;

 

    our indebtedness and lease obligations;

 

    the impact of governmental laws and regulations and the outcomes of legal proceedings and impact of legal compliance;

 

    the effects of restrictions imposed by our indebtedness on our current and future operations;

 

    our inability to protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights; and

 

    increased costs as a result of being a public company.

 

42


Table of Contents

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $        million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us will be approximately $        million, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement of approximately $7 million (including prepayment premiums), fund future acquisitions of individual yoga studios or businesses with multiple studios (although we have no binding obligations to enter into any such acquisitions), investments or capital expenditures and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

In March 2017, we issued the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes to Great Hill Partners in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8% and with a maturity date of March 27, 2018. We issued the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes to ensure we had adequate working capital available to finance the incremental costs to be incurred in connection with this offering and becoming a public company. We intend to use $         million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding amounts under the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes upon the consummation of this offering.

The maturity date of the Loan Agreement is in July 2020. Borrowings under the Loan Agreement currently carry an annual interest rate of LIBOR rate plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of our initial public offering if our initial public offering is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter we are in compliance with our Loan Agreement’s financial ratio covenants, starting with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Loan Agreement, the applicable interest rate on our loans under the Loan Agreement would be LIBOR plus 7.00%. We intend to use $         million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement (including any prepayment premiums) and cancel the Loan Agreement upon the consummation of this offering.

We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgement of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including debt securities and money market funds.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Since our acquisition by Great Hill Partners in July 2014, we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of March 31, 2017:

 

    on an actual basis, after giving effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent         -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the     -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with our offering, (iii) the issuance and sale by us of            shares of common stock in our initial public offering, and the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of these shares at an assumed initial public offering price of common stock of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares and (iv) repayment of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes and outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement from the net proceeds of this offering.

 

     As of March 31, 2017  
     Actual        Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,456        $               
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

2017 GHP Convertible Notes

   $ 3,203        $ —    

Total long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553          —    

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock; $0.0001 par value,              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, actual; $0.001 par value              shares authorized,            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       

Additional paid-in capital

     74,967       

Accumulated deficit

     (36,312     
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     38,656       
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 48,412        $  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our common stock of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash, and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash, and cash equivalents, additional paid-in

 

46


Table of Contents
  capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares.

The pro forma as adjusted column in the table above excludes the following, in each case as of March 31, 2017:

 

    an aggregate of              shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $             per share;

 

    shares of common stock, subject to annual increases, reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, consisting of              shares of common stock reserved under our 2017 Plan (plus an additional number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan and which are forfeited or lapse unexercised thereafter); and

 

    any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares solely to cover overallotments, if any.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of March 31, 2017, we had a historical net tangible deficit of $(3.2) million, or $             per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value (deficit) represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on such date.

After giving effect to the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares and the repayment of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes and outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at March 31, 2017 would have been approximately $            million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (deficit) of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $               

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2017

   $                  

Increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors in this offering

      $  
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of common stock of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            , and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $             per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $             per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares.

If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares to cover overallotments, if any, and all such shares are sold by us, and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would increase to approximately $             per share, and there would be an immediate dilution of approximately $             per share to investors in this offering.

To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, before giving effect to the issuance and sale of

 

48


Table of Contents

shares in this offering, are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Furthermore, we may choose to issue common stock as part or all of the consideration in acquisitions of other yoga companies and studios as part of our planned growth and acquisition strategy. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

The following table shows, as of March 31, 2017, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages) and assuming purchase of all the Great Hill Shares:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $ 74,968               $               

New investors

             $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $            million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The above table and discussion includes              shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and excludes:

 

    an aggregate of              shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $             per share;

 

    shares of common stock, subject to annual increases, reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, consisting of              shares of common stock reserved under our 2017 Plan (plus an additional number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan and which are forfeited or lapse unexercised thereafter);

 

    common stock issuable upon conversion of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes (we intend to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in connection with the closing of this offering); and

 

49


Table of Contents
    any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover overallotments, if any.

Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $             million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed public offering price of              per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Great Hill Partners would purchase up to an aggregate of              shares of our common stock in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

The terms “Predecessor” and “Successor” used below and throughout this prospectus refer to the periods prior and subsequent to the acquisition of us by Great Hill Partners in July 2014. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Sponsor and Controlled Company Status.” The unaudited non-GAAP combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The consolidated statements of operations data for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 are each derived from financial statements not included in this prospectus.

You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and results for any interim period below are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)

  Unaudited
Three Months
Ended March 31,
   

 

Year Ended
December 31,

    Unaudited
Non-GAAP
Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10,
2014
(Predecessor)
 
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net revenues

  $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ 55,090     $ 48,506     $ 44,102     $ 21,094         $ 23,008  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                 

Cost of revenues

    5,129       5,318       20,535       17,105       14,955       7,152           7,803  

Center operations

    5,687       5,563       22,469       19,859       27,549       11,559           15,990  

General and administrative expenses

    3,010       3,178       11,067       12,556       6,598       3,210           3,388  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515       3,146       2,180           966  

Goodwill impairment

   

 
   

 
          927                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

 

 

 

 

16,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,240

 

 

    62,964       56,962       52,248       24,101           28,147  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (2,037     (1,148     (7,874     (8,456     (8,146     (3,007         (5,139

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

391

 

 

 

    1,587       746       90       47           43  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (2,599     (1,539     (9,461     (9,202     (8,236     (3,054         (5,182

 

51


Table of Contents

(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)

  Unaudited Three
Months Ended
March 31,
   

 

Year Ended
December 31,

    Unaudited
Non-GAAP
Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10,
2014
(Predecessor)
 
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

Provision for income taxes

  $ 18     $ 7     $ 43     $ 13     $ 28     $ 13         $ 15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546     (9,504     (9,215     (8,264     (3,067         (5,197

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (411               (411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215   $ (8,675   $ (3,067       $ (5,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $                  $     $                  $                         

Diluted

                 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

                 

Diluted

                 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $       $              

Diluted

                 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

                 

Diluted

                 

 

52


Table of Contents
     Unaudited As of
March 31, 2017
     As of December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)       2016     2015     2014  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,456      $ 1,912     $ 3,773     $ 4,511  

Total assets

     57,537        57,148       65,000       56,052  

Total long term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553        6,769       7,201       1,428  

2015 GHP Convertible Notes

     3,203        11,635       10,728        

Redeemable preferred stock

            61,393       56,758       52,436  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     38,656        (32,632     (18,534     (5,014

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,      Year Ended December 31,  
    2017      2016      2016      2015      2014  

Other Information:

             

Studios (period end)

    50        49        49        47        29  

Student visits

    760,707        789,677        2,946,807        2,439,469        2,165,073  

Studio classes

    45,154        44,772        181,796        146,846        120,895  

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016     2015  

Other Financial Information:

       

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 841     $ 1,245     $ 1,699     $ 361  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

    6.0     8.2     3.1     0.7

Studio-Level EBITDA(3)

  $ 3,205     $ 4,392     $ 12,373     $ 12,398  

Studio-Level EBITDA Margin(4)

    22.9     29.1     22.5     25.6

Average Unit Volume(5)

      $ 1,126     $ 1,338  
    Unaudited
Three Months Ended March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016     2015  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:

       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 783     $ (779   $ 762     $ (888

Net cash used in investing activities

    (196     (923     (2,097     (15,124

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,956             (526     15,273  

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue

    (115     (980     (650     427  

 

(1) The unaudited non-GAAP combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The presentation of combined financial information for the year ended December 31, 2014 is not consistent with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, or with the pro forma requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X, and may yield results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis. The financial information for the two periods was prepared on different accounting bases for the Successor and Predecessor and the combined financial information does not include any pro forma adjustments to make them comparable.
(2)

See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent     -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Pro forma

 

53


Table of Contents
  net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss for the applicable period by the weighted average number of shares for the applicable period. The weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 gives effect to, as of December 31, 2016, to (i) the conversion of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock into                      shares of our common stock; (ii) the conversion of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes into                      shares of our common stock; (iii) the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent     -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and (iv) stock option grants to our employees and consultants to purchase up to                      shares in the aggregate of our common stock that occurred after December 31, 2016.
(3) In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016      2015  

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504    $ (9,215

Interest expense, net

    562       391       1,587        746  

Provision for income taxes

    18       7       43        13  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893        6,515  

Goodwill impairment

                       927  

Deferred rent(a)

    31       181       276        803  

Stock based compensation(b)

    539       7       23        17  

Acquisition professional expenses(c)

                       263  

Severance(d)

    82             225        99  

Executive recruiting(e)

                56        93  

Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees(f)

    25       25       100        100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 841     $ 1,246     $ 1,699      $ 361  

Other general and administrative expenses(g)

    2,364       3,147       10,674        12,037  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Studio-Level EBITDA

  $ 3,205     $ 4,393     $ 12,373      $ 12,398  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Reflects the extent to which our rent expense for the period has been above or below our cash rent payments.
(b) Non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on timing of awards and forfeitures.
(c) Professional expenses incurred in connection with studio acquisitions, including legal and advisory fees.
(d) Severance expenses incurred in the period related to the termination of studio and non-studio employees.
(e) Executive recruiting expenses incurred in connection with the recruitment and hiring of members of our executive management team, including Mmes. McCollough (2015) and Dawson (2016) and Mr. Chang (2016).
(f) Represents expense reimbursement fees incurred in connection with our Expense Reimbursement Agreement with Great Hill Partners, which we expect to terminate upon completion of this offering.
(g) Represents general and administrative expenses that are corporate and regional expenses and not incurred by our studios, but excluding any general and administrative expenses related to deferred rent, stock based compensation, acquisition professional expenses, executive recruiting, severance, the Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees or any other general and administrative expenses that are included in the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

54


Table of Contents

We use Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to understand and evaluate our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our core business operations. Studio-Level EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our studios. Accordingly, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

    although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA are not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect: (i) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (ii) debt service requirements; (iii) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (iv) other cash costs that may recur in the future; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Studio-Level EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities, net loss and our other GAAP financial results.

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Studio-Level EBITDA Margin are each calculated as Adjusted EBITDA or Studio-Level EBITDA, as applicable, divided by net revenues.
(5) Average Unit Volume, or AUV, for any 12-month period is calculated by dividing total net revenues by the number of studios open during that period. For studios that are not open for the entire period, we make fractional adjustments to the number of studios open such that it corresponds to the period of associated net revenues.

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our historical results of operations and our liquidity and capital resources should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, this prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” You should review the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for factors and uncertainties that may cause our actual future results to be materially different from those in our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.

Company Overview

YogaWorks is a healthy lifestyle brand focused on enriching and transforming lives through yoga. We strive to honor and empower our students’ journey toward personal growth and well-being, no matter their age or physical ability, in an inclusive and community-oriented environment. We offer a broad range of yoga disciplines and levels from fast-paced flow to soothing restorative and integrated fitness classes—in order to meet the needs of our broad student base.

We operate as a single operating segment and report as one reportable segment.

Markets

We operate in regional markets across the U.S. As a result of the clustering of our studios in key geographic markets, and the flexibility we offer our students to use different studios in their regional markets, we do not report net revenues on an individual studio basis or report same studio sales. We prefer to analyze our financial results on a regional market basis. Given our focus on acquisitions, we may acquire stores in an existing regional market to capture more regional market share which may take some market share from our existing studios.

As of March 31, 2017, we owned and operated 50 yoga studios in 6 regional markets. The following table illustrates our studio locations by regional market:

 

     As of March 31,
2017
    As of December 31,  
       2016     2015  

Regional Market

   Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(2)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(2)
 

Los Angeles

     17        42     17        41     15        46

Orange County (California)(3)

     4        7     4        8     5        11

New York City(3)

     5        14     5        14     6        18

Northern California

     13        25     13        26     12        23

Boston

     3        4     2        3     2        1

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8        8     8        7     7        1

 

(1) For the three months ended March 31, 2017. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to our regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.
(2) For the year ended December 31. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to our regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.
(3) Reflects closures in 2016 of one studio in Orange County (California) and one studio in New York City.

 

56


Table of Contents

Key Metrics

Our financial results are primarily driven by the number of yoga studios we operate, the number of student visits to our studios and the number of classes that we conduct at our studios. The following table sets forth our key operating metrics for the periods indicated.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Year Ended December 31,  

Metric

   2017      2016      2016      2015  

Studios (period end)

     50        49        49        47  

Student visits(1)

     760,707        789,677        2,946,807        2,439,469  

Studio classes(2)

     45,154        44,772        181,796        146,846  

 

(1) Student visits include each student’s attendance at a class in such period in which a teacher fee was paid for such class.
(2) Studio classes include each completed class held at a studio in such period.

Factors Affecting Our Operating Results

Various factors are expected to continue to affect our future results of operations, including the following:

Overall economic trends . Consumer purchases of yoga studio classes and related merchandise can be affected by changes in disposable income, and consequently our results of operations are affected by general economic conditions. In addition, the growth rate of the overall United States yoga market could be affected by macroeconomic conditions in the United States.

Competition . The boutique fitness and overall exercise industry is highly competitive and operators compete based on a variety of factors, including studio design, location, class quality, instruction, price and customer service. The levels of competition and the ability of our competitors to more accurately predict class trends and otherwise attract customers through competitive pricing, compelling marketing or other factors, may impact our results of operations.

Revenue recognition for our various products . Our students generally pay for their visits through membership fees (unlimited classes), multi-class packages (fixed number of classes) and drop-in (single class) purchases. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenues are recognized ratably over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. As a result, the product mix of our sales in a period, and how revenue is recognized at the time of such sales and in subsequent periods, may affect our results of operations period to period. With the adoption of our more flexible pricing strategy in July 2016, our sales mix has shifted toward a higher number of class-package sales and a corresponding decline in monthly membership sales. We anticipate this trend to continue as our students favor more flexible pricing and as we acquire and open additional studios. We expect that the impact of this shift in sales mix will be a reduction in the amount of revenue recognized in a given period by an increase in deferred revenue liability associated with class package sales.

New studios . We intend to increase the number of yoga studios we operate both through acquisitions and selectively opening new studios. As a result, the timing of acquisitions and expenditures related to new studios, as well as the pace at which we transition acquired studios to the YogaWorks operating model, may affect our results of operations in future periods.

 

57


Table of Contents

Changes in pricing . We offer a variety of pricing packages, including paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), monthly memberships, multi-class packages and individual classes. The levels at which we are able to price our packages are influenced by a variety of factors, including the quality of our teachers, cost of labor, rent, prices at which our competitors are selling similar classes and the overall willingness of our students to pay for our classes. We sometimes also offer sales promotions, which may increase our student visits but decrease our operating margins.

In early 2016, we began evolving our pricing, product and promotional strategies to better serve our students. By July 2016, we had successfully implemented class package options at all of our studios in addition to adding the ability of our students to purchase memberships and packages online. We believe the offering of additional products that provide more flexibility will draw a broader student base over time. During the same period we reduced our reliance on deeply discounted promotional programs, including annual membership drives that historically drove a significant amount of prepaid annual memberships, as a key revenue generation tactic. Our intent is to focus the students’ attention on content and product, instead of price, and thereby extend our long term brand equity as a result.

Changes in operating expenses. Our operating expenses and our rent expenses are primarily based on the number of studios we have open. For individual studios, short term fluctuations primarily relate to teacher payroll and other studio labor costs and, to a lesser extent, other overhead expenses. Our marketing expenses may also increase in the future as we increase our marketing programs for existing and new studios.

Seasonality. We have historically experienced seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations. These variations are primarily related to increased class visits during the first quarter, as students tend to exercise more regularly at the beginning of each calendar year as a part of setting goals for the upcoming year.

Components of Our Financial Performance

In assessing the financial performance of our business, we consider a variety of financial and operating metrics, including the following:

Net revenues . We derive revenues primarily from conducting yoga classes, both in our studios and through MyYogaWorks.com. We also derive additional revenues from teacher training programs, workshops and the sale of yoga-related retail merchandise. We expect net revenues from teacher training programs, workshops and the sale of yoga-related retail merchandise to generally be consistent as a percentage of our total net revenues year-to-year because net revenue from teacher trainings, workshops and retail sales are primarily driven by the same key metrics that drive our yoga class revenue, namely, the number of studios we operate, the number of student visits to our studios and the number of classes we conduct at our studios. Our students generally pay for their visits through membership fees (unlimited classes), multi-class packages (fixed number of classes) and drop-in (single class) purchases. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenue is recognized over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place.

Cost of revenues . Cost of revenues consists of direct costs associated with delivering our classes and services, which mainly includes teacher payroll and related expenses, and cost of physical goods sold, such as yoga clothing and accessories. We review our inventory levels of physical goods on an ongoing basis to identify slow-moving yoga merchandise and use retail product markdowns to

 

58


Table of Contents

efficiently sell those retail products. We expect that our newer studios to have higher cost of revenues as a percent of net revenues as they ramp to maturity.

Center operations . Center operations consist of costs for studio rent, utilities, compensation and benefits for studio staff, sales support staff and management, sales and marketing expenses and certain studio-level general and administrative expenses. We recognize these costs as an expense when incurred.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses include corporate rent, marketing, office expenses and compensation and benefits costs for regional management and other regional support staff, executive, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, administration, business development, legal and other support-function personnel. General and administrative expenses also include fees for professional services, insurance and licenses, as well as acquisition-related costs. As we grow our studio operations, we expect our aggregate general and administrative expenses to increase as we hire additional personnel in finance and accounting, human resources and administration to help manage our larger operations.

In connection with studio acquisitions we incur transaction costs. These transaction costs include expenses incurred prior to owning a new studio and primarily consist of legal fees, due diligence expenses, travel and consulting fees. The transaction costs are included in general and administrative expenses and are generally incurred and expensed within 30 days of the closing of the acquisition.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We expect that compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some of our corporate and administrative activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring our compliance with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we expect to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

Pre-Opening Costs . In connection with opening new yoga studios, we incur pre-opening costs. Pre-opening costs include expenses incurred prior to the opening of a new yoga studio and primarily consist of payroll, travel, marketing, teacher training, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial retail apparel inventory and fixtures for our studios, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time of possession of a yoga studio site to the opening of that studio. These pre-opening costs are included in cost of revenues, center operations and general and administrative expenses and are generally incurred and expensed within 30 days of opening a new yoga studio.

Depreciation and amortization . Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation of property and equipment, and the amortization expense of intangible assets.

Asset impairments . Asset impairments includes an asset impairment of our long-lived assets, finite-lived intangible assets or goodwill recognized in the applicable year. We test for such impairments at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment of the applicable asset has occurred.

 

59


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes key components of our consolidated statement of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 

(dollars in thousands)

       2017             2016             2016             2015      
     (unaudited)        

Net revenues

   $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ 55,090     $ 48,506  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     5,129       5,318       20,535       17,105  

Center operations

     5,687       5,563       22,469       19,859  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010       3,178       11,067       12,556  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515  

Goodwill impairment

                       927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027       16,240       62,964       56,962  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,037     (1,148     (7,874     (8,456

Interest expense, net

     562       391       1,587       746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (2,599     (1,539     (9,461     (9,202

Provision for income taxes

     18       7       43       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of net revenues:

 

     For Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2016     2016     2015  
     (unaudited)        

Net revenues

     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenues and operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     37       35       37       35  

Center operations

     41       37       41       41  

General and administrative expenses

     22       21       20       26  

Depreciation and amortization

     16       14       16       13  

Goodwill impairment

                       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     116       107       114       117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15     (8     (14     (17

Interest expense, net

     4       2       3       2  

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (19     (10     (17     (19

Provision for income taxes

                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (19 %)      (10 %)      (17 %)      (19 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended     Variance  
(in thousands)    Mar 31, 2017     Mar 31, 2016     Dollar     Percent  

Net revenues

   $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ (1,102     (7 %) 

Cost of revenues and operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     5,129       5,318       (189     (4

Center operations

     5,687       5,563       124       2  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010       3,178       (168     (5

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,181       20       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027       16,240       (213     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (2,037     (1,148     889       (77

Interest expense, net

     562       391       171       44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss before income taxes

     (2,599     (1,539     1,060       (69

Provision for income taxes

     18       7       11       157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ 1,071       (69 %) 

Net revenues. The decrease in net revenue between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 was primarily due to $0.9 million less deferred revenue being recognized as revenue between the comparable periods. The higher amount of deferred revenue recognized as revenue in the first quarter of 2016 was partially due to increased year-end discounting of paid-in-full memberships at the end of 2015, which drove sales of such memberships and thereby increased the deferred revenue balance going into 2016. We did not repeat the same year-end discounting of paid-in-full memberships in the fourth quarter of 2016. As a result, the deferred revenue balance for paid-in-full memberships going into 2017 was $0.6 million lower, leading to less revenue recognized in the first quarter of 2017 from previously sold paid-in-full memberships. During the first quarter of 2017, we sold more class packages and paid-in-full memberships (which require a longer period of time to be recognized as revenue in comparison to our other sales options) than we did in the first quarter in 2016 (in which we had a higher percentage of monthly membership fee revenue in comparison to the first quarter of 2017), which resulted in less revenue being recognized during the first quarter of 2017. We believe the implementation of our strategy to sell more class packages allows us to better serve our students and will draw a broader student base over time. We anticipate our deferred revenue, subject to refunds, to be recognized as net revenue over time as it is deemed earned based on pattern of usage or the applicable product’s expiration period. Other changes in net revenues between the comparable periods include an increase in net revenues from teacher trainings by $11,308, a decrease in net revenues from workshops by $0.2 million and a decrease in net revenues from retail sales by $0.2 million. The decrease in net revenues from workshops was primarily due to a reduction in the number of workshop events held in the first quarter of 2017 compared to the first quarter of 2016. The decrease in net revenues from retail sales was due to a new customer loyalty program implemented in February 2016 in which we offered price discounts on our retail merchandise.

Cost of revenues . The decrease in cost of revenues between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the corresponding period in 2016 was primarily due to a decrease of $0.2 million in workshop and retreat costs caused by conducting less workshops and retreats in the first quarter of 2017 in comparison to the first quarter of 2016.

 

61


Table of Contents

Center operations. Center operations expense increased between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily due to the opening of two studios in the first quarter of 2016 in Los Angeles that did not have an entire quarter of expenses as compared to the first quarter of 2017 which included a full quarter of expenses for these studios plus the impact of two new studios that were opened after the first quarter of 2016. The above changes resulted in increased studio lease costs of $0.2 million from the first quarter of 2016 as compared to the first quarter of 2017.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily due to a reduction in our non-studio employee headcount that resulted in a decrease of $0.4 million in payroll expense and a decrease in promotional and marketing expenses of $0.2 million, partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in stock-based compensation expense due to the grant of options to purchase              shares of our common stock in the first quarter of 2017.

Depreciation and amortization . There was no material change in depreciation and amortization expense between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016.

Interest expense, net . There was no material change in interest expense, net between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016.

Provision for income taxes . There was no material change in the provision for income taxes between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016. Our effective income tax rate was (0.96)% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and (0.46)% for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
(dollars in thousands)   2016     2015      Dollar     Percent  

Net revenues

  $ 55,090     $ 48,506      $ 6,584       14

Cost of revenues

    20,535       17,105        3,430       20  

Center operations

    22,469       19,859        2,610       13  

General and administrative expenses

    11,067       12,556        (1,489     (12

Depreciation and amortization

    8,893       6,515        2,378       37  

Goodwill impairment

          927        (927     (100
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

    62,964       56,962        (6,002     11  

Interest expense, net

    1,587       746        841       113  

Provision for income taxes

    43       13        30       231
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (9,504   $ (9,215    $ 289       (3 )% 

Net revenues. Net revenues increased in 2016 due primarily to a 21% increase in the number of visits to our studios from 2015, the opening of four additional studios in 2016 (two in Los Angeles, one in Northern California and one in Boston), the full-year impact from the consolidation of the 17 studios we acquired during 2015 (eight in Northern California, seven in Baltimore and two in Boston) and the three studios we opened during 2015 (two in Los Angeles and one in Northern California), net of the impact from the closure of two studios in 2016 (one in Orange County and one in Northern California). In 2016, our net revenues were also favorably impacted by our moving towards a more flexible pricing strategy to include class packages (in addition to memberships and drop-in classes) as well as moving away from our past reliance on a discounted promotional pricing strategy focused on memberships. In 2016, net revenues from class packages increased $2.9 million and net revenues from teacher training

 

62


Table of Contents

increased $1.2 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in net revenues from paid-in-full memberships of $0.8 million. In comparing net revenues derived from teacher training programs, workshops and the sale of yoga-related retail merchandise in 2015 and 2016, net revenues from our teacher training program increased by $1.2 million, net revenue from workshops increased by $0.2 million and net revenues from our retail sales decreased by $0.2 million primarily driven by increases in visits and a net increase in studios.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues increased in 2016 due primarily to a 24% increase in the number of classes we held from 2015, the opening of four additional studios in 2016, the full-year impact from the consolidation of the 17 studios we acquired during 2015 and the three studios we opened during 2015, net of the impact from the closure of two studios in 2016. The above changes resulted in increased teacher payroll costs of $2.9 million from 2015 to 2016.

Center operations. Center operations expense increased in 2016 due the opening of four additional studios in 2016, the full-year impact from the consolidation of the 17 studios we acquired during 2015 and the three studios we opened during 2015, net of the impact from the closure of two studios in 2016. The above changes resulted in increased lease expenses of $2.4 million in 2016 due to annual rent escalations in some of our studios’ lease agreements and additional property tax obligations.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased in 2016 mainly due to operational efficiency initiatives we implemented during the year, which primarily included a reduction in our non-studio employee headcount, that resulted in a decrease of $0.5 million. General and administrative expenses decreased in 2016 also because of a reduction of our acquisition-related professional expenses of $0.3 million from 2015 to 2016 and a reduction in marketing expense from 2015 to 2016 of $0.1 million, offset by an increase in severance costs of $0.2 million from 2015 to 2016 as a result of a reduction in headcount of non-studio employees.

Depreciation and amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense increased in 2016 primarily due to the intangible assets and property, plant and equipment resulting from our 16 studio acquisitions in 2015 being subject to a full year of depreciation or amortization for the 2016 fiscal year.

Goodwill impairment . We recognized an impairment of goodwill of $0.9 million in 2015. We did not record any impairment losses related to goodwill in 2016. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Any further impairment of goodwill could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

Interest expense, net . Interest expense, net, primarily consisted of interest expense on the term loans under the Loan Agreement and the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes. Interest expense increased in 2016 due to the term loan under our Loan Agreement and the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes being outstanding for the full year.

Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes increased in 2016 primarily due to a $36,508 increase in our net deferred tax liability from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

 

63


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

The following tables set forth our quarterly unaudited consolidated statements of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of net revenues for each of the nine quarters through the period ended March 31, 2017. We have prepared the quarterly unaudited consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information in these tables reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)    Mar 31,
2017
    Dec 31,
2016
    Sept 30,
2016
    Jun 30,
2016
    Mar 31,
2016
    Dec 31,
2015
    Sept 30,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
    Mar 31,
2015
 

Net revenues

   $ 13,990     $ 13,173     $ 13,495     $ 13,330     $ 15,092     $ 13,375     $ 12,467     $ 11,582     $ 11,082  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                  

Cost of revenues

     5,129       4,990       4,943       5,284       5,318       4,855       4,234       3,946       4,070  

Center operations

     5,687       5,639       5,735       5,532       5,563       5,099       5,102       4,845       4,813  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010       2,592       2,572       2,725       3,178       3,479       2,832       2,876       3,369  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,235       2,250       2,227       2,181       2,080       1,934       1,378       1,123  

Goodwill impairment

                                   927                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027       15,456       15,500       15,768       16,240       16,440       14,102       13,045       13,375  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,037     (2,283     (2,005     (2,438     (1,148     (3,065     (1,635     (1,463     (2,293

Interest expense, net

     562       407       399       390       391       380       270       77       19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (2,599     (2,690     (2,404     (2,828     (1,539     (3,445     (1,905     (1,540     (2,312

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     18       14       18       4       7       (11     7       6       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (2,704   $ (2,422   $ (2,832   $ (1,546   $ (3,434   $ (1,912   $ (1,546   $ (2,323
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our net revenues for those periods.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar 31,
2017
    Dec 31,
2016
    Sept 30,
2016
    Jun 30,
2016
    Mar 31,
2016
    Dec 31,
2015
    Sept 30,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
    Mar 31,
2015
 

Net revenues

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                  

Cost of revenues

     37       37       37       40       35       36       34       34       37  

Center operations

     41       43       42       41       37       38       40       42       44  

General and administrative expenses

     22       20       19       20       21       26       23       25       30  

Depreciation and amortization

     16       17       17       17       14       16       16       12       10  

Goodwill impairment

                                   7                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     116       117       115       118       107       123       113       113       121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15     (17     (15     (18     (8     (23     (13     (13     (21

Interest expense, net

     4       3       3       3       2       3       2       1        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (19     20       (18     (21     (10     (26     (15     (14     (21

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                                                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (19 %)      (20 %)      (18 %)      (21 %)      (10 %)      (26 %)      (15 %)      (14 %)      (21 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. For more information on our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA, and to the limitations of using such non-GAAP measurements, see footnote 3 in the section captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”.

 

     Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)    Mar 31,
2017
    Dec 31,
2016
    Sept 30,
2016
    Jun 30,
2016
    Mar 31,
2016
    Dec 31,
2015
    Sept 30,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
    Mar 31,
2015
 

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (2,704   $ (2,422   $ (2,832   $ (1,546   $ (3,434   $ (1,912   $ (1,546   $ (2,323

Interest expense, net

     562       407       399       390       391       380       270       77       19  

Provision for income taxes

     18       14       18       4       7       (11     7       6       11  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,235       2,250       2,227       2,181       2,080       1,934       1,378       1,123  

Goodwill impairment

                                   927                    

Deferred rent(a)

     31       (32     61       66       181       65       223       149       366  

Stock based compensation(b)

     539       2       2       12       7       10       7              

Acquisition professional expenses(c)

                                   118       69       38       39  

Severance(d)

     82       124       86       15             10       42       46        

Executive recruiting(e)

                 9       47             93                    

Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees(f)

     25       25       25       25       25       25       25       25       25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 841     $ 71     $ 428     $ (46   $ 1,246     $ 263     $ 665     $ 173     $ (740

Other general and administrative expenses(g)

     2,364       2,446       2,454       2,627       3,147       3,231       2,708       2,788       3,310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Studio-Level EBITDA

   $ 3,205     $ 2,517     $ 2,882     $ 2,581     $ 4,393     $ 3,494     $ 3,373     $ 2,961     $ 2,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Over the periods presented, we have experienced a growth trend in net revenue, cost of revenues and center operations due to studios that we have acquired and opened. Net revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2016 also included the favorable impact of $0.9 million of revenue recognized in the period from sales of paid-in-full memberships and teacher trainings in prior periods (for which payment was made in advance) originally recorded as deferred revenue in such periods. The increase in cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2016 was the result of a higher number of workshop events scheduled during the quarter. Workshop events have a higher cost of revenues as a percentage of net revenue compared to our service offerings. The general decrease in general and administrative expense as a percentage of net revenue since the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily related to the leveraging of our infrastructure as we grew our studio base.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have a history of operating losses and an accumulated deficit of $36.3 million as of March 31, 2017. In addition, we had negative working capital of $3.4 million at March 31, 2017, $3.7 million at December 31, 2016 and $14.4 million at December 31, 2015. Historically, we have satisfied our liquidity needs primarily through cash generated from financing activities, including cash generated from our Loan Agreement and convertible notes issued from time to time to Great Hill Partners. Our principal liquidity needs include cash used for operations (such as rent and labor costs), acquisitions, capital expenditures for the development of new studios and other capital expenditures necessary to improve existing studios, primarily leasehold improvements and additional furniture and fixtures.

Based upon our current level of operations, we believe that our cash balance on hand, together with the net proceeds of this offering, our cash flow from operations and our ability to draw under our Loan Agreement prior to the closing of this offering will be adequate to meet our short- and long-term liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date of this prospectus. There can be no assurance that we will sustain positive cash flows from operations or achieve profitability, and incremental funding from Great Hill Partners may be required as needed if this offering is not consummated. If available funds are not adequate, we may need to obtain additional funding or scale back operations.

We utilize operating lease arrangements for all of our studios. We believe that our operating lease arrangements continue to provide the appropriate leverage for our capital structure in a financially efficient manner. Because we lease all of the properties related to our studios, as well as our corporate office, we do not have any debt that is secured by real property.

Selected Cash Flow Data

The following table and discussion presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of cash flow data from operating, investing and financing activities.

 

   

Three Months Ended March 31,

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
(dollars in thousands)   (unaudited)              

Provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 783     $ (779   $ 762     $ (888

Used in investing activities

    (196     (923     (2,097     (15,124

Provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,956             (526     15,273  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    3,543       (1,702     (1,861     (738

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    1,912       3,773       3,773       4,511  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    5,455       2,071       1,912       3,773  

 

66


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2017, our cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $2.6 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $2.2 million and stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million. Prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased $1.1 million due to a decrease in prepaid rent.

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our cash used in operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $1.5 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $2.2 million. Deferred revenue decreased $1.0 million due to timing of when membership and class package sales occurred and when the corresponding revenue recognized for such sales occurred.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $9.5 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $8.9 million, and tenant improvement allowances received of $1.6 million. Prepaid expenses and other assets increased $0.9 million due to increases in prepaid rent, and deferred revenue decreased $0.6 million due to timing of when memberships and class packages had been sold and when the corresponding revenue recognized for such sales occurred.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our cash used in operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $9.2 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $6.5 million, and impairment losses of $0.9 million. Deferred rent increased $0.8 million primarily due to accounting adjustments for leases entered into prior to Great Hill Partner’s acquisition of us.

Net cash used in investing activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2017, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $0.2 million of purchases of property and equipment.

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $0.9 million in construction costs of new studios.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $2.1 million of purchases of property and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $11.5 million of cash used for acquisitions (net of cash acquired) and $3.4 million of purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2017, our cash provided by financing activities primarily resulted from the issuance of 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, less $0.2 million in payments to settle promissory notes related to acquisitions made in fiscal year 2015.

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, there were no cash flows from financing activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our cash used in financing activities primarily resulted from principal payments under our subordinated note agreement of $0.5 million, partially offset by $17,877 of net proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our cash used in financing activities primarily resulted from our receipt of $7.0 million from the funding of our term loans under the Loan Agreement and

 

67


Table of Contents

$10.2 million from the issuance of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes, partially offset by a $1.4 million repayment on our equipment line, $0.5 million debt issuance cost and $16,581 principal payment on our notes payable.

Credit and Other Obligations

Loan Agreement with Deerpath Funding LP

On July 24, 2015, we entered into a Loan Agreement by and among us and our subsidiaries, Deerpath Funding, LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent and the lenders party thereto. The Loan Agreement provided YogaWorks, Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) with an initial senior secured term loan of $5.0 million, and upon our meeting certain conditions, gave the Borrowers the ability to borrow up to an additional $15 million in senior secured term loans. On July 24, 2015, the Borrowers borrowed $5.0 million under the Loan Agreement. In December 2015, the Borrowers borrowed an additional $2.0 million pursuant to a First Amendment to Loan Agreement. As of March 31, 2017, the outstanding principal balance under the Loan Agreement was $6.9 million, and bore interest at the LIBOR rate plus 8.00%. At that date, the Borrowers had $13.1 million of incremental borrowing availability under the Loan Agreement. On March 27, 2017, we entered into the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2018, the loans under the Loan Agreement will bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of our initial public offering if our initial public offering is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter we are in compliance with our Loan Agreement’s financial ratio covenants, starting with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Loan Agreement, the applicable interest rate on our loans will be LIBOR plus 7.00%.

Borrowings under our Loan Agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens, by a first-priority lien on, and perfected security interest in, substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets. In addition, we and our subsidiary, Whole Body, Inc., each agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement. Our Loan Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary events of default, as well as affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions concerning the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, sales of assets, the conduct of our business, investments, dividends, redemptions and distributions and affiliated transactions. Our Loan Agreement also requires us to maintain compliance with a senior debt to EBITDA ratio, not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00. Pursuant to the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated March 27, 2017, our lenders agreed to not require testing of any of our financial covenant ratios under the Loan Agreement for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017. Under the Second Amendment, we could be required to make a mandatory prepayment of the debt under the Loan Agreement equal to $1.3 million upon the earliest of any of the following events: (i) if we do not consummate our initial public offering by December 31, 2017; (ii) if we fail to comply with the financial ratio covenants under the Loan Agreement for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018; or (iii) if we fail to deliver monthly financial statements as of, and for the period ending on, March 31, 2018.

We intend to cancel the Loan Agreement in connection with the closing of this offering.

Great Hill Convertible Notes

On June 3, 2015, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $10.2 million, each with an annual interest rate of 8%. As part of a series of recapitalization transactions completed on March 24, 2017, the aggregate principal amount of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes (as amended on that date), together with accrued and unpaid interest, was converted into                      shares of our common stock.

 

68


Table of Contents

On March 27, 2017, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8% and with a maturity date of March 27, 2018. These convertible notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, at the option of the holder, at a conversion rate of $         per share of common stock. We intend to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in connection with the closing of this offering.

Subordinated Notes

In connection with our acquisition of studios in 2015, we issued two subordinated promissory notes to seller parties in the acquisitions with a principal amount of $200,000 on September 8, 2015 that matured on February 8, 2017 and $500,000 on October 27, 2015 that matured on October 27, 2016 (the “Subordinated Notes”). These subordinated promissory notes carried imputed interest at the applicable federal rate and were subordinated to indebtedness under the Loan Agreement. The subordinated note in the principal amount of $500,000 was fully repaid in 2016 and the subordinated note in the principal amount of $200,000 was fully repaid in February 2017.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

In connection with the formation of YogaWorks, Inc. in 2014, we issued 10,000 shares of redeemable preferred stock at a price per share of $5,050 per share. The redeemable preferred stock had a cumulative dividend rate of 8.0% percent per annum. On March 24, 2017, all of our shares of redeemable preferred stock were converted into                      shares of our common stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2016, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business.

Contractual Obligations

The following table and discussion presents contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2016.

 

(dollars in thousands)    Total      2017      2018-2019      2020-2021      Thereafter  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 41,652      $ 8,785      $ 12,869      $ 8,996      $ 11,002  

Loan Agreement(1)

     7,156        419        700        6,038         

2015 GHP Convertible Notes(2)

     11,635        11,635                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Minimum Payments

   $ 60,443      $ 20,839      $ 13,569      $ 15,034      $ 11,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of our obligations under our Loan Agreement and the Subordinated Notes. In February 2017, we repaid the full outstanding balance under our Subordinated Notes, which had an outstanding balance of $0.2 million as of December 31, 2016. We intend to repay the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement in connection with the closing of this offering and cancel that facility.
(2) On March 24, 2017, the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes, which had an outstanding balance of $11.6 million as of December 31, 2016, were converted into shares of our common stock. On March 27, 2017, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which we intend to repay in connection with the closing of this offering.

We also enter into purchase commitments related to retail, equipment, construction and other service-related arrangements that occur in the normal course of business. Such commitments are excluded from the above table, as they are typically short-term in nature and are not material as of December 31, 2016.

 

69


Table of Contents

Other long-term liabilities excluded from the above table include our 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, deferred rent and deferred tax liabilities. In addition, other unrecorded obligations that have been excluded from the contractual obligations table include contingent rent payments, property taxes, insurance payments and common-area maintenance costs.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below are the most difficult management decisions as they involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above.

We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues primarily from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise, net of discounts, refunds and returns at the time they are granted. Customers typically pay upfront for their services. Yoga classes are principally sold in two formats—class packages and memberships. Class packages are based on a fixed number of classes, while memberships provide unlimited classes over a certain time period. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenues are recognized ratably over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. Our deferred revenue balance was $4,478,318 as of March 31, 2017, $4,593,076 as of December 31, 2016 and $5,242,957 as of December 31, 2015. Our deferred revenue balance is reduced by refunds in the reporting period which results in less revenue recognized over the service term than originally anticipated. The accounts receivable balance was $99,992 as of March 31, 2017, $63,736 as of December 31, 2016 and $67,452 as of December 31, 2015 and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

Revenue for retail merchandise is recognized at the time of sale when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the stores. Taxes collected from the customer are recorded on a net basis. Sales returns by customers for yoga-related retail merchandise sales have historically not been material. We sell gift cards to our customers. The gift cards sold to customers have no stated expiration dates and are subject to actual and/or potential escheatment rights in several of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We recognize income from gift cards when redeemed by the customer. We do not estimate gift

 

70


Table of Contents

card breakage. Our gift card liability balance was $395,144 as of March 31, 2017, $442,947 as of December 31, 2016 and $343,401 as of December 31, 2015 and is included in deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. We measure tax assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We provide a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

We follow ASC Topic 740-10 which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Therefore, there will only be recognition where a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. We recognize interest and penalties on taxes, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no material uncertain tax positions to be accounted for in the financial statements; accordingly, no interest or penalties on taxes were recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2017, the year ended December 31, 2016 or the year ended December 31, 2015.

We are undergoing an examination of the federal income tax return filed for our 2015 tax year by the Internal Revenue Service. We are currently not under examination by state and local tax authorities.

Asset Impairment Assessments

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets. We review long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an evaluation of recoverability is required, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows directly associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount. If the estimated future cash flows from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. No impairment was recognized to long-lived assets or finite-lived intangible assets in 2016 or in 2015.

Recoverability of Goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment on annual basis, or if there is a triggering event or circumstances require, on an interim basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”. We perform our goodwill impairment test annually in the fourth quarter of the year, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We review goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If we decide that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and conclude that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. If we perform the two-step process, the first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair values of goodwill are determined using

 

71


Table of Contents

valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and assumptions management believes are appropriate in the circumstances. No impairment was recognized to goodwill in the three months ended March 31, 2017 or for the year ended December 31, 2016. We recorded a write-down of goodwill of $0.9 million in 2015.

We incurred a net loss of $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and had net cash provided by operating activities of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. If we continue to experience net losses or our cash flows from operating activities decline or become negative, it could require us to lower our assessment of the fair value of our business. If this were to occur, we could be required to record additional material impairment charges to goodwill which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We record stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation for all equity awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of such awards as of the grant date. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period (the vesting period, generally four years). The fair value of shares of our common stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology, see Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and the fair value of the options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Using this option-pricing model, the fair value of each employee award is estimated on the grant date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility of the share price of comparable public companies. The expected life is determined using the “simplified method” permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Numbers 107 and 110 (the midpoint between the term of the agreement and the weighted average vesting term). The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury security at a constant maturity with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The dividend yield is zero, as we have never declared a cash dividend. We recognize equity-based compensation expense for only those options expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

On February 11, 2016, the board of directors of the Company granted options to purchase                  shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $         per share, which was also the fair value per share price of common stock as determined by our board of directors on the grant date. In conjunction with our year-end procedures, our board of directors obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 2015, which suggested a fair value of $         per share. Our board of directors considered this valuation together with other objective and subjective factors in reaching its determination of the fair value of our common stock as of February 11, 2016, the option grant date. In particular, our board of directors considered the general financial condition of the business, the continued illiquidity of our common stock given our status as a private company, our capital resources at that time, and the risks and uncertainties associated with further development and expansion of our business. In addition, as part of the year-end procedures for fiscal 2016, the Company obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 2016, which determined a fair value of $         per share. The decrease in the fair value of our common stock when compared to the prior year is due primarily to changes in market conditions, expectations, and assumptions appropriate for our company at the time of valuation.

On March 24, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to                 . In addition, the board of directors approved the grant of options to purchase                  shares of our

 

72


Table of Contents

common stock to certain employees and consultants. The options granted had an exercise price of $         per share, which was greater than the fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the grant date. In conjunction with our quarter-end procedures and our granting of stock options in the quarter, our board of directors obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of March 24, 2017, which suggested a fair value of $         per share. The enterprise valuation that we obtained as of March 24, 2017 increased when compared to the December 2016 enterprise valuation. The increase in fair value was driven largely by the increased likelihood of an initial public offering which resulted in higher financial multiples that comparable public companies are trading at, higher multiples that recent transactions have been priced at, and the increase in our revenue and other financial performance growth rates used in the December 2016 valuation. We believe it is reasonable to expect that the completion of an initial public offering will add value to the shares of our common stock because they will have increased liquidity and marketability. The decrease in fair value per share as compared to the prior year per share value is due primarily to the dilutive effect of increased outstanding common stock due to the conversion of the 2015 GHP Notes and our redeemable preferred stock to common stock.

Stock-based compensation expense was $538,872 for the three months end March 31, 2017, $23,443 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $16,942 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and was recorded in cost of revenue and general and administrative expenses.

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our financial and operating history; recent equity financings and the related valuations; the estimated present value of our future cash flows; industry information such as market size and growth; market capitalization of comparable companies and the estimated value of transactions such companies have engaged in; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; the lack of marketability of our common stock; and macroeconomic conditions. In addition, our board of directors also considered valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Estimates of fair value are sensitive to such factors.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the date of this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk through fluctuations in interest rates on our debt obligations. Borrowings under our Loan Agreement carry interest at a floating rate. We seek to manage exposure

 

73


Table of Contents

to adverse interest rate changes through our normal operating and financing activities. As of March 31, 2017, we had $6.9 million in outstanding borrowings under our Loan Agreement at an interest rate of LIBOR + 8%, which was 9%. A 1% increase in the interest rate on the Loan Agreement would result in an increase of our interest expense by approximately $69,000. Effective as of January 1, 2017, the loans under the Loan Agreement bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of this offering, if this offering is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. We intend to cancel the Loan Agreement in connection with the closing of this offering.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot assure you our business will not be affected in the future by inflation.

 

74


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

YogaWorks is a healthy lifestyle brand focused on enriching and transforming lives through yoga. We strive to honor and empower our students’ journey toward personal growth and well-being, no matter their age or physical ability, in an inclusive and community-oriented environment.

YogaWorks for Everybody

We are one of the largest and fastest growing providers of high quality yoga instruction in the U.S., with almost 3 million student visits in 2016 and 50 company-owned studios, as well as our Internet-based digital media service, MyYogaWorks.com. YogaWorks is the only national, multi-discipline yoga instruction company, and our highly recognizable brand is present in six geographically dispersed U.S. markets—Los Angeles, Orange County (California), New York City, Northern California, Boston and Baltimore/Washington D.C. Our teachers taught more than 180,000 classes in our conveniently located studios and attracted more than 225,000 students in 2016. Since 1990, we have offered the YogaWorks teacher training program, which we believe is the gold standard within the yoga community and respected across the globe for instructing teachers on how to teach yoga to a broad population of students. We believe our YogaWorks teacher training program extends our brand beyond our current six markets and that many of our 11,000 graduates serve as ambassadors of the YogaWorks brand and help us identify new markets.

We believe our approach to yoga has broad appeal and positions us for continued success. We strive to make yoga accessible to everyone and offer a lifestyle approach that can be applied on and off the mat. We help people improve their physical and mental well-being through the 5,000 year old tradition of yoga, which we practice as a community-oriented experience. Our bright, clean and inspiring studios offer a broad range of yoga disciplines and ability levels to meet the needs of a wide variety of students—from fast-paced flow to soothing restorative or integrated fitness classes. Our classes are designed to safely challenge practitioners of all levels, making yoga accessible to a diverse population ranging from beginners and casual practitioners to seasoned yogis and professional athletes. Students with limited mobility or those intimidated by traditional gym environments can stretch their bodies and their minds at YogaWorks to achieve a sense of accomplishment and relaxation and advanced yogis can be challenged by our seasoned teachers who provide a challenging and rigorous curriculum to deepen their practice.

We are told some students find yoga to be the only form of exercise they need or wish to do. Others enjoy how yoga complements their other exercise routines, as yoga can enhance performance and reduce injuries by helping people stretch to increase flexibility, strength, balance and focus. Whatever the motivation or frequency of use, we aim to support our students’ mental and physical well-being in addition to building confidence and a sense of possibility that lasts long after rolling up one’s mat. Our teachers practice safe techniques and our studios seek to be a nexus of health and wellness for our students.

Our student experience centers on three key benefits:

Connection : Our first goal is to help our students connect their bodies with their minds. In fact, the word “yoga” means to unite or join. We offer our students a variety of class options ranging from rigorous physical exertion to classes that provide a deep stretch that is low-impact. Each class requires a student to connect breathing with movement, necessitating tremendous focus. This concentration, in turn, helps our students to block out their worries, cares and distractions. Yoga offers a rare opportunity to slow down, tune out the world and work on improving one’s physical and mental well-being. We believe that healthy physical

 

75


Table of Contents

strengthening and stretching combined with meditation can lead to a feeling of centered positivity and relief from stress that so many seek.

Community : We feel the YogaWorks studio experience creates an emotional connection between our teachers and students that can last long after they leave the studio. Our inviting atmosphere fosters a supportive environment where students can work toward their fitness and mindfulness goals and meet others with similar interests. Our inclusive, non-judgmental approach enables students of all ages and ability feel accepted and respected. Friendly and trained greeters welcome our students, inform them about the YogaWorks offering, and assist them in finding the right class. During class, teachers combine group instruction with hands-on, one-on-one attention, as desired, to individualize each experience and improve a student’s technique. This student-teacher connection is an important step in building community. While each studio has a unique look and feel, all of our studios are unified by a shared brand, community-oriented mission, value system and focus on quality teaching and welcoming customer service. Studios are encouraged to get involved with their community by participating in local events, sponsoring special donation classes for local causes or reaching out to those who have not previously practiced yoga but may be interested in doing so.

Calm : From the moment a student enters our studio, we strive to create a tranquil space. Our practice rooms prepare students for a completely different experience geared towards mind-body balance. We do not generally allow cell phones or have mirrors or televisions as we believe they can be distracting and outwardly focused. The highlight of the YogaWorks experience is the class work, which is designed to help students strengthen their mind and body as well as find a sense of connection with their own center. As an additional benefit, most of our classes end with five to ten minutes of deep relaxation, or savasana , to engender a sense of calm that our students can take back with them to their everyday lives, after leaving our studios. In fact, these last few minutes of each class are often cited as our students’ favorite moment of each class and students leave visibly relaxed and calm—a feeling which is unique to the yoga experience.

Since 1990, we have offered our own teacher training program that derives its inspiration from combining three different respected yoga styles to create a unique YogaWorks approach. We believe our teacher training program is respected within the yoga community for training teachers how to tailor and curate classes, have a presence in the room and truly teach rather than focusing on memorizing and repeating rote sequences of postures. More than 11,000 teachers have graduated from our program since its inception, with alumni in nearly every state in the U.S. and numerous countries around the world.

We believe our teacher training offerings enhance our brand, provide us with a steady stream of well-trained, talented teachers to fill our schedules, and help us maintain a leadership position in the industry. Our training program is also an effective outreach tool, as our graduates often become ardent champions of our brand and programming. Additionally, by offering teacher classes in geographies where we do not operate a studio, we are able to extend our brand to new U.S. regions.

To make yoga accessible, we offer flexible pricing options that provide greater value with increased class usage. Students can choose from membership programs (monthly, six months or annual), packages of classes or single drop-in classes. Whether students seek a long-term commitment or single session, they can find a studio and class that works for them.

In addition to our in-studio instruction and teacher training programs, YogaWorks has developed, and markets and sells online subscriptions to, MyYogaWorks.com, an on-demand video library of over

 

76


Table of Contents

1,000 proprietary instructional classes that allows students to practice yoga anytime, anywhere. We believe our MyYogaWorks.com classes are complementary to our in-studio classes as students can focus on a particular pose, hone a skill or continue their practice between visits. Our video classes are expertly taught by YogaWorks-trained teachers. While there is no hands-on instruction or community participation, MyYogaWorks.com offers students another way to connect with us and to access yoga in a convenient manner to further their healthy lifestyle. MyYogaWorks.com streamed almost 700,000 classes to over 18,000 users in more than 145 countries in 2016. Through MyYogaWorks.com, we are also able to extend our brand presence beyond our physical studio footprint and allow our teachers to reach students beyond the classroom.

Strong Financial Performance

As a result of our quality class offerings, talented teachers and solid brand reputation, we have achieved a strong historical financial performance. We derive our revenues from multiple sources, including in-studio instruction and retail sales, teacher training, workshops and subscriptions to MyYogaWorks.com. We believe our compelling value proposition to our students, consisting of competitive pricing for high-quality instruction, has also driven our growth throughout a variety of economic cycles and conditions since we were founded in 1987.

Our significant growth is reflected in:

 

    49 studios at December 31, 2016 reflecting a CAGR of 19.5%, from 24 studios at December 31, 2012 (primarily related to our acquisition of 17 studios in 2015);

 

    2.9 million visits in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 13.6%, from 1.8 million visits in 2012; and

 

    Net revenues of $55.1 million in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 10.9%, from $36.4 million in 2012.

 

LOGO

Our recent growth has been driven by our strategy of adding studios primarily through acquisitions and selectively building new studios. Through acquisitions we can quickly gain students, grow our market share and build on the operating momentum of these acquired businesses. Our acquisition strategy also allows us to immediately gain a strong presence in targeted markets and local communities.

We have developed a multi-factor evaluation system that allows us to quickly assess potential acquisition candidates and continually add qualified new targets to our active outreach process. We have also built an efficient due diligence review workflow, and a proven post-acquisition integration methodology that is designed to facilitate a seamless student, teacher and staff transition to the YogaWorks operating model. In addition, we have a proven history of retaining and improving the student and teacher focus of each studio or chain of studios acquired. Our acquired studios have experienced positive results under our ownership, benefiting from being part of our brand and implementing our best practices.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

History of Yoga

Yoga is an ancient practice of movements and poses designed to bring harmony between mind and body. The practice of yoga has roots dating back to 3300-1500 B.C., when some of India’s earliest known writings referenced yoga poses, though these early poses were primarily suggestions for sitting comfortably in meditation. Centuries later, yoga masters began to embrace the physical body itself as a means to achieve the same expanded awareness and freedom from suffering. This was the goal of meditation and yoga teachers began to develop more varied techniques aimed at connecting mind and body. Since its origin, yoga has endured and continue to evolve with hundreds of distinct styles and approaches, all of which involve concentration and focus on being present in order to achieve a mindful state of being, including:

 

•    Anusara

  

•    Iyengar

  

•    Restorative

•    Ashtanga

  

•    Kundalini

  

•    Vinyasa

•    Hatha

  

•    Prenatal

  

•    Yin

Benefits of Yoga

We believe that helping students connect their breathing and movement can yield a powerful result. From increasing strength and flexibility to reduction of stress to clarity of mind, the noted benefits of yoga are many and meaningful. Our students tell us about how calm they feel after class and how they turn to yoga to help them reach their health and wellness goals, manage difficult situations and relieve stress. These benefits are part of the reason that yoga adoption is increasing across all segments of the population, and they are why word-of-mouth is such a major marketing source for us, as students share the benefits of yoga.

In addition to the consistent student feedback on how yoga helps people feel, scientific research has begun to quantify some of the health benefits of practicing yoga, including, but not limited to:

 

    Decreasing disabilities, pain and depression;

 

    Improvements in visuospatial memory (which is important for balance, depth perception and ability to recognize objects); and

 

    Improvements in fatigue, inflammation, blood pressure and cholesterol levels.

 

78


Table of Contents

Market Awareness, Yoga Participation and Spend

The practice of yoga in the U.S. is gaining popularity. According to the IBISWorld Report, approximately 37 million Americans practiced yoga in 2016, up from approximately 20 million in 2012, representing 80% growth. According to the Sports Club Advisors, Inc. Industry Snap Shot from April 2016, the number of yoga practitioners is expected to grow to 55.1 million Americans in 2020, representing 50% more participants than 2016. Yoga awareness among Americans has increased from 75% to 2012 to 90% in 2016, according to the 2016 Yoga in America Study. According to the same study, in 2016, yoga practitioners spent over $16 billion on instruction, apparel, equipment and yoga accessories; over one-third of that figure, or approximately $5.8 billion, was spent on instruction in 2016. At $16 billion in 2016, spend on yoga has increased by $6 billion since 2012.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study .

Student Profile

Yoga is practiced by a number of desirable consumer demographics and YogaWorks is well positioned to reach a broad population due to our inclusive, multi-discipline and broad program offerings. According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association, IHRSA, over 40% of yoga practitioners are part of “Generation Y,” also known as Millennials, who are increasingly focused on wellness and are generally willing to spend more on personal enrichment and authentic and meaningful experiences. Yoga appeals to people of all incomes and education levels. Approximately 60% of practitioners have college degrees and earn over $75,000 in annual income.

 

LOGO

Source: The International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association, 2016 Health Club Consumer Report (2016).

In addition to the increasing number of young yoga practitioners, there are more male and older yoga practitioners today than ever before and they are growing at meaningful rates. Approximately 10 million men and 14 million practitioners over the age of 50 participated in yoga in 2016. Comparatively, only 4 million men and 4 million practitioners over the age of 55 participated in yoga in 2012. As the U.S. population ages and continues to live longer, many of the benefits of yoga, which

 

79


Table of Contents

include strength, flexibility and mental clarity, will continue to be relevant to more people across all age groups and drive more people to try yoga. The average age of a yoga practitioner is 32, which is nearly a decade younger than the average age of a person in the traditional fitness market. This is not surprising as yoga is increasingly being offered in schools (from preschool to high school) due to its physical benefits as well as a way of calming students’ minds and reducing stress. This trend towards students learning yoga at a young age continues as more schools and communities adopt this view of yoga.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study.

 

80


Table of Contents

Broad Regional Participation and Highly Fragmented Market

Yoga adoption is fairly evenly distributed across all regions of the U.S., with many opportunities for growth. According to the IBISWorld Report, in 2016 there were estimated to be over 33,000 yoga and pilates studios throughout the U.S. Of these, we believe the vast majority are independently owned with only a few operators who operate 10 or more studios. Yoga studios tend to be more concentrated in the coastal regions of the United States that are more densely populated. YogaWorks studios are located in major metropolitan areas in the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic and Pacific regions of the U.S. But, with yoga penetration still rising, there is ample opportunity for the establishment of additional YogaWorks studios across the entire country.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study .

What Sets YogaWorks Apart

We believe we have a number of core competencies that distinguish YogaWorks from other yoga studio operators.

Market Defining Lifestyle Brand Focused on Healthy Living

We believe we are viewed as a trusted authority on the growing yoga movement and have a reputation for being the place where top teachers go to learn and teach. We are a destination for both new students looking to learn more about yoga and also advanced yogis who want to deepen their practice. Today we are one of the largest branded operators of yoga studios in the U.S. by number of studios and number of students, with more than 225,000 practicing students and almost 3 million student visits in 2016. Our brand appeals to a growing segment of society that is increasingly interested in health and wellness.

We believe our positioning as a lifestyle brand has resulted in attractive student economics for us. Driven in part by the large number of students that are referred to us by our teachers or existing students, we have been able to be very efficient in our advertising and marketing expenditures which,

 

81


Table of Contents

in recent years, has historically been less than 2% of our net revenues. In addition, our students tend to take our classes many times in their lifetime due to the quality of our teachers and facilities. As a result, we have been able to achieve “lifetime value” per student of more than ten times our marketing cost to acquire a new student. The combination of our authentic, high-quality class offerings, our attractive price points and our on-trend, diverse class styles differentiates us and allows us to meet the needs of a wide range of students who care about living a healthy lifestyle.

Appeal to Broad Demographic

We offer a high-quality fitness experience throughout our entire yoga studio network that appeals to a broad student demographic at attractive price points. The variety of classes and styles we teach distinguishes us from our competition and allows us to accommodate students from a wide range of backgrounds. We make yoga accessible to a diverse population ranging from beginners and practitioners with physical limitations and limited mobility, to advanced yogis and super fit athletes. We strive to create a welcoming and non-judgmental environment, where we are able to attract a broad demographic based on age, household income, gender and ethnicity. Our student base is approximately 80% female and 20% male with over 60% of the students earning over $75,000. In addition, our student base is widely distributed in age ranging from 25 to 64 years old with the majority of our students having attended or graduated college. We believe our broad appeal, our flexible pricing and our ability to attract occasional and first-time yoga users as well as advanced practitioners position us to continue to reach large segments of the population in a variety of markets and geographies across the U.S.

High Quality Yoga Experience

Our classes are about peace of mind as well as physical challenge. We provide our students with a welcoming feeling beginning with our clean, bright and aesthetically pleasing studios. As an example, our studios tend not to have mirrors so our students can focus inwards on themselves and their experience and not compare themselves to others. Our classes feature our unique YogaWorks approach: safe, compassionate and skillful teaching. Many classes at YogaWorks offer themes from physical focal points such as releasing the hips or strengthening the upper body to more subtle themes like quieting the mind or opening the heart center. We strive to optimize our class schedules by continuously making small changes to the formats and tracking the impact on student visits. YogaWorks signature classes deliver precise instruction to align breathing with movement and place an emphasis on thoughtful sequencing of poses. All of our classes offer personal modifications (where welcome) so students can refine their practice along the way. We also take pride in our specialty programs which are available for beginning yoga students, children, athletes, seniors and people in need of rehabilitation. Our team of over 1,700 highly-trained, passionate YogaWorks teachers allows us to make yoga accessible to everyone and offer a lifestyle approach that can be applied on and off the mat.

The Gold Standard of Yoga Teacher Training

We differentiate our brand through our world-renowned and well established teacher training programs in which teachers are taught how to teach safe, inspiring yoga classes and engage students on an individual level. Becoming a teacher is not the only motivation for taking a 200-hour teacher training. Many students take the training simply to deepen one’s practice or have a transformational experience. Our innovative and proven teaching program, originally created in 1990, is well-rounded and focuses on providing yoga teachers with the tools to sequence classes and teach skillfully rather than emphasizing memorization of set sequences. This enables our teacher graduates to be comfortable and well-trained to effectively teach anywhere and to any class composition. We have graduated over 11,000 teachers in the program’s 27 year history, across more than 25 countries. We believe we have trained and qualified more advanced yoga teachers than any other yoga operator in the country. Recognized as the gold standard in teacher training, YogaWorks has a 4.73-star (out of 5) rating from Yoga Alliance, a non-profit association of yoga schools and teachers dedicated to the promotion of yoga education and training, of which we are a paid member. We believe our teacher training offerings enhance our brand, provide us with a steady stream of well-trained, talented teachers

 

82


Table of Contents

to fill our schedules, and help us maintain a leadership position in the industry. Our training program is also an effective outreach tool, as our graduates often become ardent champions of our brand and programming. Additionally, by offering teacher classes in geographies where we do not operate a studio, we are able to extend our brand to new regions.

Strong Studio-Level Economics

We seek to generate attractive studio-level margins by increasing the average number of students per class which in turn provides better return on our fixed costs, such as teacher salaries and rent. We target studios with average annual revenues between $500,000 to $700,000 and a return on our invested capital to be within two to four years of opening a new studio. We approach our acquisition targets seeking similar returns. We believe that our strong studio-level economics are important for us to grow our studio base and successfully execute our acquisition strategy.

We continuously undertake initiatives to improve studio-level economics. Specifically, we regularly monitor and adjust our studio staffing to align with student activity and we frequently optimize our programming and pricing. In addition, we constantly assess and refine our marketing efforts to reduce student acquisition costs and to increase studio visits. We also invest in our studios so that they are well maintained, clean and inspiring spaces that encourage repeat visits.

Acquirer of Choice with History of Successful Acquisitions

We believe that acquisitions can be an effective and profitable way for us to enter new regional markets and gain a thriving student base rather than build new studios that ramp up slowly over time. We have a history of successful yoga studio acquisitions and expect to continue to execute regional growth through acquisitions in the future. Since 1987, YogaWorks has grown from a single studio in Santa Monica, California to 50 studios in six markets, primarily through acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, through new studio openings. In 2015, we accelerated our acquisition strategy by purchasing 17 studios in three geographic markets. We believe we are uniquely positioned to grow via acquisition due to our well-respected brand among studio operators, our multi-discipline approach to yoga that allows us to cohesively integrate studios teaching nearly any style of yoga, our leverageable infrastructure, our experienced management team, our studio acquisition experience and our tested integration procedures. With each acquisition, we further refine our selection criteria and integration methodology, enabling us to preserve the acquired studio’s unique appeal to its local community while successfully increasing visits and net revenues under our ownership.

We believe our success in acquiring studios has been built upon a sense of trust in our highly-respected brand, world-renowned teacher training program and appreciation for the student and local community. As a byproduct of our acquisition philosophy, we have built a positive image with past and present yoga studio owners and seek to be viewed as the acquirer of choice in the highly fragmented yoga industry. We believe that many of the studios we acquire are interested in only selling to us because we have the brand recognition, reputation and operational excellence to increase productivity, adding value to both students and teachers. Many owners interested in selling their studios can benefit from turning over their business management responsibilities to YogaWorks so that they can re-focus on their passion for teaching and working with their yoga students. Teachers seem excited to join our learning-based company as it not only adds a level of cachet to work for one of the most respected yoga brands but we also support teachers with additional teaching opportunities at our studios across the nation. Finally, we believe students benefit when we acquire local studios as they have the ability to access other studios with the same values of quality teaching and focus on learning. Overall, we always strive to honor the legacy of the previous ownership, maintain the continuity of the teachers and preserve the student’s journey while enabling us to achieve our financial and operating goals.

 

83


Table of Contents

Inspired Culture and Passionate Team

Since our founding in 1987, we have cultivated a positive culture that permeates all aspects of our organization. The core tenets of our culture include a belief in the benefits of yoga practice, transparency, a focus on performance, providing a compelling studio experience and a team-based customer service approach. We strive to recruit candidates into our organization who demonstrate a passion for healthy living and an understanding of the benefits of yoga. We continuously emphasize the need to communicate openly with our students and fellow employees; this transparency is also reflected in our pricing strategy. We are a performance-based culture, incentivized to deliver strong studio visit growth and overall profitability. We believe our culture helps build and support a consistent and motivated group of team members that are passionate about providing a high-quality experience to our students. Teachers bring their collective wisdom and dedication, their years of practice and training, their openness, their care and their creativity into the classroom every day, and they have fun doing it. Studio managers and staff also play a critical role in delivering a positive experience that helps build relationships with our students from the minute they walk through our doors.

Proven and Experienced Senior Management Team

We have assembled a proven and experienced senior management team that is aligned by the same vision and strategic direction for YogaWorks and continues to drive our growth and protect our culture. Our senior management team brings a wealth of experience across a broad range of business disciplines, including consumer products, retail operations, merchandising, e-commerce, direct consumer marketing, brand development, finance, real estate and information technology. Additionally, our management team has extensive experience building consumer lifestyle brands. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our growth strategy.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we have significant opportunities to enhance our leadership in the yoga studio industry and improve profitability through strategic acquisitions and organic growth. This growth will fuel our ability to continue to make high-quality yoga accessible to everyone—dedicated yogis and beginners alike. Key elements of our growth strategy are as follows:

Grow our Studio Base

We believe we are ideally positioned to consolidate the highly fragmented yoga studio market. We plan to strengthen our presence in existing markets and selectively enter new markets predominantly by acquiring independently owned yoga studios. Based upon internal and third-party analysis of the number of currently existing yoga studios throughout the U.S., and assuming sufficient access to capital and successful execution of our business plan, we believe we have the opportunity to increase our studio count to over 250 studios in the next several years. We believe that acquisitions of existing studios and their thriving student bases can be an effective, profitable and risk-mitigating way to enter a new regional market versus building a new studio and waiting for attendance to ramp up over time. We will, however, selectively open new YogaWorks studios to complement existing and acquired regional studio clusters where there is sufficient density of population to support more of our studios.

Over the past 14 years, we have successfully integrated numerous acquisitions. In 2003, we acquired 3 studios located in Orange County, California. In 2004, we acquired 2 studios in the Los Angeles area and 4 studios in the New York City area (6 studios total). In 2007, we acquired one studio in the Los Angles area. In 2008, we acquired 3 studios in the Northern California area. In 2013, we acquired 2 more studios in the Los Angeles area. In 2015, we acquired Be Yoga in the area (one studio), Yoga Tree in the San Francisco area (7 studios), Back Bay Yoga Studio in the Boston area (2 studios), and Charm City Yoga in the Baltimore/Washington D.C. area Palo Alto (7 studios). Generally,

 

84


Table of Contents

we have seen revenues and visits increase across acquired studios since their acquisitions. In 2015, we acquired 17 studios through four acquisitions (Be Yoga, Yoga Tree, Back Bay Yoga Studio and Charm City Yoga) for aggregate consideration of $12.2 million. These studios contributed $11.7 million of net revenue in 2016. With the integration of our operations, programming and instruction best practices, total visits in the studios acquired from these acquisitions increased more than 7% in 2016, our first full fiscal year of operating these studios, over 2015.

To date, 60% of our existing studios have become part of our studio base through acquisitions. We believe our significant experience in identifying attractive acquisition targets, our industry reputation, our proven integration process and solid operational infrastructure create a compelling platform for growth through acquisitions. Through future acquisitions, we can leverage our corporate infrastructure to grow our brand in both new and existing markets by quickly tapping into the thriving yoga communities that already exist in nearly every city in the U.S. For the yoga student, this expansion plan offers greater choices for quality yoga and the ability to practice at a greater number of locations across the U.S.

We continue to actively assess the yoga studio market across the U.S. and are always seeking out the most attractive geographic markets to enter. According to the IBISWorld Report, in 2016 there were estimated to be over 33,000 yoga and pilates studios throughout the U.S. Through our disciplined identification and diligence process, we review studio programming, observe teachers, analyze visit trends and learn about the market to identify the best studios in this very large pool of existing studios in the U.S. that will fit our brand and overall growth strategy. We identify yoga studios in each targeted region and proactively reach out to their owners to gauge their level of interest in discussing an acquisition by us. To date, we have completed preliminary evaluations on more than          yoga studios based on location, physical layout, studio size, teachers and programming offered. In addition, we regularly field in-bound interest from yoga studio owners looking to find a permanent home for their instructors and students within the YogaWorks family. We have identified hundreds of yoga studios that we believe have programming that aligns with the Yogaworks’ approach and have demonstrated a level of local brand awareness within their communities that make them attractive acquisition candidates. As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into letters of intent to acquire              studios and are in late-stage negotiations with over                 other studios that we believe are probable to be acquired in the next twelve months. We have also entered into confidentiality agreements with over              studios, pursuant to which we are evaluating and discussing potential acquisitions of those studios, and contacted (via email or telephone) over              studios regarding a potential acquisition.

Through a combination of acquisitions and new studio openings, we plan to add more than 35 yoga studios over the next eighteen months. Our studio growth will likely include expansion into new geographic markets as well as an enhanced presence in existing markets and will depend on the amount of available opportunities and internal and external factors relating to our ability to execute. To achieve our planned acquisition-focused growth, we have already begun allocating internal resources, including the hiring of Kurt Donnell, as Executive Vice President, Partnerships and General Counsel, to lead acquisition outreach, diligence and negotiations with potential targets. We intend to use the majority of our net proceeds from this offering to fund our acquisitions and capital expenditures in connection with our acquisitions and new studio openings planned for the next 18 months. As more studios are acquired, we plan to leverage our existing infrastructure but also plan to add additional resources in specific functional areas as needed (including studio management, human resources, finance and accounting) to manage the additional studio oversight, employee and financial reporting needs of a larger studio base. We are currently in active discussions with over          studios across the United States and Canada. However, there can be no assurances that we may not be able to successfully identify opportunities that meet our acquisition criteria, or, if we do, we may not be able to successfully negotiate, finance, acquire and integrate them.

 

85


Table of Contents

Drive Increased Visits, Net Revenues and Regional Market Share

We remain focused on developing and offering high-quality yoga programming supported by our industry-leading teacher training to drive increased visits, net revenues and regional market share. Specifically, we intend to generate growth in visits, net revenues and market share by executing on the following strategies:

 

    Increase our Brand Awareness . We will continue to increase YogaWorks’ brand awareness and consumer loyalty through new and innovative marketing outreach, studio acquisitions, new studio openings and expansion of our digital presence. Our marketing efforts reflect our authentic and localized brand characteristics, and are comprised of grassroots and word-of-mouth marketing that include local events to enhance our unique profile in the communities where we operate. Our ability to engage with consumers across six regional markets demonstrates the effectiveness of our nationally-managed, but locally-focused marketing spend. In addition to our programming, we also engage with students through our mobile application that allows them to plan and schedule classes and to learn more about their teachers. Additionally, we are launching new initiatives through technology investments to better communicate digitally with our consumer base. We believe that increased brand awareness for YogaWorks will result in increased studio visits and net revenues and ultimately enhance profitability.

 

    Expand Teacher Training and Workshops. As the most recognized and accredited teacher training program in yoga, we plan to continue investing in the continuing education of our students and teachers, thereby driving the profitable revenues that the teacher training program brings to our company. Workshops, primarily used to deepen our students’ practice, have also been an incremental revenue opportunity by utilizing excess studio room capacity. Workshops are also a chance for popular teachers to earn additional income. In addition, workshops allow our students and teachers to access visiting master yoga teachers from around the world as well as renowned health and wellness experts, in order to deepen their practice and earn continuing education credits. We believe our highly trained teachers, teacher training programs and our workshops inspire deep brand loyalty across our consumer base, driving visits and net revenues growth, while preserving our industry leadership.

 

    Grow MyYogaWorks.com. We plan to continue to invest in adding quality content for MyYogaWorks.com, improving the user experience and increasing the site’s functionality, including potentially adding live streaming. We are launching several initiatives to cross-sell consumers who use MyYogaWorks.com to join us in our studios for live instruction and hands-on one-on-one attention from our teachers. We are also exploring relationships with companies and complementary brands to drive growth and increase awareness of the MyYogaWorks.com platform.

Leverage our Infrastructure

In preparation for our continued growth, we have built out our corporate infrastructure over the past several years. We now have the corporate, regional and studio-level management personnel in place, as well as the information technology platform, to support our future growth and acquisition strategy, without significant new investments in corporate infrastructure. Our existing infrastructure in administration, accounting, information technology, our new website, human resources, training, marketing and operating systems and processes can be leveraged across all additional studios to eliminate duplicative costs in acquired studios and realize synergies. With a larger number of studios we believe we will be able to negotiate and secure more favorable rates for insurance, bank fees, merchandise and certain capital expenditures. As our studio base grows, expenses for our corporate and regional overhead should become a smaller percentage of our net revenues and profitability. We will also continue to benefit from our strategy of “clustering” studios in distinct geographic regions. By

 

86


Table of Contents

building scale in existing markets, we will increase our local brand awareness and consumer engagement without spending incrementally more on marketing costs as a percentage of net revenues.

Pursue Brand Extension Opportunities

We intend to extend and monetize the YogaWorks brand in the following areas:

 

    Corporate Relationships. We believe we can capitalize on our position as an industry authority on high-quality, multi-discipline yoga to establish relationships with large corporations, health insurers and other institutions to incorporate YogaWorks classes into their employee wellness programs and encourage them to promote the usage of YogaWorks studios.

 

    Retail. We believe that our retail and merchandise offerings contribute to a high quality in-studio environment for our students and better enable them to live the YogaWorks lifestyle. In addition, there is considerable opportunity to expand our retail and merchandising offerings going forward, including the launch of YogaWorks-branded apparel and accessories as well as offering select merchandise to be sold via e-commerce.

 

    Licensing. We believe we have an opportunity to license the YogaWorks brand into new complementary healthy lifestyle categories that would benefit from our brand reputation and market recognition. Examples include licensing MyYogaWorks.com content to media companies and content providers and through alternative online distribution channels.

 

    Publishing of Digital Content . We also see an opportunity to publish our yoga class content and stream live classes via MyYogaWorks.com which will help us maintain our industry leadership position and increase the additional revenue that could be generated through our planned e-commerce platform.

Programming

Our programming supports a multi-channel distribution platform designed to serve our students wherever they want to practice yoga. We strive to create a seamless experience that integrates the offerings available through our studios, a variety of special events and MyYogaWorks.com. As a result, YogaWorks students can continue their practice wherever they may be, whether in our studio, at home or while travelling. Our continued national expansion will only further this benefit for our students.

In-Studio Programming

Our diverse in-studio programming and focus on instruction provides a differentiated and ideal environment for both seasoned yogis as well as beginners and casual enthusiasts. We believe we have highly relevant and compelling yoga offerings that meet our students’ needs. Further, given our teachers’ deep knowledge of yoga traditions and teaching styles, we have proven insights into changing yoga trends and consumer preferences. We are able to quickly interpret these trends for our students through our evolving and thoughtful schedule of classes. Our local approach to programming allows us to tailor our schedule in each market to best serve our students’ needs based on the nuances of each community.

We have created an extensive number of classes for each skill level, which allows us to offer our students multiple paths on their journey from beginner to experienced yogi. Class types include fast-paced flow classes (such as Vinyasa flow, some set to music), slower and more stretch oriented sessions (such as our signature YogaWorks, Hatha or Yin classes), relaxing restorative classes (to soothe and calm the body and mind), beginners and gentle offerings (that move slowly and focus on basics), and even integrated fitness options (such as SculptWorks and BarWorks). As we strive to be inclusive and flexible with our offerings, classes are determined and scheduled based on consumer

 

87


Table of Contents

acceptance and attendance. Furthermore, we carefully review classes and teachers monthly, making adjustments as appropriate, to optimize the style, duration, teacher and time of day for every class.

We have a disciplined operating structure that shares best practices across our different regions in order to maintain a consistently high level of service. We also have a dedicated Customer Experience team that seeks to uphold the YogaWorks standards and deliver a consistent YogaWorks experience. We believe this sets us apart from our competition, as we are able to operate successful studios in many different markets that share the YogaWorks brand, while at the same time providing flexibility to accommodate regional differences.

MyYogaWorks.com Programming

MyYogaWorks.com is an online, on-demand video library of over 1,000 instructional classes that allows students to personalize their yoga practice anytime, anywhere. Through MyYogaWorks.com, we are able to extend our brand presence beyond our physical studio footprint. In 2016, MyYogaWorks.com streamed almost 700,000 classes to over 18,000 users in more than 145 countries. We produce our own professional-quality content in-house and own the content for multiple distribution opportunities. We feel it is important to update our video library and film new videos each month to rotate our featured classes and provide more teachers, styles and options to our growing customer base.

MyYogaWorks.com offers more than just online classes. We have created an online yoga community where we nurture a health and wellness lifestyle. Members can save their favorite classes, create their own playlists and provide feedback. Students can also elect to participate in a Journey Series which is pre-curated content on a particular pose, benefit, or style to motivate a student to accomplish a particular goal in a 5-, 10- or 14-day sequence.

Above all, our online videos are of exceptional quality. Each teacher featured must be Yoga Alliance certified, and is trained to give clear alignment cues and create safe sequences for our practitioners to follow despite there being no ability for hands-on adjustments. While anyone can post yoga videos to the Internet, it is the high quality teacher instruction that separates us from everyone else.

Teacher Training

With over 1,700 teachers employed in our studios, the consistent quality of our instructors is critical to our success. Innovative and comprehensive teacher training has been a core philosophical business practice since our Teacher Training program was founded over 25 years ago, soon after the opening of our second studio. In order to grow our business, we need exceptional teachers, and our teacher training program has been critical to maintaining and increasing the depth of our teacher roster. Since its inception, over 11,000 teachers have graduated from our teacher training program across more than 25 countries. Our program is now considered the gold standard across the industry, with a 4.73-star (out of 5) rating from Yoga Alliance. We offer both a 200-hour and 300-hour program to prospective teachers and students. Becoming a teacher is not the only motivation for taking a 200-hour teacher training. Many students take the training simply to deepen one’s practice or have a transformational experience. We strive to continually enhance our teacher training programs with new techniques, teaching strategies and updated yoga education principles.

We believe our teacher training programming is a primary driver of our appealing studio experience and has resulted in our strong lifestyle brand as well as our market recognition as a leading authority on the growing yoga movement, particularly for safe and effective yoga practices. We utilize this program to identify new teacher talent for our studios and it is also an effective outreach tool for YogaWorks, as our graduates often become ardent champions of our brand and programming and share their enthusiasm

 

88


Table of Contents

for our programming with other students and would-be teachers. Additionally, by offering teacher training classes in geographies where we might not operate a yoga studio, we are able to extend our brand to new locations and learn more about the local Yoga communities in those markets.

Our approach to training teachers is not YogaWorks-specific and therefore, our teacher graduates can teach at other studios, which expands the pool of prospective teachers who may select one of our programs. Our training programs are proprietary and we believe they offer teachers a compelling and differentiated teaching platform. We believe our program is respected for teaching teachers how to tailor and curate classes, have a presence in the room and truly teach students, rather than having an emphasis on teachers memorizing and repeating a rote sequence of postures.

We have more than 80 YogaWorks teacher trainers employed worldwide who have become experts in both yoga and the art of teaching. These trainers teach classes in our studios in addition to leading our teacher training programs. In 2016, we held approximately 100 teacher training programs in 18 countries. We offer teacher training programs that are taught in a YogaWorks studio as well as in non-YogaWorks studios.

Our Culture

We have developed a distinctive culture that inspires our team members. Our culture is centered on a passion for YogaWorks yoga, a performance-based team approach, exceptional customer service, transparency and an environment of continuous growth and learning. We believe our culture allows us to attract passionate and motivated team members who are driven to succeed and share our vision of creating the highest-quality yoga experience for our students.

Passion for YogaWorks Yoga

We never compromise the quality and integrity of our yoga. It is the cornerstone on which we built our company, teacher training and programs. We seek to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified and enthusiastic teachers, greeters and other staff members who share our passion for the highest quality yoga.

Performance-based Team Approach

Our passionate teachers, greeters and other team members are a major element contributing to the superior quality of our students’ in-studio yoga experience. We believe that the power of many is greater than the power of one and treat one another with respect, welcome new ideas and encourage everyone to step up to go the extra mile.

We are guided by a philosophy that recognizes performance, and we offer an incentive bonus program for studio staff to reward strong performance. We actively track and reward team-based performance, which we believe encourages excellence and helps us maintain a sufficient talent pool to support our growth. Many of our studio and regional managers are promoted from within our organization.

Exceptional Customer Service

Our number one job is to ensure our customers are happy and we treat every interaction with our customers as an opportunity to deliver exceptional service. We emphasize delivering customer service in a timely, accurate and friendly manner with a “can-do” attitude, never forgetting that our students come to us by choice.

Transparency

We lead by example with honesty, integrity and respect. We applaud initiative, hold employees accountable and own our mistakes. We continuously emphasize the need to communicate openly with

 

89


Table of Contents

our students and fellow employees to foster an environment of transparency and trust. This commitment to transparency is reflected in our pricing strategy and our use of data to uncover consumer insights which help us drive and measure our business.

Continuous Growth and Learning

We are committed to evolving our programs and developing our employees. We strive to create an environment where everyone has the opportunity to grow. We look toward the future and learn from the past. We believe this aspect of our culture allows us to attract and retain committed team members and that the knowledge and passion for growth of our team members is critical in enabling us to acquire new students at our studios and strengthen loyalty. We believe motivated and educated team members lead to satisfied students who, in turn, lead to increased visits.

Pricing

Classes

Our studios have membership and class package options that are diverse, transparent and flexible, just like our classes. Our pricing plans are designed to provide our students with optimal flexibility and compelling value. Whether they seek a long-term commitment or a single drop-in session, our students can find a studio and a rate that works for them. The hallmark of our pricing strategy is our 100% transparency as students can find all pricing information on our website. We believe our class packages and unlimited membership programs are priced at or below the industry average while at the same time providing our students with a higher quality yoga experience.

Pricing for our classes varies by region. On average, our students pay approximately $90-135 per month for a membership which includes unlimited yoga and fitness classes at any studio, with access to unlimited classes at our full national network priced at $135 per month. We also offer six months and annual prepaid memberships at competitive prices. For students who prefer to visit a single studio, we provide a variety of options from unlimited memberships to class packages in increments of 10 or 20 classes. YogaWorks unlimited memberships receive the following services: unlimited yoga and fitness classes; 1 guest pass per month; $5 members-only monthly subscription rate for MyYogaWorks.com; rewards for referring new members; 5% discount on retail merchandise; 15% off of private yoga packages; and 15% off a student’s first package of pilates reformer classes. We also offer private classes for those who wish to receive one-on-one instruction. Our pricing strategy is simple: the more our students treat themselves to our classes, the more value they receive in return.

Strategy

In early 2016, we began evolving our pricing, product and promotional strategies. By July 2016, we had successfully implemented class package options at all of our studios in addition to adding the ability of our students to purchase memberships and packages online. We believe the offering of additional products that provide more flexibility will draw a broader student base over time. During the same period we reduced our reliance on deeply discounted promotional programs, including annual membership drives that historically drove a significant amount of prepaid annual memberships, as a key revenue generation tactic. Our intent is to focus the students’ attention on content and product, instead of price, and thereby extend our long term brand equity as a result.

Teacher Training

We offer both 200-hour and 300-hour programs to prospective teachers in our teacher training program.

 

    Our 200-hour program is more popular because it appeals not just to students who want to become teachers but to those looking to deepen their practice. Many yoga studios will employ teachers with just 200 hours of training so this program also meets a demonstrated market need. The tuition for our 200-hour program is approximately $3,500.

 

90


Table of Contents
    Our 300-hour program is designed for graduates of our 200-hour program who want to continue their studies, become better teachers or pursue teaching a YogaWorks signature class. This program includes a mentorship with a master teacher to personally hone technique with hands-on instruction in actual classes with live students. The tuition for our 300-hour program is approximately $4,200.

MyYogaWorks.com

MyYogaWorks.com offers unlimited access to over 1,000 online yoga classes through a monthly subscription model, offering options based on monthly price and the length of the subscription. Our most popular plan is $15 per month, with no long term commitment. We also offer a $5 monthly subscription rate for students that also have a YogaWorks studio membership.

Acquisition Integration Strategy

Studio acquisitions have been and are a significant part of our history and continued growth strategy as we have acquired 60% of our 50 studios. We target yoga businesses we believe we can effectively integrate with our YogaWorks brand.

We have developed a comprehensive acquisition integration process designed to facilitate a seamless transition to the YogaWorks operating model from the vantage point of employees, students and teachers. Our goal is to remember that the student comes first and that we must maintain the momentum of a student’s practice to keep them working toward their goals. Retaining staff and teachers is important for the continuity with the students but also for the local community we value. Specifically, several owners who have sold their studios to YogaWorks were immediately hired by us as teachers (including owners from Back Bay Yoga Studio and Charm City Yoga), and remained with us after the closing of the applicable acquisition. In other cases, selling owners have chosen to do something different with their career following the closing of the acquisition, but have remained advocates of the YogaWorks brand helping us continue to grow the communities they had built.

We implement a tested, multi-stage integration process with numerous checklist items to integrate with our human resources, finance, IT, marketing and operations personnel, systems and workflow. We then slowly make customer-facing changes like updating signage, the studio website and our mobile application to begin the transition to the YogaWorks brand. Our integration process also includes the investment of necessary capital in newly acquired studios to upgrade facilities and equipment where appropriate, so that these studios are set up for success and have the visual elements that identify our YogaWorks brand. This thoughtful and methodical approach has proven successful in retaining students, employees and teachers and driving growth post-integration.

Administrative Systems

We seek to quickly integrate the acquired studio into our point of sale, accounting, human resources, information technology and other operating systems after the acquisition, thereby allowing us to more efficiently operate the studio and monitor performance. In many cases, the acquired studio already utilizes the same point of sale system as YogaWorks, which simplifies both the diligence and integration processes while reducing training costs.

Programming and Branding

One of the most delicate areas of the integration is the programming. Our first goal is to take an even deeper dive into understanding the teachers, the mix of classes and class attendance statistics to ensure we fully understand the nuances that make programming successful at each studio. In doing so, we learn more about what appeals to the existing students and to the broader community before applying any changes. We make small changes at first, including monitoring attendance and training

 

91


Table of Contents

local staff with our best practices so that each business can scale. We slowly integrate our class formats, our branding and marketing and our ideology over time in order to minimize disruption to the acquired studio’s class offerings while bringing the studio under the YogaWorks umbrella. We do not immediately change the brand to YogaWorks, but build up to the name change gradually over several weeks or months in order for both the teachers and students to trust our brand and gain confidence that the re-flagged studio will maintain the sense of community that initially drew them to that studio. This approach has earned us the reputation of being respectful to the owners and community and showing we genuinely care about our mission.

Marketing

We primarily use grassroots and viral marketing activities in each of our studio markets to build brand awareness and increase studio attendance with existing and new students. We believe our students and teachers are the most impactful and efficient marketing tools we have. Our reputation as the premier yoga studio operator drives our viral marketing, which inspires new students to try our yoga classes. Information about our studios, schedules and numerous offerings are easily accessed via our consumer-friendly website and mobile application. In addition, we deploy digital campaigns focused on expanding our brand that have historically been successful for us. We have a growing social media presence with a total following as of December 31, 2016 of over 288,000 touchpoints, including approximately 88,000 Facebook fans, 43,000 Instagram followers and 157,000 Twitter followers.

Our marketing programs target a broad range of students, including the smaller but faster growing populations in yoga like over 65 year olds, under 18 year olds and pregnant women, for whom we believe yoga and meditation is appealing given these population groups’ lifestyles, consumer preferences and stress levels.

Currently we offer various introductory promotions, such as first class free and weekly packages, to new students. We believe that our introductory specials are an effective way for people to try YogaWorks as it typically takes a few classes to develop a new behavior and begin the relationship building process with our studios. Once students sample our classes, our staff personally follow up to see how they enjoyed the class and offer to assist finding additional classes to try. We also send personalized direct marketing to communicate news and encourage more visits. Attracting new students is an important part of our marketing strategy as we always want to introduce new students to yoga and YogaWorks. Specifically, we have a new student referral program and a loyalty program under which rewards earned can be used towards discounts on private yoga and pilates sessions, classes, apparel and accessories in our studios. These are important tools to not only attract new students but also to retain loyal students.

In 2017, we strengthened our marketing department with new leadership, bringing proven experience in acquiring new students. In addition, we intend to dedicate increased resources to advertising and marketing in the future. Our national marketing efforts will be complemented by our important grassroots marketing efforts led by the local teachers and studio staff. From cross-promotions with other businesses to donation classes or community events, we will continue to spread the word about YogaWorks through local efforts.

Studios

Our bright, clean and inspiring studios typically have two yoga rooms, square footage dedicated and designed for our retail offerings, lockers and restrooms. We target a size between 3,500 and 5,000 square feet, but may have larger or smaller studios depending on the market and volume. Many of our higher volume locations have two or three yoga rooms. Each yoga room is equipped with equipment for our students, including mats, blankets, blocks and straps. While the instructor leads the class at the front of the room, he or she also walks around during the class giving hands-on, one-on-one attention

 

92


Table of Contents

to individualize each student’s experience and instruct on proper technique. Our studios all have visual elements that are distinctive to the YogaWorks brand, including visible signage as well as a relatively consistent and soothing color palate. Most importantly, we strive to provide students with a warm and appealing ambiance and customer experience from the moment they walk into our studios. Students are welcomed by our friendly greeters who are trained to make our students feel welcome and informed about the YogaWorks experience.

Real Estate

We opened our first studio in 1987 in Santa Monica and opened a second studio in the same area several years later. Since then, we have expanded through acquisitions and new studio openings in the greater Los Angeles area as well as in five new markets: Northern California, New York City, Boston, Baltimore/Washington D.C. and Orange County (California). Between 1996 and 2014, we grew from 2 studios to 29, and since our acquisition by Great Hill Partners in July 2014, we have added 23 studios.

As of March 31, 2017, we operate studios in six markets in the U.S. We lease all of our studio locations and our corporate headquarters, which is located in Culver City, California. The following list shows the number of studios we operate in each major market.

 

Market

   YogaWorks Studios  

Los Angeles

     17  

Orange County (California)

     4  

New York City

     5  

Northern California

     13  

Boston

     3  

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8  
  

 

 

 

Total

     50  

In 2017, we opened a new YogaWorks studio in Chestnut Hill, Boston and have one studio that is under a lease agreement anticipated to be opened in 2017 in Manhasset, Long Island.

We are flexible in the type of real estate venues we will pursue making our studio model extremely portable. We focus on securing convenient locations that include easy customer access and parking. We do not believe we need to be in malls or expensive ground floor retail locations with high foot traffic in order to drive visits to our studios. Many of our studios are located in less expensive second floor locations. Given that we are a destination location, we do not need to rely on foot traffic in front of our studios to the same extent as many retail stores.

Seasonality

We have historically experienced some seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations. These variations are primarily related to increased class visits during our first quarter, as students tend to exercise more regularly at the beginning of each calendar year as a part of setting goals for the upcoming year.

Competition

Because many of our students are first-time or occasional yoga practitioners, we believe we compete with both fitness and non-fitness consumer discretionary spending alternatives for our members’ and prospective students’ time and discretionary resources.

 

93


Table of Contents

To a great extent, we compete with other industry participants, including:

 

    individual, single-unit independent operators and small, multi-unit operators, with limited regional brands;

 

    other branded operators in the yoga industry, like CorePower Yoga;

 

    subscription based digital fitness programs and offerings, such as YogaGlo, and other mobile applications and websites that provide free instructional yoga videos, including YouTube;

 

    health clubs and fitness centers, some of which offer or may want to offer yoga, such as Equinox, Life Time Fitness, LA Fitness, 24 Hour Fitness, Planet Fitness and Town Sports International;

 

    private studios and other boutique fitness offerings (such as those offering barre, pilates, bootcamps and spinning);

 

    recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations and by businesses for their employees;

 

    racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs;

 

    amenity and condominium/apartment clubs;

 

    country clubs;

 

    online personal training and fitness coaching; and

 

    businesses offering similar services.

The fitness and healthy living industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary by region. Some of our competitors have national name recognition or an established presence in local markets, and some are established in markets in which we have existing stores or intend to locate new stores.

We believe that we successfully compete based on our high-quality class offerings, diversity of programming, competitive price points, passionate and dedicated teachers and the local community culture of each of our studios. Our offerings are also often complementary to other fitness concepts.

Our competition will continue to increase as we add studios in existing markets and expand into new markets.

Information Technology and Systems

We utilize MINDBODY Online, an online health-focused business management software, which handles processing class sign-ups, billing students, updating student information, processing point-of-sale transactions and online payments, tracking and analyzing sales data, studio utilization, billing performance and demographic profiles. Our websites are hosted by third parties, and we also utilize other leading third party vendors for our key systems, including ADP, for payroll, and Oracle Cloud, for accounting and financial reporting. For MyYogaWorks.com, we use Recurly, a billing management software solution for payment processing, and use Ooyala, for online streaming of our MyYogaWorks.com videos.

Intellectual Property

We own a number of registered trademarks and service marks in the U.S. and in other countries. We also own several teacher training manuals and curriculum that we use in our teacher training. In

 

94


Table of Contents

addition, we own domain names, including YogaWorks.com and MyYogaWorks.com. We believe the YogaWorks name and logo and the many distinctive marks associated with it are of significant value and are very important to our business. Accordingly, as a general policy, we pursue registration of our marks in the U.S. and in select international jurisdictions, monitor the use of our marks and oppose any unauthorized use of the marks.

We register some of our copyrighted material and otherwise rely on common law protection of our copyrighted works, such as our library of videos streamed through MyYogaWorks.com. Such copyrighted materials are beneficial, but not material to our business.

We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including enforcing trademark laws, as well as utilizing confidentiality agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information.

Government Regulation

We are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local laws affecting our business, including labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that govern the operation of our studios and the promotion and sale of retail merchandise.

We are also subject to the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and various other laws in the U.S. governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions. A significant number of our employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal minimum wage, and past increases in the U.S. federal minimum wage have increased our labor costs, as would future increases.

We are responsible at our studios for compliance with state laws that regulate the relationship between health clubs and their members. Nearly all states have consumer protection regulations that limit the collection of monthly membership dues prior to opening, require disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and “cooling off” periods for members (after the purchase of a membership), set escrow and bond requirements for health clubs, govern member rights in the event of a member relocation or disability, provide for specific member rights when a health club closes or relocates, or preclude automatic membership renewals.

Employees

As of March 31, 2017, we employed over 2,000 employees at our studios and approximately 45 employees at our corporate headquarters, currently located in Culver City, California. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe we have an excellent relationship with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

On June 5, 2017, a letter was sent to the California Labor & Workforce Development Agency alleging our itemized wage statements did not comply with the California Labor Code, which we refer to herein as the Wage Statement Claim. As part of these alleged violations, penalties under the Private Attorneys General Act of 2004 and relevant sections of the California Labor Code are being sought on behalf of the State of California and allegedly aggrieved employees. Neither the outcome of the alleged claims, nor the amount and range of potential damages or exposure associated with the allegations can be assessed with certainty, and any damage award could be substantial.

In addition to the Wage Statement Claim, from time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. There can be no assurance with respect to

 

95


Table of Contents

the outcome of any legal proceeding, and we could suffer monetary liability from the outcome of the Wage Statement Claim described above or other claims that may be made in the future that could be material to our results of operations. Other than the Wage Statement Claim, we believe there are no pending lawsuits or claims that may have a material adverse effect on our business, capital resources or results of operations.

 

96


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, as of June 23, 2017:

 

Name

  

    Age    

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Rosanna McCollough

     51    President & Chief Executive Officer, Director

Suzanne Dawson

     52    Chief Customer Officer

Vance Chang

     41    Chief Financial Officer

Kurt Donnell

     36    Secretary, Executive Vice President, Partnerships and General Counsel

Non-Employee Directors

     

Peter L. Garran

     41    Director and Chairman of the Board

Michael A. Kumin

     44    Director

Michael J. Gerend(1)(2)

     52      Director

Brian Cooper(1)(2)

     52      Director

 

(1) Member of the compensation committee.
(2) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Rosanna McCollough joined YogaWorks in February 2015 as President and Chief Operating Officer, initially managing studio operations, marketing, teacher training, MyYogaWorks.com, human resources and IT, before being promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer in June 2016. Before joining YogaWorks, Ms. McCollough was Chief Operating Officer of Merle Norman Cosmetics from February 2010 to February 2015 where she was primarily responsible for managing the company’s operations, advertising, product innovation, training and merchandising. Prior to Merle Norman Cosmetics, Ms. McCollough worked as General Manager of Evite.com from November 2007 to June 2009, where she managed all areas of the business. Prior to Evite.com, Ms. McCollough was the Senior Vice President of WeddingChannel.com from December 1999 to November 2006, in charge of various aspects of the business from product development and editorial to profit and loss responsibilities of their registry, local advertising and e-commerce business units. Ms. McCollough also has worked in marketing and product development roles with Neutrogena Corporation, Max Factor, and Twentieth Century Fox Licensing & Merchandising. Ms. McCollough is a graduate of the University of California, Los Angeles with a B.A. in English. Ms. McCollough also serves as a member of our board of directors. Ms. McCollough was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience she brings as our Chief Executive Officer as well as her extensive marketing experience in consumer-focused industries.

Suzanne Dawson joined YogaWorks as Chief Customer Officer in August 2016. Her role consists of managing all of our studios, workshops and retail operations, as well as our marketing functions. Prior to joining YogaWorks, Ms. Dawson served as Chief Executive Officer and President of OleHenriksen (LVMH) from 2014 to 2015, where she was responsible for all aspects of brand and business development. In 2015, Ms. Dawson partnered with her husband to launch YUNI, a beauty products brand focused on active people. Ms. Dawson also served as Chief Marketing Officer at Murad from 2012 to 2014, in charge of marketing, product development, portfolio management, as well as the creative, education, e-commerce and digital components of the company. Prior to her time at Murad,

 

97


Table of Contents

Ms. Dawson served as Vice President of Global Marketing & Innovation at Aveda from 2005 to 2012, where she was responsible for global brand strategy, marketing, product development, portfolio management, e-commerce, digital and social aspects of the company, as well as consumer engagement and loyalty programs for salons, spas and company-owned stores. Ms. Dawson was educated in Australia, receiving her B.Bus (Marketing) from Monash University and is also a credentialed Ashtanga Yoga teacher.

Vance Chang joined YogaWorks as Chief Financial Officer in April 2016. Prior to joining YogaWorks, Mr. Chang served as the Head of Finance of Pressed Juicery from 2013 to 2016, a consumer goods specialty retailer, where he was chiefly responsible for the company’s finance and accounting operations. Prior to Pressed Juicery, Mr. Chang was an investment banker with Moelis & Company from 2008 to 2013 where he was responsible for executing M&A and capital structure advisory assignments for public and private companies in the consumer and retail sector. Mr. Chang has also worked as a financial auditor with Deloitte & Touche from 1998 to 2000 and was an investment banker with JMP Securities from 2000 to 2003. Mr. Chang earned his B.A. in accounting from the University of Washington and his M.B.A. in corporate finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Kurt Donnell joined YogaWorks in January of 2017 as Executive Vice President, Partnerships and General Counsel. His role consists of leading corporate development initiatives, including mergers, acquisitions and strategic partnerships, and overseeing all company legal and corporate governance matters. Prior to joining YogaWorks, Mr. Donnell led the corporate development, audience development and legal teams for SheKnows Media, a women-focused digital media company and Great Hill Partners portfolio company, from November 2012 to January 2017. While at SheKnows Media, Mr. Donnell oversaw the identification, assessment, negotiation and execution of several of the company’s acquisitions. Before SheKnows Media, Mr. Donnell was a corporate attorney with Jones Day from June 2008 to May 2010, and Ballard Spahr LLP from May 2010 to November 2012, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions and also practiced in the areas of corporate finance and real estate. Mr. Donnell earned his B.A. and master’s degree in accounting from Miami University in Oxford, Ohio and his J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Peter L. Garran has served as a member of our board of directors of YogaWorks since July 2014 and as chairman of our board of directors since April 2017. Mr. Garran has worked as an investment professional at Great Hill Partners, L.P. since 2008 where he currently serves as a Partner. In addition to YogaWorks, Mr. Garran currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. He also served on the board of directors of Spark Networks, Inc. from April 2011 to December 2013. Prior to joining Great Hill Partners, Mr. Garran was an investment banker at J.P. Morgan from 1999 to 2008. Mr. Garran earned an A.B. in history and literature from Harvard College. We believe Mr. Garran is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the consumer retail industry as a private equity investor, his broad financial experience and his service on the board of directors of other consumer and technology companies.

Michael Kumin has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Kumin has worked as an investment professional at Great Hill Partners, L.P. since 2002 where he currently serves as a Managing Partner. Mr. Kumin also currently serves on the board of directors of Wayfair Inc., a role he has served in since June 2011, and on the board of a number of private companies. He also served on the board of directors of Spark Networks, Inc. from June 2006 to December 2013 and Vitacost.com, Inc. from July 2010 to August 2014. Mr. Kumin received a B.A. from Princeton University’s Woodrow Wilson School of Public & International Affairs. We believe Mr. Kumin is qualified to serve on our board

 

98


Table of Contents

of directors due to his experience in the consumer retail and e-commerce industries as a private equity investor and his service on the board of directors of other consumer and technology companies.

Michael J. Gerend has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Mr. Gerend served as Chief Executive Officer of Edge Fitness Clubs, a group of thirteen health clubs, from January 2015 to March 2017 where he was responsible for the company’s strategy and operational infrastructure. Prior to Edge Fitness Clubs, Mr. Gerend served as President of Schwan’s Home Service, an online grocery delivery service, from July 2011 to January 2014 where he helped lead the company’s national expansion. Mr. Gerend also served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Life Time Fitness, Inc. from April 2003 to May 2009 during the period when Life Time Fitness, Inc. became a public company. Prior to joining Life Time Fitness, Inc., Mr. Gerend served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Grand Holdings, Inc. from 1998 to 2003. He also held senior management positions at Northwest Airlines, Inc. from 1991 to 1997. In addition to YogaWorks, Mr. Gerend currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including Edge Fitness Clubs and Movati Athletic, a chain of fitness clubs primarily located in Canada. Mr. Gerend earned his B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and his M.B.A. from the University of Wisconsin. We believe Mr. Gerend is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his senior management experience in the consumer and fitness industries.

Brian Cooper has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Mr. Cooper served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Everyday Health, Inc., a public digital media company focused on health and wellness, from September 2003 to January 2017. Mr. Cooper joined Everyday Health, Inc. when it was a start-up and over a fourteen year period, led the company’s growth strategy, mergers and acquisitions, initial public offering and its ultimate sale to Ziff Davis, a subsidiary of j2 Global, Inc. Mr. Cooper was also responsible for the company’s accounting and finance departments, legal and business affairs, investor relations, human resources, business intelligence and data operations at Everyday Health, Inc. Prior to joining Everyday Health, Inc., Mr. Cooper served as Chief Financial Officer for AdOne LLC from 2000 to 2003 where he was responsible for its finance, accounting, corporate development and all administrative functions. He also served as Audit Partner in KPMG’s Information, Communications, and Entertainment practice from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Cooper also served as Vice President of Finance for Interfilm, Inc. from 1988 to 1995. Mr. Cooper began his career in Ernst and Young’s Entrepreneurial Services Group and is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School’s Executive Development Program and American University, where he earned his B.S. in Business Administration. We believe Mr. Cooper is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his operating and finance knowledge and experience, and his public company management experience.

Board Composition

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that our Board of Directors shall consist of that number of directors to be determined from time to time by vote of our Board and is currently set at five members. Currently our Board consists of five members: Ms. McCollough and Messrs. Garran, Kumin, Gerend and Cooper.

 

99


Table of Contents

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be            and            , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;

 

    the Class II directors will be            and            , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019; and

 

    the Class III directors will be             and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Our Board has determined that upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Gerend and Cooper will be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board applied the standards set forth in the NASDAQ listing standards and in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In evaluating the independence of Messrs. Gerend and Cooper, our Board considered their current and historical employment, any compensation we have given to them, any transactions we have with them, their beneficial ownership of our capital stock, their ability to exert control over us, all other material relationships they have had with us and the same facts with respect to their immediate family. The Board also considered all other relevant facts and circumstances known to it in making this independence determination. In addition, Messrs. Garran and Kumin are non-employee directors, as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

Although there is no specific policy regarding diversity in identifying director nominees, the Board seeks the talents and backgrounds that would be most helpful to the Company in selecting director nominees. In particular, the Board may consider whether a director candidate, if elected, assists in achieving a mix of Board members that represents a diversity of background and experience.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of chairperson of the board of directors and chief executive officer. Our board of directors currently believes that our existing leadership structure, under which Mr. Garran serves as chairperson of our board of directors and is a non-employee director, is effective, provides the appropriate balance of authority between independent and non-independent directors, and achieves the optimal governance model for us and for our stockholders.

Board Oversight of Risk

Although management is responsible for the day to day management of the risks our company faces, our Board of Directors and its committees take an active role in overseeing management of our risks and have the ultimate responsibility for the oversight of risk management. The Board regularly

 

100


Table of Contents

reviews information regarding our operational, financial, legal and strategic risks. Specifically, senior management attends quarterly meetings of the Board of Directors, provides presentations on operations including significant risks, and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by our Board.

In addition, we expect that our two Board committees will assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding risk. The Audit Committee will coordinate the Board of Directors’ oversight of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, related party transactions and code of conduct and corporate governance guidelines and management will regularly report to the Audit Committee on these areas. The Compensation Committee will assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks arising from our compensation policies and programs. When any of the committees receives a report related to material risk oversight, the chairperson of the relevant committee will report on the discussion to the full Board of Directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We anticipate adopting a code of ethics and conduct, effective upon the completion of this offering, which will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the completion of this offering, the code of ethics and conduct will be available on our website at www.yogaworks.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Controlled Company Exception

After giving effect to this offering, Great Hill Partners will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Great Hill Partners will be able to nominate a majority of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors and we will remain a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards. Under the NASDAQ corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (4) the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. We intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee and our compensation committee may not be composed entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

Board Committees

In connection with this offering, we anticipate that our Board will establish the following committees: an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. The anticipated composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our Board of Directors.

 

101


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

 

    appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

    determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;

 

    discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

    approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

    monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team in accordance with requirements established by the SEC;

 

    is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

    reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and

 

    reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance at least annually.

After this offering, we expect that the members of our audit committee will be Brian Cooper (chairperson), Michael J. Gerend and                     . All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that Brian Cooper is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ. Under the rules of the SEC, members of the audit committee must also meet heightened independence standards. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Cooper and Gerend are independent under the heightened audit committee independence standards of the SEC and NASDAQ. As allowed under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ, we intend to phase in compliance with the heightened audit committee independence requirements prior to the end of the one-year transition period. The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee:

 

    reviews and recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

    evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives recommends to our board of directors the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations;

 

    recommends to our board of directors the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans; and

 

102


Table of Contents
    reviews and evaluates, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

After this offering, we expect that the members of our compensation committee will be Michael J. Gerend (chairperson) and Brian Cooper. Each of the members of our compensation committee is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

For 2016, Messrs. Garran and Kumin, each non-employee directors, and Ms. McCollough, our Chief Executive Officer, established compensation for each of our executive officers, other than Ms. McCollough. These compensation decisions were guided based on input, feedback and recommendations from Ms. McCollough to Messrs. Garran and Kumin. Ms. McCollough’s compensation was approved by Messrs. Garran and Kumin. After completion of this offering, none of the expected members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

103


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Director Compensation

In 2016, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation or equity awards for their services as directors. However, we have reimbursed our non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings. Our employee directors did not receive any additional compensation for their service as members of our board of directors in 2016.

The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2016 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors:

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Peter L. Garran

                           

Michael A. Kumin

                           

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (the “Director Compensation Program”) for the benefit of our non-employee directors, the expected material terms of which are described in more detail below under “–Director Compensation Program”. We expect that the Director Compensation Program will become effective on the date on which it is adopted by our board of directors. We have not yet implemented this program and, accordingly, its terms and conditions remain subject to modification. Directors who are also employees of the company will not receive fees for their service on our board of directors.

Director Compensation Program

The material terms of the Director Compensation Program, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. As noted above, our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the Director Compensation Program Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Under the Director Compensation Program, on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each non-employee director as of the date of such meeting who will continue to serve on our board of directors following such meeting will receive an award of restricted stock units with a grant-date value equal to $100,000 (or, for any non-employee director who will serve as the chair of the audit committee immediately following such meeting, $120,000) (each, an “Annual Award”). Each non-employee director who commences service on the board of directors at any time other than on the date of an annual meeting of our stockholders will receive a pro-rated Annual Award for his or her initial year of service on the Board. In addition, the Director Compensation Program provides that, in connection with this offering, each non-employee director will receive a one-time award of restricted stock units with a grant-date value equal to $100,000 (or, with respect to the chair of the audit committee, $120,000).

Awards of restricted stock units granted under the Director Compensation Program will vest in full on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the grant date or the annual meeting of stockholders

 

104


Table of Contents

next-following the meeting at which such award was granted, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service on our board of directors through the vesting date.

Pursuant to the Director Compensation Program, non-employee directors also receive reimbursement of reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with their service on our board of directors.

 

105


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2016 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2016, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

    Rosanna McCollough, Chief Executive Officer and President;

 

    Phillip Swain, former Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Vance Chang, Chief Financial Officer;

 

    Frannie Wong, former Chief Financial Officer; and

 

    Suzanne Dawson, Chief Customer Officer.

During 2016, Mr. Swain served as our Chief Executive Officer through June 30, 2016 and Ms. McCollough served as our President through June 30, 2016 and as our Chief Executive Officer and President from June 30, 2016 through December 31, 2016. In addition, during 2016, Ms. Wong served as our Chief Financial Officer through April 1, 2016, and Mr. Chang served as our Chief Financial Officer from April 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Ms. Dawson joined the company as our Chief Customer Officer on July 25, 2016.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2016 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    Stock
Awards

($)(3)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
    Total($)  

Rosanna McCollough

    2016       300,000       23,008                   26,325       349,333  

Chief Executive Officer and President

             

Phillip Swain

    2016       147,855             7,188             146,727       301,770  

Former Chief Executive Officer

             

Vance Chang

    2016       146,250       12,500             11,250             170,000  

Chief Financial Officer

             

Frannie Wong

    2016       116,897             2,767             111,782       231,446  

Former Chief Financial Officer

             

Suzanne Dawson

    2016       115,889       11,500             9,000       3,125       139,514  

Chief Customer Officer

             

 

(1) Amounts for Mr. Swain and Ms. Wong include payouts of accrued vacation in connection with their terminations of employment with the company.
(2) Represents one-time signing bonuses paid to Mr. Chang and Ms. Dawson in connection with their commencement of employment with us in April 2016 and July 2016, respectively, and one-time cash bonuses paid to Ms. McCollough during 2016. Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang used a portion of their bonuses to purchase shares of restricted common stock.

 

106


Table of Contents
(3) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of restricted stock awards granted to Mr. Swain and Ms. Wong during 2016, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the value of stock awards, see Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. During 2016, Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang purchased shares of restricted common stock at a price equal to the purchase-date fair market value of such shares. For additional information, see the section captioned “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Equity Compensation”.
(4) Amounts represent 2016 cash bonuses earned by our named executive officers during 2016. Mr. Chang voluntarily allocated $2,250 of his 2016 cash bonus to other employees of the company and, accordingly, retained only $9,000 of his pre-tax 2016 cash bonus (though the entire amount of the bonus is included in this table in accordance with applicable disclosure rules). For additional information, see the section captioned “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2016 Performance Bonuses”.
(5) Amounts under the “All Other Compensation” column consist of: (i) for Ms. McCollough, $26,325 of company-paid health insurance premiums; (ii) for Mr. Swain, severance payments and benefits payable in connection with his termination of employment consisting of (a) nine months’ base salary (or $139,904) plus (b) nine months’ company-subsidized health, dental and vision coverage (valued at $6,822); (iii) for Ms. Wong, severance payments and benefits payable in connection with her termination of employment consisting of (a) nine months’ base salary (or $103,529) plus (b) nine months’ company-subsidized health, dental and vision coverage (valued at $6,353), and $1,900 in consulting fees paid to her following her termination date; and (iv) for Ms. Dawson, company reimbursement for personal telephone and automobile use costs.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

2016 Salaries

The named executive officers receive base salaries to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s seniority, skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers during 2016 are set forth in the 2016 Summary Compensation Table above.

2016 Performance Bonuses

In 2016, Mmes. McCollough, Wong and Dawson and Messrs. Swain and Chang were eligible to earn annual cash bonuses targeted at $85,000, $50,000, $75,000, $135,000 and $50,000, respectively. Each named executive officer was eligible to earn his or her bonus based on the attainment of the company’s 2016 EBITDA target, the attainment of the company’s 2016 revenue target and the attainment of individual performance metrics.

We did not attain our EBITDA and revenue targets during fiscal year 2016. However, Mr. Chang and Ms. Dawson each became entitled to receive a cash bonus equal to $9,000 based on the attainment of their individual performance metrics. Ms. McCollough did not receive a bonus with respect to fiscal year 2016, and Ms. Wong and Mr. Swain were not eligible to receive bonuses with respect to fiscal year 2016 because their employment with us terminated prior to the applicable payment date.

The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2016 performance are set forth above in the 2016 Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

 

107


Table of Contents

Additional Cash Bonuses

During 2016, Ms. McCollough received two cash bonuses in the amounts of $19,200 and $3,808. Ms. McCollough’s $3,808 bonus was sufficient on an after-tax basis (and was used) to cover her cost of the purchase of restricted common stock during 2015. In addition, Mr. Chang and Ms. Dawson received one-time sign-on bonuses in the amounts of $12,500 and $11,500, respectively, the after-tax proceeds of which were used, in part, to fund the purchases of their 2016 Restricted Stock Awards.

Equity Compensation

We have historically granted rights to purchase restricted stock to our named executive officers under our 2014 Plan. For additional information about the 2014 Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Incentive Plans” below.

During 2016, each of Mmes. Dawson and Wong and Messrs. Chang and Swain were granted the right to purchase shares of restricted stock under the 2014 Plan (the “2016 Restricted Stock Awards”). Ms. McCollough did not purchase shares of restricted stock or receive grants of equity awards under the 2014 Plan during 2016.

Mr. Swain and Ms. Wong purchased their 2016 Restricted Stock Awards at a purchase price equal to $             per share. The 2016 Restricted Stock Award granted to Mr. Swain vests with respect to one-twenty-fifth of the shares subject thereto on the vesting commencement date ( i.e. , July 11, 2016) and on each of the first twenty-four monthly anniversaries thereof, subject to Mr. Swain’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. Ms. Wong’s 2016 Restricted Stock Award was fully-vested on the date of grant. Upon a termination of Mr. Swain’s or Ms. Wong’s service with the company, we have the right to repurchase the shares subject to their awards at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) and the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares). We exercised the repurchase right with respect to Mr. Swain’s shares in January 2017.

Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang purchased their 2016 Restricted Stock Awards at a purchase price equal to $             per share (which was the fair market value of a share of common stock on their purchase dates). The 2016 Restricted Stock Awards held by Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang vest with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date ( i.e. , July 25, 2016 and April 11, 2016) and with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date thereafter, in each case subject to the applicable executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. In addition, in the event that a change in control of the company occurs and the applicable executive officer’s employment with the company is terminated without cause within twelve months following such change in control, the executive’s 2016 Restricted Stock Awards will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested) upon such termination. Upon a termination of Ms. Dawson’s or Mr. Chang’s service with the company, we have the right to repurchase the shares subject to their awards at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of the shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) and the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares).

The following table sets forth the restricted stock awards granted to our named executive officers during the 2016 fiscal year, and the per-share purchase price of such awards.

 

Named Executive Officer

   2016 Restricted Stock
Awards

(# of Shares)
     Per Share Purchase Price of
2016 Restricted Stock Awards ($)
 

Philip Swain

      $           

Vance Chang

      $  

Frannie Wong

      $  

Suzanne Dawson

      $  

 

108


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the “2017 Plan”) in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. We expect that the 2017 Plan will become effective on the date on which it is approved by our stockholders. We expect that the 2017 Plan will become effective on the date on which it is approved by our stockholders. For additional information about the 2017 Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Incentive Plans – 2017 Plan” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy eligibility requirements. We expect that our named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance and life insurance.

As part of her compensation package, Ms. McCollough is entitled to payment of the costs of health insurance premiums for her and her eligible dependents, as well as reimbursement for the costs of her personal telephone, laptop computer and membership fees or dues in trade or professional organizations. In addition, Ms. Dawson and Messrs. Chang and Swain receive (or received during 2016, in the case of Mr. Swain) reimbursement of costs associated with the use of their personal telephones and Ms. Dawson receives and Mr. Swain received, during 2016, reimbursement of costs associated with the use of their automobiles. The purpose of these benefits and perquisites is to ensure that our named executive officers are able to devote their full business time to our affairs, to project the proper corporate image for the company and to make employment at the company attractive at a relatively modest cost for shareholders.

No Tax Gross-Up Obligations

We have no obligation to make tax gross-up or similar payments to or in respect of amounts that may become payable to any of our named executive officers or other employees, including but not limited to any such gross-up obligations with respect to any amounts deemed to constitute “excess parachute payments” under Internal Revenue Code Section 280G.

 

109


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2016. The share numbers disclosed below reflect the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent     -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

    Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date   Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Shares
or Units of
Stock that
have not
Vested(#)
    Market Value
of Shares
or Units of
Stock that
have not
Vested($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights that have
not Vested(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights that have
not Vested($)
 

Rosanna McCollough

Chief Executive Officer and President

  December 31,
2015
  February 9,
2015
      6,826      
           

Phillip Swain

  July 1, 2016   July 11, 2016       4,988      

Former Chief Executive Officer

           

Vance Chang

  April 11, 2016   April 11, 2016       8,190      

Chief Financial Officer

           

Suzanne Dawson

  July 25, 2016   July 25, 2016       7,875      

Chief Customer Officer

           

 

(1) Represents shares of restricted common stock which vest with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject thereto on the applicable vesting commencement date and with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to the applicable executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. Upon a termination of the applicable executive’s employment by us without cause within twelve months following a change in control of the company, the restricted shares will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested). Upon a termination of the applicable executive’s service with the company, we have the right to repurchase the shares subject to their awards at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) or the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares).
(2) Represents shares of restricted common stock which vest with respect to one-twenty-fifth of the shares subject thereto on the vesting commencement date and on each of the first twenty-four month anniversaries of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to Mr. Swain’s continued service through the vesting date. Upon a termination of Mr. Swain’s service with the company, we had the right to repurchase the shares subject to his award at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) and the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares). We exercised the repurchase right with respect to such shares in January 2017.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

Executive Employment Agreements

During 2016, we were party to executive employment agreements with Mmes. McCollough, Dawson and Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang, the terms and conditions of which are described below. In March 2017, we entered into executive employment agreements with each of Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang which superseded their prior executive employment

 

110


Table of Contents

agreements. The material terms of the prior executive employment agreements for Mmes. McCollough and Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang, as well as the material terms of the new 2017 executive employment agreements for each of Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang, are described in more detail below.

Prior Executive Employment Agreements

We entered into executive employment agreements (the “Prior Employment Agreements”) with Ms. McCollough in January 2015, with each of Ms. Wong and Mr. Swain on July 11, 2014, with Ms. Dawson on July 25, 2016 and with Mr. Chang on April 1, 2016, the terms and conditions of which were substantially similar. Pursuant to the Prior Employment Agreements, during 2016, Ms. McCollough served as our President, Ms. Wong served as our Chief Financial Officer (through June 11, 2016), Ms. Dawson served as our Chief Customer Officer, Mr. Swain served as our Chief Executive Officer (through June 30, 2016) and Mr. Chang served as our Chief Financial Officer (from June 11, 2016 through December 31, 2016). In addition, Ms. McCollough served as Chief Executive Officer from June 30, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Each Prior Employment Agreement had an initial one-year term and was subject to automatic one-year renewals thereafter, unless either party provided at least ninety days’ prior written notice of non-renewal.

The Prior Employment Agreements provided for Mmes. McCollough, Wong and Dawson and Messrs. Swain and Chang to receive annual base salaries which, as of December 31, 2016 (or, for Ms. Wong and Mr. Swain, their termination dates), were $300,000, $185,000, $275,000, $250,000 and $195,000, respectively, for grants of restricted common stock covering 20,000 shares, 10,000 shares, 12,500 shares, 20,000 shares and 13,000 shares, respectively, and for eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements provided to our senior executives generally. In addition, the Prior Employment Agreements provided that Mmes. McCollough, Wong and Dawson and Messrs. Swain and Chang were eligible to earn annual cash bonuses targeted at $85,000, $50,000, $75,000, $135,000 and $50,000, respectively, based on the attainment of pre-established company and individual performance metrics. Ms. McCollough’s Prior Employment Agreement also provided that the company would pay the full amount of health insurance premiums for her and her eligible dependents. In addition, Ms. Dawson’s Prior Employment Agreement provided for a one-time signing bonus equal to $11,500, company reimbursement of $125 per month for the use of her personal phone and $500 per month for the use of her automobile. Mr. Chang’s Prior Employment Agreement provided for company reimbursement of $100 per month for the use of his personal phone and a one-time signing bonus equal to $12,500. Mr. Swain’s Prior Employment Agreement provided for company reimbursement of $550 per month for an automobile lease and reasonable expenses for his personal phone and Blackberry.

Pursuant to the Prior Employment Agreements, upon a termination of the applicable executive’s employment by us without “cause,” due to the applicable executive’s death or disability or due to the applicable executive’s resignation for “good reason” (each such term as defined in the applicable Prior Employment Agreement), subject to the applicable executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, the executive was eligible to receive (1) twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), nine months (in the case of Ms. Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang) or three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) of continued base salary, (2) if such termination occurred on or after July 1 of any year, a pro rata portion of the executive’s annual bonus for the year of termination, (3) company-subsidized medical, dental or vision coverage following termination for up to twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), nine months (in the case of Ms. Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang) or three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) and (4) for Ms. McCollough only, if such termination occurred more than eighteen months following the date on which her employment with us commenced, accelerated vesting of 5,000 shares of any unvested restricted stock then held by her.

 

111


Table of Contents

Each Prior Employment Agreement includes confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions effective during and after employment, as well as non-solicit restrictions that are effective during the applicable executive’s employment with us and for twelve months thereafter.

New Executive Employment Agreements

As noted above, on March 27, 2017, we entered into executive employment agreements with each of Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang (the “New Employment Agreements”) which superseded and replaced their Prior Employment Agreements. Pursuant to the New Employment Agreements, Ms. McCollough serves as our Chief Executive Officer and President, Ms. Dawson serves as our Chief Customer Officer and Mr. Chang serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Each New Employment Agreement has an initial one-year term ending January 1, 2018 and is subject to automatic one-year renewals thereafter, unless either party provides at least ninety days’ prior written notice of non-renewal.

The New Employment Agreements provide for annual base salaries of $300,000 for Ms. McCollough. $275,000 for Ms. Dawson and $220,000 for Mr. Chang, and for eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements provided to our senior executives generally. In addition, the New Employment Agreements provide that Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang are eligible to receive annual cash bonuses targeted at $100,000, $75,000 and $50,000, respectively, based on the attainment of pre-established company and individual performance metrics (with additional incentives payable in the company’s discretion for surpassing key metric goals). Ms. McCollough’s New Employment Agreement also provides that the company will pay the full amount of health insurance premiums for her and her eligible dependents. In addition, the New Employment Agreements provide for (i) reimbursement for the costs of Ms. McCollough’s cellular telephone, laptop computer and membership fees and dues in any trade or professional association or organization mutually agreed to by Ms. McCollough and our Board of Directors, (ii) for Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang, company reimbursement of $125 per month for the use of their personal phones and (iii) for Ms. Dawson, reimbursement for business use of her personal automobile.

Under their New Employment Agreements, upon a termination of the applicable executive without “cause,” due to the applicable executive’s death or disability or due to the applicable executive’s resignation for “good reason” (each such term as defined in the applicable New Employment Agreement), subject to the applicable executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, the executive will be eligible to receive (1) twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) or six months (in the case of Mr. Chang) of continued payment of base salary, (2) if such termination occurs on or after July 1 of any year, a pro rata portion of the executive’s annual bonus for the year of termination, (3) company-subsidized medical, dental or vision coverage for up to twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) or six months (in the case of Mr. Chang) following termination and (4) for Ms. McCollough only, accelerated vesting of any shares subject to outstanding equity incentive awards then held by her that would have otherwise vested during the twelve-month period following termination.

The New Employment Agreements also contain confidentiality, nondisclosure and invention assignment provisions effective during and after employment, as well as non-solicitation restrictions that are effective during the applicable executive’s employment with us and for twelve months thereafter.

Equity Incentive Plans

We currently maintain the 2014 Plan, which became effective on July 11, 2014. In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the “2017 Plan”). We

 

112


Table of Contents

expect that, upon the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan, no further awards will be made under the 2014 Plan. However, the 2017 Plan has not yet been adopted and, accordingly, its terms and conditions remain subject to modification.

2014 Plan

The material terms of the 2014 Plan are summarized below.

Share Reserve. As of March 31, 2017, an aggregate of              shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2014 Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors administers the 2014 Plan. The board may delegate its duties and responsibilities to a committee of the board consisting of at least two members of the board of directors and may delegate to our Chief Executive Officer the authority to grant awards under the Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards, to determine the terms and conditions of awards and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or repeal rules relating to administration of the 2014 Plan.

Eligibility. Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted to full or part-time officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key individuals of the company and its subsidiaries. Incentive stock options, or ISOs, may be granted only to employees of the company or its subsidiaries.

Awards. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including ISOs and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs), restricted stock or stock awards, or any combination thereof. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals in the future pursuant to the 2014 Plan (and, as noted above, following the effectiveness of this offering, we do not expect to make any further awards under the 2014 Plan). Each award is set forth in a separate award agreement indicating the type of the award and the terms and conditions of the award.

 

    Stock Options. Stock options provide for the right to purchase shares of the company common stock in the future at a specified price that is established on the date of grant. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

    Restricted Stock. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of common stock that remains forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Holders of restricted stock will have voting rights and may be granted with the right to receive dividends.

 

    Stock Awards. Stock awards are shares of common stock that are not subject to vesting conditions, the receipt of which may be deferred by us or the participant. Stock awards may be granted or sold to participants (for no less than par value of the underlying shares), including in lieu of cash compensation otherwise payable to a participant.

 

113


Table of Contents

Certain Transactions. The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2014 Plan, as well as to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our stock, such as reorganizations, recapitalizations, stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations or other corporate transactions. In the event of a sale event relating to the company (as defined in the 2014 Plan), to the extent that outstanding options are not assumed or substituted in connection with such sale event, all then-outstanding options will become exercisable (to the extent vested) prior to the sale event and will terminate upon the sale event.

Transferability and Restrictions. With limited exceptions for the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2014 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and are exercisable only by the participant.

Amendment and Termination. The Board may terminate, amend or modify the 2014 Plan at any time. However, we must obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2014 Plan to the extent required by applicable law. In addition, no amendment of the 2014 Plan may, without the consent of the holder, adversely affect any award previously granted. We expect to cease granting any awards under the 2014 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2014 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2014 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

2017 Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect to adopt the 2017 Plan, subject to approval by our stockholders, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The anticipated material terms of the 2017 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the 2017 Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Share Reserve . The aggregate number of shares of company common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2017 Plan (the “Share Limit”) equals the sum of (i)             , plus (ii) any shares which, as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan, are subject to awards under the 2014 Plan which are forfeited or lapse unexercised following the effective date of the 2017 Plan, plus (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2018 and ending on and including January 1, 2027 equal to the lesser of (a)              shares, (b)             % of the shares outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (c) such smaller number of shares as determined by the board of directors. No more than          shares may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

If an award under the 2017 Plan is forfeited, expires, or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2017 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2017 Plan: (i) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award; (ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise; and (iii) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options. The payment of dividend equivalents in cash in connection with outstanding awards will not be counted against the Share Limit.

Awards granted under the 2017 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which the

 

114


Table of Contents

company enters into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2017 Plan. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any participant pursuant to the 2017 Plan during any calendar year will be              shares, the maximum amount that may be paid in cash to any one participant during any calendar year under one or more awards payable in cash will be $             and, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, shares subject to awards which are canceled will continue to be counted against the foregoing award limits; however, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of the following events to occur after the date on which the company becomes a publicly-traded company: (a) the first material modification of the 2017 Plan; (b) the issuance of all of the shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan; (c) the expiration of the 2017 Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the board of directors of the company are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the company was first registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code. The grant date value of awards granted to any non-employee director pursuant to the 2017 Plan during any calendar year may not exceed $            .

Administration. The company’s board of directors will administer the 2017 Plan with respect to awards granted to non-employee directors and the company’s compensation committee will administer the 2017 Plan with respect to awards granted to other participants. The board or compensation committee may delegate their duties and responsibilities to committees of directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules. To the extent that the compensation committee constitutes the plan administrator, it must consist of at least two members of the Company’s board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange on which shares of common stock are traded. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the types, terms and conditions of awards and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2017 Plan. The plan administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2017 Plan.

Eligibility . Options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2017 Plan may be granted to officers, employees and consultants of the Company and certain of its affiliates. Awards also may be granted to the Company’s directors. Only employees of the Company or certain of its subsidiaries may be granted ISOs.

Awards . The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including ISOs and NSOs), SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2017 Plan. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement and will indicate the type and terms and conditions of the award.

 

   

Stock Options . Stock options provide for the right to purchase shares of the company common stock in the future at a specified price that is established on the date of grant. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in

 

115


Table of Contents
 

connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

    Restricted Stock . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of common stock that remains forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Holders of restricted stock will have voting rights and, except with respect to performance vesting awards, will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

 

    Restricted Stock Units . RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of common stock (or the fair market value of such shares in cash) in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. RSUs generally may not be sold or transferred until vesting conditions are removed or expire. The shares underlying RSUs will not be issued until the RSUs have vested, and recipients of RSUs generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the RSUs are settled in shares, unless the RSU includes a dividend equivalent right (in which case the holder may be entitled to dividend equivalent payments under certain circumstances). Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral.

 

    Stock Appreciation Rights . SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2017 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of company common stock on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. SARs under the 2017 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of company common stock, or in a combination of both, as determined by the administrator.

 

    Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by the company, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents generally are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator, and may be settled in cash or shares as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents with respect to an award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such award will only be paid out to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the award vests.

 

    Performance Shares . Performance shares are contractual rights to receive shares of common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards.

 

    Stock Payments . Stock payments are awards of fully-vested shares of common stock that may, but need not, be granted in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including base salary, bonus or fees that would otherwise be payable in cash to the recipient.

Performance Awards . Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation,” or QPBC, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in

 

116


Table of Contents

which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that a publicly-held corporation may take in respect of compensation paid to its “covered employees” (which generally includes the corporation’s chief executive officer and next three most highly compensated employees other than the chief financial officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. Under a special transition rule for private companies that become publicly held, the company does not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the 2017 Plan until the earliest to occur of (i) the annual stockholders’ meeting at which members of its board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of its equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (ii) a material modification of the 2017 Plan; (iii) the exhaustion of the share supply under the 2017 Plan; or (iv) the expiration of the 2017 Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC. In addition, the company may issue awards that are not intended to, or that otherwise do not, constitute QPBC even if such awards might be non-deductible as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code.

In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by the compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the 2017 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (1) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (2) gross or net sales or revenue; (3) net income (either before or after taxes); (4) adjusted net income; (5) operating earnings or profit; (6) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (7) return on assets; (8) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (9) return on stockholders’ equity; (10) total stockholder return; (11) return on sales; (12) gross or net profit or operating margin; (13) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (14) expenses; (15) working capital; (16) earnings or loss per share; (17) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (18) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (19) regulatory achievements or compliance (including, without limitation, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product); (20) implementation or completion of critical projects; (21) market share; (22) achievement of subscriber and/or attendance-based metrics; (23) acquisition-related goals; (24) growth of specific lines of business; (25) sourcing and/or execution of partnerships; (26) economic value; (27) employee satisfaction, recruitment and/or retention goals; (28) customer retention and satisfaction goals; (29) achievement of studio, website, mobile and/or content visit and/or usage goals; and (30) brand recognition, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for the Company or any operating unit of the Company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

The 2017 Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards. Such adjustments may include one or more of the following: (1) items related to a change in accounting principle; (2) items relating to financing activities; (3) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (4) other non-operating items; (5) items related to acquisitions; (6) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the company during the applicable performance period; (7) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (8) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under

 

117


Table of Contents

applicable accounting standards; (9) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the applicable performance period; (10) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (11) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments; (12) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (13) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (14) items related to acquired or in-process research and development; (15) items relating to changes in tax laws; (16) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (17) items relating to asset impairment charges; (18) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration or contractual settlements; (19) items attributable to expenses incurred in connection with a reduction in force or early retirement initiative; (20) items relating to foreign exchange or currency transactions and/or fluctuations; or (21) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in applicable laws, accounting principles or business conditions.

Certain Transactions . The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2017 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting the company’s common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with the company’s stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2017 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of the company (as defined in the 2017 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to assume or substitute for outstanding awards or it is otherwise determined that awards will not be assumed or substituted, the awards will become fully vested and exercisable in connection with the transaction. If an award vests and, as applicable, is exercised in lieu of assumption or substitution in connection with a change in control, the award will terminate upon the change in control.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments . The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2017 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2017 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of common stock that meet specified conditions, a market sell order or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Amendment and Termination . The company’s board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2017 Plan at any time. However, the company must generally obtain stockholder approval to increase the number of shares available under the 2017 Plan (other than as described above with respect to automatic annual increases or in connection with certain corporate events), to reprice options or SARs or to cancel any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. In addition, no amendment, suspension or termination of the 2017 Plan may, without the consent of the holder, materially and adversely affect any rights or obligations under any award previously granted, unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2017 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2017 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2017 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2014, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Great Hill Partners

On July 11, 2014, we were acquired by Great Hill Partners. On July 11, 2014, we entered into an Expense Reimbursement Agreement with Great Hill Partners, pursuant to which we agreed to reimburse Great Hill Partners for direct and indirect expenses (including travel and other out-of-pocket expenses) incurred for rendering general management, consulting and advisory services to us (which generally consisted of services related to attendance at board meetings, advising on studio acquisitions, developing and supervising our capital structure and strategies for increasing our financial performance). Under the terms of the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, we reimburse Great Hill Partners for their services by paying in advance on the first day of each calendar quarter $25,000. We reimbursed Great Hill Partners $46,505 in 2014, $100,000 in 2015 and $100,000 in 2016 for their services under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement. We and Great Hill Partners intend to terminate the Expense Reimbursement Agreement upon consummation of our initial public offering. We believe our existing management team and our Board of Directors after this offering will adequately provide to us the services and oversight previously rendered under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement after its termination.

On June 3, 2015, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8%. On March 24, 2017, the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes were converted into                     shares of our common stock.

On March 24, 2017, we converted of all of our outstanding preferred stock, all beneficially owned by Great Hill Partners, into                     shares of our common stock.

On March 27, 2017, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8% and with a maturity date of March 27, 2018. These convertible notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, at the option of the holder, at a conversion price of $         per share of common stock.

Great Hill has Partners indicated an interest in purchasing up to $             million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Great Hill Partners would purchase up to an aggregate of              shares of our common stock in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

 

119


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our Audit Committee, but only those independent directors who are disinterested, will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

120


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 23, 2017, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 23, 2017. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information in the table below does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on             shares of common stock outstanding as of June 23, 2017. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on             shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, convertible securities or other rights, held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of June 23, 2017, are considered outstanding. We did not, however, deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o YogaWorks, 5780 Uplander Way, Culver City, California 90230.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned
    % of Outstanding
Shares Beneficially
Owned after this
Offering
 
     Shares      %    

Named Executive Officers and Directors :

       

Rosanna McCollough(1)

        2.6  

Suzanne Dawson(2)

        *    

Vance Chang(3)

        *    

Peter L. Garran

           

Michael A. Kumin(4)

        99.9  

Phil Swain(5)

        *    

Frannie Wong(6)

        *    

Michael J. Gerend

           

Brian Cooper

           

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

        100.0  

Other 5% Stockholders:

       

Great Hill Partners(7)(8)

        99.9  

 

* less than 1%.

 

121


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of (a)             shares of common stock held of record by Rosanna McCollough, and (b)             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable upon 60 days of June 23, 2017.
(2) Consists of (a)             shares of common stock held of record by Suzanne Dawson, and (b) no shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable upon 60 days of June 23, 2017.
(3) Consists of (a)             shares held of record by Vance Chang, and (b) no shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable upon 60 days of June 23, 2017.
(4) Consists of shares described in Note (7) below, which are held by entities affiliated with Great Hill Partners. Mr. Kumin is a manager of GHP V, LLC and Great Hill Investors, LLC, and, as such, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of these shares. Mr. Kumin’s address is c/o Great Hill Partners, One Liberty Square, Boston, MA 02109.
(5) Consists of (a)             shares held of record by Phil Swain, and (b)             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable upon 60 days of June 23, 2017.
(6) Consists of (a)             shares held of record by Frannie Wong, and (b)             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable upon 60 days of June 23, 2017.
(7) Consists of (a)             shares of our common stock held by Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., (b) shares of our common stock issuable to Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P. upon conversion of the 2017 GHP Convertible Note held by Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., (c)             shares of our common stock held by Great Hill Investors, LLC, and (d)             shares of our common stock issuable to Great Hill Investors, LLC upon conversion of the 2017 GHP Convertible Note held by Great Hill Investors, LLC. Great Hill Partners GP V, L.P. is the sole general partner of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P. and GHP V, LLC is the sole general partner of Great Hill Partners GP V, L.P. GHP V, LLC is controlled by Christopher S. Gaffney, John G. Hayes, Michael A. Kumin, Mark D. Taber and Matthew T. Vettel and, as such, they may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P. Great Hill Investors, LLC is controlled by Christopher S. Gaffney, John G. Hayes, Michael A. Kumin, Mark D. Taber and Matthew T. Vettel and, as such, they may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by Great Hill Investors, LLC. Each of Messrs. Gaffney, Hayes, Kumin, Taber and Vettel disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Great Hill Partners is Great Hill Partners, One Liberty Square, Boston, MA 02109.
(8) Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $             million of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Great Hill Partners would purchase up to              shares of our common stock in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. If these purchases were completed, Great Hill Partners would beneficially own         % of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

As of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of         shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and         shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be approved by our pre-IPO stockholders prior to this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

As of March 31, 2017, there were             shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 8 stockholders.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock. Holders of shares of common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders present in person or represented by proxy. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms.

Economic Rights

Dividends . Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy” for more information. Any dividend or distributions paid or payable to the holders of shares of common stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions . Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders shall be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders owed to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court

 

123


Table of Contents

of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. This choice of forum provision has important consequences for our stockholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.”

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock

Options

As of March 31, 2017, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of             shares of our common stock under our 2014 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $             per share. For a more complete discussion of our stock option plans, please see “Executive Compensation—2014 Plan” and “—2017 Plan.”

Anti-takeover Provisions

Classified Board of Directors and Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a director may be removed only for cause. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our amended and restated bylaws provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and

 

124


Table of Contents

may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our board of directors.

Authorized But Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of NASDAQ. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Corporate Opportunity

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply against Great Hill Partners, any of our non-employee directors or agents who are employees, affiliates or representatives of Great Hill Partners or its affiliates (other than us or our subsidiaries) or any of their respective affiliates in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our customers; provided, we do not renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any person who serves as an officer (excluding the offices of chairperson or vice chairperson of the board of directors) or employee of our company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be . The address of the transfer agent and registrar is             .

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance.”

 

125


Table of Contents

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “YOGA.”

 

126


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of             , 2017,             shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares solely to cover overallotments, if any, and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, including any Great Hill Shares, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock not sold in this offering will be, and shares subject to stock options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities exchangeable or exercisable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, all             shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, the remaining             shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and substantially all other holders of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock (including Great Hill Partners) have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC, offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, shares of our common stock which may be deemed to be beneficially owned under the Securities Act of 1933) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of beneficially owned shares of our common stock or

 

127


Table of Contents

securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or (iii) engage in any short selling of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to lock-up agreements at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Cowen and Company, LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

128


Table of Contents

Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

129


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. Potential tax reforms in the U.S. may result in significant changes in the rules governing U.S. federal income taxation. Such changes may affect the federal tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common stock discussed herein.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

    U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

    banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

    “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

    tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

    tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

    “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities

 

130


Table of Contents

of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax

 

131


Table of Contents

treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

    the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

132


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

133


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters for the offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below. Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Stephens Inc.

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the overallotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Overallotment Option to Purchase Additional Shares. We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of our common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

Great Hill Shares. Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $             million of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

Discounts and Commissions. The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and the purchase of              Great Hill Shares.

 

134


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discount, will be approximately $             and are payable by us.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      Without
Overallotment
     With
Overallotment
 

Public offering price

        

Underwriting discount

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer the shares of common stock to securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. If all of the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

Discretionary Accounts. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

Market Information. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations will include:

 

    the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    our past and present financial information;

 

    an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

    the present state of our development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have applied for the quotation of our common stock on under the symbol ‘‘YOGA’’.

Stabilization. In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

 

   

Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not

 

135


Table of Contents
 

greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the overallotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the overallotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the overallotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making. In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members, if any, may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, such bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Lock-Up Agreements. Pursuant to certain ‘‘lock-up’’ agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, including Great Hill Partners, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of the pricing of the offering, referred to herein as the lock-up period.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the

 

136


Table of Contents

power of disposition. The exceptions permit us, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (i) issue common stock as contemplated by the underwriting agreement, (ii) issue common stock and options to purchase common stock, shares of common stock underlying options granted and other securities, each pursuant to any director or employee stock option plan, stock ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan in effect on the date hereof and described in this prospectus; (iii) issue common stock pursuant to the conversion of securities or the exercise of warrants, which securities or warrants are outstanding on the date hereof and described in this prospectus; (iv) sell or issue, or enter into an agreement to sell or issue, shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (3) joint ventures, or (4) strategic alliances; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not exceed     % of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following this offering; provided further that each recipient of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock pursuant to this clause (iv) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially similar to the agreement executed by our directors, executive officers and holders of our common stock; and (v) adopt a new equity incentive plan, and file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of securities to be issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan, and issue securities pursuant to such new equity incentive plan (including, without limitation, the issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of options or other securities issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan), provided that such new equity incentive plan satisfies the transaction requirements of General Instruction A.1 of Form S-8 under the Securities Act, and that each recipient of shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into common stock, pursuant to such new equity incentive plan shall be contractually obligated to execute a lock-up agreement substantially similar to the agreement executed by our directors, executive officers and shareholders. The restrictions under the “lock-up” agreements will not apply to: (a) if the party is a natural person, any transfers made by the party (i) as a bona fide gift to any member of the immediate family of the party or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the party or members of the party’s immediate family, (ii) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the party or (iii) as a bona fide gift to a charity or educational institution; (b) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to any stockholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the party, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value; (c) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfer made by the party (i) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the party’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the party’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by the lock-up agreement or (ii) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity so long as the transferee is an affiliate of the party and such transfer is not for value; (d) transactions relating to our common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, provided that no such transaction is required to be, or is, publicly announced during the lock-up period; (e) the entry or amendment, by the party, at any time on or after the date of the underwriting agreement, of any trading plan providing for the sale of our common stock by the party, which trading plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act, provided, however, that such plan does not provide for, or permit, the sale of any of our common stock during the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is voluntarily made or required regarding such plan during the lock-up period; (f) any transfers made by the party to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to our equity incentive plans or arrangements disclosed in this prospectus; (g) if the party is a trust, any transfers made by the party to a trustor or beneficiary of the

 

137


Table of Contents

trust and such transfer is not for value; (h) any transfers by operation of law, including pursuant to a domestic order or a negotiated divorce settlement; (i) any transfers of our securities to us pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such securities or we have a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such securities; and (j) any transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of our company; provided, however, that (1) in the case of any transfer described in clause (a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee executes and delivers to Cowen and Company, LLC, a written lock-up agreement substantially in form to the lock-up agreement signed by our directors, executive officers and shareholders, (2) in the case of any transfer described in clause (a), (b), (c), (f) or (g) above, if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock during the lock-up period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report stating the nature of the transfer or disposition.

Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Cowen and Company, LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares. A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they may in the future receive customary fees.

Notice to Prospective Investors

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves

 

138


Table of Contents

about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful

Canada . The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

United Kingdom. Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:

 

    it has not made or will not make an offer of the securities to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA);

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

    it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland. The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (the “EEA”) which has implemented the European Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer of our shares may not be made to the public in a Relevant Member State other than:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor, as defined in the European Prospectus Directive;

 

139


Table of Contents
    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the European Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the European Prospectus Directive.

provided that no such offer of our shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the European Prospectus Directive or supplement prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the European Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this description, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the European Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “European Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments hereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Israel. In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, including, inter alia, if: (1) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”); or (2) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, subject to certain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. The company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to be offered common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us or to anyone acting on our behalf: (1) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; (2) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (3) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the offer to be issued common stock; (4) that the shares of common stock that it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968: (a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; and (5) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.

 

140


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Latham & Watkins, LLP, Los Angeles, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. DLA Piper LLP (US), New York, New York is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference facilities and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.yogaworks.com where, upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

141


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Index to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

     F-31  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

     F-32  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock (Unaudited)

     F-33  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)

     F-34  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

     F-35  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-36  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

YogaWorks, Inc.

Los Angeles, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of YogaWorks, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable preferred stock, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of YogaWorks, Inc. at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 18, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

   2016     2015  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,912,421     $ 3,772,605  

Inventories, net

     948,194       1,115,702  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,318,137       394,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     4,178,752       5,283,139  

Property and equipment, net

     8,552,674       9,285,271  

Intangible assets, net

     25,654,823       31,718,835  

Goodwill

     17,746,570       17,746,570  

Other non-current assets

     1,015,079       965,786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 57,147,898     $ 64,999,601  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,162,675     $ 1,539,485  

Accrued compensation

     1,504,034       1,212,145  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     418,750       543,750  

Convertible note due to related party

           10,727,767  

Deferred revenue

     4,593,076       5,242,957  

Current portion of deferred rent

     192,569       461,562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,871,104       19,727,666  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     2,471,734       367,944  

Deferred tax liability

     59,536       23,028  

Convertible note due to related party

     11,634,592        

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

     6,350,320       6,657,149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     28,387,286       26,775,787  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15)

    

Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015; Liquidation Preference $61,392,824 and $56,758,162 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

     61,392,824       56,758,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 99,436 and 97,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015

     99       97  

Additional paid in capital

     67,163       25,845  

Accumulated deficit

     (32,699,474     (18,560,290
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (32,632,212     (18,534,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 57,147,898     $ 64,999,601  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

Years ended December 31,

   2016     2015  

Net revenues

   $ 55,090,208     $ 48,505,831  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

    

Cost of revenues

     20,535,177       17,104,969  

Center operations

     22,469,539       19,859,052  

General and administrative expenses

     11,066,545       12,555,983  

Depreciation and amortization

     8,893,093       6,514,393  

Goodwill impairment

           927,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     62,964,354       56,961,459  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,874,146     (8,455,628 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     1,587,084       746,232  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision
for income taxes

     (9,461,230     (9,201,860 )  

Provision for income taxes

     43,292       13,283  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (9,504,522     (9,215,143 )  

Less preferred rights dividend on redeemable preferred stock

     (4,634,662     (4,318,364 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,139,184   $ (13,533,507 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (143.67   $ (142.44 )  

Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating
loss per share attributable to common stockholders (Note 12):

    

Basic and diluted common shares

     98,417       95,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

     Redeemable
preferred stock
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2015

     10,000      $ 52,439,798  

Deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock

            4,318,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     10,000        56,758,162  

Deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock

            4,634,662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

     10,000      $ 61,392,824  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 

Balance , January 1, 2015

     95,000      $ 95      $ 8,705      $ (5,026,783   $ (5,017,983

Issuance of common stock

     2,000        2        198              200  

Redeemable preferred stock dividends

                          (4,318,364     (4,318,364

Stock-based compensation

                   16,942              16,942  

Net loss

                          (9,215,143     (9,215,143
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance , December 31, 2015

     97,000        97        25,845        (18,560,290     (18,534,348

Issuance of common stock

     2,436        2        17,875              17,877  

Redeemable preferred stock dividends

                          (4,634,662     (4,634,662

Stock-based compensation

                   23,443              23,443  

Net loss

                          (9,504,522     (9,504,522
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance , December 31, 2016

     99,436      $ 99      $ 67,163      $ (32,699,474   $ (32,632,212
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31,

   2016     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (9,504,522   $ (9,215,143

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     8,893,093       6,514,393  

Goodwill impairment

           927,062  

Deferred tax expense

     36,508      
13,154
 

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized to convertible note

     906,825       480,896  

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     111,922       47,090  

Loss on disposal of development in progress

           42,851  

Stock-based compensation expense

     23,443       16,942  

Changes to operating assets and liabilities

    

Tenant improvement allowances received

     1,558,576        

Inventories

     167,508       (244,939

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (923,305     (145,779

Other non-current assets

     (49,293     (49,339

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (376,810     (576,904

Accrued compensation

     291,889       72,262  

Deferred revenue

     (649,881     426,593  

Deferred rent

     276,217       803,188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     762,170       (887,673
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, equipment, and intangible assets

     (2,096,481     (3,418,566

Costs incurred in website content, website development and software

           (256,293

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

           (11,448,910
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,096,481     (15,123,769
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Principal payment on term loans

     (543,750     (16,581

Repayment on equipment line

           (1,411,111

Proceeds from term loan

           7,000,000  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

           10,246,871  

Debt issuance cost

           (546,191

Net proceeds from issuance of common stocks and preferred stocks

     17,877        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (525,873     15,272,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,860,184     (738,454

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3,772,605       4,511,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 1,912,421     $ 3,772,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest paid

   $ 520,518     $ 186,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities

    

Dividends on preferred redeemable stock accrued

   $ 4,634,662     $ 4,318,364  

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized convertible note

     906,825       480,896  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition (Note 4)

    

Issuance of notes payable in exchange of net assets acquired

   $     $ 700,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

General

YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) are primarily engaged in building and operating yoga studios. The Company was formerly known as YWX Holdings, Inc. and changed its name to YogaWorks, Inc. on April 10, 2017. The Company operates under the brand name YogaWorks and Yoga Tree and offers primarily yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs, and yoga-related retail merchandise across its studios. In addition to its studio locations, YogaWorks offers online yoga instruction and programming through its MyYogaWorks web platform, which provides subscribers with a highly curated catalog of over 1,000 yoga classes.

The accompanying financial statements are prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Markets

The Company operates in regional markets across the U.S. As a result of the clustering of the studios in key geographic markets, and the flexibility offered to students to use different studios in their regional markets, the Company does not report net revenues on an individual studio basis or report same studio sales. The Company prefers to analyze the financial results on a regional market basis. Given the focus on acquisitions, the Company may acquire stores in an existing regional market to capture more regional market share which may take some market share from the existing studios.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company owned and operated 49 yoga studios in 6 regional markets. The following table illustrates the studio locations by regional market:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Regional Market

   Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
 

Los Angeles

     17        41     15        46

Orange County (California)(2)

     4        8     5        11

New York City(2)

     5        14     6        18

Northern California

     13        26     12        23

Boston

     2        3     2        1

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8        7     7        1

 

(1) For the year ended December 31. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to the regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.
(2) Reflects closures in 2016 of one studio in Orange County (California) and one studio in New York City.

The Company operates as a single operating segment and reports as one reportable segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker, determines the Company’s strategy and makes operating decisions at the enterprise-level, and assesses performance and allocates resources based on the consolidated performance of the Company. The Company derives revenue from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company expects to incur further GAAP losses over the next several years as it continues to incur amortization of intangible assets from the acquisition of the Company in 2014 by Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC (collectively, “Great Hill Partners”) and has been dependent on funding growth through the incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities.

The Company had a net loss of $9,504,522 and $9,215,143, net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of $762,170 and $(887,673) for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $(32,699,474) and $(18,560,290) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also had a negative working capital of $3,692,352 at December 31, 2016, which is mainly due to deferred revenue. The primary sources of liquidity include cash on hand of $1,912,421, cash flows from operating activities, availability under the credit facility with Deerpath Funding LP of approximately $13,000,000 as of December 31, 2016 (see Note 9) and convertible promissory notes issued from time to time to Great Hill Partners, including the convertible promissory notes issued on March 27, 2017 in the aggregate principal amount of $3,200,000 (see Note 8 and Note 16). The Company expects that ongoing requirements for working capital, debt service and planned capital expenditures will be adequately funded from these sources for at least the next twelve months from the issuance of these financial statements. There can be no assurance that the Company will sustain positive cash flows from operations or achieve profitability and incremental funding from Great Hill Partners may be required as needed. If available funds are not adequate the Company may need to obtain additional funding or scale back operations.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of YogaWorks, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant estimates include stock-based compensation, deferred revenue recognition, income taxes, purchase price allocation, valuation of intangible assets and goodwill and useful lives of property and equipment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents balances at these institutions are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). From time to time, deposits may exceed the FDIC coverage limits.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair Value Measurements

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are stated at historical cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments at prevailing market rates. The carrying amount of the long-term debt approximates the fair value of the convertible promissory notes and term loans, as the interest rates are variable except for the GHP Convertible Notes and approximate the interest rates presently available to the Company.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. The Company’s inventory consists of clothing, yoga props, media (DVDs and books) and home products (home décor and miscellaneous food and beverage items). Inventories are valued on a first-in first-out cost method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

         Years  

Computer equipment and purchased software

       3  

Furniture and fixtures

       5  

Leasehold improvements

  Useful life or remaining lease term, whichever is shorter  

Other equipment

       5  
    

 

 

 

Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred, while renewals or betterments are capitalized.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company accounts for the purchase of intangible assets in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and

 

F-10


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other.” Intangible assets are based on their acquisition cost. Applicable long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, are amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives, the estimated period that the assets will generate revenue, or the statutory or contractual term. Estimates of useful lives and periods of expected revenue generation are reviewed periodically for appropriateness and are based upon management’s judgment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an evaluation of recoverability is required, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows directly associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount. If the estimated future cash flows from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.

Goodwill

The Company’s goodwill relates to the 2014 acquisition of the predecessor to YogaWorks, Inc. (the “Predecessor”) by Great Hill Partners, and acquisitions of three yoga companies in San Francisco, Boston and Baltimore in 2015. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in an acquisition accounted for as a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment on an annual basis and if there is a triggering event or circumstances require, on an interim basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”. The Company performs its impairment test annually in the fourth quarter of the year or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If the Company decides that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. If the Company performs the two-step process, the first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and assumptions management believes are appropriate in the circumstances.

In December 2015, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test utilizing the two-step process. For the first step (“step 1”) of the goodwill impairment test, the Company calculated the fair value of the reporting unit and in doing so considered the valuation from a third party valuation firm engaged to fair value the Company’s common stock. The valuation firm used a combination of valuation techniques including discounted cash flows, market approach, and other estimates and assumptions that were applicable to the Company’s operating and financial circumstances. The valuation indicated that the Company failed step 1 as the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeded its fair value and therefore goodwill was potentially impaired. In 2015, the Company experienced a net loss of $9.2 million and negative cash flow from operating activities of $0.9 million. Upon failing step 1 of the goodwill impairment test, the Company proceeded to perform “step 2” of the goodwill impairment

 

F-11


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

test. Based upon the valuation performed by the third party valuation firm, the Company calculated the implied fair value of goodwill, and assessed a $927,062 impairment to goodwill in 2015.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

Debt Issuance Cost

The Company elected to early adopt Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, ASU 2015-03 in fiscal year 2015. This standard amends existing guidance to require the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of a deferred charge asset. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 resulted in the reclassification of approximately $0.5 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Company’s term loan (see Note 9) from other non-current assets to long-term debt within its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. Other than this reclassification, the adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Debt issuance costs are being amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the loan and the amortization expense is recorded as part of interest expense of the consolidated statements of operations. Debt issuance cost amortization amounted to $111,922 and $47,090 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment, and accounts for these leases in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840 Leases. In accordance with ASC 840, rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis with a liability for deferred rent recognized for the difference in the expense recorded, tenant improvement allowances and the current cash payments required under the terms of the leases.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenues primarily from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise, net of discounts, refunds and returns at the time they are granted. Customer typically pay upfront for their services. Yoga classes are principally sold in two formats—class packages and memberships. Class packages are based on a fixed number of classes, while memberships provide unlimited classes over a certain time period. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenue is recognized over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. The deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $4,593,076 and $5,242,957, respectively. The Company’s deferred revenue balance is reduced by refunds in the reporting period which results in less revenue recognized over the service term than originally anticipated. The accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $63,736 and $67,452, respectively.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Revenue for retail merchandise is recognized at the time of sale when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the stores. Taxes collected from the customer are recorded on a net basis. Sales returns by customers for yoga-related retail merchandise sales have historically not been material. The Company sells gift cards to its customers. The gift cards sold to customers have no stated expiration dates and are subject to actual and/or potential escheatment rights in several of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company recognizes income from gift cards when redeemed by the customer. The Company does not estimate gift card breakage. The gift card liability balance was $442,947 and $343,401 as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and is included in deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of direct costs associated with delivering the services, which mainly include teacher payroll and related expenses, and cost of physical goods sold (such as yoga clothing and accessories).

Center Operations

Center operations consist of costs for studio rent, utilities, compensation and benefits for studio staff, sales support staff and management, and sales and marketing expenses, as well as certain studio level general and administrative expenses. The Company recognizes these costs as an expense when incurred.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include corporate rent, marketing, office expenses, and compensation and benefits costs for regional management and other regional support staff, executive, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, administration, business development, legal and other support-function personnel. General and administrative expenses also include fees for professional services, insurance and licenses, as well as acquisition-related costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment, and the amortization expense of intangible assets.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation for all equity awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of such awards as of the grant date. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period (the vesting period, generally four years). Fair value of shares of Common Stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology (see Note 13) and fair value of options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Using this option-pricing model, the fair value of each employee award is estimated on the grant date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility of the share price of comparable public companies. The expected life is determined using the “simplified method” permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Numbers 107 and 110 (the midpoint between the term of the agreement and the weighted average vesting term). The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Treasury security at a constant maturity with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The dividend yield is zero, as the Company has never declared a cash dividend.

The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense for only those options expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The Company measures tax assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the Company expects to recover or settle those temporary differences. The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company follows guidance in ASC 740, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Therefore, there will only be recognition where a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has no material uncertain tax positions to be accounted for in the financial statements; accordingly, no interest or penalties on taxes were recognized in 2016 and 2015. The Company is subject to U.S federal income tax examination from 2012 onward and state income tax examination from 2011 onward.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (“EPS”)

The Company calculates earnings per share attributable to common stockholders in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earning Per Share.” Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares, such as stock options.

Potentially dilutive common shares are calculated in accordance with the treasury stock method, which assumes that proceeds from the exercise of all options are used to repurchase common stock at market value. The amount of shares remaining after the proceeds are exhausted represents the potentially dilutive effect of the securities.

 

3.   Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has availed

 

F-14


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

itself of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. The effective dates for recent accounting pronouncements noted below reflects the private company transition dates.

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this ASU simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test and eliminating the requirement for a reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment. Instead, under this pronouncement, an entity would perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and would recognize an impairment change for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects will be considered, if applicable. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The amendments in this ASU provide a robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted and the standard should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new guidance is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This ASU is related to simplifications of employee share-based payment accounting. This pronouncement eliminates the windfall tax benefits concept and requires that excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies be recorded in the income statement when awards are settled. The pronouncement also addresses simplifications related to statement of cash flows classification, accounting for forfeitures and minimum statutory tax withholding requirements. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. This ASU establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of this new standard on the financial statements and has yet to determine the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

overall impact this ASU is expected to have. The Company currently has operating leases with future minimum lease payments of approximately $41.7 million at December 31, 2016.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This ASU requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The Company adopted this ASU during the first quarter 2016 on a prospective basis. Adoption has resulted in a reclassification of current deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities to non-current deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, “Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” (“ASU 2015-11”). ASU 2015-11 requires that inventory within the scope of this standard be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The amendments in this update do not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. ASU 2015-11 will be effective for the Company’s annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU; however the Company does not expect that the adoption of ASU 2015-11 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which amended the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and created a new Topic ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). This amendment prescribes that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The amendment supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. For the Company’s annual reporting periods the mandatory adoption date of ASC 606 is January 1, 2019, and there will be two methods of adoption allowed, either a full retrospective adoption or a modified retrospective adoption. In March 2016, April 2016, May 2016, and December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12, and ASU 2016-20, respectively, as clarifications to ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-08 clarifies how to identify the unit of accounting for the principal versus agent evaluation, how to apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements, such as service transactions, and reframed the indicators in the guidance to focus on evidence that an entity is acting as a principal rather than as an agent. ASU 2016-10 clarifies the existing guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation. ASU 2016-12 adds practical expedients related to the transition for contract modifications and further defines a completed contract, clarifies the objective of the collectability assessment and how revenue is recognized if collectability is not probable, and when non-cash considerations should be measured. ASU 2016-20 corrects or improves guidance in thirteen narrow focus aspects of the guidance. The effective dates for these ASUs are the same as the effective date for ASU No. 2014-09. These ASU’s also require enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows. The Company has not selected a transition method.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

4.   Acquisitions

Acquisition of Studios

The Company uses acquisitions as a strategy to grow its market share, quickly gain students and build on the operating momentum of the acquired businesses. The Company completed four acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2015, paying total consideration of $12,148,910, of which $906,521 represented liabilities that were assumed; as part of the purchase price settlement, $700,000 of subordinated promissory notes were issued by the Company to the sellers (see Note 9). The acquisitions were accounted for as a business acquisition in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values. Any excess amount paid over identifiable assets is recorded as goodwill. The process for estimating the fair values of the acquired studios involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including estimating average industry purchase price multiple and estimating future cash flows.

The four business acquisitions were as follows: on January 29, 2015, the Company acquired Be Yoga in Palo Alto (one studio); on June 3, 2015, the Company acquired Yoga Tree, a yoga company operating seven studios in the San Francisco area; on September 8, 2015, the Company acquired Back Bay Yoga Studio, a yoga company operating two studios in the Boston area; and on October 27, 2015, the Company acquired Charm City Yoga, a yoga company operating seven studios in the Baltimore/Washington D.C. area.

The consolidated statement of income since the date of each acquisition through December 31, 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 include the results of operations and the acquired assets and assumed liabilities related to all 2015 acquisitions. For the year ended December 31, 2015, these acquisitions contributed $4,338,075 to the Company’s revenues. Net income contributed by these acquisitions was not separately identifiable due to the Company’s integration activities and the impact of corporate-level expenses and is impracticable to provide. Acquisition-related costs, including legal fees and all related professional fees, were expensed.

The total purchase price consideration was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

     Amount  

Inventories

   $ 70,000  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     127,741  

Property and equipment

     182,248  

Intangibles

     12,038,942  

Goodwill

     636,500  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     13,055,431  
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     5,345  

Deferred Revenue

     901,176  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     906,521  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 12,148,910  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information for All 2015 Acquisitions

ASC 805 also requires public entities to disclose supplemental pro forma information for material business combinations. The entities must disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the

 

F-17


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period.

The following unaudited pro forma supplemental information is based on estimates and assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. However, this information is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had YogaWorks and the acquired businesses been combined companies during the periods presented. These pro forma results exclude any savings or synergies that would have resulted from these business acquisitions had they occurred on January 1, 2015.

The supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma financial basis presents the combined results of YogaWorks and its 2015 acquisitions as if each acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2015 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

(dollars in thousands, except for per share information)    Year ended
December 31,
 
   2015  
   (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 55,007  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (12,568

Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (132.28

 

5.   Property and Equipment

The major classes of property and equipment are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2016     2015  

Computer equipment and purchased software

   $ 1,070,769     $ 1,027,305  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,383,360       2,319,802  

Leasehold improvements

     21,073,627       18,034,742  

Other equipment

     184,747       851,021  

Construction-in-progress

     22,201       1,570,997  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     25,734,704       23,803,867  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (17,182,030     (14,518,596
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,552,674     $ 9,285,271  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense includes property and equipment, leasehold improvements and purchased software. The Company incurred depreciation expense of $2,663,434 and $1,922,928, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

6.   Intangible Assets

The intangible balances as of December 31, 2016 consist of the following:

 

     Useful Life      Gross Carrying Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    2016
Net Book Value
 

Customer Relationships

     5 Years      $ 11,002,942      $ (5,493,838   $ 5,509,104  

Favorable leases

     Lease term        2,266,000        (1,408,193     857,807  

Non-Compete

     3 Years        363,500        (169,611     193,889  

Trade name / Trade secrets

     15 Years        14,550,500        (2,788,159     11,762,341  

Know-how

     15 Years        7,490,000        (1,248,333     6,241,667  

Website content

     3 Years        1,640,104        (796,251     843,853  

Website development

     3 Years        311,094        (118,535     192,559  

Capitalized software

     5 Years        64,967        (11,364     53,603  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 37,689,107      $ (12,034,284   $ 25,654,823  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The intangible balances as of December 31, 2015 consist of the following:

 

     Useful Life      Gross Carrying Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    2015
Net Book Value
 

Customer Relationships

     5 Years      $ 11,002,941      $ (2,153,946   $ 8,848,995  

Favorable leases

     Lease term        2,266,000        (845,506     1,420,494  

Non-Compete

     3 years        363,500        (48,444     315,056  

Trade name / Trade secrets

     15 Years        14,550,500        (1,495,392     13,055,108  

Know-how

     15 Years        7,490,000        (749,000     6,741,000  

Website content

     3 Years        1,625,354        (459,900     1,165,454  

Website development

     3 Years        192,799        (52,437     140,362  

Capitalized software

     5 Years        32,366              32,366  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 37,523,460      $ (5,804,625   $ 31,718,835  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $133,046 and $131,573, respectively, to upgrade and enhance a website with yoga instructional video content marketed on a subscription basis to end users. The Company established useful lives of 5 years and 3 years for website costs and video production costs, respectively. The website was launched in March 2013 and amortization expense associated with the website was $59,456 and $47,048 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Amortization expense includes intangible assets such as customer relationships, trade names, trade secrets, and software. Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $6,229,659 and $4,521,465, respectively. The following table presents expected amortization expense of the existing intangible assets as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Amount  

2017

   $ 6,194,462  

2018

     4,534,943  

2019

     2,255,017  

2020

     1,527,070  

2021

     1,325,362  

Thereafter

     9,817,969  
  

 

 

 
   $ 25,654,823  
  

 

 

 
7.   Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, are as follows:

 

     2016      2015  

Goodwill, beginning of period

   $ 17,746,570      $ 18,037,132  

Goodwill acquired during the year

            636,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill

     17,746,570        18,673,632  

Less impairment

            (927,062
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,746,570      $ 17,746,570  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8.   Related Party

The Company paid an expense reimbursement fee to an affiliate of Great Hill Partners, the owner of 100% of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and a majority of the Common Stock, in the amount of $100,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

On June 3, 2015, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC in the amount of $10,212,769 and $34,102, respectively, to finance certain acquisitions of studios in 2015 (see Note 9).

On March 24, 2017, all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and the convertible promissory notes issued to Great Hill Partners on June 3, 2015 were converted into shares of Common Stock (see Note 16). On March 27, the Company issued new convertible notes to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share of Common Stock (see Note 16).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

9.   Debt

Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consists of the following:

 

     2016     2015  

Term loan matures on July 26, 2020. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at LIBOR plus 7% as of December 31, 2016

   $ 6,956,250     $ 7,000,000  

Subordinated notes maturing on February 8, 2017 and October 17, 2016, respectively. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at the applicable federal rate of 1%

     200,000       700,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, excluding debt issuance costs

     7,156,250       7,700,000  

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization

     (387,180     (499,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,769,070       7,200,899  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     (418,750     (543,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

   $ 6,350,320     $ 6,657,149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loans

In July 2015, the Company obtained a 5-year $20 million senior secured term loan facility with Deerpath Funding LP (the “Deerpath Facility”). The Company borrowed $5 million in July 2015 (the “Initial Term Loan”), and had the ability, upon meeting certain conditions, to borrow up to an additional $15 million. Borrowings under the Deerpath Facility carry an annual interest rate of LIBOR + 7%. The proceeds from the Initial Term Loan were used to pay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s credit facility with a previous lender.

In December 2015, the Company borrowed an additional $2 million under the Deerpath Facility for general corporate purposes, thereby increasing the principal amount of the loans and reducing the incremental borrowing availability under the Deerpath Facility, in each case, by an equivalent amount. As of December 31, 2016, there remains $13 million of incremental borrowing capacity under the Deerpath Facility.

Loans under the Deerpath Facility are secured by substantially all the assets of the Company. The terms of the Deerpath Facility require the Company to maintain a senior debt to EBITDA ratio not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00, as of any testing date. In addition, the Company is required to keep an unrestricted cash balance of $250,000 at all times and submit audited consolidated financial statements within 120 days after the year-end. The Company was not able to comply with the financial statement reporting deadline under the Deerpath Facility with respect to delivery of its consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 and received a waiver from the lender thereunder for such noncompliance. The Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants under the Deerpath Facility as of December 31, 2016.

In March 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the Deerpath Facility that amended the interest rate provisions and certain of the financial covenants thereunder and waived certain existing events of default. See Note 16 for additional discussion.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of January 1, 2017, loans under the Deerpath Facility have an annual interest rate of LIBOR + 8%.

The outstanding principal balance on the Term Loan was $6,956,250 and $7,000,000 as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Convertible Notes

On June 3, 2015, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC in the amount $10,212,769 and $34,102, respectively. The convertible promissory notes accrue interest at 8% annually. The convertible promissory notes had an original maturity date of June 2, 2016, but the holders of the notes agreed to extend the maturity of the convertible promissory notes until their conversion into capital stock of the Company, which occurred on March 24, 2017. Payment of cash interest is subordinated to indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility. For so long as payment of cash interest is so subordinated, deemed interest shall be capitalized for each interest payment date (“PIK Interest”) and added to the principal amount of the notes. The convertible promissory notes were originally convertible into shares of (1) Redeemable Preferred Stock at a conversion price per share equal to $5,047.93 and (2) Common Stock at a conversion price per share price equal to $0.10, with each $1.00 principal amount under the convertible promissory notes to be allocated 99.9822% to conversion into Redeemable Preferred Stock and 0.0178% to conversion into common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes amounted to $11,634,592, including total cumulative PIK interest of $1,387,721. On March 24, 2017, the convertible promissory notes were amended so that the convertible promissory notes were convertible into Common Stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share, and immediately thereafter, the entire outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes were converted into Common Stock (see Note 16).

Subordinated Notes

In connection with the acquisition of certain studios in 2015, the Company issued two subordinated promissory notes with principal amounts of $200,000 and $500,000 on September 8, 2015 and October 27, 2015, respectively, which matured on February 8, 2017 and October 27, 2016, respectively. These subordinated promissory notes carry imputed interest at the applicable federal rate. As of December 31, 2016, the interest rate was 1%. These subordinated notes are subordinated to indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal balance of the subordinated promissory notes amounted to $200,000 and was fully repaid in February 2017.

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 related to the aggregate amount of outstanding indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility, and was $568,439 and $218,246. In addition, PIK interest expense under the convertible promissory notes was $906,825 and $480,896 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Actual future contractual maturities of long-term debt were as follows as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Amount  

2017

   $ 418,750  

2018

     350,000  

2019

     350,000  

2020

     6,037,500  

2021

      
  

 

 

 

Total principal payments

   $ 7,156,250  
  

 

 

 

 

10. Common Stock

Dividends

The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends unless declared by the Board of Directors and are subject to any preferential dividend rights of the Redeemable Preferred Stock. No dividends were declared in 2015 or 2016.

Voting

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share at all meetings of stockholders. The holders, voting separately as one class, are entitled to elect all of the directors of the Company other than those elected by the holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share in the remaining assets of the Company following payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and payment of liquidation preferences to holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock.

 

11. Preferred Stock

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Dividends— The holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, cumulative dividends at the rate of eight percent per annum of the Redeemable Preferred Stock Base Amount (as defined below) from the date of original issuance of such shares, which dividends shall accrue daily in arrears and be compounded quarterly, whether or not such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors or paid. The term “Redeemable Preferred Stock Base Amount” shall mean $5,050 per share of Redeemable Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid dividends as of the measurement date, which is included in the liquidation preference amount. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total cumulative dividends in arrears amounted to $10,913,507 and $6,278,845, respectively.

Voting— The holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class and be entitled to elect up to four members of the Board of Directors. Each holder of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Redeemable Preferred Stock held by such holder.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Liquidation Preference— In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of a deemed liquidation event, upon the election of a majority of the holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock to treat the occurrence of a change of control transaction pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Company, or a sale, license or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, as a liquidation event (each, a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock will receive an amount per share equal to the original purchase price plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends (the “Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference”); provided , the Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference may be adjusted by reducing the amount of accumulated and unpaid dividends included in the Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference, depending on the beneficial ownership percentage of the Common Stock held by holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and the amount available for distribution to holders of Common Stock in connection with such Liquidation Event, in accordance with the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation. If the amount available for distribution to the holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock is not sufficient to pay the aggregate Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference amount due to such holders, such holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled.

The Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference as December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $61,392,824 and $56,758,162, respectively.

Redemption— Immediately upon and as of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment banking organization or organizations pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company shall redeem all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock at the Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference amount.

At any time or from time to time on or after July 11, 2019 (unless prohibited by the lenders under that certain loan agreement dated July 24, 2015 by and among the Company, Deerpath Funding LP and the other parties named therein), the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock may elect, by written notice to the Company and each of the other holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock, not less than 15 days prior to the elected redemption date, to have any or all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock redeemed.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

12. Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The components of basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     2016     2015  

Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Net loss

   $ (9,504,522   $ (9,215,143

Dividend attributable to participating securities(a)

     (4,634,662     (4,318,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks, Inc. common stockholders

   $ (14,139,184   $ (13,533,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average outstanding shares of common stock

     98,417       95,011  

Dilutive effect of:

    

Equity incentive plans

            

Convertible debt(b)

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock and common stock equivalents

     98,417       95,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic and Diluted

   $ (143.67   $ (142.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents the Redeemable Preferred Stock. As the Company has incurred net losses in 2016 and 2015, the conversion of Redeemable Preferred Stock would be anti-dilutive, and thus is not included in the loss per share calculation (see Note 11—Preferred Stock)
(b) Represents the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes. As the Company has incurred net losses in 2016 and 2015, the conversion of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes would be anti-dilutive, and thus is not included in loss per share calculation (see Note 9—Debt)

For the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015, there were outstanding options to purchase 586 and 0 shares of Common Stock outstanding, respectively, which were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because it would be anti-dilutive.

 

13.   Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Valuation

To estimate certain expenses and record certain transactions, it is necessary for the Company to estimate the fair value of its shares of Common Stock. Given the absence of a public trading market for the shares of Common Stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Practice Guide, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation”, the Company exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine its best estimate of the fair value of its membership units. Factors considered included:

 

    recent equity financings and the related valuations;

 

    the estimated present value of the Company’s future cash flows;

 

F-25


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

    industry information such as market size and growth;

 

    market capitalization of comparable companies and the estimated value of transactions such companies have engaged in; and

 

    macroeconomic conditions.

Common Stock Options and Grants

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted awards of 2,430 restricted shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 591 shares of Common Stock, net of repurchases, to certain members of senior management under the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan. The restricted shares of Common Stock options vest over four years from the grant date, with 25% of the award vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vesting over the next 36 months. Stock compensation expense related to these equity awards is recorded based upon the estimated fair value of the shares amortized over the vesting period. Fair value of the common stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology and fair value of the options is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Stock compensation expense of $23,443 and $16,942 was recorded in general and administrative expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Unamortized stock compensation expense was $8,203 and $27,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2015

         $  

Granted

            

Vested/Released

            

Cancelled

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2015

            

Granted

     1,110       6.90  

Vested/Released

     (282     6.90  

Cancelled

     (519     6.90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

     309       6.90  
  

 

 

   

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of each option grant. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the stock price of comparable public companies. The Company estimates the expected term based upon the historical exercise behavior of employees. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equal to the expected term of the option assumed at the date of grant. The Company estimated a zero forfeiture rate for these stock option grants as the awards have short vesting terms and have a low probability of forfeiture based on the recipients of the stock options.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted have been estimated utilizing the following assumptions:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 
     2016     2015  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 6.30     $ 6.90  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.80     2.50

Expected term (in years)

     6.25       6.25  

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Expected volatility

     38     44

Stock options as of December 31, 2016 are summarized as follows:

 

Range of exercise
prices

    

Options
Outstanding

    

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in Years)

    

Weighted
-Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options

    

Options
Exercisable

    

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Exercisable
Options

 
  $6.90        586        8.08      $ 6.90        277      $ 6.90  

 

14. Income Taxes

The primary components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

Years ended December 31,

   2016      2015  

Current:

     

Federal

   $      $  

State

     6,784        129  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

     29,322        10,063  

State

     7,186        3,091  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43,292      $ 13,283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The primary components of temporary differences which give rise to the Company’s net deferred tax liability are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2016     2015  

Deferred tax asset

    

Net operating loss carry forward

   $ 9,595,808     $ 8,542,359  

Deferred revenue

     1,832,418       2,132,013  

Deferred rent

     1,055,402       2,019,756  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,366,475       1,454,459  

Accrued expenses and other

     192,243       91,521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

     14,042,346       14,240,108  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (5,104,329     (7,223,301
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     8,938,017       7,016,807  

Valuation allowance

     (8,997,553     (7,039,835
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (59,536   $ (23,028
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $25.4 million and $17.2 million, respectively, begin to expire in 2023 and 2017, respectively, unless previously utilized. Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and 383, the use of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited if a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% has occurred within a three-year period. The Company had an ownership change on July 11, 2014.

Goodwill cost basis, net of tax amortization of approximately $676,756 and $770,189 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, is tax deductible.

The reconciliation of income tax attributable to income before the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 

Federal statutory rate

   $ (3,216,699     34.00   $ (3,128,414     34.00

Adjustments for tax effects of:

        

State taxes, net

     (490,343     5.2     (687,449     7.5

Permanent Items

     329,647       (3.5 %)      182,365       (2.0 %) 

Goodwill Impairment

           0.0     (666,108     7.2

State rate adjustment

     (55,982     0.6     (41,275     0.5

Valuation Allowance

     3,051,829       (32.3 %)      4,110,914       (44.7 %) 

Other

     424,840       (4.5 %)      243,250       (2.6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 43,292       (0.5 %)    $ 13,283       (0.1 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2026. Future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Amount  

2017

   $ 8,784,895  

2018

     7,246,541  

2019

     5,622,666  

2020

     4,931,001  

2021

     4,065,075  

Thereafter

     11,001,560  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 41,651,738  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense amounted to $9,653,572 and $10,043,653 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Legal Matters

The Company is, from time to time, involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These matters are not expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

16. Subsequent Events

Recapitalization Transactions

Conversion of Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and Redeemable Preferred Stock

On March 24, 2017, the Company engaged in a series of transactions to convert certain of its outstanding indebtedness and all of the outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.

The aggregate amount of principal and accrued interest under that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., dated March 24, 2017, and that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, dated March 24, 2017 (collectively, the “Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes”), was converted into 18,771,070 shares of Common Stock based on the conversion price per share of Common Stock as set forth in such notes of $6.30. Concurrently, all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion computed by dividing the Preferred Share Liquidation Preference per share by a conversion price per share of Common Stock of $6.30, resulting in 99,029,468 newly issued shares of Common Stock. Immediately after the conversion of the

 

F-29


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and the Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the Company effected a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of the Common Stock. Accordingly, except as otherwise indicated, all common share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-10 reverse stock split as though it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the Company also increased its total number of shares of authorized Common Stock to 14,131,017 shares.

Following the reverse stock split, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 2,260,962. In addition, the Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,901,121 shares of Common Stock to certain employees and consultants.

Additional Financing from Great Hill Partners

On March 27, 2017, the Company issued new convertible notes (the “New Convertible Notes”) to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate of $6.30 per share of Common Stock. The New Convertible Notes consist of a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., in the principal amount of $3,189,350, and a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, in the principal amount of $10,650. Each New Convertible Note has a maturity date of March 27, 2018 and bears interest at an annual rate of 8%.

Amendment of Deerpath Facility

On March 27, 2017, in connection with the Deerpath Facility, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), dated March 27, 2017, by and among the Company, Deerpath Funding, LP (the “Agent”), and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, the lenders agreed to waive any default arising from the Company’s failure to comply with the Deerpath Facility’s Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio financial covenant during the fourth quarter of 2016, and also agreed not to require testing of any of the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2017, the loans under the Deerpath Facility will bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), if such IPO is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter upon which the Company is in compliance with the Deerpath Facility’s financial ratio covenants, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Deerpath Facility, the applicable interest rate on the loans under the Deerpath Facility will be LIBOR plus 7.00%. Under the Second Amendment, the Company could be required to make a mandatory prepayment of the debt under the Deerpath Facility equal to $1.3 million upon the earliest of any of the following events: (i) if the Company does not consummate the IPO by December 31, 2017, (ii) if the Company fails to comply with the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, or (iii) if the Company fails to deliver monthly financial statements as of, and for the period ending on March 31, 2018.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

 

    As of
March 31, 2017
    As of
December 31, 2016
 

Assets

   

Current assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,455,539     $ 1,912,421  

Inventories, net

    801,338       948,194  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    264,149       1,318,137  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    6,521,026       4,178,752  

Property and equipment, net

    8,049,624       8,552,674  

Intangible assets, net

    24,152,657       25,654,823  

Goodwill

    17,746,570       17,746,570  

Other non-current assets

    1,067,614       1,015,079  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 57,537,491     $ 57,147,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)

   

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 835,323     $ 1,162,675  

Accrued compensation

    1,040,249       1,504,034  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

    262,500       418,750  

Deferred revenue

    4,478,318       4,593,076  

Convertible note due to related party

    3,202,844        

Current portion of deferred rent

    142,021       192,569  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    9,961,255       7,871,104  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    2,553,012       2,471,734  

Deferred tax liability

    76,261       59,536  

Convertible note due to related party

          11,634,592  

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

    6,290,626       6,350,320  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    18,881,154       28,387,286  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

   

Redeemable preferred stock, Redeemed and converted as of March 31, 2017. $0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016; Liquidation Preference $61,392,824 at December 31, 2016 (Note 8)

          61,392,824  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   

Common stock at March 31, 2017, $0.0001 par value; 14,131,017 shares authorized and 11,879,490 shares issued and outstanding and $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized and 99,436 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 (Note 7)

    1,188       99  

Additional paid in capital

    74,967,164       67,163  

Accumulated deficit

    (36,312,015     (32,699,474
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    38,656,337       (32,632,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 57,537,491     $ 57,147,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2017     2016  

Net revenues

   $ 13,990,094     $ 15,091,646  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

    

Cost of revenues

     5,128,753       5,318,360  

Center operations

     5,686,637       5,562,707  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010,386       3,178,297  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201,585       2,180,417  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027,361       16,239,781  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,037,267     (1,148,135
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     561,631       390,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision
for income taxes

     (2,598,898     (1,539,052

Provision for income taxes

     17,900       6,743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (2,616,798     (1,545,795

Less preferred rights dividend on redeemable preferred stock

     (995,743     (1,130,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (3,612,541   $ (2,676,794
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11.11   $ (27.60

Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating loss per share attributable to common stockholders (Note 9):

    

Basic and diluted common shares

     325,186       97,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock (Unaudited)

 

     Redeemable
preferred stock
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2016

     10,000      $ 61,392,824  

Preferred rights dividend on redeemable preferred stock

        995,743  

Redeemed and preferred stock conversion (Note 6)

     (10,000      (62,388,567
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2017

          $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 

Balance , December 31, 2016

    99,436     $ 99     $ 67,163     $ (32,699,474   $ (32,632,212

Conversion of Redeemable Preferred Stock

    9,902,947       990       62,387,577             62,388,567  

Conversion of Convertible Note

    1,877,107       188       11,825,586             11,825,774  

Beneficial Conversion Feature

                147,877             147,877  

Change in par value

          (89     89              

Redeemable preferred stock dividends

                      (995,743     (995,743

Stock-based compensation

                538,872             538,872  

Net loss

                      (2,616,798     (2,616,798
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance , March 31, 2017

    11,879,490     $ 1,188     $ 74,967,164     $ (36,312,015   $ 38,656,337  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2017     2016  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (2,616,798   $ (1,545,795

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201,585       2,180,417  

Deferred tax

     16,725       (4,369

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized to convertible note

     193,917       221,483  

Change in value of beneficial conversion feature

     147,987        

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     27,806       27,980  

Stock-based compensation expense

     538,872       6,652  

Changes to operating assets and liabilities

    

Inventories

     146,856       161,995  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,053,988       (433,252

Other non-current assets

     (52,535     (32,069

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (327,352     (626,104

Accrued compensation

     (463,785     64,284  

Deferred revenue

     (114,758     (980,358

Deferred rent

     30,730       180,486  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     783,238       (778,650
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, equipment, and intangible assets

     (196,370     (923,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (196,370     (923,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Principal payment on term loans

     (43,750      

Principal payment on subordinated notes

     (200,000      

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

     3,200,000        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,956,250        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,543,118       (1,702,014

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     1,912,421       3,772,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 5,455,539     $ 2,070,591  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest paid

   $ 138,551     $ 93,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities

    

Dividends on preferred redeemable stock accrued

   $ 995,743     $ 1,130,999  

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized convertible note

     193,917       221,483  

Conversion of convertible notes to equity

     11,825,774        

Conversion of preferred redeemable stock to equity

     62,388,567        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

General

YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) are primarily engaged in building and operating yoga studios. The Company was formerly known as YWX Holdings, Inc. and changed its name to YogaWorks, Inc. on April 10, 2017. The Company operates under the brand name YogaWorks and Yoga Tree and offers primarily yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs, and yoga-related retail merchandise across its studios. In addition to its studio locations, YogaWorks offers online yoga instruction and programming through its MyYogaWorks web platform, which provides subscribers with a highly curated catalog of over 1,000 yoga classes.

The accompanying financial statements are prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Markets

The Company operates in regional markets across the U.S. As a result of the clustering of the studios in key geographic markets, and the flexibility offered to students to use different studios in a regional market, the Company does not report net revenues on an individual studio basis or report same studio sales. The Company prefers to analyze the financial results on a regional market basis. Given the focus on acquisitions, the Company may acquire stores in an existing regional market to capture more regional market share which may take some market share from the existing studios.

As of March 31, 2017, the Company owned and operated 50 yoga studios in 6 regional markets. The following table illustrates the studio locations by regional market:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2017     2016  

Regional Market

   Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
 

Los Angeles

     17        42     17        40

Orange County (California)(2)

     4        7     5        9

New York City

     5        14     5        14

Northern California

     13        25     13        27

Boston

     3        4     2        3

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8        8     7        7

 

(1) For the three months ended March 31. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to the regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.
(2) Reflects closure in the first quarter of 2016 of one studio in Orange County (California).

The Company operates as a single operating segment and reports as one reportable segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker, determines the Company’s strategy and makes operating decisions at the enterprise-level, and assesses performance and allocates resources based on the consolidated performance of the Company. The Company derives revenue from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company expects to incur further GAAP losses over the next several years as it continues to incur amortization of intangible assets from the acquisition of the Company in 2014 by Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC (collectively, “Great Hill Partners”) and has been dependent on funding growth through the incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities.

The Company had a net loss of $2,616,798 and $1,545,795, net cash provided/(used) by operating activities of $783,241 and $(778,650) for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $(36,312,015) and $(21,237,084) as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company also had a negative working capital of $3,440,229 at March 31, 2017, which is mainly due to deferred revenue. The primary sources of liquidity include cash on hand of $5,455,539, cash flows from operating activities, availability under the credit facility with Deerpath Funding LP of approximately $13,000,000 as of March 31, 2017 (see Note 6) and convertible promissory notes issued from time to time to Great Hill Partners, including the convertible promissory notes issued on March 27, 2017 in the aggregate principal amount of $3,200,000 (see Note 6). The Company expects that ongoing requirements for working capital, debt service and planned capital expenditures will be adequately funded from these sources for at least the next twelve months from the March 31, 2017. There can be no assurance that the Company will sustain positive cash flows from operations or achieve profitability and incremental funding from Great Hill Partners may be required as needed. If available funds are not adequate the Company may need to obtain additional funding or scale back operations.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of YogaWorks, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant estimates include stock-based compensation, deferred revenue recognition, income taxes, purchase price allocation, valuation of intangible assets and goodwill and useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents balances at these institutions are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). From time to time, deposits may exceed the FDIC coverage limits.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Fair Value Measurements

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are stated at historical cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments at prevailing market rates. The carrying amount of the long-term debt approximates the fair value of the convertible promissory notes and term loans, as the interest rates are variable except for the GHP Convertible Notes and approximate the interest rates presently available to the Company.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. The Company’s inventory consists of clothing, yoga props, media (DVDs and books) and home products (home décor and miscellaneous food and beverage items). Inventories are valued on a first-in first-out cost method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

          Years  

Computer equipment and purchased software

        3  

Furniture and fixtures

        5  

Leasehold improvements

  

Useful life or remaining lease term, whichever is shorter

Other equipment

        5  
     

 

 

 

Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred, while renewals or betterments are capitalized.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company accounts for the purchase of intangible assets in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” Intangible assets are based on their acquisition cost. Applicable long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, are amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives, the estimated period that the assets will generate revenue, or the statutory or contractual term. Estimates of useful lives and periods of expected revenue generation are reviewed periodically for appropriateness and are based upon management’s judgment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an evaluation of recoverability is required, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows directly associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount. If the estimated future cash flows from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.

Goodwill

The Company’s goodwill relates to the 2014 acquisition of the predecessor to YogaWorks, Inc. (the “Predecessor”) by Great Hill Partners and acquisitions of three yoga companies in San Francisco, Boston and Baltimore in 2015. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in an acquisition accounted for as a business purchase. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment on an annual basis and if there is a triggering event or circumstances require, on an interim basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”. The Company performs its impairment test annually in the fourth quarter of the year or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If the Company decides that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. If the Company performs the two-step process, the first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and assumptions management believes are appropriate in the circumstances. No impairment was recognized to goodwill for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016.

Debt Issuance Cost

The Company capitalizes costs incurred in connection with the incurrence of debt and records the debt issuance costs as a reduction to the debt amount. These costs are amortized and included in interest expense over the life of the borrowing or term of the credit facility using the effective interest method. Debt issuance cost amortization amounted to $27,806 and $27,980 for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment, and accounts for these leases in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840 Leases. In accordance with ASC 840, rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis with a liability for deferred rent recognized for the difference in the expense recorded, tenant improvement allowances and the current cash payments required under the terms of the leases.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenues primarily from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise, net of discounts, refunds and returns at the time they are granted. Customers typically pay upfront for their services. Yoga classes are principally sold in two formats—class packages and memberships. Class packages are based on a fixed number of classes, while memberships provide unlimited classes over a certain time period. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenue is recognized over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. The deferred revenue balance as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $4,478,318 and $4,593,076, respectively. The Company’s deferred revenue balance is reduced by refunds in the reporting period which results in less revenue recognized over the service term than originally anticipated. The accounts receivable balance as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $99,992 and $63,736, respectively.

Revenue for retail merchandise is recognized at the time of sale when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the stores. Taxes collected from the customer are recorded on a net basis. Sales returns by customers for yoga-related retail merchandise sales have historically not been material. The Company sells gift cards to its customers. The gift cards sold to customers have no stated expiration dates and are subject to actual and/or potential escheatment rights in several of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company recognizes income from gift cards when redeemed by the customer. The Company does not estimate gift card breakage. The gift card liability balance was $395,144 and $442,947 as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and is included in deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of direct costs associated with delivering the services, which mainly include teacher payroll and related expenses, and cost of physical goods sold (such as yoga clothing and accessories).

Center Operations

Center operations consist of costs for studio rent, utilities, compensation and benefits for studio staff, sales support staff and management, and sales and marketing expenses, as well as certain studio level general and administrative expenses. The Company recognizes these costs as an expense when incurred.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include corporate rent, marketing, office expenses, and compensation and benefits costs for regional management and other regional support staff, executive, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, administration, business development, legal and other support-function personnel. General and administrative expenses also include fees for professional services, insurance and licenses, as well as acquisition-related costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment, and the amortization expense of intangible assets.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation for all equity awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of such awards as of the grant date. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period (the vesting period, generally four years). Fair value of shares of Common Stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology (see Note 10) and fair value of options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Using this option-pricing model, the fair value of each employee award is estimated on the grant date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility of the share price of comparable public companies. The expected life is determined using the “simplified method” permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Numbers 107 and 110 (the midpoint between the term of the agreement and the weighted average vesting term). The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury security at a constant maturity with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The dividend yield is zero, as the Company has never declared a cash dividend.

The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense for only those options expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The Company measures tax assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the Company expects to recover or settle those temporary differences. The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company follows guidance in ASC 740, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Therefore, there will only be recognition where a tax position is

 

F-41


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has no material uncertain tax positions to be accounted for in the financial statements; accordingly, no interest or penalties on taxes were recognized for the three months end March 31, 2017 and for the year ended 2016. The Company is subject to U.S federal income tax examination from 2012 onward and state income tax examination from 2011 onward.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (“EPS”)

The Company calculates earnings per share attributable to common stockholders in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earning Per Share.” Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares, such as stock options.

Potentially dilutive common shares are calculated in accordance with the treasury stock method, which assumes that proceeds from the exercise of all options are used to repurchase common stock at market value. The amount of shares remaining after the proceeds are exhausted represents the potentially dilutive effect of the securities.

 

3.   Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has availed itself of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. The effective dates for recent accounting pronouncements noted below reflects the private company transition dates.

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this ASU simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test and eliminating the requirement for a reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment. Instead, under this pronouncement, an entity would perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and would recognize an impairment change for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects will be considered, if applicable. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The amendments in this ASU provide a robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted and the standard should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

4.   Property and Equipment

The major classes of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     As of
March 31, 2017
    As of
December 31, 2016
 

Computer equipment and purchased software

   $ 1,078,110     $ 1,070,769  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,390,761       3,383,360  

Leasehold improvements

     21,195,845       21,073,627  

Other equipment

     161,678       184,747  

Construction-in-progress

     43,625       22,201  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     25,870,019       25,734,704  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (17,820,395     (17,182,030
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,049,624     $ 8,552,674  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense includes property and equipment, leasehold improvements and purchased software. The Company incurred depreciation expense of $660,802 and $612,513, for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

5.   Related Party

The Company paid an expense reimbursement fee to an affiliate of Great Hill Partners, the owner of a majority of the Common Stock, in the amount of $25,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.

On March 24, 2017, all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and the convertible promissory notes issued to Great Hill Partners on June 3, 2015 were converted into shares of Common Stock (see Note 8). On March 27, the Company issued new convertible notes to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share of Common Stock (see Note 7).

 

6.   Debt

Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs, consists of the following:

 

     As of
March 31,
2017
    As of
December 31,
2016
 

Term loan matures on July 26, 2020. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at LIBOR plus 8% as of March 31, 2017

   $ 6,912,500     $ 6,956,250  

Subordinated notes matured and paid on February 8, 2017. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at the applicable federal rate of 1%

           200,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, excluding debt issuance costs

     6,912,500       7,156,250  

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization

     (359,374     (387,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553,126       6,769,070  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     (262,500     (418,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

   $ 6,290,626     $ 6,350,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Term Loans

In July 2015, the Company obtained a 5-year $20 million senior secured term loan facility with Deerpath Funding LP (the “Deerpath Facility”). The Company borrowed $5 million in July 2015 (the “Initial Term Loan”), and had the ability, upon meeting certain conditions, to borrow up to an additional $15 million. Borrowings under the Deerpath Facility carried an annual interest rate of LIBOR + 7%. The proceeds from the Initial Term Loan were used to pay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s credit facility with a previous lender.

In December 2015, the Company borrowed an additional $2 million under the Deerpath Facility for general corporate purposes, thereby increasing the principal amount of the loans and reducing the incremental borrowing availability under the Deerpath Facility, in each case, by an equivalent amount. As of March 31, 2017, there remains $13.1 million of incremental borrowing capacity under the Deerpath Facility.

Loans under the Deerpath Facility are secured by substantially all the assets of the Company. The terms of the Deerpath Facility require the Company to maintain a senior debt to EBITDA ratio not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00, as of any testing date. In addition, the Company is required to keep an unrestricted cash balance of $250,000 at all times and submit audited consolidated financial statements within 120 days after the year-end. The Company was not able to comply with the financial statement reporting deadline under the Deerpath Facility with respect to delivery of its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and received a waiver from the lender thereunder for such noncompliance.

Amendment of Deerpath Facility

On March 27, 2017, in connection with the Deerpath Facility, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), dated March 27, 2017, by and among the Company, Deerpath Funding, LP (the “Agent”), and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, the lenders agreed to waive any default arising from the Company’s failure to comply with the Deerpath Facility’s Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio financial covenant during the fourth quarter of 2016, and also agreed not to require testing of any of the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2017, the loans under the Deerpath Facility will bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), if such IPO is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter upon which the Company is in compliance with the Deerpath Facility’s financial ratio covenants, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Deerpath Facility, the applicable interest rate on the loans under the Deerpath Facility will be LIBOR plus 7.00%. Under the Second Amendment, the Company could be required to make a mandatory prepayment of the debt under the Deerpath Facility equal to $1.3 million upon the earliest of any of the following events: (i) if the Company does not consummate the IPO by December 31, 2017, (ii) if the Company fails to comply with the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, or (iii) if the Company fails to deliver monthly financial statements as of, and for the period ending on March 31, 2018.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Convertible Notes

On June 3, 2015, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC in the amount $10,212,769 and $34,102, respectively. The convertible promissory notes accrue interest at 8% annually. The convertible promissory notes had an original maturity date of June 2, 2016, but the holders of the notes agreed to extend the maturity of the convertible promissory notes until their conversion into capital stock of the Company, which occurred on March 24, 2017. Payment of cash interest is subordinated to indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility. For so long as payment of cash interest is so subordinated, deemed interest shall be capitalized for each interest payment date (“PIK Interest”) and added to the principal amount of the notes. The convertible promissory notes were originally convertible into shares of (1) Redeemable Preferred Stock at a conversion price per share equal to $5,047.93 and (2) Common Stock at a conversion price per share price equal to $0.10, with each $1.00 principal amount under the convertible promissory notes to be allocated 99.9822% to conversion into Redeemable Preferred Stock and 0.0178% to conversion into common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes amounted to $11,634,592, including total cumulative PIK interest of $1,387,721.

The aggregate amount of principal and accrued interest under that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., dated March 24, 2017, and that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, dated March 24, 2017 (collectively, the “Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes”), was converted into 1,877,107 shares of Common Stock based on the conversion price per share of Common Stock as set forth in such notes of $6.30. Concurrently, all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion computed by dividing the Preferred Share Liquidation Preference per share by a conversion price per share of Common Stock of $6.30, resulting in 9,902,947 newly issued shares of Common Stock. Immediately after the conversion of the Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and the Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the Company effected a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of the Common Stock. Accordingly, except as otherwise indicated, all common share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-10 reverse stock split as though it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the Company also increased its total number of shares of authorized Common Stock to 14,131,017 shares.

On March 24, 2017, the convertible promissory notes were amended so that the convertible promissory notes were convertible into Common Stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share, and immediately thereafter, the entire outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes were converted into Common Stock. Because Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC held all of the convertible promissory notes and owned a substantial majority of the Common Stock and all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock both before and after the conversion of the Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes on March 24, 2017, no gain was recognized in the statement of operations from the conversion of these notes.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Subordinated Notes

In connection with the acquisition of certain studios in 2015, the Company issued two subordinated promissory notes with principal amounts of $200,000 and $500,000 on September 8, 2015 and October 27, 2015, respectively, which matured on February 8, 2017 and October 27, 2016, respectively. The outstanding principal balance of $200,000 under the subordinated promissory notes was fully repaid in February 2017.

Additional Financing from Great Hill Partners

On March 27, 2017, the Company issued new convertible notes (the “New Convertible Notes”) to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate of $6.30 per share of Common Stock. The New Convertible Notes consist of a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., in the principal amount of $3,189,350, and a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, in the principal amount of $10,650. Each New Convertible Note has a maturity date of March 27, 2018 and bears interest at an annual rate of 8%.

Interest expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 related to the aggregate amount of outstanding indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility, and was $191,812 and $141,555. In addition, PIK interest expense under the convertible promissory notes was $194,026 and $221,483 for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

7.   Common Stock

Dividends

The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends unless declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends were declared for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 and year ended 2016.

Voting

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share at all meetings of stockholders.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share in the remaining assets of the Company following payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company.

Conversion of Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and Redeemable Preferred Stock

On March 24, 2017, the Company engaged in a series of transactions to convert certain of its outstanding indebtedness and all of the outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.

The aggregate amount of principal and accrued interest under that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill

 

F-46


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Equity Partners V, L.P., dated March 24, 2017, and that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, dated March 24, 2017 (collectively, the “Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes”), was converted into 1,877,107 shares of Common Stock based on the conversion price per share of Common Stock as set forth in such notes of $6.30. Concurrently, all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion computed by dividing the Preferred Share Liquidation Preference per share by a conversion price per share of Common Stock of $6.30, resulting in 9,902,947 newly issued shares of Common Stock. Immediately after the conversion of the Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and the Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the Company effected a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of the Common Stock. Accordingly, except as otherwise indicated, all common share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-10 reverse stock split as though it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the Company also increased its total number of shares of authorized Common Stock to 14,131,017 shares.

Following the reverse stock split, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 2,260,962. In addition, the Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,901,121 shares of Common Stock to certain employees and consultants.

 

8.   Preferred Stock

Redeemable Preferred Stock

On March 24, 2017, the Company engaged in a series of transactions to convert certain of its outstanding indebtedness and all of the outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. (See Note 6). Because Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC held all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and owned a substantial majority of the Common Stock both before and after the conversion of the Redeemable Preferred Stock on March 24, 2017, there is no impact on earnings per share as a result of this conversion.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

9.   Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The components of basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Three months
ended

March 31,
2017
    Three months
ended

March 31,
2016
 

Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Net loss

   $ (2,616,798   $ (1,545,795

Dividend attributable to participating securities

     (995,743     (1,130,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks, Inc. common stockholders

   $ (3,612,541   $ (2,676,794
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average outstanding shares of common stock

     325,186       97,000  

Dilutive effect of:

    

Equity incentive plans

            

Convertible debt

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock and common stock equivalents

     325,186       97,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic and Diluted

   $ (11.11   $ (27.60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the quarters ended March 31, 2017, and 2016, there were outstanding options to purchase 1,718,950 and 1,110 shares of Common Stock outstanding, respectively, which were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because it would be anti-dilutive.

 

10. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Valuation

To estimate certain expenses and record certain transactions, it is necessary for the Company to estimate the fair value of its shares of Common Stock. Given the absence of a public trading market for the shares of Common Stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Practice Guide, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation”, the Company exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine its best estimate of the fair value of its membership units. Factors considered included:

 

    recent equity financings and the related valuations;

 

    the estimated present value of the Company’s future cash flows;

 

    industry information such as market size and growth;

 

    market capitalization of comparable companies and the estimated value of transactions such companies have engaged in; and

 

    macroeconomic conditions.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Common Stock Options and Grants

During the quarter ended March 31, 2017, option awards for 1,901,121 shares of Common Stock were granted under the amended 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan. With the exception of accelerated options, the typical options vest over four years from the grant date, with 25% of the award vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vesting over the next 36 months. Stock compensation expense related to these equity awards was recorded based upon the estimated fair value of the shares amortized over the vesting period. Fair value of the common stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology and the fair value of the options is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Stock compensation expense of $538,742 and $6,653 was recorded in general and administrative expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Unamortized stock compensation expense amounted to $982,311 as of March 31, 2017 and is expected to be expensed ratably over the remaining vesting period.

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

     309     $ 6.90  

Granted

     1,901,121       6.30  

Vested/Released

     (402,951     6.30  

Cancelled

     (182,757     6.30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at March 31, 2017

     1,315,722       6.30  
  

 

 

   

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of each option grant. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the stock price of comparable public companies. The Company estimates the expected term based upon the historical exercise behavior of employees. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equal to the expected term of the option assumed at the date of grant. The Company estimated a zero forfeiture rate for these stock option grants as the awards have short vesting terms and have a low probability of forfeiture based on the recipients of the stock options.

The fair values of stock options granted have been estimated utilizing the following assumptions:

 

Quarters Ended March 31,

 
     2017     2016  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 4.41     $ 6.30  

Exercise Price of common stock option

     6.30       6.90  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.10     2.50

Expected term (in years)

     5.95       6.25  

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Expected volatility

     40     44

 

F-49


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Stock options as of March 31, 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

Range of exercise
prices

   Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Exercisable
Options
 

$6.30 - $6.90

     1,718,950        9.99      $ 6.30        403,228      $ 6.30  

On March 24, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 2,260,962 shares.

 

11.   Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was (0.96)% and (0.44)%, respectively. We evaluate our effective income tax rate at each interim period and adjust it as facts and circumstances warrant. The difference between federal income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and reported income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was primarily related to the impact of the valuation allowance and state income taxes.

At March 31, 2017, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Company believes that there are no uncertain tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that will produce a material effect to the financial statements over the next 12 months. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code, or IRC, Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurred within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382 and 383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss carryforwards. Since there is a full valuation allowance applied to the deferred taxes, a Section 382 limitation will not have an effect on the deferred taxes or the income tax rate.

The Company is undergoing an examination of its federal income tax return filed for the 2015 tax year by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company is currently not under examination by state and local tax authorities.

 

12.   Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters

On June 5, 2017, a letter was sent to the California Labor & Workforce Development Agency alleging the Company’s itemized wage statements did not comply with the California Labor Code (the “Wage Statement Claim”). As part of these alleged violations, penalties under the Private Attorneys General Act of 2004 and relevant sections of the California Labor Code are being sought on behalf of the State of California and allegedly aggrieved employees. Neither the outcome of the alleged claims, nor the amount and range of potential damages or exposure associated with the allegations can be assessed with certainty, and any damage award could be substantial.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

In addition to the Wage Statement Claim, from time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance with respect to the outcome of any legal proceeding, and the Company could suffer monetary liability from the outcome of the Wage Statement Claim described above or other claims that may be made in the future that could be material to the Company’s results of operations. Other than the Wage Statement Claim, the Company believes there are no pending lawsuits or claims that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, capital resources or results of operations.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

EACH STUDIO REFLECTS ITS LOCAL COMMUNITY, MAKING ACQUISITIONS ORGANIC TO US. Baltimore Los Angeles Orange County New York San Francisco Boston


Table of Contents

 

Through and including             , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

             Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

Cowen    Stephens Inc.    Guggenheim Securities
   Roth Capital Partners   

 

 

 

            , 2017

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $  *  

FINRA filing fee

     *  

Exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $  *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes the board of directors of a corporation to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in any such action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Some of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2014, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

  1. In July 2014, in connection with formation of YogaWorks, Inc., we issued 10,000 shares of preferred stock for the aggregate principal amount of $50,479,317 and             shares of common stock for the aggregate principal amount of $9,000. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split and the             -for-1 stock split.
  2. On March 24, 2017, in connection with the recapitalization transactions described in the accompanying prospectus, we did the following transactions:

 

  a. issued             shares of our common stock in exchange for 10,000 shares of our outstanding preferred stock, at a conversion rate of             for each share of common stock issued; and
  b. issued             shares of our common stock, at a conversion price of $             per share of common stock, in exchange for all of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes.

The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split and the             -for-1 stock split.

 

  3. On March 27, 2017, we issued the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $             per share of common stock. The preceding information gives effect to the subsequent -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  4. On or after March 24, 2017, we granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2014 Plan, covering an aggregate of             shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of             shares were cancelled without being exercised. The preceding information gives effect to the subsequent             -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  5. Prior to March 24, 2017, we granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2014 Plan, covering an aggregate of             shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of             shares were cancelled without being exercised. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent             -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  6. Prior to March 24, 2017, we sold an aggregate of             shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of approximately $17,873 upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards and individual issuances of stock. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent             -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  7. On or after March 24, 2017, we sold an aggregate of shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of approximately $13,800 upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards and individual issuances of stock. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent         -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the issuance of securities in the transaction described in paragraph (1) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the issuance of securities in the transaction described in paragraph (2) above under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraph (3) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (1) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (2) appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in such transactions.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (4), (5) and (6) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a) Exhibits . See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules . All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Culver City, California, on the 23 rd day of June, 2017.

 

    YOGAWORKS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

    Rosanna McCollough
    President & Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Rosanna McCollough, Vance Chang and Kurt Donnell, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of YogaWorks, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Rosanna McCollough

  

President & Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 23, 2017

/s/ Vance Chang

Vance Chang

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 23, 2017

/s/ Peter L. Garran

Peter L. Garran

   Director   June 23, 2017

/s/ Michael A. Kumin

Michael A. Kumin

   Director   June 23, 2017

/s/ Michael J. Gerend

Michael J. Gerend

   Director   June 23, 2017

/s/ Brian Cooper

Brian Cooper

   Director   June 23, 2017

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number  

  

Exhibit Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, currently in effect.
3.2*    Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.
3.3    Bylaws, currently in effect.
3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.
4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
5.1*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1    Loan Agreement, dated July 24, 2015, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Whole Body, Inc., Deerpath Funding, LP, and the other parties thereto.
10.2    First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated December 23, 2015, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Whole Body, Inc., Deerpath Funding, LP, and the other parties thereto.
10.3    Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Whole Body, Inc., Deerpath Funding, LP, and the other parties thereto.
10.4+    YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
10.5+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
10.6+    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
10.7+*    YogaWorks, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
10.8+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the YogaWorks, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
10.9+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.10+    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Rosanna McCollough.
10.11+    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Vance Chang.
10.12+    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Suzanne Dawson.
10.13+    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Kurt Donnell.
10.14    Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC.
10.15    Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc. and Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P.
10.16    Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc. and Great Hill Investors, LLC.
10.17+*    YogaWorks, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.

 

1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number  

  

Exhibit Description

21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

2

Exhibit 3.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

YOGAWORKS, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is YogaWorks, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, 19801-1120, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is fourteen million one hundred thirty one thousand seventeen (14,131,017) shares, all of which are Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”).

A. COMMON STOCK

1. Voting .

(a) Election of Directors . The holders of Common Stock voting as a single class shall be entitled to elect all of the Directors of the Corporation. Such Director(s) shall be elected by a plurality vote, with the elected candidates being the candidates receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes (with each holder entitled to cast one vote for or against each candidate with respect to each share held by such holder), with votes cast against such candidates and votes withheld having no legal effect. The election of such Directors shall occur at the annual meeting of holders of capital stock or at any special meeting called and held in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation, or by consent in lieu thereof in accordance with this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

(b) Voting Generally . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by law, each holder of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held thereby of record on the books of the Corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, the number of


authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting together as a single class.

2. Dividends . The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine in its sole discretion.

3. Liquidation . Upon any Liquidation Event, after the payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance of and not in limitation of powers conferred by statute, it is further provided:

1. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation so provide.

2. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation to the extent specified therein.

ARTICLE VI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the bylaws may provide.

ARTICLE VII

To the extent permitted by law, the books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated in the by-laws of the Corporation or from time to time by its Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VIII

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director of the Corporation, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation or by an amendment to the DGCL shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring either before such repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director prior to or at the time of such repeal or modification.


ARTICLE IX

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Common Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

Exhibit 3.3

B YLAWS

OF

YWX H OLDINGS , I NC .

(a Delaware corporation)

Adopted as of June 27, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I. IDENTIFICATION; OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

  

NAME

     1  

Section 2.

  

PRINCIPAL AND BUSINESS OFFICES

     1  

Section 3.

  

REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE

     1  

Section 4.

  

PLACE OF KEEPING CORPORATE RECORDS

     1  

ARTICLE II. STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

  

ANNUAL MEETING

     1  

Section 2.

  

SPECIAL MEETING

     1  

Section 3.

  

PLACE OF STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

     2  

Section 4.

  

NOTICE OF MEETINGS

     2  

Section 5.

  

QUORUM AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS

     2  

Section 6.

  

FIXING OF RECORD DATE

     3  

Section 7.

  

VOTING LIST

     3  

Section 8.

  

VOTING

     4  

Section 9.

  

PROXIES

     4  

Section 10.

  

RATIFICATION OF ACTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     4  

Section 11.

  

WRITTEN ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS

     4  

Section 12.

  

ORGANIZATION

     5  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1.

  

NUMBER AND TENURE OF DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 2.

  

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 3.

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     6  

Section 4.

  

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 5.

  

QUORUM

     6  

Section 6.

  

VOTING

     6  

Section 7.

  

VACANCIES

     6  

Section 8.

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 9.

  

WRITTEN ACTION BY DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 10.

  

PARTICIPATION BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE

     7  

Section 11.

  

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     7  

ARTICLE IV. WAIVER OF NOTICE

     7  

Section 1.

  

WRITTEN WAIVER OF NOTICE

     7  

Section 2.

  

ATTENDANCE AS WAIVER OF NOTICE

     7  

 

i


ARTICLE V. COMMITTEES

     7  

Section 1.

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     7  

ARTICLE VI. OFFICERS

     8  

Section 1.

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8  

Section 2.

  

ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE

     8  

Section 3.

  

REMOVAL OF OFFICERS

     8  

Section 4.

  

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     8  

Section 5.

  

THE PRESIDENT

     9  

Section 6.

  

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     9  

Section 7.

  

THE VICE PRESIDENT

     9  

Section 8.

  

THE SECRETARY

     9  

Section 9.

  

THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY

     10  

Section 10.

  

THE TREASURER

     10  

Section 11.

  

THE ASSISTANT TREASURER

     10  

Section 12.

  

OTHER OFFICERS, ASSISTANT OFFICERS AND AGENTS

     10  

Section 13.

  

ABSENCE OF OFFICERS

     10  

Section 14.

  

COMPENSATION

     10  

ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION

     11  

Section 1.

  

RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     11  

Section 2.

  

PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     11  

Section 3.

  

CLAIMS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     11  

Section 4.

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     12  

Section 5.

  

ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     12  

Section 6.

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     12  

Section 7.

  

OTHER INDEMNIFICATION

     12  

Section 8.

  

INSURANCE

     12  

Section 9.

  

EXPENSES AS A WITNESS

     12  

Section 10.

  

INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS

     13  

Section 11.

  

AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

     13  

ARTICLE VIII. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

     13  

Section 1.

  

CERTIFICATES OF SHARES

     13  

Section 2.

  

SIGNATURES OF FORMER OFFICER, TRANSFER AGENT OR REGISTRAR

     13  

Section 3.

  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     13  

Section 4.

  

LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES

     13  

ARTICLE IX. DIVIDENDS

     14  

Section 1.

  

DECLARATIONS OF DIVIDENDS

     14  

Section 2.

  

REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

     14  

 

ii


ARTICLE X. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14  

Section 1.

  

CONTRACTS

     14  

Section 2.

  

LOANS

     14  

Section 3.

  

CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.

     14  

Section 4.

  

DEPOSITS

     14  

Section 5.

  

FISCAL YEAR

     15  

Section 6.

  

SEAL

     15  

ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS

     15  

Section 1.

  

AMENDMENTS

     15  

 

iii


B YLAWS

OF

YWX H OLDINGS , I NC .

(a Delaware corporation)

Adopted as of June 27, 2014

ARTICLE I.

IDENTIFICATION; OFFICES

Section 1. NAME. The name of the corporation is YWX Holdings, Inc., (the “ Corporation ”).

Section 2. PRINCIPAL AND BUSINESS OFFICES. The Corporation may have such principal and other business offices, either within or outside of the state of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the Corporation’s business may require from time to time.

Section 3. REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE. The Corporation’s registered agent may be changed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. The address of the Corporation’s registered agent may be changed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, or the registered agent. The business office of the Corporation’s registered agent shall be identical to the registered office. The Corporation’s registered office may be but need not be identical with the Corporation’s principal office in the state of Delaware. The Corporation’s initial registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 4. PLACE OF KEEPING CORPORATE RECORDS. The records and documents required by law to be kept by the Corporation permanently shall be kept at the Corporation’s principal office, or any other location as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing directors and the transaction of such other business as may come before it shall be held each year at such date, time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined by the Board of Directors, unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting.

Section 2. SPECIAL MEETING. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called by the President of the Corporation, the Board of Directors, or by such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors may designate.


Section 3. PLACE OF STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS. The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting. If no such place is designated by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting will be the principal business office of the Corporation or the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but will instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Unless waived as herein provided, whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Such written notice shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If electronically transmitted, then notice is deemed given when transmitted and directed to a facsimile number or electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice. An affidavit of the Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

When a meeting is adjourned to reconvene at the same or another place, if any, or by means of remote communications, if any, in accordance with Section 5 of Article II of these Bylaws, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 5. QUORUM AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Unless otherwise provided by law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, such stockholders may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number of stockholders as may leave less than a quorum. If less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, to reconvene at the same or another place, if any, or by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

2


Section 6. FIXING OF RECORD DATE.

(a) For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is established by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal office, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.     If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders’ consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect to any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix the record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining the stockholders for any such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 7. VOTING LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose

 

3


germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (i) by a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to the stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, such list shall be the only evidence as to the identity of stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 7 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.

Section 8. VOTING. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by each stockholder. In all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by a proxy at the meeting entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 9. PROXIES. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may remain irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

Section 10. RATIFICATION OF ACTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any transaction or contract or act of the Corporation or of the directors or the officers of the Corporation may be ratified by the affirmative vote of the holders of the number of shares which would have been necessary to approve such transaction, contract or act at a meeting of stockholders, or by the written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting.

Section 11. WRITTEN ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS. Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be delivered to the Corporation by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take

 

4


such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate with any governmental body, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required by law concerning any vote of stockholders, that consent had been given in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and that notice has been given as provided in such section.

A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 12. ORGANIZATION. Such person as the Board of Directors may designate or, in the absence of such a designation, the President of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of such meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to serve as secretary at the meeting.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. NUMBER AND TENURE OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

5


Section 2. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President or at least one-third of the number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any time, date or place, either within or without the State of Delaware, for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

Section 4. NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given, orally or in writing, by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least one (1) day previous thereto. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail so addressed, with first-class postage thereon prepaid. If sent by any other means (including facsimile, courier, electronic mail or express mail, etc.), such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when actually delivered to the home or business address, electronic address or facsimile number of the director.

Section 5. QUORUM. A majority of the total number of directors as provided in Section 1 of Article III of these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a majority of the directors are present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

Section 6. VOTING. The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation requires a vote of a greater number.

Section 7. VACANCIES. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, including one created by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled for the unexpired term by a majority vote of the stockholders entitled to elect such director.

Section 8. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. A director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however , that if cumulative voting obtains and less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 9. WRITTEN ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Without limiting the manner by which consent may be given,

 

6


members of the Board of Directors may consent by delivery of an electronic transmission when such transmission is directed to a facsimile number or electronic mail address at which the Corporation has consented to receive such electronic transmissions, and copies of the electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 10. PARTICIPATION BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or committee thereof, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment as long as all persons participating in the meeting can speak with and hear each other, and participation by a director pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 11. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Section 1. WRITTEN WAIVER OF NOTICE. A written waiver of any required notice, signed by or electronically transmitted by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the date stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 2. ATTENDANCE AS WAIVER OF NOTICE. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, and objects, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE V.

COMMITTEES

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of

 

7


the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI.

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The Board of Directors shall elect a President and a Secretary of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such additional officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The officers elected by the Board of Directors shall have such duties as are hereafter described and such additional duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected (i) annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders, (ii) at any other meeting of the Board of Directors or (iii) by written consent of the Board of Directors as provided in S ection 9 of Article III. New offices of the Corporation may be created and filled and vacancies in offices may be filled at any time, at a meeting or by the written consent of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless removed pursuant to Section 3 of Article VI of these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death or resignation. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 3. REMOVAL OF OFFICERS. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person(s) so removed.

Section 4. THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate whether the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been chosen, the President or another individual shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer, if the Board of Directors elects an individual to hold such position, shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer, if the Board of Directors elects an individual to hold such position, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, if present thereat, and shall see that orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer may sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and all other contracts and documents whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors or by these

 

8


Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general powers of supervision and shall be the final arbiter of all differences between officers of the Corporation and his or her decision as to any matter affecting the Corporation shall be final and binding as between the officers of the Corporation subject only to the Board of Directors.

Section 5. THE PRESIDENT. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, if the Chairman of the Board or another individual has not been designated Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. At all other times the President shall have the active management of the business of the Corporation under the general supervision of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have concurrent power with the Chief Executive Officer to sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and other contracts and documents, whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors, or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6. THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if one is chosen, shall be chosen from among the members of the Board of Directors. If the Chairman of the Board has not been designated Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

Section 7. THE VICE PRESIDENT. In the absence of the President or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Executive Vice President and then the other Vice President or Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8. THE SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation, if any, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

 

9


Section 9. THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 10. THE TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 11. THE ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 12. OTHER OFFICERS, ASSISTANT OFFICERS AND AGENTS. Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 13. ABSENCE OF OFFICERS. In the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate the powers or duties, or any of such powers or duties, of any officers or officer to any other officer or to any director.

Section 14. COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to establish reasonable compensation of all officers for services to the Corporation.

 

10


ARTICLE VII.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “ Covered Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all costs, charges, expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in such proceeding, and that indemnification shall continue as to such Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section  3 of Article VII of these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person (in his or her capacity as a director or officer and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by that person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII or otherwise.

Section 3. CLAIMS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, where the required undertaking, if any, is required and has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has failed to meet a standard of conduct that makes it permissible under Delaware law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he has met that standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent

 

11


counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met that standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has failed to meet that standard of conduct.

Section 4. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all costs, charges, expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person if the proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 7. OTHER INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

Section 8. INSURANCE. The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article VII; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article VII.

Section 9. EXPENSES AS A WITNESS. To the extent any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation is by reason of such position, or a position with another

 

12


entity at the request of the Corporation, a witness in any action, suit or proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 10. INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation providing for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 11. AMENDMENT OR REPEAL. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Covered Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

ARTICLE VIII.

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. CERTIFICATES OF SHARES. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, or the President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile or other form of electronic signature.

Section 2. SIGNATURES OF FORMER OFFICER, TRANSFER AGENT OR REGISTRAR. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person or entity were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of certificate for such shares. Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat a registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise have and exercise all of the right and powers of an owner of shares.

Section 4. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. Whenever a certificate representing shares of the Corporation has been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder

 

13


thereof may file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place, and circumstance of such loss, destruction or theft together with a statement of indemnity sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate. Thereupon the Board of Directors may cause to be issued to such person or such person’s legal representative a new certificate or a duplicate of the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen. In the exercise of its discretion, the Board of Directors may waive the indemnification requirements provided herein.

ARTICLE IX.

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. DECLARATIONS OF DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting (or written consent in lieu of a meeting), pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

ARTICLE X.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 2. LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by one or more officers or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. DEPOSITS. The funds of the Corporation may be deposited or invested in such bank account, in such investments or with such other depositaries as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

14


Section 5. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. If the fiscal year of the Corporation shall not be so fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, then it shall end on December 31 of each calendar year.

Section 6. SEAL. The corporate seal, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE XI.

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. AMENDMENTS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

15

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

LOAN AGREEMENT

by and among

YWX HOLDINGS, INC.

as Holdings

WHOLE BODY, INC.

as the Company

THE OTHER BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

DEERPATH FUNDING, LP

as Agent

and

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

July 24, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section 1      Definitions and Terms.

     1  
  1.1   

Definitions

     1  
  1.2   

Other Interpretive Provisions

     27  
  1.3   

Accounting Principles

     29  
  1.4   

Time

     29  

Section 2      Loan Commitments.

     29  
  2.1   

Initial Term Loan

     29  
  2.2   

Additional Term Loans

     29  
  2.3   

Loan Procedure

     30  
  2.4   

Permitted Prepayment of the Term Loan

     30  
  2.5   

Mandatory Repayments and Prepayments

     31  
  2.6   

Joint and Several Obligations

     33  

Section 3      Terms Of Payment.

     33  
  3.1   

Notes and Payments Generally

     33  
  3.2   

Loan Payments

     35  
  3.3   

Order of Application

     36  
  3.4   

Interest Rate

     36  
  3.5   

Default Rate

     37  
  3.6   

Interest Calculations

     37  
  3.7   

Maximum Rate

     37  
  3.8   

Cost of Money Ceiling

     38  

Section 4      Fees and Expenses.

     38  
  4.1   

Treatment of Fees and Expenses

     38  
  4.2   

Structuring and Closing Fees

     38  

Section 5      Conditions Precedent.

     39  
  5.1   

To Closing

     39  
  5.2   

To Initial Term Loan

     39  
  5.3   

To Additional Term Loans

     41  
  5.4   

No Waiver

     42  

Section 6      Security.

     42  
  6.1   

Collateral; After-Acquired Property

     42  
  6.2   

Financing Statements

     44  
  6.3   

Priority

     44  
  6.4   

Preservation of Collateral

     44  

Section 7      Representations And Warranties.

     44  
  7.1   

Existence, Good Standing, and Authority to do Business

     44  
  7.2   

Subsidiaries; other Equity Interests

     44  
  7.3   

Authorization, Compliance, and No Default

     44  
  7.4   

Binding Effect

     45  
  7.5   

Litigation

     45  
  7.6   

Taxes

     45  

 

i


  7.7   

Environmental Matters

     45  
  7.8   

Ownership of Assets; Intellectual Property

     46  
  7.9   

Debt

     46  
  7.10   

Liens

     46  
  7.11   

Insurance

     46  
  7.12   

Full Disclosure

     46  
  7.13   

Place of Business

     47  
  7.14   

Use of Proceeds

     47  
  7.15   

Employee Benefits

     47  
  7.16   

Laws Relating to Employment

     47  
  7.17   

Trade Names

     48  
  7.18   

Transactions with Affiliates

     48  
  7.19   

Government Regulation

     49  
  7.20   

Capitalization

     49  
  7.21   

Compliance with Laws

     50  
  7.22   

Solvency

     50  
  7.23   

Financials

     50  
  7.24   

Intentionally Omitted

     51  
  7.25   

Employee Matters

     51  
  7.26   

Anti-Terrorism Law Compliance

     51  

Section 8        Affirmative Covenants.

     52  
  8.1   

Items to be Furnished

     52  
  8.2   

Books and Records

     54  
  8.3   

Inspections

     54  
  8.4   

Taxes

     54  
  8.5   

Payment of Obligations and Compliance with Contracts

     54  
  8.6   

Indemnification

     54  
  8.7   

Maintenance of Existence, Assets, and Business

     56  
  8.8   

Insurance

     57  
  8.9   

Further Assurances

     58  
  8.10   

Compliance with Laws

     58  
  8.11   

Expenses

     58  
  8.12   

Application of Insurance Proceeds, Eminent Domain, Proceeds and Conditions to Disbursement

     59  
  8.13   

Use of Proceeds

     60  
  8.14   

Information Rights

     60  
  8.15   

Special SBIC Covenants

     61  
  8.16   

Post-Closing Matters

     62  

Section 9        Negative Covenants.

     62  
  9.1   

Debt; Disqualified Stock

     62  
  9.2   

Liens

     63  
  9.3   

Compliance with Laws and Documents

     63  
  9.4   

Loans, Advances, and Investments

     63  
  9.5   

Distributions

     65  
  9.6   

Acquisitions, Mergers and Dissolutions

     65  
  9.7   

Assignment

     66  

 

ii


  9.8   

Fiscal Year and Accounting Methods

     66  
  9.9   

Sale of Assets

     66  
  9.10   

New Businesses

     66  
  9.11   

Employee Plans

     66  
  9.12   

Transactions with Affiliates

     66  
  9.13   

Taxes

     67  
  9.14   

Prepayment of Debt; Subordinated Debt

     67  
  9.15   

[Intentionally Omitted]

     67  
  9.16   

Capital Expenditures

     67  
  9.17   

Available Cash

     67  
  9.18   

Amendments or Changes in Agreements

     68  
  9.19   

[Intentionally Omitted]

     68  
  9.20   

Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement

     68  
  9.21   

Bank Accounts

     69  
  9.22   

Negative Pledge

     69  
  9.23   

Limitations on Affiliate Ownership of Obligations

     69  
  9.24   

Limitations on Holdings

     69  
  9.25   

Anti-Terrorism Laws

     69  

Section 10      Financial Covenants.

     70  
  10.1   

Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio

     70  
  10.2   

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

     70  

Section 11      Default.

     70  
  11.1   

Payment of Obligation

     70  
  11.2   

Covenants

     70  
  11.3   

Debtor Relief

     71  
  11.4   

Judgments and Attachments

     71  
  11.5   

Misrepresentation

     71  
  11.6   

Default Under Other Agreements

     71  
  11.7   

Validity and Enforceability of Loan Documents

     71  
  11.8   

[Intentionally Omitted]

     72  
  11.9   

Ownership of Other Loan Parties

     72  
  11.10   

Subordination Agreements

     72  
  11.11   

Material Adverse Event

     72  

Section 12      Rights And Remedies.

     73  
  12.1   

Remedies Upon Default

     73  
  12.2   

Loan Party Waivers

     74  
  12.3   

Performance by Agent

     74  
  12.4   

Not in Control

     75  
  12.5   

Course of Dealing

     75  
  12.6   

Cumulative Rights

     75  
  12.7   

Application of Proceeds

     75  
  12.8   

Diminution in Value of Collateral

     75  

Section 13      Agent.

     75  
  13.1   

Appointment and Authorization of Agent

     75  
  13.2   

Rights as a Lender

     76  

 

iii


  13.3   

Exculpatory Provisions

     76  
  13.4   

Reliance by Agent

     77  
  13.5   

Delegation of Duties

     77  
  13.6   

Resignation; Removal of Agent

     77  
  13.7   

Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders

     78  
  13.8   

No Other Duties, Etc

     78  
  13.9   

Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     79  
  13.10   

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

     79  

Section 14      Miscellaneous.

     81  
  14.1   

Headings

     81  
  14.2   

Non-Business Days

     81  
  14.3   

Communications

     81  
  14.4   

Survival

     82  
  14.5   

Governing Law

     82  
  14.6   

Invalid Provisions

     82  
  14.7   

Multiple Counterparts

     83  
  14.8   

Amendments; Assignments and Participations

     83  
  14.9   

Term

     86  
  14.10   

Marshaling; Discharge Only Upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in Certain Circumstances

     86  
  14.11   

[Intentionally Omitted]

     87  
  14.12   

No Implied Waivers; Cumulative Remedies; Writing Required

     87  
  14.13   

Electronic Submissions

     87  
  14.14   

Jury Waiver

     87  
  14.15   

Venue and Service of Process

     87  
  14.16   

Marketing and Disclosure Rights of Lenders

     88  
  14.17   

Managerial Assistance by Lenders

     89  
  14.18   

Enforcement

     89  
  14.19   

No Duty; No Fiduciary Relationship

     89  
  14.20   

Subordination of Intercompany Debt

     89  
  14.21   

Patriot Act

     90  
  14.22   

Entirety

     91  
  14.23   

Confidentiality

     91  

Section 15      Guaranty.

     91  
  15.1   

The Guaranty

     91  
  15.2   

Obligations Unconditional

     92  
  15.3   

Reinstatement

     93  
  15.4   

Certain Additional Waivers

     93  
  15.5   

Remedies

     93  
  15.6   

Rights of Contribution

     93  
  15.7   

Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee

     94  

 

iv


EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A    Deerpath Initial Term Note
EXHIBIT B    Security Agreement
EXHIBIT C    Pledge Agreement
EXHIBIT D    Intentionally Omitted
EXHIBIT E    Form of Landlord Subordination of Lien
EXHIBIT F    Form of Leasehold Deed of Trust
EXHIBIT G    Sponsor Reimbursement Subordination Agreement
EXHIBIT H    Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement
EXHIBIT I    Small Business Side Letter
EXHIBIT J    Flow of Funds Memo
EXHIBIT K    Form of Loan Request
EXHIBIT L    Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT M    Form of Joinder Agreement

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE A    Non-cash charges related to Permitted Acquisitions
SCHEDULE 1    Parties, Addresses, and Wiring Information
SCHEDULE 7.1    Jurisdictions
SCHEDULE 7.2    Subsidiaries
SCHEDULE 7.3    Contravention
SCHEDULE 7.5(a)    Material Litigation
SCHEDULE 7.5(b)    Outstanding Material Judgments
SCHEDULE 7.6    Contested Taxes
SCHEDULE 7.7    Environmental Matters
SCHEDULE 7.8    Real Property
SCHEDULE 7.11    Insurance
SCHEDULE 7.13    Place of Business
SCHEDULE 7.15(a)    Employee Plans
SCHEDULE 7.16    Compliance with Laws - Employment
SCHEDULE 7.17    Trade Names
SCHEDULE 7.18(a)    Transactions With Affiliates
SCHEDULE 7.18(b)    Transactions With Affiliates Not At Arm’s Length
SCHEDULE 7.20(a)    Capitalization
SCHEDULE 7.20(b)    Voting and Transfer Rights
SCHEDULE 7.20(c)    Preemptive Rights and Registration Rights
SCHEDULE 7.20(e)    Disqualified Stock
SCHEDULE 7.23(b)    Financial Statements – Exceptions to Accounting Practices
SCHEDULE 7.24    Disclosed Liabilities
SCHEDULE 7.25(a) and (b)    Employee Matters
SCHEDULE 8.16    Post-Closing Matters

 

v


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of July 24, 2015 (the “ Closing Date ”), by and among YWX H OLDINGS , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), W HOLE B ODY , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other Guarantors (as defined below) from time to time party to this Agreement, Y OGA W ORKS , I NC ., a California corporation (“ Yoga Works ”), B E Y OGA LLC, a New York limited liability company (“ Be Yoga ”), C ENTER FOR Y OGA I NC ., a California corporation (“ Center ”), N OR C AL W HOLE B ODY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Nor Cal ”), and the other borrowers from time to time party to this Agreement (together with Yoga Works, Be Yoga, Center and Nor Cal, each, a “ Borrower ” and, collectively, “ Borrowers ”), D EERPATH F UNDING , LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Deerpath ”), and the other lenders from time to time party to this Agreement (together with Deerpath, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Deerpath, as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

RECITALS

A. Borrowers have requested Lenders to make (i) a single-advance senior secured term loan on the Closing Date in the amount of $5,000,000, and (ii) a conditional commitment to provide additional single-advance senior secured term loans from time to time following the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000, such that the maximum amount of Loans available to Borrowers hereunder is $20,000,000.

B. Lenders are willing to make the Loans to Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement.

C. Holdings and the Company have agreed to guaranty the Obligation (as defined below), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and the other agreements referenced herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1 Definitions and Terms.

1.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents:

Accounting Firm is defined in Section 8.1(a)(i) .

Accounting Practices means the accounting practices (x) with respect to all periods ending on or prior to March 31, 2016, and with respect to all dates of determination occurring on or prior to March 31, 2016, as determined in accordance with the Loan Parties’ past accounting practices and historical financial statements, and (y) with respect to all periods ending after March 31, 2016 and with respect to all dates of determination occurring after March 31, 2016 (including the fiscal month ending April 30, 2016, the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2016 and the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016) as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

1


ACH Authorization Agreements means those certain Authorization Agreements for Pre-Authorized Payments (Debit) executed by a Loan Party in favor of each Lender.

Additional Term Loan and Additional Term Loans are defined in Section 2.2 .

Additional Term Loan Commitment means $15,000,000.

Additional Term Note means individually, and Additional Term Notes means collectively, each promissory note executed by Borrowers and made payable to any Lender, evidencing all or any portion of an Additional Term Loan and otherwise in substantially the same form as the Deerpath Initial Term Note.

Affiliate of a Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, that Person. For purposes of this definition “ control ,” “ controlled by ,” and “ under common control with” mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct (or cause the direction of) management or policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Interests or other ownership interests, by contract, or otherwise; provided, however , that any director, executive officer, manager or other Person which owns directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the securities of any other Person having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers shall be deemed to control such other Person. Under no circumstances shall Agent or any Lender be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Borrower or any Borrower’s Affiliates; provided further , that the foregoing proviso shall not apply to any limited partner or investor in Sponsor or its Affiliates.

Agent is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, and includes any successor Agent appointed pursuant to Section 13.6 .

Agreement means this Loan Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment is defined in Section 2.5(a)(i) .

Anti-Terrorism Laws means those laws and sanctions relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act (Public Law 91-508), the Trading with the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. Section 1 et. seq.), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. Section 1701 et. seq.), and the sanction regulations promulgated pursuant thereto by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, as well as laws relating to prevention and detection of money laundering in 18 U.S.C. Sections 1956 and 1957 (as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended, renewed, extended or replaced).

Applicable Fiscal Quarter is defined in Section 12.1(c) .

Approved Electronic Form is defined in Section 14.13 .

Approved Electronic Form Notice is defined in Section 14.13 .

 

2


Avidbank Existing Credit Agreement means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 17, 2012 by and among the Borrowers, Company, and Avidbank Corporate Finance, a division of Avidbank, as amended from time to time.

Avidbank Existing Debt means any and all Debt and other obligations of the Loan Parties under the Avidbank Existing Credit Agreement.

Back Bay Acquisition means the acquisition by the Loan Parties of substantially all of the assets of Back Bay Yoga LLC, Sweat and Soul Yoga LLC, and Brookline Indoor Cycling LLC.

Beneficial Owner has the meaning given such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Be Yoga is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Blocked Person means any of the following: (a) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order No. 13224; (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order No. 13224; (c) a Person with which Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order No. 13224; (e) a Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or (f) a Person who is known to be affiliated or associated with a Person listed above.

Board of Directors means, with respect to any Person (other than a natural person), (a) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers, manager or managing member of such Person, (c) in the case of any partnership, the general partner of such Person, and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Borrower and Borrowers are defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Bring-Down Date is defined in the introductory paragraph to Section 7 .

Business Day means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to close.

Capital Expenditures means, without duplication, the following: (a) the aggregate amount of Loan Parties’ cash expenditures for fixed or capital assets determined in accordance with GAAP (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements but excluding any Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds or indemnity payments used to replace fixed assets in accordance with Section 8.12 , following a casualty event or condemnation or indemnity claim with respect thereto), plus (b) to the extent not included in clause (a) , the aggregate principal portion of all of Loan Parties’ payments under any Capital Lease required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP (excluding the portion thereof allocable to interest

 

3


expense); provided , however , that Capital Expenditures shall not include any such expenditures which constitute (a) Permitted Acquisitions, (b) the book value of any asset owned to the extent such book value is included as a capital expenditure as a result of reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period, and (c) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary thereof and that actually are paid for or reimbursed by a Person other than Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary thereof and for which neither Holdings, the Company nor any Subsidiary thereof has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period).

Capital Lease means any lease (or sublease or other similar arrangement conveying the right to use) of property, real or personal, which is required to be classified and accounted for as a liability for a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such lease shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , that obligations or liabilities of any Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations would be required to be classified and accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP as existing on the Closing Date that are recharacterized as Capital Leases due to a change in GAAP after the Closing Date shall not be treated as Capital Leases for any purpose under this Agreement, but instead shall be accounted for as if they were operating leases for all purposes under this Agreement as determined under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date.

Cash Distributions means a Distribution made in cash.

Cash Equivalents means (a) United States dollars, (b) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of less than one year from the date of acquisition, (c) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of less than one year from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities of less than one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) immediately above, (e) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s or S&P’s Ratings Services and in each case maturing within nine months after the date of acquisition and (g) interests in money market mutual funds which invest solely in assets and securities of the type described in clauses (a) through (e) immediately above.

Center is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following, in a single transaction or any series of transactions: (a) (i) the sale, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation) to any Person (other than a Borrower) of all or substantially all of the assets of any Borrower or (ii) the sale, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation) to any Person (other than a Loan Party) of all or substantially all of the assets of any Loan Party (other than a Borrower); (b) the

 

4


adoption of a plan relating to the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of any Loan Party; or (c) the consummation of any sale, issuance, transfer, assignment, exchange, exercise or conversion of Equity Securities of Holdings or the Company, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction involving Holdings or the Company, which results in (i) the Sponsor and its Affiliates ceasing to own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Securities of Holdings (on an as converted into Common Stock basis), (ii) Holdings ceasing to own, directly, one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Securities of the Company (or, with respect to clause (i)  or (ii) , the Equity Securities of the surviving or resulting company of such a merger, consolidation or other transaction that is or immediately becomes a “Guarantor” pursuant to such transaction, if Holdings or the Company, as applicable, is not the surviving or resulting company), or (iii) the Sponsor and its Affiliates ceasing to control, directly or indirectly, by contract, ownership or otherwise, that percentage of the outstanding Voting Interests of Holdings and the Company necessary at all times to elect a majority of the Board of Directors and direct the management policies and decisions of Holdings and the Company. For purposes of this definition of “Change of Control” (x) any transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Interests of an entity that holds Voting Interests of any Person will be deemed to be a transfer of such Voting Interests of such Person and (y) the definition of “Person” shall include two or more Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, joint venture, co-investing or other group.

Charm City Acquisition means the acquisition by the Loan Parties of substantially all of the assets and business of Midtown Yoga LLC (d/b/a Charm City Yoga).

Closing means the closing of the Initial Term Loan and Transactions.

Closing Date is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Closing Date Distributions means collectively, the Distributions from Borrowers to the Company on the Closing Date to allow the Company to effect the Refinancing on the Closing Date and any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses related thereto.

Collateral is defined in Section 6.1(a) .

Commitment Letter means that certain conditional commitment letter dated June 8, 2015, addressed to Sponsor by Deerpath Capital Management, LP, and accepted and agreed to by the Company.

Company is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

Contribution Deadline is defined in Section 12.1(c) .

Corporate Maintenance CapEx means, when determined, for any Loan Party, Capital Expenditures made by such Loan Party to repair or replace existing assets or which are required to maintain existing operations, in each case, of such Loan Party, other than Yoga Studio Maintenance CapEx.

 

5


Cure Right is defined in Section 12.1(c) .

Current Financials means (a) until the first delivery of consolidated financial statements of Loan Parties pursuant to Section 8.1 , the Financial Statements, and (b) after the first delivery of consolidated financial statements of Loan Parties under Section 8.1 , the consolidated financial statements of the Loan Parties most recently delivered to Lenders under Section 8.1 as of the date of determination.

Debt means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money (whether as a direct obligor on a promissory note, a reimbursement obligor on a letter of credit, a guarantor, or otherwise), excluding the accounting impact of any discount to the GAAP book value of the Debt instrument resulting from the allocation of proceeds from such borrowed money between the Debt instrument and concurrently issued equity interests granted by such Person, (b) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables or other accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and not outstanding for more than 90 days after the due date of such payable), including but not limited to any earnout obligations, deferred purchase price obligations or seller note(s) incurred, entered into or issued in connection with any acquisition of another company or all or any portion of its Equity Securities, properties or assets, (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments or upon which interest payments are customarily made, (d) all reimbursement, payment or other obligations and liabilities of such Person created or arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement with respect to property used and/or acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities, (f) all monetary obligations of such Person under any receivables factoring, receivable sales or similar transactions and all monetary obligations under any synthetic lease, tax ownership/operating lease, off-balance sheet financing or similar financing, (g) net obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreements, valued at the Hedging Agreement Value thereof, (h) all Capital Leases and other obligations of such Person that are capitalized for financial reporting purposes under GAAP, (i) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of Disqualified Stock, (j) all guaranties, endorsements, and other contingent liabilities with respect to Debt or obligations of others, and (k) all obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (j) of this definition of another Person secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien upon property owned by such first Person, regardless of whether such first Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt. With respect to Loan Parties, Debt means the aggregate of the Debt of the Loan Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, all deferred revenue and prepaid accounts for classes, class memberships, teacher training and other payments in advance to Borrowers (or targets in a Permitted Acquisition) incurred in the ordinary course of business (or acquired and/or assumed in a Permitted Acquisition) shall not be deemed “Debt” for purposes of this Agreement.

Debtor Relief Laws means Title 11 of the United States Code and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, fraudulent transfer, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, or similar Laws in effect from time to time affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

6


Deed of Trust means, with respect to any real property interest of any Loan Party (including, but not limited to, any fee simple, leasehold or mineral interest), a mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument in Proper Form executed by any Loan Party that grants Agent (for the ratable benefit of Lenders) a Lien on such real property interest to secure the performance and Payment in Full of the Obligation.

Deerpath is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Deerpath Initial Term Note means that certain promissory note attached hereto as Exhibit A , executed by Borrowers on the Closing Date and made payable to Deerpath in an original principal amount equal to Deerpath’s Percentage Interest of the Initial Term Loan Commitment and all renewals, increases, modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements and replacements of, or substitutions for, that promissory note.

Default is defined in Section 11.

Default Rate is defined in Section 3.5 .

Deposit Account Control Agreement means, with respect to each checking, savings or other deposit account utilized by a Loan Party that is not an Excluded Account, a Deposit Account Control Agreement by and among such Loan Party, Agent and the applicable depository bank, in Proper Form as approved in advance by Agent.

Director means any member of a Board of Directors of a Loan Party.

Disqualified Stock shall mean any Equity Security that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is subject to a “put” right or mandatory repurchase obligation or is otherwise redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable for (i) Debt securities or (ii) any Equity Security referred to in clause (a)  above; provided , however , that any Equity Securities that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Securities are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer thereof to redeem such Equity Securities upon the occurrence of a change in control shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if such Equity Securities provide that the issuer thereof will not redeem any such Equity Securities pursuant to such provisions prior to the Payment in Full of the Obligation; provided, further, that if such Equity Securities are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees or other service providers of Holdings (or Sponsor), the Company or any of the Subsidiaries thereof or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Securities shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by any Loan Party in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or in connection with such employee’s or other service provider’s termination, death or disability.

Distribution for any Person means, with respect to any Equity Securities of that Person, (i) the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution on or with respect to such Equity Securities, (ii) the retirement, redemption, purchase, withdrawal, or other acquisition for value of

 

7


such Equity Securities (including the purchase of warrants, rights, or other options to acquire such interests, but excluding the retirement of Sponsor Subordinated Debt pursuant to its conversion into Equity Securities (other than Disqualified Stock), or (iii) any other payment by that Person with respect to such Equity Securities.

Dollar, Dollars or $ mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Person means any Person who (a) in the case of an individual, is a U.S. Person and (b) in the case of an entity, is organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

EBITDA means, without duplication, for any period, Loan Parties’ Net Income for such period, adjusted by adding thereto , in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining such Net Income and without duplication:

(a) GAAP (or approved in advance by Agent in writing) depreciation, amortization and impairment charges, non-cash interest expense, Net Interest Expense and income taxes, plus (or minus)

(b) any non-cash charges (or non-cash income) as approved by Agent in writing (including in connection with any acquisition approved by Agent as a Permitted Acquisition as of the Closing Date, as set forth on Schedule A ); plus

(c) the amount of any fees and expenses incurred by Loan Parties in connection with (i) the Transactions and (ii) any Additional Term Loans; plus

(d) the amount of any fees and expenses incurred by Loan Parties in connection with any Permitted Acquisitions (and that are not capitalized by the Loan Parties) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 for any such Permitted Acquisition; plus

(e) with respect to the opening by the Loan Parties of any new yoga studio, the sum of (i) all pre-opening operating losses incurred by the Loan Parties and (ii) all operating losses incurred by Loan Parties during the initial three (3) completed months following the date of the first such loss, in an aggregate amount not to exceed thirty percent (30%) of all such operating losses incurred with respect to such new yoga studio during such period; plus

(f) Restructuring Expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $125,000 during any 12-month period (the adjustments in clauses (a)-(f), the “ EBITDA Addbacks ”); plus

(g) Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements paid by the Loan Parties.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, EBITDA:

(i) for any period shall exclude “EBITDA” on a pro forma basis for such period of each Person (or business unit, division or group of such Person) which is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by a Loan Party during such period;

 

8


(ii) for any period shall include “EBITDA” on a pro forma basis for such period of each Person (or business unit, division or group of such Person) that is acquired by a Loan Party during such period; provided, that, in respect of an acquisition, the pro forma information shall include the historical financial results of the acquired Person on a pro forma trailing twelve (12) month basis, and shall assume that the consummation of such acquisition (and the incurrence, refinancing, or assumption of any Debt in connection with such acquisition) occurred on the first day of the trailing twelve (12) month period and shall, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent approved by Agent in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), take into account the net cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and acquisition synergies (e.g., the elimination of owner/seller compensation and overhead to the extent not assumed or continued by the Loan Parties) projected by the Loan Parties in good faith to be realized (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such items had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of such acquisition, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; and

(iii) for the most recently completed 12-month period shall be $2,935,085, and for the four (4) most recently completed quarters (ending with the most recent) within such 12-month period shall be $1,171,188, $1,473,328, $(223,159) and $513,728, respectively.

Electronic Form is defined in Section 14.13 .

Eminent Domain Event means any Governmental Authority or any Person acting under a Governmental Authority institutes proceedings to condemn, seize or appropriate all or part of any asset of a Loan Party.

Eminent Domain Proceeds means all amounts received by any Loan Party as a result of any Eminent Domain Event.

Employee Plan means an “ employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(2) of ERISA) established, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party.

Environmental and Safety Law means any Law that relates to public health and safety, worker health and safety, protection of the environment, pollution or contamination relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transport, treatment, storage, disposal, sale, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened release, control or cleanup of any Hazardous Substances.

Environmental Permits means (a) any statutory or regulatory exemption for which any Loan Party qualifies, or (b) any permit, license, confirmation letter, authorization, approval or variance letter issued to or for the benefit of a Loan Party (or under which a Loan Party operates) by the Environmental Protection Agency or any other Governmental Authority in connection with or pursuant to any Environmental and Safety Law.

 

9


Equity Securities means, with respect to any Person (other than an individual):

(a) all of such Person’s issued and outstanding capital stock (including but not limited to common stock and preferred stock), partnership interests, membership interests, equity interests, profits interests, warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or other equity or profits interests of such Person;

(b) all of the (i) securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests, equity interests or profits interests of such Person, and (ii) without duplication, warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of any such shares or interests; and

(c) all of the other equity or profit interests in such Person, whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

Equityholder means each of, and Equityholders means collectively, with respect to any Person or Persons (other than an individual), the holders of Equity Securities of such Person or Persons, respectively.

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 , as amended, and related rules and regulations.

Excess Cash Flow means, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, without duplication:

(a) EBITDA for such Excess Cash Flow Period, minus

(b) the sum of:

(i) Loan Parties’ Taxes paid in cash for such Excess Cash Flow Period (reduced by any foreign, United States, state or local tax refunds received by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period);

(ii) the principal amount of all Funded Debt paid in cash by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period as required under the applicable loan agreements, notes, lease agreements or other instruments evidencing such Debt, and including the amount of any voluntary prepayments in accordance with Section 2.4 and any mandatory prepayments in accordance with Section 2.5(b) , provided , that such voluntary prepayments are funded solely from Loan Parties’ internally-generated cash flow (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Net Proceeds of (w) any issuance of Equity Securities by any Loan Party, (x) any Debt financing of any Loan Party, (y) any sale or disposition of assets, properties or Equity Securities by any Loan Party, and (z) any Liquidity Event, in each case, entered into following the Closing Date);

(iii) Net Interest Expense paid in cash by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period;

 

10


(iv) cash Capital Expenditures for such Excess Cash Flow Period;

(v) to the extent included in EBITDA, (A) non-cash income or gains not otherwise set forth herein, (B) non-cash write-ups with respect to revaluing assets and liabilities, and (C) non-cash gains from joint ventures and non-cash minority interest increases;

(vi) cash payments of Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including any amounts paid following the termination of a payment blockage);

(vii) without duplication, cash EBITDA Addbacks; and

(viii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisitions, the cash portion of the purchase price consideration, including as a result of any deferred purchase price obligations, together with any transaction fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; provided, that such transaction fees and expenses (1) are not capitalized by Loan Parties and (2) do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate for any such Permitted Acquisition, and any indemnity payments (as required under the applicable purchase agreement), in each case, paid by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period, minus (or plus)

(c) any increase ( or decrease ) in Loan Parties’ Net Working Capital for such Excess Cash Flow Period,

all as calculated on an annual basis following completion of Loan Parties’ certified financial statements provided to Lenders pursuant to Section 8.1(a) ; provided, that if the result of such calculation is a negative amount, then Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period shall be deemed equal to zero dollars ($0.00).

Excess Cash Flow Period shall mean (a) Loan Parties’ fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015, and (b) each fiscal year of Loan Parties ending thereafter.

Excluded Account means (a) any deposit, custody or other accounts maintained by any Loan Party with a bank or other institution if such account is used solely to deposit funds that are to be applied, and that are applied, exclusively in the ordinary course of business to the payment of wages and other accrued and unpaid compensation (including salaries, wages, benefits and expense reimbursements) payable to employees of any Loan Party and any withholding, social security, payroll, unemployment or other Taxes relating thereto, imposed by any federal, state, county or local government or a subdivision or agency thereof (excluding any charges, fees, assessments, interest, penalties or additions payable in connection with any of the foregoing), or which are to be applied, to the extent of amounts withheld or deducted from compensation payable to any employee or any Loan Party, to the payment of health insurance or other benefits generally provided to employees of any Loan Party, (b) escrow accounts or fiduciary or trust accounts, in each case where all funds on deposit therein are for the benefit of a Person not a Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, (c) any zero balance disbursement account the balance of which is swept at the end of each Business Day into a deposit account subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement, and (d) deposit accounts not otherwise subject to the provisions of this paragraph, provided , that (i) the average daily balance for any calendar month for each such

 

11


deposit account described in this clause (d) shall not exceed $25,000 at any time and (ii) the aggregate average daily balance for any calendar month for all such deposit accounts described in this clause (d) shall not exceed $50,000 at any time.

Exhibit means an exhibit attached to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

Financial Covenants is defined in Section 12.1(c) .

Financial Covenant Default is defined in Section 12.1(c) .

Financial Statements is defined in Section 7.23(a) .

Fitch means Fitch Ratings and any successor thereto.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, when determined, the ratio of:

(a) EBITDA for the most recently completed 12-month period, to

(b) the sum of (collectively, the “ Fixed Charges ”):

(i) the principal amount of all Funded Debt scheduled to be paid by Loan Parties during the forward 12-month period;

(ii) Net Interest Expense paid during the most-recently completed 12-month period; and

(iii) Loan Parties’ Maintenance CapEx, cash Taxes, any Cash Distributions and any cash Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements for the most-recently completed 12-month period.

Flow of Funds Memo means that certain flow of funds memo dated the Closing Date, attached hereto as Exhibit J .

Fully Diluted Basis means, with respect to any Person, the assumption that all options, warrants or other convertible securities or instruments or other rights to acquire existing or future classes of Equity Securities of such Person have been exercised or converted, as applicable, in full, regardless of whether any such options, warrants, convertible securities or instruments or other rights are then vested or exercisable or convertible in accordance with their terms.

Funded Debt means, without duplication, when determined, the following: (a) all obligations of the Loan Parties for borrowed money (whether as a direct obligor on a promissory note, a reimbursement obligor on a letter of credit, a guarantor, surety or other secondary obligor or otherwise), excluding the accounting impact of any discount to the GAAP book value of the Debt instrument resulting from the allocation of proceeds from such borrowed money between the Debt instrument and concurrently issued equity interests granted by such Person, plus (but without duplication) (b) all purchase money Debt and Capital Lease obligations of the Loan Parties; provided , however , that Funded Debt ” shall not include the Sponsor Subordinated Debt.

 

12


GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, set out in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government and includes a private mediation or arbitration board or panel.

Growth CapEx means, when determined, for any Loan Party, Capital Expenditures made by such Loan Party which are used to open new yoga studios operated by such Loan Party.

Guarantors shall mean, collectively, Holdings, the Company and each other Person that is a party hereto on the Closing Date or that hereafter joins this Agreement or otherwise becomes a party hereto, in its capacity as a “Guarantor,” in each case, together with their successors and permitted assigns, and “ Guarantor ” shall mean any one of them.

Hazardous Substance means (a) any hazardous or toxic substance the presence of which requires removal, remediation or investigation under any applicable Environmental and Safety Law, (b) any substance that is defined or classified as a hazardous waste, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant, or toxic or hazardous substance under any applicable Environmental and Safety Law, or (c) petroleum, petroleum products, oil, N.O.R.M. and other radioactive material, chlorides and asbestos.

Hedging Agreement shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement (including caps and collars with respect to interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices).

Hedging Agreement Value means, in respect of any Hedging Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedging Agreement, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedging Agreement has been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that would be required to be paid if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

Holdings is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Holdings Plan means the YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as the same may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

Immigration Laws means and includes the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and any and all other federal, state, municipal or other Laws enforced or under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement or otherwise pertaining to or relating to foreign nationals who come to the United States either temporarily or permanently, including (a) the associated legal rights, duties and obligations of aliens and their employers in the United States,

 

13


(b) employer verification obligations and procedures involved with the employment of foreign nationals, (c) application processes and procedures involved with naturalization of foreign nationals who wish to become United States citizens, and (d) legal issues relating to people who cross U.S. borders by means of fraud or other illegal means, and those who traffic or otherwise illegally transport aliens into the United States, together with any and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

Initial Term Loan is defined in Section 2.1 .

Initial Term Loan Commitment means $5,000,000.

Initial Term Note means individually, and Initial Term Notes means collectively, each of the Deerpath Initial Term Note and any other promissory note issued to Deerpath or any other Lender and evidencing all or any portion of the Initial Term Loan, and any promissory notes issued in substitution or replacement thereof.

Insurance Proceeds means all cash and non-cash proceeds in respect of any insurance policy maintained by any Loan Party, including (a) proceeds relating to Collateral and (b) any business interruption insurance proceeds.

Intercompany Debt is defined in Section 14.20 .

Interest Period means a calendar quarter beginning with the first day of each calendar quarter (i.e., January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1); provided , however , that , for the period from Closing until the beginning of the next calendar quarter, the Interest Period shall commence on the Closing Date and end on the last day of such calendar quarter.

Joinder Agreement is defined in Section 8.9 .

Landlord Subordination of Lien means with respect to any real property leased by a Loan Party, a Landlord Subordination of Lien in Proper Form, by and among Agent, such Loan Party and the landlord.

Laws means all applicable statutes, laws, treaties, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees and judgments.

Leasehold Deeds of Trust means collectively each deed of trust or similar agreement in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto, executed and delivered by Borrower in connection with this Agreement.

Lender and Lenders are defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

LIBOR Rate means the rate determined for the applicable Interest Period by the Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London Time) on the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of the Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a 3-month term (as set forth by Bloomberg or any other market information vendor selected by the Agent and approved by Borrowers); provided, that in no event shall the LIBOR Rate be less than 1.00% per annum. The LIBOR Rate will be reset for each Interest Period; provided , that , to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable

 

14


pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBOR Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien means, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of Lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any Governmental Authority, including any easement, servitude, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to real property, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property, and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Liquidity Event means the occurrence of any one of the following: (a) a firmly underwritten primary public offering of Equity Securities under a registration statement filed by any Loan Party under the Securities Act which results in aggregate proceeds to the Loan Parties and their Equityholders of at least $10,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions), or (b) a Change of Control.

Litigation means, with respect to any Loan Party, any claim, action, arbitration, suit, investigation or administrative or other proceeding pending against or affecting such Loan Party by or before any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

Loan means individually, and Loans means collectively, the Initial Term Loan, any Additional Term Loan and any other amount loaned or advanced to or for the benefit of Borrowers by Lenders under this Agreement.

Loan Date means, with respect to any Loan requested by Borrowers under this Agreement, the date on which the applicable funds are transferred to, or made available to, Borrowers.

Loan Documents means (a) this Agreement, any certificates delivered by the Loan Parties under this Agreement and the Schedules to this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Security Documents, (d) the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement, the Sponsor Reimbursement Subordination Agreement and any other Subordination Agreements, (e) the Small Business Side Letter, (f) the Flow of Funds Memo, (g) any Loan Request, (h) any Compliance Certificate, (i) any Joinder Agreement and (j) all other agreements, documents, and instruments in favor of Agent or any Lender from time to time delivered by the Loan Parties to Agent or any Lender in connection with or under this Agreement, and (k) all renewals, extensions, modifications, supplements, restatements, and replacements of, or substitutions for, any of the foregoing.

 

15


Loan Party means individually, and Loan Parties means collectively, the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Loan Request means a request for a Loan substantially in the form of Exhibit K signed by a Responsible Officer of a Borrower.

Maintenance CapEx means collectively, when determined, for any Loan Party, (a) Corporate Maintenance CapEx and (b) Yoga Studio Maintenance CapEx.

Material Adverse Event means any circumstance or event that, individually or collectively with other circumstances or events, results in (a) material impairment of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform any of their payment or other material obligations under any Loan Document, (b) material impairment of the ability of Agent or any Lender to enforce any of its respective rights or remedies, or the obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (c) a material and adverse effect on the business, income, operations, assets, liabilities, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, or (d) a material and adverse effect on any part of the Collateral.

Maturity Date means the earliest to occur of the following: (a) the five (5) year anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) the acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 12.1 of this Agreement and (c) the date a Change of Control or other Liquidity Event occurs.

Maximum Rate and Maximum Amount respectively mean, for Lenders, the maximum non-usurious rate of interest and the maximum non-usurious amount of interest that, under applicable Law, Lenders are permitted to contract for, charge, take, reserve or receive on the Obligation.

Merger Agreement means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 11, 2014, by and among the Company, Holdings, YWX Acquisition, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC.

Moody’s means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

Net Income means, for any period, the Loan Parties’ consolidated net income for such period after Taxes in conformity with the Accounting Practices, but before dividends, excluding, without duplication, extraordinary items such as (a)net gain or loss during such period arising from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of capital assets (including fixed assets and capital stock) other than in the ordinary course of business, (b)write-up or write-down of assets, and (c) provision for Taxes on any extraordinary item.

Net Interest Expense means, for any period, (a) total interest expense of the Loan Parties for such period in respect of all outstanding Debt of the Loan Parties, whether paid, accrued, expensed or capitalized, and includes, without limitation, all commissions, discounts, commitment fees and other fees and charges owed in respect of such Debt, including that portion of any lease payment under a Capital Lease which would be treated as interest under GAAP and interest on Debt used to finance working capital, minus (b) Loan Parties’ aggregate interest income for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Net Interest Expense shall exclude any interest expense of the Loan Parties that is accrued or capitalized (and not paid in cash) in respect of the Sponsor Subordinated Debt.

 

16


Net Proceeds means (a) with respect to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any asset by any Person, the aggregate amount of cash and non-cash proceeds from such transaction received by, or paid to or for the account of, such Person, net of any out-of-pocket costs, fees, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), any Taxes and any amounts used to retire Funded Debt (other than pursuant to this Agreement), in each case related to such transaction, and (b) with respect to the issuance of Equity Securities, debt securities, Subordinated Debt, or similar instruments, or any other incurrence of Debt, the cash and non-cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance; provided , however , that the foregoing shall exclude the proceeds received in connection with the Sponsor Subordinated Debt and any exercise or purchase of Equity Securities under the Holdings Plan. Non-cash proceeds include any proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note, installment receivable, purchase price adjustment receivable, or otherwise, but only as and when received.

Net Working Capital means Loan Parties’ (a) current assets other than cash and Cash Equivalents, less (b) current liabilities (excluding the Sponsor Subordinated Debt and the current portion of long-term Debt), determined on a consolidated basis consistent with the Accounting Practices.

Nor Cal is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Note means individually, and Notes means collectively, the Term Notes and any other promissory note issued to any Lender and evidencing any Loan or all or any other portion of the Obligation, and any promissory notes issued in substitution or replacement thereof.

Obligation means collectively, the Loans and all Debt, liabilities and obligations (including indemnities), and all renewals, increases and extensions thereof, or any part thereof, now or in the future owed to any Lender or Agent by any Loan Party under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan (including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as a debtor in such proceeding (or would accrue but for the operation of applicable Debtor Relief Laws)), together with all interest accruing thereon, reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in the enforcement or collection thereof) payable under the Loan Documents or in connection with the protection of rights or exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents.

Order means any judgment, order, injunction, decree, citation, stipulation or award granted, made, issued or otherwise promulgated by any arbitral body or Governmental Authority.

Other Taxes is defined in Section 3.1(b) .

Palo Alto Acquisition means the acquisition by the Loan Parties of certain assets of Be Yoga Ltd. pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 29, 2015.

 

17


Participant Register is defined in Section 14.8(h).

Patriot Act means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT Act) Act of 2001, as amended.

Payment in Full or Paid in Full means, with respect to the Obligation, that (a) all Principal Debt and accrued interest under the Loans and all other Obligations have been repaid in full in cash and no Loan or other Obligation remains outstanding (except, in each case, for (i) any provisions thereof, such as indemnification provisions, which by their terms survive termination and (ii) unasserted contingent Obligations and other contingent Obligations not then due and owing), except to the extent any such payment has been rescinded or is required to be restored or returned in connection with the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Loan Party or otherwise, and (b) the Term Loan Commitment and any and all other commitments by Lenders hereunder have been terminated or expired.

PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereof, established under ERISA.

Percentage Interest means, with respect to each Lender, when determined, such Lender’s percentage interest in the Loans (calculated as percentage of the Term Loan Principal Debt held by such Lender on the date of determination). As of the Closing Date, and unless and until changed by Lenders, the Percentage Interest of Deerpath, the sole Lender, shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%).

Permitted Acquisition means an acquisition by a Loan Party of or from any Person, whether pursuant to an acquisition of Equity Securities in such Person, all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, or of a distinct division, line of business, or other business unit of such Person or otherwise (such Person or division, line of business or other business unit of such Person shall be referred to herein as the Target ), in each case, so long as (x) the Required Lenders approve of such acquisition in writing in advance of the closing, or (y):

(a) at least fifteen (15) days prior to the closing of such acquisition, Lenders shall have received (i) a description of the material terms of such acquisition, (ii) audited financial statements of the Target for its two most recent fiscal years and unaudited financial statements for any fiscal quarters within the applicable fiscal year that have ended at least 45 days prior to the date of such acquisition, provided, that, if audited financial statements are unavailable, Loan Parties may in lieu thereof deliver financial statements prepared by Target’s management, and (iii) consolidated projected financial statements of Loan Parties on a consolidated basis (giving pro forma effect to such acquisition) for the fiscal year in which such acquisition occurs, which shall include statements of income, cash flows, and balance sheets;

(b) EBITDA for the Target of such acquisition is positive;

(c) such Loan Party shall have certified on or before the closing date of such acquisition, in writing, that such acquisition has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Target (unless the same is not required under the Target’s organizational and governing documents);

 

18


(d) the Target shall be in the same or a related line of business as that conducted by the Loan Parties on the closing date for such acquisition and as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(e) such acquisition and all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with all Laws in all material respects;

(f) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such acquisition, no Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(g) Loan Parties shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent that, immediately after giving effect to such acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any Debt in connection therewith) on a pro forma basis, Loan Parties are in compliance with the financial covenants set out in Section 10 ;

(h) Agent shall have received (or shall receive promptly following the consummation of such acquisition) a first-priority perfected security interest in all Collateral (including, without limitation, Equity Securities) acquired with respect to the Target (except for Permitted Liens, as otherwise agreed by Agent or otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents) and the Target, if a Person that is acquired by such Loan Party, shall have become a Borrower or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 8.9 ;

(i) all or substantially all of the assets acquired in connection with such acquisition shall be located within the United States and shall be held by a Loan Party after giving effect to such acquisition (including after giving effect to the joinder to this Agreement by the Target, as applicable);

(j) any Permitted Earn-Out, deferred purchase price obligation or seller note(s) contemplated by such acquisition is subject to a Subordination Agreement;

(k) the aggregate amount of the cash consideration paid by such Loan Party (including, all earn-outs, assumed Debt of the Target, seller debt and other deferred or contingent consideration) in connection with such acquisition shall not exceed $2,000,000;

(l) pursuant to or in connection with such acquisition, no Loan Party is (i) acquiring any Equity Securities of any Person that is not a Domestic Person or (ii) creating any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Person, in each case, except with the prior written approval of Required Lenders; and

(m) prior to or simultaneously with the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L , executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying that such Permitted Acquisition complies with, and as of the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated, will comply with, the requirements of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Yoga Tree Acquisition, the Palo Alto Acquisition, the Back Bay Acquisition and the Charm City Acquisition shall be deemed “ Permitted Acquisitions ” for purposes of this Agreement, subject to the requirement that any Permitted Earn-Out, deferred purchase price obligation or seller note(s) contemplated by such acquisitions is subject to a Subordination Agreement.

 

19


Permitted Debt means

(a) the Obligation;

(b) Debt arising from endorsing negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(c) purchase money Debt and Capital Lease obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided , that (i) the principal amount of such purchase money Debt and Capital Lease obligations do not exceed 100% of the amount of the purchase price of such items then being financed and (ii) the aggregate amount of such purchase money Debt and Capital Lease obligations does not exceed $100,000 at any time, and any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof;

(d) to the extent constituting Debt obligations, trade payables and other current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Debt among Borrowers and the Company;

(f) Debt among Guarantors (other than Debt of Holdings owed to the Company);

(g) Debt of any Borrower owed to any other Loan Party;

(h) the Sponsor Subordinated Debt;

(i) surety Debt and any other Debt entered into in the ordinary course of business in respect of (i) bids, tenders, performance bonds, or appeal bonds, and (ii) workers compensation claims, disability, health or other employee benefits and self-insurance obligations;

(j) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries existing or arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Debt to the extent (and without duplication) constituting investments permitted by Section 9.4 ;

(l) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however , that such Debt is extinguished within ten (10) days of incurrence;

(m) to the extent constituting Debt obligations, Debt incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums;

 

20


(n) to the extent constituting Debt obligations, Debt in respect of netting services, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs, automatic clearinghouse arrangements and similar arrangements, in each case in connection with deposit or securities accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Debt in respect of Hedging Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

(p) Debt representing deferred compensation or stock-based compensation to employees of the Loan Parties.

Permitted Earn-Out means obligations of any Loan Party consisting of earn-out obligations included in the definitive purchase agreements for a Permitted Acquisition that are related to the performance of an entity or assets acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, calculated in accordance with the Accounting Practices, and which are not disguised installment payments of the initial purchase price; provided, that any such earn-out obligations are subordinated to the Obligation on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

Permitted Liens means

(a) Liens securing the Obligation;

(b) Liens which secure purchase money Debt and Capital Lease obligations permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Debt and which encumber only the assets acquired with such purchase money Debt or the assets subject to such Capital Lease obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender on customary terms;

(c) pledges, deposits or Liens arising or made to secure (i) payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits or to participate in any fund in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, pensions or other social security programs or (ii) liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings or its Subsidiaries or under self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations;

(d) easements, rights-of-way, encumbrances, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances or minor title deficiencies on the use or value of real property or any other property or asset which do not materially impair the use thereof;

(e) Liens for Taxes and Liens imposed by operation of law (including, without limitation, Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers and landlords, and similar Liens); provided, that (i) the amount secured is not overdue by more than thirty (30) days and no Lien has been filed, or (ii) the validity or amount of such Lien for Taxes arising by operation of Law is being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, reserve or other provision required by GAAP has been made, levy and execution thereon have been (and continue to be) stayed, or payment is fully covered by insurance (subject to the customary deductible);

 

21


(f) rights of offset or statutory banker’s Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of commercial banks; provided, that any such Lien shall only extend to deposits and property in possession of such commercial bank;

(g) Liens imposed by requirement of Law or arising as a matter of Law on deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, government contracts, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA);

(h) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor, or sublicensor under any lease or license entered into by a Loan Party in the ordinary course of its business in accordance with this Agreement and covering only the assets so leased or licensed;

(i) judgment Liens that do not constitute a Default under Section 11.4 of this Agreement;

(j) (i) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers and (ii) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of insurance premiums with respect thereto;

(k) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Loan Party in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Loan Party and extending solely to such goods;

(l) the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;

(m) Liens securing future payment in favor of the service providers arising out of or in connection with any construction or contractor services otherwise permitted hereunder and which are not yet performed by such service provider;

(n) Liens in respect of the Avidbank Existing Debt to the extent not yet extinguished under applicable law as of the Closing; provided, that such Liens shall be extinguished promptly following the Closing pursuant to the payoff letter referenced in Section 5.2(a)(xiii) ;

(o) in respect of Equity Securities, Liens under applicable securities laws;

(p) Liens arising out of any license of intellectual property to or from any Loan Party permitted under Section 9.9 ;

(q) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business of Loan

 

22


Parties complies, and (ii) any zoning or similar Law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties taken as a whole;

(r) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Loan Parties in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; and

(s) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes.

Permitted Refinancing Debt means Debt of any Person (“ Refinancing Debt ”) issued or incurred by such Person (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Debt) to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace existing Debt of such Person (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided , that (a) the principal amount of such Refinancing Debt is not greater than the principal amount of such Refinanced Debt plus the amount of any premiums or penalties and accrued and unpaid interest paid thereon and reasonable and documented fees and expenses, in each case, associated with such Refinancing Debt, (b) such Refinancing Debt has a final maturity that is no sooner than, and a weighted average life to maturity that is no shorter than, such Refinanced Debt, (c) if such Refinanced Debt is unsecured, then such Refinancing Debt shall be unsecured, (d) if such Refinanced Debt or any guaranty thereof or any security therefor are subordinated to the Obligation, such Refinancing Debt and any guaranty thereof and any security therefor remain so subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Lenders, and (e) the obligors in respect of such Refinanced Debt immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding extension, renewal or replacement are the only obligors on such Refinancing Debt.

Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements is defined in Section 9.20 .

Person means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, syndicate, Governmental Authority or other entity or organization.

Pledge Agreement means that certain Pledge Agreement dated the Closing Date, by and among the Loan Parties and the other pledgors from time to time party thereto, as pledgors, and Agent, as secured party for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Potential Default means, as of any time, a breach of this Agreement in existence as of such time that would, if not cured in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, become a Default.

Principal Debt means, when determined, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes (including any accrued and unpaid interest added pursuant to Section 3.5 ).

Projections is defined in Section 7.23(c) .

Proper Form means in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its reasonable credit judgment.

 

23


Refinancing is defined in Section 5.2(a)(xiii) .

Register is defined in Section 14.8(g).

Regulatory Problem means with respect to any Lender, (a) a diversion of the proceeds of the financing hereunder from the use thereof reported on SBA Form 1031 delivered as of the date hereof, if such diversion was effected without obtaining the prior written consent of such Lender (which may be withheld in such Lender’s sole discretion), (b) a change in the principal business activity of Loan Parties to an ineligible business activity (within the meaning of the SBIC Regulations) if such change occurs within one (1) year after the date of any Loan hereunder and without the prior written consent of such Lender, or (c) any set of facts or circumstances wherein it has been asserted by any governmental regulatory agency (or such Lender reasonably believes that there is a substantial risk of such assertion) that such Lender and its Affiliates are not entitled to hold, or exercise any significant right with respect to, the Loans.

Representative means, with respect to any Person, any representative, officer, director, manager, employee, consultant, contractor, attorney or agent of such Person.

Required Lenders means, as of the date of any determination, Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the Percentage Interests.

Responsible Officer of a Person (other than an individual) means the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, or Persons having the same duties and responsibilities as the foregoing, of such Person.

Restructuring Expenses means any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves, restructuring costs and integration costs incurred by a Loan Party in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions, including project start-up costs, costs related to the closure, relocation, reconfiguration and/or consolidation of facilities and costs to relocate employees, retention charges, severance, contract termination costs, recruiting and signing bonuses and expenses, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees, attorneys’ fees, expenses attributable to the implementation of costs savings initiatives, costs associated with tax projects/audits and costs consisting of professional consulting or other fees relating to any of the foregoing.

S&P means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

SBA means the United States Small Business Administration.

SBA Maximum Rate is defined in Section 3.8 .

SBIC means a small business investment company licensed under the SBIC Act.

SBIC Act means the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended.

SBIC Regulations means the SBIC Act and the regulations issued by the SBA thereunder, codified at Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations, sections 107 and 121, as amended.

 

24


Schedule means a schedule attached to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

SEC is defined in Section 14.16 .

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect from time to time.

Security Agreement means that certain Security Agreement dated the Closing Date, by and among the Loan Parties, as debtor, and Agent, as secured party for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to which the Loan Parties granted Agent a Lien in the Collateral (as defined therein) to secure the Obligation, attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Security Documents means the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Leasehold Deeds of Trust and any other Deed of Trust, any Landlord Subordination of Lien, any and all Deposit Account Control Agreements, and all related instruments and documents executed and delivered to Agent or any Lender at the Closing or pursuant to Section 6 or Section 8.9 , and all documents executed in connection with the foregoing to create or perfect a Lien on the Collateral in favor of the Agent, as secured party for the ratable benefit of the Lenders.

Senior Debt means, without duplication, when determined, the following: (a) the Obligation, plus (but without duplication) (b) all purchase money Debt and Capital Lease obligations of the Loan Parties.

Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio means, when determined, the ratio of the Loan Parties’ (a) Senior Debt to (b) EBITDA for the most recently completed 12-month period.

Small Business Side Letter means that certain Small Business Side Letter dated the Closing Date, executed by the Loan Parties and conforming to the SBIC Act, attached hereto as Exhibit I .

Solvent means, with respect to the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, that based upon the Current Financials as provided under Section 8.1 , (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Loan Parties’ assets exceeds the aggregate liabilities of the Loan Parties, (b) Loan Parties have sufficient cash flow to enable them to pay their Debts as they mature, and (c) Loan Parties do not have unreasonably small capital in relation to their businesses as contemplated on such date of determination, taken as a whole.

Specified Contribution is defined in Section 12.1(c) .

Sponsor means Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement means that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement effective as of July 11, 2014, by and between Sponsor and Holdings, as may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in compliance with this Agreement and the Sponsor Reimbursement Subordination Agreement.

Sponsor Reimbursement Subordination Agreement means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated the Closing Date, by and among Sponsor, as subordinated lender, Agent and Loan Parties, attached hereto as Exhibit G , as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in compliance with this Agreement.

 

25


Sponsor Subordinated Debt means the unsecured convertible promissory notes of Holdings incurred pursuant to and evidenced by the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Documents that is otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement.

Sponsor Subordinated Debt Agreement means that certain Note Purchase Agreement effective as of June 3, 2015 by and among Sponsor, Great Hill Investors, LLC and Holdings.

Sponsor Subordinated Debt Documents means collectively, the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Agreement, the convertible promissory notes and the other certificates, instruments, agreements and documents executed and/or delivered in connection with the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Agreement and evidencing the Sponsor Subordinated Debt.

Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated the Closing Date, by and among Sponsor, as subordinated lender, Agent and Loan Parties, attached hereto as Exhibit H , as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in compliance with this Agreement.

Subordinated Debt means the Sponsor Subordinated Debt and any other Debt that is contractually subordinated in right of payment, collection, enforcement and lien rights to the prior payment in full of the Obligation pursuant to a Subordination Agreement.

Subordination Agreement means individually, and Subordination Agreements means collectively, the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement, the Sponsor Reimbursement Subordination Agreement and each other subordination and intercreditor agreement by and among Agent, as agent for the Lenders, any holder of Subordinated Debt, as subordinated lender, and the Loan Party(ies) who are obligated under such Subordinated Debt, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its reasonable credit judgment.

Subsidiary of any Person means any corporation, partnership or other entity of which such Person is the Beneficial Owner of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Interests.

Subsidiary Guarantor means any Guarantor other than Holdings and the Company.

Syndicate Partner and Syndicate Partners are defined in Section 14.8(c) .

Tax means, all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Tax Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 , as amended, and related rules and regulations.

Term Loan means collectively, the Initial Term Loan and any and all Additional Term Loans.

 

26


Term Loan Commitment means the aggregate of the Initial Term Loan Commitment and the Additional Term Loan Commitment.

Term Loan Principal Debt means, when determined, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Notes (including any accrued and unpaid interest added pursuant to Section 3.5 ).

Term Note means individually, and Term Notes means collectively, each of the Initial Term Notes, any Additional Term Note and any other promissory note issued to any Lender and evidencing all or any portion of the Term Loan, and any promissory notes issued in substitution or replacement thereof.

Transactions means collectively, the Initial Term Loan, the Refinancing and any other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

UCC means (a) the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in New York and as amended from time to time or (b) if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of Agent’s security interest in any collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of this Agreement relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

Voting Interests of any Person means the shares of capital stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other Equity Securities issued by such Person that have voting power (whether pursuant to applicable Law, such Person’s charter, any shareholders, partnership, company or operating agreement or by any other contractual right) for the election, removal or replacement of, or otherwise have the power to designate, (a) the members of such Person’s board of directors, board of managers or other governing body performing similar functions, or (b) if such Person is a limited partnership, the general partner of such Person; provided, that the “Voting Interests” of any member-managed limited liability company shall be deemed to be the Equity Securities of such limited liability company that are held by its member(s).

Yoga Studio Maintenance CapEx means, when determined, for any Loan Party, Capital Expenditures made by such Loan Party to repair or replace existing assets or which are required to maintain existing operations, in each case, at any yoga studio operated by such Loan Party at such time of determination.

Yoga Tree Acquisition means the acquisition by the Loan Parties of substantially all of the assets and business of Yoga Tree LLC (n/k/a CM Yoga Studio, LLC) pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 3, 2015.

Yoga Works is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions.

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. Words in respect of one gender include each other gender where appropriate.

 

27


(b) With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement or in such other Loan Documents,

(i) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears;

(ii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereto ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof;

(iii) the terms “ to the Loan Parties’ knowledge ” and “ to the knowledge of the Loan Parties ” and any other references to the knowledge or awareness of the Loan Parties mean to the knowledge of each Loan Party; a Loan Party shall be deemed to have “ knowledge ” of a particular fact or matter if any of the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer of such Loan Party is actually aware of such fact or matter;

(iv) any references to equity interests or other interests of “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” in any entity, property or assets, and any references to things owned by “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” or obligations owed to “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ”, shall include all such equity interests, ownership interests and obligations owned by or owed to all of the Lenders, collectively;

(v) the term “ including ” is by way of example and not limitation;

(vi) the term “ documents ” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form; and

(vii) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be deemed to refer to such agreement, instrument or other documented as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein).

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

(d) Section headings in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(e) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Loan Parties, Lenders and the other parties thereto and are the products of all parties; accordingly, they shall not be construed against Lenders merely because of Lenders’ involvement in their preparation.

 

28


1.3 Accounting Principles . Unless otherwise indicated, all financial calculations in respect of the Loan Parties or any Loan Party are on a consolidated basis for the Loan Parties and defined terms assume that financial information is prepared or calculated on a consolidated basis for the Loan Parties in accordance with the applicable Accounting Practices; provided , however , that with respect to the financial covenants in Section 10 of this Agreement (and to the extent necessary, related definitions), such financial calculations shall use financial information prepared or calculated on a consolidated basis for the Loan Parties in accordance with the Loan Parties’ past accounting practices and historical financial statements only; provided , further , that in the event the Loan Parties’ are unable to fully transition to GAAP accounting by the time provided in the definition of “Accounting Practices”, then the Loan Parties may request a reasonable extension of such transition period from Agent, which request (a) may be made via email notification (with confirmed receipt), (b) shall be subject to Agent’s approval in its sole discretion and (c) if granted, shall not result in a waiver fee or similar payment to Agent or Lenders. If any changes in GAAP are hereafter required or permitted and are adopted by Loan Parties on a consolidated basis with the agreement of their certified public accountants and such changes result in a change in the method of calculation of any of the financial covenants, restrictions or standards herein or in the related definitions or terms used therein, the parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions so as to reflect equitably such changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of Loan Parties on a consolidated basis shall be the same after such changes as if such changes had not been made; provided, however , that no change in GAAP that would affect the method of calculation of any of the financial covenants, restrictions or standards or definitions of terms used therein shall be given effect in such calculations until such provisions are amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lenders.

1.4 Time . Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

Section 2 Loan Commitments.

2.1 Initial Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender, severally and not jointly, agrees to make, and shall make, a single advance Loan on a non-revolving basis to Borrowers on the Closing Date, in an amount for such Lender equal to its Percentage Interest of the Initial Term Loan Commitment (the “ Initial Term Loan ”).

2.2 Additional Term Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, from time to time after the Closing Date, Lenders may, but shall not be required to, make additional Loans to Borrowers (each, an “ Additional Term Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Additional Term Loans ”), up to an aggregate additional amount not to exceed the Additional Term Loan Commitment. Except as otherwise mutually agreed among Borrowers and Lenders, (a) Borrowers may request Additional Term Loans (i) in minimum increments of $250,000, and (ii) for the purpose of funding (A) Permitted Acquisitions and other growth initiatives and (B) repayments of the Sponsor Subordinated Debt, and (b) any Additional Term Loans will have terms, amortization and fees consistent with the Initial Term Loan. Any Additional Term Loan by Lenders shall be subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.3 .

 

29


2.3 Loan Procedure . Subject to compliance with Section 5 (or waiver by Lenders of any of the terms hereof), Borrowers may request:

(a) the Initial Term Loan by submitting a Loan Request to Lenders on or before the Closing Date; and

(b) any Additional Term Loan by submitting a Loan Request to Lenders at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed Loan Date for such Additional Term Loan (or such shorter period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion), which Loan Request shall include a brief description of the proposed use of proceeds of such Additional Term Loan. Lenders shall evaluate such Loan Request and the proposed use of proceeds and respond, in their sole discretion, with their proposed terms and conditions of such Additional Term Loan, if any.

2.4 Permitted Prepayment of the Term Loan .

(a) Borrowers may voluntarily prepay any or all of the Term Loan Principal Debt from time to time as set out below:

(i) Lenders must receive Borrowers’ written or telephonic prepayment notice by 10:00 a.m. on the second (2 nd ) Business Day before the date of the proposed prepayment;

(ii) Borrowers’ prepayment notice shall specify the prepayment date; and

(iii) Concurrently with (and as a condition precedent to) any and all prepayments of the Term Loan Principal Debt, Borrowers shall pay in full all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loan.

(b) Concurrently with (and in addition to) any and all payments of the Term Loan Principal Debt that are funded on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date other than (x) Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayments, (y) required quarterly amortization payments pursuant to Section 3.2(b) , and (z) as set forth in Sections 3.7 and 3.8 , Borrowers shall pay to Lenders a premium in cash, as follows:

(i) three percent (3.00%) of the amount of Term Loan Principal Debt paid if such prepayment occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date;

(ii) two percent (2.00%) of the amount of Term Loan Principal Debt paid if such prepayment occurs on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date; or

(iii) one percent (1.00%) of the amount of Term Loan Principal Debt paid if such prepayment occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date and prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date.

Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that the foregoing prepayment premiums shall be made regardless of whether the applicable prepayment was made voluntarily or involuntarily, or before or after acceleration of the Obligation, and regardless of whether the payment is made in connection with a Change of Control or Liquidity Event, as liquidated damages and compensation for the costs of making funds available under this

 

30


Agreement, and as a consequence of a reasonable calculation of the Lenders’ lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticability of determining actual damages resulting from such payment.

(c) From and after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, Borrowers may make optional prepayments of the Term Loan Principal Debt without premium or penalty, subject to subsection (a) above. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of the Term Notes may not be re-borrowed without the Required Lenders’ written consent.

(d) All prepayments of the Term Loan Principal Debt pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be applied to reduce the Term Loan Principal Debt in the reverse order of maturity, beginning with the Term Loan Principal Debt due at the Maturity Date.

2.5 Mandatory Repayments and Prepayments.

(a) Excess Cash Flow Sweep .

(i) Borrowers shall make mandatory prepayments of the Principal Debt (not subject to any prepayment penalty or premium) on an annual basis (each, an “ Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment ”) in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of Loan Parties’ Excess Cash Flow for each Excess Cash Flow Period; provided, that the Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment shall be in an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Excess Cash Flow if the Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of such Excess Cash Flow Period is equal to or less than 1.00 to 1.00.

(ii) The amount of each Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment shall be calculated promptly following completion of Loan Parties’ certified annual financial statements provided to Lenders pursuant to Section 8.1(a) with respect to Loan Parties’ fiscal year ending on the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period, and Borrowers shall fund such Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment, if any, to Lenders no later than twenty (20) days following delivery of such certified annual financial statements to Lenders; provided, that if such certified annual financial statements are not available within 150 days after the last day of such fiscal year, then such Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment shall be calculated based on the Loan Parties’ internal financial statements for such fiscal year and Borrowers shall fund the Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment to Lenders no later than the 150 th day after the last day of such fiscal year; provided, further, that Borrowers shall fund the amount of any deficiency, if applicable, in the amount of such Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayment promptly upon receipt of the certified annual financial statements for such fiscal year, and any excess amount, if applicable, shall be promptly returned to Borrowers.

(iii) All Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayments shall be applied to reduce the Term Loan Principal Debt in the reverse order of maturity, beginning with the Term Loan Principal Debt due at the Maturity Date.

 

31


(b) Mandatory Prepayments of Proceeds . At Required Lenders’ election, the following amounts may either be applied to the Obligation in accordance with Section 3.3 or retained by the applicable Loan Party:

(i) [Intentionally Omitted];

(ii) all Net Proceeds from the sale, assignment, disposition or other transfer of any asset by any Loan Party to a Person that is not an Affiliate (including any Equity Securities held by such Loan Party) whether or not permitted by Section 9.9 ( other than dispositions permitted under Section 9.9(a) , (b) , (c)  or (d) ), provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing and provided no Default has occurred and is continuing, such prepayment shall not be required to the extent (A) such Net Proceeds do not exceed $500,000 and (B) the Loan Parties reinvest such Net Proceeds in productive assets of a kind used or usable in the business of the Loan Parties (including, without limitation, equipment and assets used or usable in such business and Permitted Acquisitions), within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date such Net Proceeds are received by such Loan Party or enter into a binding commitment therefor within said one hundred eighty (180) day period and subsequently make such reinvestment within 270 days after the date such Net Proceeds are received by such Loan Party;

(iii) all Insurance Proceeds and Eminent Domain Proceeds that relate to any Loan Party’s assets and that Lenders are entitled to receive under Section 8.12 (other than Insurance Proceeds used to restore or replace assets of any Loan Party as permitted under Section 8.12(c) );

(iv) all Net Proceeds of the issuance of Equity Securities by any Loan Party (other than to the extent such Net Proceeds are used solely to fund Permitted Acquisitions); and

(v) 100% of the proceeds of any of the following received by the Loan Parties: (A) judgments, settlements or other consideration of any kind in connection with any cause of action and (B) indemnity payments, provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing and provided no Default has occurred and is continuing, such prepayment shall not be required to the extent the Loan Parties reinvest the proceeds of such indemnity payments in productive assets of a kind used or usable in the business of the Loan Parties (including, without limitation, equipment and assets used or usable in such business and Permitted Acquisitions), within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date such proceeds are received by such Loan Party or enter into a binding commitment therefor within said one hundred eighty (180) day period and subsequently make such reinvestment within 270 days after the date such proceeds are received by such Loan Party; provided, further , that as long as no Default has occurred and is existing, proceeds from indemnity payments received by Holdings pursuant to the Merger Agreement may be retained by Holdings and not be subject to this Section 2.5(b) if and to the extent such indemnity payments are not made in respect of claims based upon or relating to the assets, properties or liabilities of the Borrowers.

 

32


All mandatory prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.5(b) shall be applied to reduce the Term Loan Principal Debt in the reverse order of maturity, beginning with the Term Loan Principal Debt due at the Maturity Date.

To the extent that any of the proceeds set forth above are paid to or received by a Guarantor, the Loan Parties covenant and agree to cause such proceeds to be paid or contributed to the Borrowers so that the Borrowers can make the mandatory prepayments required under this Section 2.5(b) .

(c) Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of the Term Notes may not be re-borrowed without the Required Lenders’ written consent.

2.6 Joint and Several Obligations.

(a) The Loans and the rest of the Obligation arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall constitute the joint and several obligations of the Loan Parties secured, until their final maturity and Payment in Full, by all of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the time the Obligation is Paid in Full, Agent shall, at Loan Parties’ sole cost and expense, take any and all actions reasonably necessary and requested by the Loan Parties to release Agent’s security interest in and to the Collateral.

(b) Each Loan Party acknowledges that: (i) the business operations of the Loan Parties are interrelated and complement one another, and that such entities have a common business purpose, (ii) to permit their uninterrupted and continuous operations, the Loan Parties now require the funds from Lenders as set forth in the Loan Documents, and (iii) each Loan Party has determined that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party is within its purpose, will be of direct and indirect benefit to such Loan Party, and is in the best interest of such Loan Party. Each Loan Party waives all suretyship defenses. Each Loan Party agrees if such Loan Party’s joint and several liability hereunder, or if any Liens securing such joint and several liability, would, but for the application of this Section 2.6(b) , be unenforceable under applicable law, such joint and several liability and each such Lien shall be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent that would not cause such joint and several liability or such Lien to be unenforceable under applicable law, and such joint and several liability and such Lien shall be deemed to have been automatically amended accordingly at all relevant times. The provisions of this Section shall, to the extent expressly inconsistent with any provision in any Loan Document, supersede such inconsistent provision.

 

Section 3 Terms Of Payment.

3.1 Notes and Payments Generally.

(a) Borrowers’ Debt under the Loans shall be evidenced by the Notes. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make (or cause to be made) appropriate notations on the grids attached to the Notes (or on any continuation of such grids or, at each Lender’s option, in its records), which notations, if made, shall evidence, inter alia, the date of and the outstanding principal balance of the portion of the Loan(s) evidenced thereby. Such notations shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the subject matter thereof absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure to make any such notations shall not limit or otherwise affect any obligations of any Borrower.

 

33


(b) Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, Borrowers must make each payment on the Obligation, without offset, counterclaim or deduction, free and clear of all Taxes (other than Taxes imposed on the net income of Lenders or franchise Taxes) and without any withholding, restriction or condition imposed by any Governmental Authority to Lenders’ designated depositary accounts or to Lenders’ designated principal offices, in funds that will be available for immediate use by Lenders by 11:00 a.m. on the day due. If any Loan Party is required by applicable Law to deduct any such amounts from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender, then the sum payable hereunder shall be increased as may be necessary so that, after making all required deductions, such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made. The Loan Parties will pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp, value added or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, recordation or filing of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document that are or would be applicable to the Lenders (“ Other Taxes ”). Payments received after the time noted in the first sentence of this subsection (b)  will be deemed received on the next Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a date other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) The Loan Parties jointly and severally agree to indemnify each Lender for the full amount of Taxes (other than Taxes imposed on the net income of Lenders or franchise Taxes) and Other Taxes paid by such Lender (including penalties, interest and reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared by such Lender shall be final conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. Such indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days after the date such Lender makes written demand therefor. The Loan Parties shall have the right to receive that portion of the amount of any refund or credit of any Taxes and Other Taxes a Lender receives or becomes entitled to receive for which any Loan Party has previously paid any additional amount or indemnified such Lender, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender in obtaining such refund or credit. Upon the Loan Parties’ request, the applicable Lender shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make any such claim for any refund or credit of any Taxes or Other Taxes; provided, that the Loan Parties shall reimburse the Lender for any reasonable fees (including legal fees) and expenses incurred in connection with such claim.

(d) The payment obligations of Loan Parties under and with respect to the Loans and all other Obligations arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are absolute and unconditional, without any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense for any reason against Lenders.

 

34


3.2 Loan Payments .

(a) Interest Payments . Beginning August 1, 2015 and continuing until the Principal Debt is paid in full, accrued interest on the Loans is due and payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month.

(b) Mandatory Amortization of Term Loan . Beginning October 1, 2016, and continuing until the Term Loan Principal Debt is paid in full, Borrowers shall make payments of Term Loan Principal Debt on a quarterly basis (on the first day of each fiscal quarter of Borrowers – i.e., on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1) in the following amounts, as applicable:

 

Quarterly Payment Date

   Quarterly Amortization
Amount
   Percentage of Term
Loan Commitment
 

October 1, 2016 through July 1, 2017

   $31,250.00

($125,000.00 per annum)

     2.50% per annum  

Thereafter

   $62,500.00

($250,000.00 per annum)

     5.00% per annum  

Each of the foregoing quarterly amortization payments shall be proportionately increased upon the making of any Additional Term Loans ( i.e. , the amount of each quarterly amortization payment shall be increased by the aggregate initial principal amount of such Additional Term Loan multiplied by the percentage of the Initial Term Loan Commitment that is represented by the amount of the corresponding quarterly amortization amount set forth for the applicable quarterly payment date above).

(c) Payments at Maturity . All outstanding Principal Debt and all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Loans are due and payable on the Maturity Date.

(d) ACH Authorization Agreements . Loan Parties shall execute and deliver to each Lender an ACH Authorization Agreement and shall make, or cause to be made, all payments under this Section 3.2 when due by (i) ACH transfer or automatic debit from Loan Parties’ accounts into each Lender’s respective account as designated on attached Schedule 1 or such other account(s) as any Lender may designate in writing from time to time, or (ii) wire transfer to each Lender’s respective account as designated above, if such Lender requests Loan Parties to make such payments by wire transfer.

(e) Distribution to Lenders . Upon the Agent’s receipt of payments hereunder, the Agent shall immediately distribute to each Lender its ratable share, if any, of the amount of principal, interest, and fees received by it for the account of such Lender. Payments received by the Agent in Dollars shall be delivered to the Lenders in Dollars in immediately available funds; provided , however , that if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder then, except as specifically set forth elsewhere in this Agreement and subject to Section 12.7 , such funds shall be applied, first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

 

35


3.3 Order of Application.

(a) Except as set forth in the Security Documents with respect to any enforcement or collection action or any other exercise of remedies thereunder, all payments, permitted prepayments and mandatory prepayments required hereunder shall be applied as specified in this Agreement, and if not specified, such payments shall be applied:

(i) first , towards payment of fees, expenses, collection costs and other charges under the Loan Documents for which Lenders have not been paid or reimbursed;

(ii) second , toward payment of interest (including interest at the Default Rate) then due to Lenders, pro rata in proportion to the amount of accrued and unpaid interest owed to each Lender, until all such interest has been paid in full;

(iii) third , towards payment of the Principal Debt, pro rata in proportion to the amount of Principal Debt owed to each Lender, until the Principal Debt has been paid in full;

(iv) fourth , toward payment of each other Obligation, if any, until each such other Obligation has been Paid in Full; and

(v) finally , to pay to Borrowers, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, any remaining amounts.

(b) Unless otherwise agreed to by Lenders, (i) any payment, repayment, permitted prepayment and mandatory prepayment under or with respect to the Loans shall be applied to the applicable Notes and each other Obligation of each Lender in proportion to the Percentage Interests of the Lenders, and (ii) any repayment or prepayment under or with respect to the Loans shall be applied to reduce the Borrowers’ applicable Term Loan Principal Debt repayment obligations in the reverse order of maturity, beginning with the Term Loan Principal Debt due at the Maturity Date.

3.4 Interest Rate .

(a) Interest Rate . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Principal Debt shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the LIBOR Rate plus seven percent (7.00%) per annum and (ii) the Maximum Rate.

(b) Changes in Maximum Rate . Each change in the Maximum Rate is effective as of the effective date of such change without notice to Loan Parties or any other Person.

 

36


3.5 Default Rate . To the extent permitted by Law (i) immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.3 or (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any other Default, at the election of the Required Lenders (or the Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders), which election may be made effective retroactively to the date of the initial occurrence of such Default, the Principal Debt shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at an annual rate equal to the lesser of (a) three percent (3.00%) per annum plus the interest rate set forth in Section 3.4 and (b) the Maximum Rate (such interest rate, the “ Default Rate ”); provided , that , for purposes of calculating the Default Rate, any Default in the performance of any financial covenant set forth in this Agreement that is measured on the last day of any fiscal quarter shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the next succeeding fiscal quarter. Subject to Section 3.7 , Lenders may, to the extent permitted by Law, in their sole discretion, add accrued and unpaid interest to the Principal Debt, after any Default in such payment in accordance with this Agreement, and such amount will accrue interest until paid at the applicable interest rate.

3.6 Interest Calculations . Interest on the Loans and all other amounts due under any Loan Document will be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) but computed as if each calendar year consisted of 360 days (unless such computation would result in an interest rate in excess of the Maximum Rate or interest in excess of the Maximum Amount, in which event the computation is made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be). All interest rate determinations and calculations by Agent or Lenders are presumptively correct absent manifest error.

3.7 Maximum Rate . Regardless of any provision in any Loan Document, it is the intention of Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders that Lenders not (a) contract for, charge, take, reserve, receive, or apply, as interest on all or any part of the Obligation any amount in excess of the Maximum Rate or the Maximum Amount or (b) receive any unearned interest, in violation of any applicable Law. If any acceleration of the maturity of the Notes or any payment under the Loan Documents produces a rate in excess of the Maximum Rate, or if Lenders shall for any reason receive any such unearned interest, or if any transaction contemplated hereby or by any other Loan Document would otherwise be usurious under applicable Law, then (i) the aggregate of all interest under applicable usury laws that is contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, received or applied under this Agreement, or under any of the other Loan Documents or otherwise shall under no circumstances exceed the Maximum Amount, (ii) no Loan Party nor any other Person shall be obligated to pay the amount of such interest to the extent that it is in excess of the Maximum Amount, (iii) any excess or unearned interest shall be deemed to be and shall be treated as a partial prepayment or repayment of principal (not subject to any prepayment premium under Section 2.4 ) and any remaining excess or unearned interest will be refunded to Borrowers, and (iv) the provisions of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents immediately shall be deemed reformed, without the necessity of the execution of any new document or instrument, so as to comply with all applicable usury laws. In determining whether interest paid or payable exceeds the Maximum Rate or the Maximum Amount, Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders shall, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable Law (w) treat all Loans as a single extension of credit (Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders agree that such is the case), (x) characterize any non-principal payment as an expense, fee or premium rather than as interest, (y) exclude voluntary prepayments or repayments and their effects, and (z) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread the total amount of interest throughout the entire contemplated term of the Obligation. However, if the Obligation is Paid in Full before the end of its full

 

37


contemplated term, and if the interest received for its actual period of existence exceeds the Maximum Rate or the Maximum Amount, Lenders shall refund any excess (and Lenders may not, to the extent permitted by Law, be subject to any penalties provided by any Laws for contracting for, charging, taking, reserving or receiving interest in excess of the Maximum Amount). If the applicable Law is amended in the future to allow a greater rate of interest to be charged under this Agreement than is presently allowed by applicable Law, then the “ Maximum Rate ” shall be increased to the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable Law as amended, which increase shall be effective hereunder on the effective date of such amendment, to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

3.8 Cost of Money Ceiling . If the “cost of money” (including interest and certain prepayment penalties and other consideration, as more fully defined in 13 C.F.R. §107.855) payable on the Loans is in excess of the maximum permissible rate (the “ SBA Maximum Rate ”) permitted under 13 C.F.R. §107.855, that is the greater of nineteen percent or the cost of money ceiling calculated pursuant to that section, then at the election of any Lender (a) any “cost of money” payable on the Loans in excess of that SBA Maximum Rate shall be treated as a repayment of principal (not subject to any prepayment premium under Section 2.4 ), (b) any remaining cost of money will be refunded to Borrowers, and (c) the provisions of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents immediately shall be deemed reformed, without the necessity of the execution of any new document or instrument, so as to comply with 13 C.F.R. §107.855.

 

Section 4 Fees and Expenses.

4.1 Treatment of Fees and Expenses . To the extent permitted by Law, the fees and expenses described in this Section 4 (a) do not constitute compensation for the use, detention, or forbearance of money, (b) are in addition to, and not in lieu of, interest and expenses otherwise described in this Agreement, (c) are payable in accordance with Section 3.1(b) , (d) are non-refundable, (e) accrue interest, if not paid when due resulting in a Default, at the Default Rate, and (f) are calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day), but computed as if each calendar year consisted of 360 days (unless computation would result in an interest rate in excess of the Maximum Rate or interest in excess of the Maximum Amount, in which event the computation is made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be); provided, that the fees described in this Section 4 are in all events subject to the provisions of Sections 3.7 and 3.8 .

4.2 Structuring and Closing Fees .

(a) Initial Term Loan . On the Closing Date, Borrowers shall pay to Lenders (i) a structuring fee with respect to the Initial Term Loan in an amount equal to $50,000, which is equal to 1.00% of the Initial Term Loan Commitment, and (ii) a closing fee with respect to the Initial Term Loan in an amount equal to $75,000, which is equal to 1.50% of the Initial Term Loan Commitment.

(b) Additional Term Loans . On the Loan Date for any Additional Term Loan, Borrowers shall pay to Lenders (i) a structuring fee with respect to such Additional Term Loan in an amount equal to 1.00% of such Additional Term Loan, and (ii) a closing fee with respect to such Additional Term Loan in an amount equal to 1.50% of such Additional Term Loan.

 

38


(c) Other Fees and Expenses . On the date of each advance of a Loan to Borrowers, Loan Parties shall pay in cash to Lenders any other fees and expenses provided for in Section 8.11 hereof.

(d) Payment . The fees and expenses payable by Loan Parties to Lenders under this Section 4.2 shall be paid in cash or netted against the proceeds of the Loans, at the sole discretion of Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lenders, in their sole discretion, may elect to fund the Loans with original issue discount in lieu of the structuring and closing fees payable by Borrowers to Lenders under subsections (a)  and (b)  above

 

Section 5 Conditions Precedent.

5.1 To Closing . This Agreement will become effective once all parties have executed and delivered this Agreement.

5.2 To Initial Term Loan . The obligation of Lenders to make the Initial Term Loan on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1 is, in addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 5.1, subject to the following conditions precedent, each of which shall be satisfactory in all respects to Agent and Lenders:

(a) Lenders have received all of the following items, each fully executed and in Proper Form:

(i) this Agreement;

(ii) the Deerpath Initial Term Note;

(iii) the Security Agreement;

(iv) the Pledge Agreement

(v) the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement;

(vi) the Sponsor Reimbursement Subordination Agreement;

(vii) the Loan Request for the Initial Term Loan;

(viii) the Small Business Side Letter;

(ix) the Flow of Funds Memo;

(x) the ACH Authorization Agreement in favor of Deerpath;

(xi) unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Subsidiaries for their fiscal year ended December 31, 2014;

 

39


(xii) evidence satisfactory to Agent and Lenders that:

(A) Loan Parties’ trailing 12-month EBITDA is greater than or equal to $2,800,000 as of the Closing Date, and reasonable basis for projected adjusted cash EBITDA of $2,900,000 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015; and

(B) Loan Parties have aggregate cash on hand of $250,000 as of the Closing;

(xiii) executed payoff letter in Proper Form with respect to the payment in full by Loan Parties of all of the Avidbank Existing Debt in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Avidbank Existing Credit Agreement, and evidence satisfactory to Agent and Lenders that at the Closing all Avidbank Existing Debt shall be paid in full in cash and all Liens securing the Avidbank Existing Debt shall be terminated and released (the “ Refinancing ”);

(xiv) a certificate of the secretary of each Loan Party, certifying as to its certificate of formation or other applicable charter document and the operating agreement or bylaws, as applicable, of such Loan Party, the incumbency of its officers executing Loan Documents and their specimen signatures and resolutions adopted by its board of directors authorizing the Loan Documents to which it is a party at the Closing; and

(xv) SBA Forms 480, 652 and 1031, together with a written certification from Loan Parties regarding their intended use of the proceeds of the Loans.

(b) Lenders have received each of the following in Proper Form:

(i) UCC-1 Financing Statements with respect to the Collateral referenced in the Security Documents;

(ii) Lien search reports from the state and county UCC records, tax lien records, bankruptcy records for each of the jurisdictions where any Loan Party is organized or authorized to do business or does business, which show no Liens on the Collateral other than Permitted Liens;

(iii) Certificates of Existence and Good Standing for each Loan Party from each of the jurisdictions where such Loan Party is organized or authorized to do business;

(iv) endorsements in Proper Form to Loan Parties’ insurance policies as Agent may reasonably require to ensure Loan Parties’ compliance with Section 8.8 ;

(v) appropriate collateral filings with respect to registered intellectual property; and

(vi) all certificates representing the Equity Securities of the Borrowers and the Company required to be pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, together with appropriate security transfer powers duly executed in blank for all such Equity Securities.

 

40


(c) Each of the following has been completed, satisfied, or is true and correct as of the Closing Date, as applicable:

(i) at the sole discretion of Lenders, completion of Lenders’ due diligence regarding the Loan Parties and the Transactions, as well as the following with respect to each Loan Party: Litigation, Taxes, accounting, labor, insurance, pension liabilities, real estate leases, material contracts, Debt agreements, property ownership, and contingent liabilities, the results of which are satisfactory to Lenders in their sole discretion;

(ii) all of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that the representations and warranties speak to a specific date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date);

(iii) no Material Adverse Event exists;

(iv) no material Litigation exists;

(v) no Default exists; and

(vi) Loan Parties have paid the fees under Section 4.2 and the fees and expenses under Section 8.11 .

5.3 To Additional Term Loans . In addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 5.1 , the obligation of Lenders to make any Additional Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.2 shall be subject to (i) Lenders’ approval of such Additional Term Loan in their sole discretion, which approval may be withheld by Lenders for any reason or for no reason, and (ii) the following terms and conditions precedent, each of which shall be satisfactory in all respects to Agent and Lenders:

(a) Such Additional Term Loan shall be of a principal amount (i) not less than $250,000 and (ii) not to exceed an amount equal to the Additional Term Loan Commitment minus the aggregate principal amount of all Additional Term Loans made by Lenders prior to the proposed Loan Date.

(b) Lenders have received all of the following items, each fully executed and in Proper Form:

(i) the Loan Request for such Additional Term Loan; and

(ii) a certificate of the secretary of each Loan Party, certifying as to its certificate of formation or other applicable charter document and the operating agreement or bylaws, as applicable, of such Loan Party, the incumbency of its

 

41


officers executing Loan Documents on such Loan Date and their specimen signatures and resolutions adopted by its board of directors authorizing the Additional Term Loan.

(c) Lenders have received, if requested, each of the following in Proper Form:

(i) Lien search reports from the state and county UCC records, tax lien records, bankruptcy records for each of the jurisdictions where any Loan Party is organized or authorized to do business or does business, which shows no Liens on the Collateral other than Permitted Liens;

(ii) Certificates of Existence and Good Standing for each Loan Party from each of the jurisdictions where such Loan Party is organized or authorized to do business;

(iii) Certificates of Insurance or other proof, satisfactory to Lenders, that the Loan Parties have the insurance coverage required by Section 8.8 .

(d) Each of the following has been completed, satisfied, or is true and correct as of the applicable Loan Date:

(i) all of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that the representations and warranties speak to a specific date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date), after giving effect to any updates or supplements to the Schedules delivered by Loan Parties to Agent in writing prior to such Loan Date;

(ii) no Material Adverse Event exists;

(iii) no Litigation is pending against the Loan Parties which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event;

(iv) no Default or Potential Default exists; and

(v) Loan Parties have paid the fees under Section 4.2 and the fees and expenses under Section 8.11 .

5.4 No Waiver . Agent may provide a written waiver of each condition precedent under this Agreement.

 

Section 6 Security.

6.1 Collateral; After-Acquired Property.

(a) The complete payment and performance of the Obligation shall be secured by all of the items and types of property of each Loan Party (collectively, the “ Collateral ”) described as collateral or otherwise secured in the Security Documents,

 

42


including, without limitation, (i) all personal property, real property interests (including all ownership, leasehold, mineral or other interests), equity interests, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts, contracts, intellectual property, general intangibles, inventory, equipment and after-acquired property of each Loan Party, and (ii) all Equity Securities of any Person owned by each Loan Party, including, but not limited to, the Equity Securities pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, in each case, subject to the terms of the Security Documents. Each Loan Party shall execute all applicable Security Documents necessary to perfect Agent’s Liens in all of the Collateral it owns.

(b) Within fifteen (15) days after any Loan Party creates any Subsidiary or acquires any Equity Securities of any Person after the Closing Date (or such longer period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion), such Loan Party shall grant a security interest in and pledge to Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders), pursuant to a pledge agreement in Proper Form and consistent with the Pledge Agreement, one hundred percent (100%) of its ownership in the Equity Securities of such Person.

(c) Each Loan Party shall notify Agent within ten (10) Business Days after such Loan Party’s acquisition or purchase of any ownership, leasehold, mineral or other interest in any real property after the Closing Date (or such longer period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion), and, upon Agent’s request, such Loan Party shall execute, deliver, record and file any Deed of Trust, Landlord Subordination of Lien (and shall cause the applicable landlord to execute any such Landlord Subordination of Lien) and/or any other instruments or documents (in Proper Form) that are reasonably necessary to provide Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) a first priority Lien on such real property interest. The Loan Parties acknowledge that the execution of such Deeds of Trust, Landlord Subordinations of Liens and other instruments and documents is a part of the bargained-for exchange between Lenders and the Loan Parties and constitutes a part of the consideration for the Loans.

(d) No later than (i) with respect to any deposit account (other than an Excluded Account) opened or acquired by any Loan Party within seventy (70) days following the Closing Date, ninety (90) days after the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to any deposit account (other than an Excluded Account) opened or acquired by any Loan Party at any time after the seventieth (70 th ) day following the Closing Date, no later than twenty (20) days after such Loan Party opens or acquires such deposit account (or, in each case, such longer period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion), such Loan Party shall execute and deliver to Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) a Deposit Account Control Agreement in Proper Form with respect to such deposit account.

(e) Each Loan Party shall notify Agent within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after such Loan Party enters into any contract or other arrangement with any Person that provides for such Person to obtain or maintain possession of any of such Loan Party’s inventory at a location that is not included in the real property interests of the Loan Parties, and, upon Agent’s request, such Loan Party shall execute and deliver (and shall cause the applicable Person to execute and deliver) such Lien waivers and access agreements as Agent reasonably deems necessary to permit Agent to obtain access to and possession of such inventory upon a Default.

 

43


6.2 Financing Statements . The Loan Parties hereby authorize Agent to execute or otherwise authenticate and file any financing statements, continuation statements, and termination statements recording Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, and the Loan Parties shall take such other actions as are reasonably requested by Agent relating to the Collateral, including, without limitation, initiating any Lien search reasonably required by Agent.

6.3 Priority . Except for Permitted Liens, Agent shall have a first priority Lien on the Collateral.

6.4 Preservation of Collateral . Following the occurrence of a Default, in addition to the rights and remedies set forth in Section 12 or any other Loan Document, the Agent may at any time take such steps as the Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect the Agent’s interest in and to preserve the Collateral. The Agent shall have, and is hereby granted, a right of ingress and egress to the places where the Collateral is located, and may proceed over and through any of any Loan Party’s owned real property. Each Loan Party shall cooperate fully with all of the Agent’s efforts to preserve the Collateral as permitted in the foregoing sentence and will take such actions to preserve the Collateral as the Agent may direct.

 

Section 7 Representations And Warranties.

Each Loan Party, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to Lenders on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the closing and effectiveness of the Transactions) and (ii) on each other Loan Date or other date (each, a “ Bring-Down Date ”) on which such representations and warranties are made, or deemed to be made, pursuant to any Loan Document (after giving effect to any updates or supplements to the Schedules delivered by Loan Parties to Agent in writing prior to such Bring-Down Date), as follows:

7.1 Existence, Good Standing, and Authority to do Business . Each Loan Party is a business entity validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, as set forth on Schedule 7.1 . Each Loan Party is qualified to transact business and is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where the nature and extent of its business and properties require due qualification and good standing, all of which jurisdictions as of the Closing Date are set forth on Schedule 7.1 , except where a failure to do so is not a Material Adverse Event. Except where the failure to do so is not a Material Adverse Event, each Loan Party possesses all requisite entity authority, power, licenses, permits, and franchises (a) to own and operate its properties and assets and (b) to conduct its business as presently conducted and as presently planned to be conducted.

7.2 Subsidiaries; other Equity Interests . No Loan Party has any Subsidiaries or owns any Equity Securities of any Person except as set forth on Schedule 7.2 . Schedule 7.2 lists the jurisdiction of organization of each such Subsidiary or other Person.

7.3 Authorization, Compliance, and No Default . The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and each Loan Party’s performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents (a) are within its entity power, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary entity action, (c) do not require any action or consent by, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any action or consent by any other Person ( other than any action taken, consent obtained or filing made on or before the Closing Date), (d) do not violate

 

44


any provision of such Loan Party’s organizational documents, (e) do not violate in any material respect any provision of Law or any order of any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to such Loan Party, (f) except as set forth on Schedule 7.3 , do not violate, constitute a breach of, or require any consent or prior approval under, any loan agreement, credit agreement, promissory note, lease agreement or other material agreement to which it is a party, and (g) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset or property of any Loan Party other than Permitted Liens and Liens in favor of Agent.

7.4 Binding Effect . Assuming the due execution and delivery of the Agent and Lenders, each Loan Document (a) has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party to it, (b) constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party which is a party to it, and (c) is enforceable against each Loan Party which is a party to it in accordance with its respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and general principles of equity.

7.5 Litigation.

(a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.5(a) , no Loan Party (i) is subject to any pending Litigation involving such Loan Party or any assets of such Loan Party, (ii) to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, is subject to threatened Litigation involving such Loan Party or any assets of such Loan Party which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Event, or (iii) is subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, asserted or threatened claims for liability arising out of products sold or services rendered on or prior to the Closing Date.

(b) Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.5(b) , there are no material outstanding judgments, orders, injunctions, decrees, citations, stipulations or awards (whether rendered by a court, administrative agency, arbitral body or Governmental Authority) against any Loan Party or pertaining to any assets of any Loan Party.

7.6 Taxes . All income Tax returns and other material Tax returns required to be filed by each Loan Party have been filed (or extensions have been granted) before delinquency, and all income Taxes and other material Taxes imposed upon any Loan Party that are due and payable have been paid before delinquency, other than Taxes disclosed on Schedule 7.6 , which are being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, against which reserve or other provision required by GAAP has been made.

7.7 Environmental Matters . Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.7 , no Loan Party has any environmental condition or circumstance adversely affecting its assets, properties, or operations that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event. Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.7 (other than correspondence, notices and reports given and received (i) in the ordinary course of business in respect of environmental matters previously disclosed on Schedule 7.7 , and (ii) in respect of procedural matters relating to the periodic renewal of, and application for, Environmental Permits), (a) no Loan Party has received written notice or report of any violation of any Environmental and Safety Law that remains pending or unresolved, and (b) no Loan Party is otherwise subject to any liability for any violation under any Environmental and Safety Law that remains pending or unresolved. For each Loan Party, each Environmental Permit necessary to conduct its operations is currently in effect, and such Loan Party’s conduct

 

45


of its operations is in compliance in all material respects with the terms and restrictions of each such Environmental Permit. No Loan Party knows or has received written notice that any such Environmental Permit has been terminated. To the Loan Parties’ knowledge, no facility of any Loan Party is or has been used for, storage, treatment, or disposal of any Hazardous Substance in violation of any applicable Environmental and Safety Law, other than violations that individually or collectively would not constitute a Material Adverse Event.

7.8 Ownership of Assets; Intellectual Property . Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.8 , no Loan Party has any ownership, leasehold or other interest in any real property. Each Loan Party has (a) indefeasible title to its owned real property, if any, (b) a vested leasehold interest in all of its leased real property, and (c) good and marketable title to all of its personal property, all as reflected on the Current Financials (except for property that has been disposed of as permitted by Section 9.9 ). All assets material to the Loan Parties’ operations are owned by a Loan Party or are leased or licensed from a Person which is not an Affiliate of any Loan Party, other than as disclosed on Schedule 7.18 . Each Loan Party owns or has the right to use all material licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names, software licenses and other intellectual property rights necessary to continue to conduct its businesses as presently conducted by it and as proposed to be conducted by it immediately after the Closing Date. Each Loan Party is conducting its business without infringement or claim of infringement of any license, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property right of any other Person, other than any infringements or claims that, if successfully asserted against or determined adversely to such Loan Party, would not, individually or collectively, constitute a Material Adverse Event. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no infringement or claim of infringement by any other Person of any material license, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property of any Loan Party exists.

7.9 Debt . No Loan Party is an obligor on any Debt other than Permitted Debt.

7.10 Liens . No Lien exists on any asset of any Loan Party other than Permitted Liens.

7.11 Insurance . Schedule 7.11 contains a list of all of the insurance policies covering the assets, businesses, operations, product liability, employees, officers, managers and directors of the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties maintain insurance concerning each Loan Party’s assets, businesses, operations, product liability, employees, officers, managers and directors, against such damages, losses, casualties, liabilities and contingencies and of the types and in the amounts (and with co-insurance and deductibles) as are reasonable and customary for the Loan Parties’ businesses. The Loan Parties are not delinquent on any premium payments for or in respect of its insurance policies, and the Loan Parties are not otherwise in breach or default under such insurance policies, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event.

7.12 Full Disclosure . No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party (other than projected financial information, pro forma financial information and information of a general economic or industry nature) to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, contains

 

46


any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided , that , with respect to projections and financial information, such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and delivery; it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variances may be material.

7.13 Place of Business . The location of each principal executive office or other material place of business of each Loan Party is set out on Schedule 7.13. The books and records of each Loan Party concerning accounts and accounts receivable are located at one or more of the locations set forth on Schedule 7.13 . All of each Loan Party’s inventory (other than inventory on consignment or in transit) is in its possession and, together with its other material assets, are located (until disposed of in the ordinary course of business), either (a) at one or more of the locations set out on Schedule 7.13 or (b) at one or more locations of another Person that holds such inventory in its possession under the terms of a contract with a Loan Party; provided , that such Person and each of such locations are listed on Schedule 7.13 .

7.14 Use of Proceeds . No Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “ margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for a purpose that violates any Law, including without limitation, the provisions of Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

7.15 Employee Benefits .

(a) Schedule 7.15(a) contains a list of all of the Loan Parties’ Employee Plans. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event, in respect of the Employee Plans, (i) the Loan Parties are in compliance with ERISA and the terms and conditions of each Employee Plan, (ii) no Employee Plan has incurred an “ accumulated funding deficiency ” (as defined in section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Tax Code), (iii) no Loan Party has incurred liability under ERISA to the PBGC in connection with any Employee Plan ( other than required insurance premiums, all of which have been paid), (iv) no Loan Party has withdrawn in whole or in part from participation in a “ multiemployer plan ” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), (v) no Loan Party has engaged in any “ prohibited transaction ” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Tax Code), and (vi) no “ reportable event ” (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) has occurred, excluding events for which the notice requirement is waived under applicable PBGC regulations.

(b) All payments due from any Loan Party for employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability in its Current Financials, other than any nonpayments that are not, individually or collectively, a Material Adverse Event.

7.16 Laws Relating to Employment .

(a) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

47


(b) Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.16 , the Loan Parties and their respective facilities, businesses, operations, assets and property have been in compliance in all material respects for the past three (3) years and are currently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Orders regarding employment and employment practices, the terms and conditions of employment, non-discrimination, equal employment opportunity, affirmative action, collective bargaining, payment of social security, occupational safety and health, wages and hours, plant closing, family and medical leave and workers compensation, including but not limited to the Immigration Reform and Control Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the National Labor Relations Act, the labor codes promulgated by the States and regulations promulgated thereunder and any other federal or state statute, ordinance or regulation governing, touching upon or concerning the employment relationship, in each case as amended and in effect as of the Closing Date. The Loan Parties have not engaged at any time during the past three (3) years, and are currently not engaging, in any unfair labor practice, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Event.

(c) The Loan Parties are and have for the past three (3) years been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Immigration Laws. The Loan Parties’ employees and contractors have verified their legal right to work in the United States of America through Form I-9s or similar documents consistent with applicable Immigration Laws.

7.17 Trade Names . No Loan Party has used or transacted business under any other corporate or trade name in the five-year period preceding the Closing Date, except as disclosed on Schedule 7.17 . Schedule 7.17 includes the names of all Persons with which any Loan Party has merged or consolidated, or from which any Loan Party has acquired all or substantially all of such Person’s assets, in each case in the five-year period preceding the Closing Date.

7.18 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.18(a) , no Loan Party is a party to any material contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction, whether written or oral, with any of the following: (i) any director, manager, officer or key employee of a Loan Party, (ii) any spouse or immediate family member or Affiliate of any of its directors, managers, officers or key employees, (iii) any Equityholder of a Loan Party or any Affiliate of an Equityholder of a Loan Party or (iv) to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, any limited partner or investor in Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, or any Affiliate of any such limited partner or investor, other than (A) any written employment, noncompetition and confidentiality agreements disclosed on Schedule 7.25 , (B) at-will employment arrangements with employees who are not related (by blood or marriage) to any director, manager, officer or key employee of a Loan Party, (C) any partnership agreement, company agreement, operating agreement, shareholders agreement or other similar governing agreement for such Loan Party, an executed copy of which has been provided to Lenders prior to the Closing Date, (D) the Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement and (E) the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Documents.

 

48


(b) Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.18(b) , each contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction listed on Schedule 7.18(a) was entered into in the ordinary course of business and upon fair and reasonable terms not materially less favorable than the applicable Loan Party could obtain or could become entitled to in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person that was not (i) one of its Affiliates, directors, managers, officers or key employees or one of their spouses or immediate family members or Affiliates or (ii) to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, a limited partner or investor in Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, or an Affiliate of any such limited partner or investor.

(c) For purposes of this Section 7.18 , a contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction is “ material ” if it requires any Loan Party to pay or provide products or services of more than $25,000 during the term of the governing agreement.

7.19 Government Regulation.

(a) No Loan Party is an “ investment company ” or a company “ controlled ” by an “ investment company ” or a “ subsidiary ” of an “ investment company ”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(b) No Loan Party is subject to regulation as a “ common carrier ” or “ contract carrier ” or any similar classification by the Interstate Commerce Commission or under the laws of any state, or is subject to regulation under any other federal, state or local statute which limits its ability to incur Debt.

(c) Each Loan Party acknowledges that Deerpath is a federally licensed SBIC and is subject to the SBIC Regulations. Borrowers, together with their “ affiliates ” (as defined in 13 CFR § 121.103), are a “ small business concern ” within the meaning of the SBIC Regulations. The information set forth in SBA Forms 480, 652 and Section A of Form 1031 regarding Loan Parties, which have been prepared with information provided by Loan Parties, is accurate and complete. Loan Parties do not presently engage in any activities for which an SBIC is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Regulations.

At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the employees of Loan Parties are located within the United States and at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the tangible assets of Loan Parties are located within the United States. The proceeds of the Loans are intended for use and shall only be used for specific domestic purposes within the United States including, for example, payroll for employees located within the United States or acquiring assets for use solely within the United States, and no portion of such proceeds shall be used, directly or indirectly: (i) to purchase stock in or provide capital to an SBIC; (ii) to acquire farm land; or (iii) for any purpose contrary to the public interest, including activities which are in violation of Law or inconsistent with free competitive enterprise.

7.20 Capitalization .

(a) Schedule 7.20(a) accurately and completely lists the owners of all outstanding Equity Securities of each Loan Party, including options and other equity equivalents of each Loan Party as of (and after giving effect to) the Closing, together with the amount and percentage of such class of Equity Securities held by each such owner. All of the outstanding Equity Securities of each Loan Party are validly authorized and

 

49


issued, free and clear of any and all Liens (other than Permitted Liens and Liens in favor of Agent pursuant to the Security Documents) and, with respect to shares of capital stock of a Loan Party, are fully paid and nonassessable.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20(b) : (i) there are no outstanding Equity Securities, securities, rights, warrants or options convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for any shares of capital stock or other Equity Securities, stock appreciation rights or phantom stock of any Loan Party, other than as identified on Schedule 7.20(a) ; (ii) no Loan Party is under any obligation, contingent or otherwise, to (A) redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or other Equity Securities or any securities, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, Equity Securities, stock appreciation rights or phantom stock or (B) make any capital contributions to, or investments in, any Person, and (iii) there are no agreements (other than any applicable Loan Documents) between any Persons, Equityholders, or managers or directors of any Loan Party with respect to the voting or transfer of any Equity Securities of any Loan Party owned or controlled by such parties or with respect to any other aspect of their affairs concerning any Loan Party.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20(c) , (i) there are no statutory or contractual Equityholders’ preemptive rights with respect to the Equity Securities of any Loan Party, (ii) no Loan Party has violated in any material respect any applicable federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of any of its Equity Securities, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Event, and (iii) there are no agreements granting registration rights to any Person with respect to any Equity Securities of any Loan Party.

(d) [Intentionally Omitted].

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20(e) , no Equity Securities of any Loan Party that are issued and outstanding, or are authorized but unissued, as of the Closing Date constitute Disqualified Stock.

7.21 Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party has during the past three (3) years complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory organization. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no notices, citations, claims or orders have been filed or granted against any Loan Party alleging or finding violation of, or liability or responsibility under, any such Law which have not been heretofore settled.

7.22 Solvency . The Loan Parties on a consolidated basis are Solvent prior to, and after giving effect to, the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.23 Financials.

(a) The following financial statements have been made available to the Agent on or prior to the date hereof: (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the fiscal years then ended, and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company

 

50


and its Subsidiaries as of May 31, 2015, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the five (5) month period then ended (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”).

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.23(b) , the Current Financials (i) were prepared on a basis consistent with the Accounting Practices, and (ii) present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Loan Parties as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of the Loan Parties’ operations for the periods then ended. Since December 31, 2014, the Loan Parties’ businesses have been operated in the ordinary course thereof consistent with past practices and no Material Adverse Event has occurred.

(c) Loan Parties have also delivered to Lenders certain projections of profits and losses (the “ Projections ”) of Loan Parties’ consolidated profit and loss statement for fiscal years 2011 through 2018. The Projections represent reasonable estimates of Loan Parties’ future consolidated financial performance for the periods set forth therein, and Loan Parties believe such estimates are fair and reasonable in light of the current conditions; provided , however , that Lenders and Agent acknowledge and agree that such Projections are estimates only and that actual financial performance may vary materially from that set forth in such Projections.

7.24 Intentionally Omitted.

7.25 Employee Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.25(b) :

(a) no senior executive officer of any Loan Party has within the ninety (90) day period prior to the Closing Date advised a Loan Party (orally or in writing) that he or she intends to terminate employment with such Loan Party;

(b) no Loan Party is a party to any collective bargaining agreement, and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, there is no organizational effort presently being made or threatened by or on behalf of any labor unions with respect to employees of any Loan Party;

(c) to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, there is no unfair labor practice complaint against any Loan Party pending before the National Labor Relations Board; and

(d) there is no labor strike, dispute, slow down, walkout, work stoppage, representation campaign other concerted interruption of operations pending.

7.26 Anti-Terrorism Law Compliance . Each Loan Party, each Subsidiary of each Loan Party and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, each Affiliate of such Loan Party is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or engaged in nor has it conspired to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law. No Loan Party (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order No. 13224.

 

51


Section 8 Affirmative Covenants.

Each Loan Party covenants jointly and severally that, for so long as the Payment in Full of the Obligation has not occurred, except with the prior written consent of Required Lenders:

8.1 Items to be Furnished . The Loan Parties shall cause the following to be furnished to Agent, for distribution to each Lender at its respective principal office, as designated by each Lender to Agent and Loan Parties from time to time:

(a) Promptly after preparation, and no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Loan Parties ( provided , that , for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, the delivery date shall be one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of such fiscal year), audited financial statements (including statements of income, cash flows and Equityholders’ equity and a balance sheet) showing the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties as of, and for the year ended on, that last day, accompanied by:

(i) the unqualified opinion of a firm of independent certified public accountants acceptable to Lenders (the “ Accounting Firm ”), based on an audit using generally accepted auditing standards, that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties; and

(ii) a Compliance Certificate with respect to such financial statements certifying (A) as to the Loan Parties’ compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and (B) that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Practices (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures) and present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties.

(b) Promptly after preparation, and no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each calendar month of the Loan Parties, internally-certified unaudited financial statements (including consolidated statements of income and cash flows and a balance sheet) showing the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties as of, and for the month, year-to-date and, if applicable, quarter period ended on, that last day. The Loan Parties’ certificate included with the unaudited financial statements will, at a minimum, include a statement that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Practices (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures) and present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties.

 

52


(c) Promptly after preparation, and no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Loan Parties:

(i) a management discussion and analysis that includes a discussion and explanation of material variances among (A) the comparison of the Loan Parties’ actual operating results to budget for such fiscal quarter and for the year to date period then ended, (B) the comparison of the Loan Parties’ operating results for such fiscal quarter and for the year to date period then ended to the corresponding periods in the prior year and (C) a comparison of the Loan Parties’ operating results for such fiscal quarter to the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; and

(ii) a Compliance Certificate with respect to such financial statements certifying (A) as to the Loan Parties’ compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, and (B) that such financial statements (I) were prepared on a basis consistent with the Accounting Practices (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures), and (II) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties.

(d) Promptly after preparation, and no later than the last day of January of each year (assuming a fiscal year end of December 31), an annual operating plan (with a level of detail consistent with the Projections) for the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, for the current fiscal year (if delivered in January of such year), that (i) includes a statement of all of the material assumptions on which such plan is based, (ii) includes budgeted monthly balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such fiscal year, as well as comparisons of such items to the corresponding months in the prior fiscal year, and (iii) integrates sales, gross profits, operating expenses, operating profit and cash flow projections, all prepared on the same basis and in similar detail as that on which operating results are reported (and in the case of cash flow projections, representing management’s good faith estimates of future financial performance based on historical performance), and including plans for personnel, Capital Expenditures and facilities; provided , however , that with respect to fiscal year 2016, the operating plan shall be prepared consistent with the Loan Parties’ historical practices, and include monthly budgeted profit and loss (but not balance sheet) information only. Agent and Lenders acknowledge and agree that such projections are estimates only and that actual financial performance may vary materially from that set forth in such projections.

(e) Promptly after preparation, and no later than five (5) Business Days after the Loan Parties’ federal income tax return has been filed, copies of each federal income tax return (and Form K-1’s, if applicable) and to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, related tax reporting information for each Loan Party for the applicable fiscal year.

(f) Promptly after receipt, a copy of each interim or special audit report and management letter issued by independent accountants with respect to any Loan Party or its financial records.

(g) Notice, promptly after any Loan Party receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of, (i) the institution of any Litigation involving any Loan Party which, if

 

53


adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event, (ii) any other event which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event, (iii) any violation by any Loan Party of ERISA or any Law with respect to an Employee Plan, where there is any reasonable likelihood of the imposition of liability on such Loan Party as a result thereof that could be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Event, or (iv) any Default or Potential Default, specifying the nature thereof and what action, if any, each Loan Party has taken, is taking or proposes to take.

8.2 Books and Records . Each Loan Party shall maintain books, records, and accounts necessary to prepare the financial statements required by Section 8.1 .

8.3 Inspections . Upon reasonable notice, each Loan Party shall allow Agent or any Lender (or its Representatives) during business hours or at other reasonable times acceptable to such Loan Party to inspect any of its properties, to review reports, files, books, accounts and other records, to make and take away copies, and, while at such properties, to discuss any such Loan Party’s affairs, conditions and finances with its directors, managers and officers then available, as long as Loan Parties are reasonably afforded the opportunity to accompany Agent or Lender (or its Representatives) in any such discussions, certified public accountants (subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement); provided , however , that excluding any such inspections during the continuation of a Default, (a) only the Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights under this Section 8.3 , and (b) the Agent shall not exercise such right more often than one (1) occasion per property per calendar year.

8.4 Taxes . Each Loan Party will promptly pay and discharge when due any and all of its income Taxes and other material Taxes, other than Taxes that are being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, against which reserves or other provisions required by GAAP have been made, and in respect of which levy and execution of any Lien are stayed. Each Loan Party will file all income Tax returns and other material Tax returns that it is required to file, and if any Loan Party becomes aware that it has failed to timely file any income Tax or other material Tax return, such Loan Party shall promptly file such Tax return and pay and discharge any delinquent Taxes associated therewith.

8.5 Payment of Obligations and Compliance with Contracts . Each Loan Party (i) will pay and perform all of the Obligation as the same becomes due and payable or enforceable and (ii) will promptly pay and perform (or renew and extend) all of its other material obligations in the ordinary course of business (unless such obligations are being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, against which reserves or other provisions required by GAAP have been made).

8.6 Indemnification.

(A) EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY (AS DEFINED HEREIN) FROM AND AGAINST (AND WILL REIMBURSE EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AS THE SAME ARE INCURRED) ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR BY REASON OF (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IN CONNECTION

 

54


WITH ANY INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OR PREPARATION OF A DEFENSE IN CONNECTION THEREWITH) (I) THE LOANS, THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY, ENFORCEMENT, PERFORMANCE OR ADMINISTRATION OF ANY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (II) THE REFINANCING AND THE PAYOFF LETTER ENTERED INTO IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, (III) THE ACTUAL OR PROPOSED USE OF THE PROCEEDS OF THE LOANS, (IV) ANY ACT ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH AGENT’S OR ANY LENDER’S INFORMATION RIGHTS OR VISITATION RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF ANY LOAN PARTY (TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW), (V) THE DIRECT OR INDIRECT RESULT OF THE VIOLATION BY ANY LOAN PARTY OF ANY LAW, (VI) ANY LOAN PARTY’S GENERATION, MANUFACTURE, PRODUCTION, STORAGE, RELEASE, THREATENED RELEASE, DISCHARGE, DISPOSAL OR PRESENCE OF A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE AT, TO OR FROM ANY OF ITS PROPERTIES, (VII) ANY PERSONAL INJURY TO AGENT’S, ANY LENDER’S OR ANY LOAN PARTY’S RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOANS OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

(B) LOAN PARTIES AGREE NOT TO ASSERT ANY CLAIM AGAINST ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE ACTUAL OR PROPOSED USE OF THE PROCEEDS OF THE LOANS.

(C) EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY SHALL BE INDEMNIFIED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS FOR ITS OWN ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE; HOWEVER, NO LOAN PARTY IS OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS TO THE EXTENT A CLAIM IS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO THE EXTENT RESULTING FROM (I) ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR (II) ANY DISPUTE THAT IS AMONG INDEMNIFIED PARTIES THAT A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION HAS DETERMINED IN A FINAL AND NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT DID NOT INVOLVE ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT PARENT OR CONTROLLING PERSON OF THE LOAN PARTIES OR THEIR SUBSIDIARIES.

(D) FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, (I) “INDEMNIFIED PARTY” MEANS EACH LENDER AND AGENT AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, PARTNERS, OFFICERS, MEMBERS OR OTHER EQUITYHOLDERS, MANAGERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,

 

55


REPRESENTATIVES, ADVISORS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, AND (II) “CLAIM” MEANS ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, LIABILITIES, PENALTIES, COSTS, OBLIGATIONS, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, LITIGATION, INVESTIGATIONS, ORDERS AND REASONABLE AND DOCUMENTED OR INVOICED OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ AND PARALEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES, WHETHER OR NOT SUIT IS FILED) INCURRED BY, ASSERTED AGAINST, OR AWARDED AGAINST ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.

(E) IN THE CASE OF ANY INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING TO WHICH THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 8.6 APPLIES, SUCH INDEMNITY SHALL BE EFFECTIVE WHETHER OR NOT SUCH INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT BY ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LOAN PARTY’S EQUITYHOLDERS OR CREDITORS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND WHETHER OR NOT THE LOANS ARE CONSUMMATED OR, IF CONSUMMATED, HAVE BEEN REPAID. EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES THAT NO INDEMNIFIED PARTY SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY LOAN PARTY’S SUBSIDIARIES OR AFFILIATES OR TO ANY LOAN PARTY’S EQUITYHOLDERS OR CREDITORS OR THE EQUITYHOLDERS OR CREDITORS OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S SUBSIDIARIES FOR ANY INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE LOANS, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE REFINANCING.

(F) ALL COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL SURVIVE AND CONTINUE IN EFFECT AFTER THE CLOSING DATE. THE INDEMNITY SET OUT IN THIS SECTION AND ITS TERMS AND PROVISIONS SHALL SURVIVE THE SATISFACTION AND PAYMENT OF THE OBLIGATION AND THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

(G) AMOUNTS PAYABLE UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE A PART OF THE OBLIGATION AND, IF NOT PAID UPON DEMAND, SHALL BEAR INTEREST AT THE DEFAULT RATE UNTIL PAID.

8.7 Maintenance of Existence, Assets, and Business . Except as otherwise permitted by Section 9.6 , each Loan Party will (a) preserve and maintain its existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of organization and its authority to transact business and good standing in all other jurisdictions where the nature and extent of its business and properties require due qualification and good standing, except where failure to do so is a Material Adverse Event; (b) maintain all licenses, permits and franchises necessary for its business where failure to do so is a Material Adverse Event; and (c) keep all of its assets that are useful in and necessary to its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and casualty excepted) and make all necessary repairs and replacements. Each Loan Party shall (i) maintain and store all its inventory with reasonable care, skill, and caution and repair and otherwise keep the same in good condition, and (ii) not relocate such Loan Party’s chief executive office (or the location of such

 

56


Loan Party’s books and records related to accounts) or any of such Loan Party’s inventory, to a county, parish, or state other than those listed on Schedule 7.13 unless such Loan Party gives Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice of such proposed relocation (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) (such notice to include the address with the name of the county or parish and state of the new location).

8.8 Insurance .

(a) Loan Parties shall maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or associations (or, as to workers’ compensation or similar insurance, with an insurance fund or by self-insurance authorized by the jurisdictions in which it operates) in such amounts and against such risks as is (i) required by all applicable Laws, (ii) customarily maintained by similar businesses operating in the same geographic region, and (iii) with respect to the Collateral, reasonably acceptable to Agent (Agent confirms that the insurance coverage in effect as of the Closing Date is acceptable as of the Closing Date).

(b) At a minimum, Loan Parties’ insurance must include (i) business interruption insurance, (ii) fire, property damage and extended coverage insurance covering all assets and naming Agent as mortgagee or loss payee, as applicable, (iii) workers compensation insurance and (iv) public liability insurance naming Agent as an additional insured as its interest may appear, and, with respect to each such insurance policy, providing for at least thirty (30) days prior notice to Agent of any cancellation thereof. Satisfactory evidence of such insurance must be supplied to Agent on the Closing Date and at least one (1) Business Day prior to each policy renewal at Agent’s written request. All such insurance policies shall be primary, and not excess or contributory, to any policies of insurance that are maintained by Lenders.

(c) With regard to workers’ compensation insurance, nothing contained in this Section 8.8 shall prohibit Loan Parties from becoming a non-subscriber with the prior written consent of Agent.

(d) Unless the Loan Parties provide Agent with evidence of the continuing insurance coverage required by this Section 8.8 , Agent may purchase insurance at the Loan Parties’ expense to protect Agent’s interests in the Collateral. This insurance may, but need not, protect the Loan Parties’ interests. The coverage that Agent purchases may, but need not, pay any claim that is made against any Loan Party in connection with the Collateral. Loan Parties may later cancel any insurance purchased by Agent, but only after providing Agent with evidence that Loan Parties have obtained the insurance coverage required by this Agreement. If Agent purchases insurance for the Collateral as set forth above, Loan Parties will be responsible for the costs of that insurance, including interest and any other charges that may be imposed with the placement of the insurance, until the effective date of the cancellation or expiration of the insurance, and the costs of the insurance may be added to the principal amount of the Loans owing hereunder.

 

57


8.9 Further Assurances.

(a) The Company and each Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries created or acquired after the Closing Date, within fifteen (15) days of such Subsidiary’s creation or acquisition by such Borrower, to execute and deliver to Agent and Lenders a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit M hereto (a “ Joinder Agreement ”), agreeing to become a Borrower under this Agreement, a “Debtor” under the Security Agreement and a “Maker” under the Notes.

(b) Each Guarantor (other than the Company) shall cause each of its Subsidiaries created or acquired after the Closing Date, within fifteen (15) days of such Subsidiary’s creation or acquisition by such Guarantor, to execute and deliver to Agent and Lenders a Joinder Agreement, agreeing to become a Guarantor under this Agreement and a “Debtor” under the Security Agreement.

(c) Each Loan Party shall take such action as Agent or any Lender may reasonably request to carry out more effectively the terms of Section 6 and all other terms of the Loan Documents, including executing, acknowledging, delivering and recording or filing additional instruments or documents. Each Loan Party will promptly execute and deliver, or cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certificates, instruments, registration statements and all other documents and papers Agent or any Lender reasonably requests in connection with the obtaining of any consent, approval, registration, qualification, permit, license or authorization of any Governmental Authority or other Person necessary or appropriate for the effective exercise of any rights under the Loan Documents. Because Loan Parties agree that Agent’s and the Lenders’ remedies at Law for failure of Loan Parties to comply with the provisions of this section would be inadequate and that failure would not be adequately compensable in damages, Loan Parties agree that the covenants of this Section 8.9 may be specifically enforced.

8.10 Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party shall conduct its business so as to comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws and shall promptly take corrective action reasonably required to remedy any violation of any Law (including any Environmental and Safety Law) of which it is aware, and shall promptly notify Agent and each Lender of any claims or demands by any Governmental Authority or Person with respect to any material violation of Law (including any Environmental and Safety Law) or the presence of any Hazardous Substance at any properties.

8.11 Expenses . In addition to the pre-closing out-of-pocket expenses set forth in the Commitment Letter and the fees set forth in Section 4 , in each case without duplication for any amounts paid (or indemnified) under Section 4 , Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, promptly pay (or reimburse Agent, Lenders or their Affiliates, as the case may be, for) upon demand (a) all reasonable, documented and out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses paid or incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with the arrangement, syndication and negotiation of the credit facilities evidenced by the Loan Documents and the negotiation, preparation, delivery and execution of the Loan Documents (including those incurred under Section 6 ) and any related or subsequent amendment, waiver, or consent (including in each case, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of Agent’s and each Lender’s counsel), (b) all reasonable, documented, and out-of-pocket due diligence, closing, and post-closing costs including filing fees, recording costs, lien searches, corporate due diligence, third-party expenses, appraisals, title insurance, inspections conducted pursuant to Section 8.3 and other

 

58


related due diligence, closing and post-closing costs and expenses, (c) all reasonable, documented, and out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses of Agent and each Lender incurred in connection with the enforcement of the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the Loan Documents or the exercise of any rights arising under the Loan Documents (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs paid or incurred in connection with any negotiation, workout, or restructure and any action taken in connection with any Debtor Relief Laws), (d) all reasonable, documented, and out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by Agent and each Lender or any of their respective designees in the exercise of their visitation rights with respect to the Board of Directors of any Loan Party as specified in Section 8.14 , and (e) all stamp or other similar documentary or recording Taxes which may be payable in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the performance of any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, all of which shall be a part of the Obligation and shall accrue interest, if not paid upon demand, at the Default Rate until repaid. The Obligation provided for in this Section 8.11 shall survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes and termination of this Agreement.

8.12 Application of Insurance Proceeds, Eminent Domain, Proceeds and Conditions to Disbursement.

(a) Agent, Lenders and each Loan Party agree that all Insurance Proceeds shall, except as otherwise provided in subsections (b) and (c) below, be paid by the insurers directly to Agent (as loss payee or additional insured, as applicable) for the ratable benefit of the Lenders. Each Loan Party shall cause all Eminent Domain Proceeds to be paid by the condemning Governmental Authority directly to Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders. Except as otherwise provided in subsections (b) and (c) below, if any Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds are paid to any Loan Party, such Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds shall be received only in trust for Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of the Loan Parties and shall promptly be paid over to Agent in the same form as received (with any necessary endorsement).

(b) Unless a Default exists and is continuing (other than a Default to the extent caused by such business interruption and the receipt of such proceeds would cure such Default), any business interruption insurance proceeds received by Agent shall be paid to Loan Parties.

(c) To the extent the Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds payable to the Loan Parties for any loss, damage or destruction of any asset or properties of or used by any Loan Party are reinvested by such Loan Party in productive assets of a kind used or usable in the business of the Loan Parties (including, without limitation, equipment and assets used or usable in such business and Permitted Acquisitions) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date such Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds are received by such Loan Party or such Loan Party enters into a binding commitment therefor within said one hundred eighty (180) day period and subsequently makes such reinvestment within 270 days after the date such Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds are received by such Loan Party, then such Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds shall be retained and used by the Loan Parties and applied to the payment of the cost of the repair or restoration of such loss, damage or destruction, provided , that Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such repair or restoration within a commercially reasonable time period.

(d) Agent, Lenders and each Loan Party agree that, to the extent not prohibited by applicable Law and subject to Section 3.3 , all Insurance Proceeds and all Eminent Domain Proceeds received by Agent (or which Agent is entitled to receive) and not paid or payable to one or more the Loan Parties (including in accordance with Sections 8.12(b) and (c)  above) shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.5 .

 

59


8.13 Use of Proceeds .

(a) Initial Term Loan . Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loan to (i) make the Closing Date Distributions and effect the Refinancing, (ii) fund Permitted Acquisitions, (iii) fund growth capital expenditures and (iv) pay the transaction costs, fees and expenses of the Transactions.

(b) Additional Term Loans . Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Lenders in connection with any Additional Term Loan, Borrowers shall use the proceeds of any and all Additional Term Loans for the purpose of funding (i) Permitted Acquisitions (and including expenses incurred by the Loan Parties in connection with conforming the acquired assets and properties to the Loan Parties’ standards, and/or new studio openings and development), (ii) repayments of the Sponsor Subordinated Debt and (iii) the transaction costs, fees and expenses of such Additional Term Loans (and Permitted Acquisitions, if applicable).

(c) Prohibited Uses Applicable to Loans . No portion of the Loans shall be used directly or indirectly to purchase ineligible securities, as defined by applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, underwritten by any Affiliate of a Lender during the underwriting period and for thirty (30) days thereafter.

8.14 Information Rights . For so long as all or any portion of the Loans or any other Obligation remains outstanding and until all commitments of Lenders hereunder have been terminated or expired:

(a) The Loan Parties shall provide to Agent (i) all notices, documents and information furnished to the Directors of each Loan Party in anticipation of a meeting, an action by written consents or other formal action, at the same time as furnished to the Directors or within five (5) Business Days thereafter, and (ii) copies of the minutes of all such meetings at the time such minutes are furnished to such Directors;

(b) The Board of Directors of any Loan Party shall be entitled to redact portions of any board or committee materials to be delivered to Agent where and to the extent that such board or committee determines, in good faith, upon advice of counsel that (i) such redaction is reasonably necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege, or (ii) there exists, with respect to any deliberation or materials, an actual or potential conflict of interest between such Loan Party (or any other Loan Party) and the Agent and/or any Lender; and

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, Agent and Lenders will be (i) entitled to meet (including telephonic meetings) with Sponsor and/or Loan Parties up to an aggregate four (4) times per calendar year, provided, that at least two (2) of such meetings in each fiscal year of the Loan Parties shall be held in person, and (ii) in connection therewith, reimbursed for their reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with their meetings with Sponsor and Loan Parties under this Section 8.14 .

 

60


8.15 Special SBIC Covenants .

(a) On the date hereof and for the one year period hereafter, Loan Parties hereby covenant and agree that at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the employees of each Loan Party are and will remain located within the United States and at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the tangible assets of each Loan Party are and will remain located within the United States.

(b) The proceeds of the Loans shall only be used for specific domestic purposes within the United States including, for example, payroll for employees located within the United States or acquiring assets for use solely in the United States.

(c) Loan Parties shall within five (5) Business Days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Loan Parties (or such longer period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion), or upon any Lender’s request, provide to such Lender a written certificate, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company, stating that Loan Parties are in compliance with the covenants described above in subsections (a)  and (b)  and describing in reasonable detail the use of the proceeds received from the Loans by Borrowers.

(d) Loan Parties shall notify Lenders (i) at least fifteen (15) days prior to taking any action after which the number of record holders of any Loan Party’s voting securities would be increased from fewer than fifty (50) to fifty (50) or more (or such shorter period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion), and (ii) of any other action or occurrence after which the number of record holders of any Loan Party’s voting securities was increased (or would increase) from fewer than fifty (50) to fifty (50) or more, as soon as practicable after Loan Parties become aware that such other action or occurrence has occurred or is proposed to occur. Each Loan Party shall at all times comply with the non-discrimination requirements of 13 C.F.R. Parts 112, 113 and 117.

(e) Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion) and at such other times as any Lender may reasonably request, Loan Parties shall deliver to Lenders a written assessment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lenders, in order to permit Lenders to file SBA Form 468, of the economic impact of Lenders’ financing specifying the full-time equivalent jobs created or retained in connection with such investment, and the impact of the financing on Loan Parties’ businesses in terms of profits and on taxes paid by Loan Parties and their employees. Upon request, Loan Parties shall promptly (and in any event within twenty (20) days of such request) furnish to Lenders all information reasonably requested by Lenders in order for Lenders to comply with the

 

61


requirements of 13 C.F.R. Section 107.620 or to prepare and file SBA Form 468 and any other information requested or required by the SBA or any other similar Governmental Authority asserting jurisdiction over a Lender. Loan Parties shall afford to representatives of the SBA reasonable access to their books, records and properties in accordance with 13 C.F.R. Section 107.620(c). Any submission of any financial information under this paragraph shall include a certificate of the Company’s president, chief executive officer, treasurer or chief financial officer.

(f) Upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Problem or in the event any Lender determines in its good faith judgment that a Regulatory Problem has occurred, in addition to any other rights and remedies to which it may be entitled hereunder, such Lender shall have the right to the extent required under the SBIC Regulations to demand the immediate repayment of all of the outstanding Obligation owed to Lenders, including all accrued interest thereon, by delivering written notice of such demand to Loan Parties. Borrowers shall make such repayment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to Lenders within thirty (30) days after any Loan Party’s receipt of the demand notice.

(g) In the event that any Lender determines in its good faith judgment that it has a Regulatory Problem, such Lender shall have the right to transfer its rights and obligations hereunder, without regard to any restrictions on transfer set forth herein or in any other agreement, and Loan Parties shall take all such actions as are reasonably requested by such Lender in order to (i) effectuate and facilitate any transfer by such Lender to any permitted Person designated by such Lender, and (ii) cooperate with such Lender in connection with other regulatory matters. Such cooperation shall include cooperation in making any required filings with any Governmental Authority, including the filing of a certificate or plan of divestiture.

(h) Loan Parties shall comply with the Small Business Side Letter.

8.16 Post-Closing Matters . Loan Parties shall deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 8.16 (or use commercially reasonable efforts to do the same with respect to the documents referred to in clause 2) on Schedule 8.16 , as applicable), in each case, within the time limits specified on such schedule (which time limits may be extended by the Agent, in its sole discretion). Agent and Lenders, as applicable, shall cooperate with Loan Parties to obtain the documents and complete the tasks set forth on such schedule, including, to the extent the third parties comment on or object to the forms of documents presented to them by Loan Parties, working in good faith to address such comments and objections. No Loan Party shall have any liability for, and it shall not be deemed a violation, breach or default of this Section 8.16 , if Loan Parties, notwithstanding their commercially reasonable efforts, fail to deliver and/or obtain any or all of the documents referred to in clause 2) on Schedule 8.16 .

 

Section 9 Negative Covenants.

Each Loan Party covenants jointly and severally that, for so long as the Payment in Full of the Obligation has not occurred, except with the prior written consent of Required Lenders:

9.1 Debt; Disqualified Stock . No Loan Party may create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable for, contingently or otherwise, or suffer to exist any Debt, except Permitted Debt. No Loan Party may issue, sell or grant any Disqualified Stock to any Person, or otherwise cause or permit any Disqualified Stock to become outstanding.

 

62


9.2 Liens . No Loan Party may create, assume, incur or suffer to be created any Lien upon any of its now owned or hereafter acquired assets (including any other Loan Party’s Equity Securities that are owned by such Loan Party), except Permitted Liens.

9.3 Compliance with Laws and Documents . No Loan Party may violate the provisions of any Laws applicable to it, any agreement to which it is a party, or the provisions of its organizational documents, in each case if such violations individually or collectively would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Event.

9.4 Loans, Advances, and Investments . No Loan Party may (i) make any loan, advance, reimbursement of expenses, extension of credit, or capital contribution to, (ii) make any investment in, or purchase or commit to purchase any stock or other securities of or interests in, or (iii) enter into any joint venture, partnership, or other similar arrangement with, any Person, other than

(a) marketable obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government or issued by any of its agencies and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America (and investments in mutual funds investing primarily in those obligations);

(b) marketable obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof and rated “Aa2” or better by Moody’s or “AA” by S&P (and investments in mutual funds investing primarily in those obligations);

(c) certificates of deposit or banker’s acceptances that are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or are issued by commercial banks having combined capital, surplus, and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 (as shown on its most recently published statement of condition (and investments in mutual funds investing primarily in those certificates of deposit or banker’s acceptances));

(d) commercial paper and similar obligations rated “ P-2 ” or better by Moody’s, or “ A-2 ” or better by S&P (and investments in mutual funds investing primarily in those obligations);

(e) checking and demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business (subject to the delivery deadlines set forth in Section 6.1(d) and Section 8.16 , provided an executed Deposit Account Control Agreement has been delivered to Lenders in Proper Form);

(f) expense accounts or loans or advances to its directors, managers, officers or employees for expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and solely relating to such Persons’ travels and other activities undertaken on behalf of the Loan Parties and their businesses, which may not, in the aggregate, at any time exceed $25,000;

 

63


(g) investments in securities purchased by any Loan Party under repurchase obligations pursuant to which arrangements are made with selling financial institutions (being a financial institution having unimpaired capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 and with a rating of “ A-1 ” by S&P or “ P-1 ” by Moody’s) for such financial institutions to repurchase such securities within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase by such Loan Party, and other similar short term investments made in connection with the Loan Party’s cash management practices;

(h) Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) non-cash proceeds from dispositions permitted under Section 9.9 ;

(j) investments by any Borrower in any other Borrower or the Company;

(k) investments by any Guarantor in any Loan Party (other than investments by the Company in Holdings);

(l) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(m) prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(n) security deposits in respect of real property leases;

(o) accounts receivable or notes receivable created in the ordinary course of business;

(p) to the extent constituting investments, transactions expressly permitted under Sections 9.1 , 9.6 , 9.10 and 9.15 ;

(q) investments to the extent that payment for such investments is made solely by the issuance of Equity Securities (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to the seller of such investments, provided , that such investments would not result in a Change of Control;

(r) investments of a Person that is acquired and becomes a Subsidiary of a Loan Party or of a company merged or amalgamated or consolidated into any Loan Party, in each case after the Closing Date and pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, to the extent that such investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition by a Loan Party and were in existence on the date of such Permitted Acquisition;

(s) the forgiveness or conversion to equity (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Permitted Debt owed to a Loan Party;

(t) guarantees by any Loan Party of leases entered into by a Loan Party in the ordinary course of business; and

(u) the loans, advances and/or investments set forth on Schedule 9.4 .

 

64


9.5 Distributions . No Loan Party may declare, make, or pay any Distribution, other than

(a) the Closing Date Distributions;

(b) dividends declared, made or paid by such Loan Party wholly in the form of its Equity Securities;

(c) dividends by one Borrower to another Borrower or the Company;

(d) dividends by one Guarantor to any Loan Party (other than dividends from the Company to Holdings);

(e) to the extent constituting Distributions, the Loan Parties may take actions expressly permitted by Sections 9.4 or 9.6 ;

(f) Distributions by the Borrowers or Guarantors to Holdings (i) the proceeds of which are used by Holdings to pay (A) Restructuring Expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 during the term of this Agreement, (B) its operating expenses and other corporate overhead costs and expenses incurred in support of the operation of Loan Parties’ businesses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), in each case, which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Loan Parties, and (C) any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors, managers or officers of Holdings not to exceed the lesser of (x) the ratable share of the amount of such Distribution that relates to the ownership or operations of the other Loan Parties and (y) $100,000 per fiscal year, (ii) for repurchases of Equity Securities of Holdings issued to employees, officers, Directors and consultants of the Loan Parties under the Holdings Plan, provided , that (A) no Default exists or will exist after giving effect to such Distribution and (B) such Distributions under this clause (ii)  are approved by Agent in advance in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed), (iii) the proceeds of which are used by Holdings to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors of Holdings, provided , that such salaries, bonuses and other benefits (A) are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Loan Parties and (B) do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate per fiscal year, and (iv) the proceeds of which are used by Holdings to pay Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements in accordance with Section 9.20 .

9.6 Acquisitions, Mergers and Dissolutions.

(a) Except for Permitted Acquisitions and except as provided in this Section 9.6 , no Loan Party may (i) acquire all or any substantial portion of the Equity Securities issued by, or assets of, any other Person, (ii) merge or consolidate with any other Person, (iii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or (iv) create or acquire any Subsidiaries.

(b) Any Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or acquire the stock issued by, an interest in, or the assets of, another Loan Party (and, in the case of such merger or consolidation or, in the case of the conveyance or distribution of all of such assets, the

 

65


non-surviving or selling entity, as the case may be, may be liquidated, wound up or dissolved); provided, that (i) if Holdings or the Company is a party to such transaction, Holdings or the Company, as applicable, must be the surviving entity and (ii) if any Borrower is a party to any such transaction with any Loan Party (other than another Borrower), such Borrower shall be the surviving entity.

9.7 Assignment . No Loan Party may assign or transfer any of its rights, duties, or obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

9.8 Fiscal Year and Accounting Methods . No Loan Party may change (a) its fiscal year or (b) its method of accounting ( other than (i) Loan Parties’ transition to GAAP accounting in accordance with Section 1.3 , (ii) immaterial changes in methods, or (iii) as otherwise required by GAAP).

9.9 Sale of Assets . No Loan Party may sell, assign, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of its assets (including but not limited to any Equity Securities of any Person that are held by such Loan Party), other than (a) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (b) the sale, discount, or transfer of its delinquent accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business for purposes of collection, (c) dispositions of assets from (i) one Borrower to another Borrower or (ii) from one Guarantor to another Loan Party, (d) occasional dispositions of immaterial assets for consideration not less than fair market value, and dispositions of assets that are worn-out, surplus or obsolete, and (e) to the extent permitted by Section 9.6 . All dispositions by a Loan Party of its assets, whether or not permitted by this Section 9.9 , are subject to Section 2.5 (including the exception for prepayments applicable to dispositions permitted under clauses (a)-(d) above). All Net Proceeds shall be cash Net Proceeds unless approved by Agent in advance. The non-cash portion of all Net Proceeds shall be pledged to Agent as Collateral, to the extent consistent with this Agreement, concurrently with the applicable disposition.

9.10 New Businesses . No Loan Party may engage in any business except the business in which it is engaged as of the Closing Date or businesses reasonably related or complementary thereto.

9.11 Employee Plans . No Loan Party may suffer or permit any of the events or circumstances described in Section 7.15 to occur.

9.12 Transactions with Affiliates . Except for the transactions set forth in Schedule 7.18(a) , no Loan Party may (a) enter into any material transaction with (i) any of its or any other Loan Party’s officers, directors, managers, employees, Equityholders or any of their respective Affiliates, or any of their respective spouses or immediate family members or (ii) any Person known by Sponsor or such Loan Party at that time to be a limited partner or investor in Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective Affiliates, other than, in each case, transactions in the ordinary course of business which are (i) disclosed in advance to Lenders and (ii) upon fair and reasonable terms not materially less favorable than such Loan Party could obtain or could become entitled to in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not one of such Loan Party’s officers, directors, managers, employees, Equityholders or Affiliates, or (b) pay or reimburse any of its or any other Loan Party’s officers, directors, managers, employees, Equityholders or any of their respective Affiliates (other than Lenders) for any expenses incurred by such Persons other than expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and solely

 

66


relating to travels and other activities undertaken on behalf of the Loan Parties and their businesses. For purposes of this section, a transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, is “material” if it requires any Loan Party to pay or provide products or services of more than $25,000 during the term of the agreement covering such transaction.

9.13 Taxes . No Loan Party may use any portion of the proceeds of the Loans to pay the wages of employees, unless a timely payment to or deposit with the appropriate Governmental Authority of all amounts of Tax required to be deducted and withheld with respect to such wages is also made.

9.14 Prepayment of Debt; Subordinated Debt.

(a) No Loan Party may voluntarily prepay, redeem, defease, repurchase, acquire for value or make any sinking fund payment or other voluntary or optional payment with respect to any principal of, or interest on, any Debt other than (i) the Obligation and (ii) the retirement of Sponsor Subordinated Debt pursuant to its conversion into Equity Securities (other than Disqualified Stock).

(b) Except as expressly permitted by the applicable Subordination Agreement, no Loan Party may pay, prepay, redeem, defease, repurchase, acquire for value or make any sinking fund payment or other payment (including scheduled and required payments) with respect to any Subordinated Debt, other than the retirement of Sponsor Subordinated Debt pursuant to its conversion into Equity Securities (other than Disqualified Stock).

9.15 [Intentionally Omitted] .

9.16 Capital Expenditures . No Loan Party shall make or incur any Capital Expenditures other than (a) Corporate Maintenance CapEx in an aggregate amount not to exceed (i) $240,000 per fiscal quarter and (ii) $740,000 for the four most recently completed fiscal quarters, (b) Yoga Studio Maintenance CapEx with respect to yoga studios operated by Loan Parties in an aggregate amount not to exceed a per yoga studio average of $3,000 per fiscal quarter, and (c) so long as (x) the Compliance Certificate most-recently delivered by Loan Parties to Agent pursuant to Section 8.1(c)(ii) certifies that the Loan Parties are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and (y) neither Agent nor any Lender has notified Loan Parties of the existence of a Default that is continuing, (i) up to $750,000 in the aggregate in Growth CapEx with respect to each new yoga studio opened by Loan Parties that is operated out of premises having 4,000 square feet or more of useable square footage, and (ii) up to $450,000 in the aggregate in Growth CapEx with respect to each new yoga studio opened by Loan Parties that is operated out of premises having less than 4,000 square feet of useable square footage, provided , that nothing in this clause (c)  shall prohibit Loan Parties from making required payments with respect to Growth CapEx obligations that were incurred prior to, and are due and payable following, the occurrence of any of the events described in clause (x)  or clause (y)  of this sentence, subject to the foregoing caps on the amounts of such payments.

9.17 Available Cash . The aggregate cash available in the Loan Parties’ deposit accounts shall not be less than $250,000 at any time.

 

67


9.18 Amendments or Changes in Agreements . No Loan Party shall

(a) alter, amend or modify (i) any of the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Documents in a manner which is prohibited by the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement, or (ii) any documents which create, evidence, secure or guaranty any other Debt which is permitted hereby in a manner which would (A) increase the maximum amount which any Loan Party is permitted to borrow thereunder, (B) lengthen or shorten the term of the applicable Debt or change the amortization thereof, (C) increase the interest rate with respect to the applicable Debt or any fees payable in connection therewith, (D) require any additional security for the applicable Debt, (E) add any additional covenants, or change any existing covenant so as to make it more difficult for the Loan Parties to comply or (F) prohibit or restrict payment of the Obligation; or

(b) modify, alter, supplement, extend, amend or waive any of its rights under any of its respective organizational documents or the Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement, in a manner that (i) is materially adverse to any Lender; (ii) adversely affects Agent’s or any Lender’s rights granted hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or (iii) otherwise violates the terms of this Agreement.

9.19 [Intentionally Omitted] .

9.20 Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement .

(a) Subject to subsection (b)  below, the Loan Parties may make the payments to Sponsor only as required by, and in accordance with, the Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement (“ Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements ”).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Default, Agent may, and at the direction of Required Lenders, Agent shall, block all payments to Sponsor under the Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement, by delivering a written payment blockage notice to the Company and Sponsor. From and after receipt of any such payment blockage notice, no Loan Party shall make any payment to Sponsor under the Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement unless and until the earlier to occur of (i) such Default is cured, as acknowledged in writing by Agent, or (ii) at the direction of Required Lenders, Agent sends written notice to the Company and Sponsor terminating the payment blockage period. Upon the termination of any such payment blockage, the Loan Parties may make any and all Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements then due to Sponsor under the Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement, including any payments that were deferred or blocked in accordance with this Section 9.20(b) , if and to the extent that such Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements would not reasonably be expected to result in a Default.

(c) Except for the Sponsor Reimbursement Agreement and amendments thereto which are permitted under Section 9.18(b) , no Loan Party may enter into any management services agreement, management fee agreement or other similar management agreement with any Person that provides for management fees or similar compensation without Agent’s prior written consent.

 

68


9.21 Bank Accounts . No Loan Party shall open any new bank account (other than an Excluded Account) without the written consent of Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and without the execution and delivery of a Deposit Account Control Agreement relating to such account(s) to Agent in Proper Form and in accordance with Section 6.1(d) .

9.22 Negative Pledge .

(a) No Loan Party will, or will permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any contract, agreement or understanding (other than this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) which in any way prohibits or restricts the granting, conveying, creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its property in favor of Agent or Lenders to secure the Obligation or which by its terms restricts any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party from paying dividends or making distributions to the Company or any other Loan Party, or which requires the consent of or notice to other Persons in connection therewith.

(b) No Loan Party will create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on the Equity Securities of such Loan Party or any other Loan Party other than Liens in favor of Agent.

9.23 Limitations on Affiliate Ownership of Obligations . No Loan Party shall permit the Sponsor, any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, purchase, participate, receive an assignment of or in any way beneficially own any portion of the Obligation (it being understood and agreed that a breach of this covenant shall exist if such an ownership interest arises, regardless of any involvement or non-involvement of the Loan Parties).

9.24 Limitations on Holdings . No Loan Party shall permit Holdings to (i) hold any assets other than the Equity Securities of the Company and any cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) have any liabilities other than (A) the liabilities under the Loan Documents, (B) Tax liabilities in the ordinary course of business, (C) guarantees of Debt of the Loan Parties permitted under the Loan Documents, (D) corporate, administrative, operating expenses and other liabilities in the ordinary course of business, and (E) the obligations under the Loan Documents and the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Documents, or (iii) conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than (A) those incidental to its direct or indirect ownership of the Equity Securities of the Loan Parties, (B) activities incidental to maintenance of its corporate existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance and performance of activities relating to its officers, directors, managers and employees and those of its Subsidiaries), (C) the entry into, and the performance of, its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Documents, and its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any shareholders agreement and any other governing documents, (D) the consummation of the Transactions, (E) the participation in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Loan Parties, including compliance with applicable Laws and legal, tax and accounting matters related thereto and activities relating to its officers, directors, managers and employees, (F) the entry into and performance of its obligations with respect to contracts and other arrangements, including the providing for indemnification to officers, managers, directors and employees and (G) activities incidental to the foregoing.

9.25 Anti-Terrorism Laws . No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time, (a) directly or through its Affiliates and agents, conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (b) directly or through its Affiliates and agents, deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order No. 13224; (c) directly or through its Affiliates and agents, engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (d) fail to deliver to Agent any certification or other evidence reasonably requested from time to time by Agent in its sole discretion, confirming the compliance of Loan Parties with this section.

 

69


Section 10 Financial Covenants.

Each Loan Party covenants jointly and severally that, for so long as the Payment in Full of the Obligation has not occurred, except with the prior written consent of Required Lenders:

10.1 Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio . The Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio may not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 as of any testing date.

10.2 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio may not be less than 1.25 to 1.00 as of any testing date.

Each of the covenants in this Section 10 shall be tested on a quarterly basis, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Loan Parties, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015.

 

Section 11 Default.

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “ Default ” hereunder:

11.1 Payment of Obligation . The failure of any Loan Party to pay (a) when due (whether at maturity, on a date fixed for a scheduled repayment, on a date on which a required prepayment is to be made, upon acceleration or otherwise) of any principal of the Loans, (b) any scheduled interest payment within three (3) Business Days of its due date under any Loan Document, or (c) any other portion of the Obligation, including any fees payable under Section 4 , within ten (10) Business Days of the date when it becomes due and payable under any Loan Document.

11.2 Covenants . The failure of any Loan Party to punctually and properly perform, observe and comply with:

(a) Any covenant, agreement, or condition contained in Section 8.1 , Section 8.7 , Section 8.8 , Section 8.13 , Section 8.14 , Section 8.16 , Section 9 or Section 10 ; or

(b) Any other covenant, agreement, or condition contained in any Loan Document ( other than those referred to in Section 11.1 and the covenants in clause (a)  preceding), and such failure continues for twenty (20) days after the earlier of (i) delivery by Agent or any Lender to any Loan Party of notice of such non-compliance or (ii) a Responsible Officer of any Loan Party becoming aware of such failure.

 

70


11.3 Debtor Relief . Any Loan Party (a) voluntarily seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in the benefit of any Debtor Relief Law, other than a voluntary liquidation or dissolution permitted by Section 9.6 , (b) becomes a party to or is made the subject of any proceeding provided for by any Debtor Relief Law (other than as a creditor, claimant, purchaser, or party making a bid to purchase assets), and (i) the petition is not controverted within ten (10) days and is not dismissed within sixty (60) days, or (ii) an order for relief is entered under Title 11 of the United States Code, (c) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (d) fails (or admits in writing its inability) to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (e) suffers or consents to or applies for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of itself or any of its assets or properties.

11.4 Judgments and Attachments . Any Loan Party fails, within twenty (20) days after entry, to pay, bond or otherwise discharge any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $125,000 (individually or in the aggregate and net of applicable insurance if the insurer has accepted coverage) or any warrant of attachment, sequestration or similar proceeding against any Loan Party’s assets that is not (a) stayed on appeal or (b) diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings with adequate reserves being set aside on its books in accordance with the Accounting Practices.

11.5 Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made to any Lender by any Loan Party in any Loan Document at any time proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made (excluding clerical, typographical or other similar scrivener errors).

11.6 Default Under Other Agreements.

(a) Except for trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business that are not outstanding for more than ninety (90) days after the due date of such payable, any Loan Party fails to pay when due (after lapse of any applicable grace period) any amount (individually or in the aggregate) of Debt in an amount equal to $100,000 or more, or any default exists under any agreement which permits any Person to cause an amount (individually or in the aggregate) of Debt in an amount equal to $100,000 or more to become due and payable by any Loan Party before its stated maturity.

(b) Any Loan Party breaches or defaults under any term, condition, provision, representation or warranty contained in any material agreement and the effect of such breach or default results in a Material Adverse Event.

(c) A default (after giving effect to any applicable notice or cure period) occurs under any Subordinated Debt.

(d) Any Loan Party fails to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in or the occurrence or existence of any event of default, termination event or other similar event under or with respect to any Hedging Agreement.

11.7 Validity and Enforceability of Loan Documents . Except in accordance with its terms or as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, any Loan Document at any time

 

71


after its execution and delivery ceases to be in full force and effect in any material respect or is declared by a Governmental Authority to be null and void or its validity or enforceability is contested by any Loan Party or any Loan Party denies that it has any further liability or obligations under any Loan Document, unless such Loan Party does not have any further liability or obligations under such Loan Document as a result of a transaction permitted by this Agreement.

11.8 [Intentionally Omitted] .

11.9 Ownership of Other Loan Parties . The consummation of any sale, issuance, assignment, transfer, redemption, exchange, exercise or conversion of Equity Securities of any Loan Party, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, foreclosure sale or other transaction, occurrence or event, which results in:

(a) the Company ceasing to (i) own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Securities of any Borrower (or of the surviving or resulting company of such merger, consolidation or other transaction that is or immediately becomes a “Borrower” pursuant to such transaction, if such Borrower is not the surviving or resulting company); provided, that if the Company owned, directly or indirectly, less than 100% of the Equity Securities of a Borrower upon such Borrower becoming a Borrower hereunder, then a Default shall not exist under this clause (i) for so long as the Company owns at least the percentage of the Equity Securities of such Borrower that was owned by the Company upon such Person becoming a Borrower hereunder, or (ii) control, by contract, ownership or otherwise, that percentage of the outstanding Voting Interests of any Borrower necessary at all times to elect a majority of the Board of Directors and direct the management policies and decisions of such Borrower; or

(b) Holdings ceasing to (i) own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Securities of any Subsidiary Guarantor (or of the surviving or resulting company of such merger, consolidation or other transaction that is or immediately becomes a “Guarantor” pursuant to such transaction, if such Subsidiary Guarantor is not the surviving or resulting company); provided, that if Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, less than 100% of the Equity Securities of a Subsidiary Guarantor upon such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor hereunder, then a Default shall not exist under this clause (i) for so long as Holdings owns at least the percentage of the Equity Securities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that was owned by Holdings upon such Person becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, or (ii) control, by contract, ownership or otherwise, that percentage of the outstanding Voting Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor necessary at all times to elect a majority of the Board of Directors and direct the management policies and decisions of such Subsidiary Guarantor;

in each case , except as a result of a transaction permitted by this Agreement or otherwise consented to in advance by Required Lenders.

11.10 Subordination Agreements . There shall occur and be continuing any material breach under any Subordination Agreement by any party thereto other than Agent or any Lender, or any Subordination Agreement shall terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against any holder of the applicable Subordinated Debt (except for any such termination upon payment in full of, and termination of any commitments to extend further credit under, such Subordinated Debt).

11.11 Material Adverse Event . A Material Adverse Event occurs.

 

72


Section 12 Rights And Remedies .

12.1 Remedies Upon Default.

(a) If a Default exists under Section 11.3 , the entire unpaid balance of the Obligation automatically becomes due and payable without any action of any kind.

(b) If a Default exists, Agent may, and at the direction of Required Lenders, Agent shall, do any one or more of the following: (i) if the maturity of the Obligation has not already been accelerated under Section 12.1(a) , declare the entire unpaid balance of all or any part of the Obligation immediately due and payable; (ii) reduce any claim to judgment; and (iii) exercise any and all other legal or equitable rights afforded by the Loan Documents, the Laws of the State of New York or the Laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

(c) Notwithstanding the existence of a Default (each, a “ Financial Covenant Default ”) with respect to any covenant, agreement or condition contained in Section 10 (such covenants, agreements or conditions, collectively, the “ Financial Covenants ”) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter during the term of this Agreement (the “ Applicable Fiscal Quarter ”), if, within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which the Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered under Section 8.1(c)(ii) for the Applicable Fiscal Quarter (the “ Contribution Deadline ”), the Loan Parties and/or their Equityholders cause (i) a cash equity contribution to be made to a Borrower by a Guarantor (whether in connection with, or out of the proceeds of, a cash capital contribution to such Guarantor, the issuance of new Equity Securities (other than Disqualified Stock and provided that such issuance does not result in a Change of Control) of such Guarantor, the issuance of Subordinated Debt (provided that such Subordinated Debt has no cash interest expense or principal amortization prior to the Payment in Full of the Obligation and otherwise has terms reasonably acceptable to Agent in its reasonable credit judgment) by such Guarantor, or some combination thereof) (a “ Specified Contribution ”), and (ii) the proceeds of such cash equity contribution to such Borrower to be immediately paid over to Agent and applied as a prepayment of the Term Loan Principal Debt, then, upon the receipt by such Borrower of such Specified Contribution and the use of such cash proceeds on or prior to the applicable Contribution Deadline to prepay the Term Loan Principal Debt, the applicable Financial Covenant(s) that are subject to a Financial Covenant Default shall be recalculated as follows as of the last day of the Applicable Fiscal Quarter (the “ Cure Right ”):

(i) with respect to a Financial Covenant Default under Section 10.1 (Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio), the amount of such Specified Contribution that is applied to prepay the Term Loan Principal Debt pursuant to this Section 12.1(c) shall be deemed to reduce the Term Loan Principal Debt on a dollar for dollar basis as of the last day of the Applicable Fiscal Quarter; and

(ii) with respect to a Financial Covenant Default under Section 10.2 (Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio), the amount of such Specified Contribution that is applied to prepay the Term Loan Principal Debt pursuant to this Section 12.1(c) shall be deemed to reduce the Term Loan Principal Debt on a dollar for dollar basis as of the first day of the 12-month period ended on the last day of the Applicable Fiscal Quarter (and the Net Interest Expense for such 12-month period shall be recalculated after giving effect to such deemed reduction in the Term Loan Principal Debt).

 

73


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12.1(c) to the contrary, (A) no Specified Contribution shall be in an amount greater than the lowest amount which would result in Loan Parties being in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 10 to which such Specified Contribution applies as of the last day of the Applicable Fiscal Quarter, and (B) the Cure Right shall not be exercised (I) more than two (2) times per fiscal year of Loan Parties or (II) more than four (4) times during the term of this Agreement.

Until the earlier of the Contribution Deadline or the date on which Agent learns that the Loan Parties and their Equityholders do not intend to cause to be made a Specified Contribution, unless necessary to prevent fraud, material impairment of the rights of Agent or Lenders under this Agreement or the tolling of an applicable statute of limitations, none of Agent nor any Lender shall exercise the right to accelerate the Loans and none of Agent nor any other Lender shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral or take any other remedy or action against the Loan Parties solely on the basis of the applicable Financial Covenant Default(s); provided, that until timely receipt of the Specified Contribution and application to the Loans pursuant to subsection (c)  of this Section 12.1 , such Default shall continue to exist and Agent and Lenders will be entitled to all of their rights with respect thereto except as otherwise prohibited by this paragraph.

12.2 Loan Party Waivers . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Loan Party waives diligence, presentment and demand for payment, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and nonpayment, and agrees that its liability with respect to all or any part of the Obligation is not affected by any renewal or extension in the time of payment of all or any part of the Obligation, by any indulgence, or by any release or change in any security for the payment of all or any part of the Obligation.

12.3 Performance by Agent . If any covenant, duty or agreement of any Loan Party is not performed in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, Agent may, and at the direction of Required Lenders, Agent shall, while a Default exists and is continuing, at its option, perform or attempt to perform that covenant, duty or agreement on behalf of that Loan Party (and any amount reasonably expended by Agent in its performance or attempted performance is payable by the Loan Parties, jointly and severally, to Agent on demand, becomes part of the Obligation, and bears interest at the Default Rate from the date of Agent’s expenditure until paid). However, Agent does not assume, except by its express written consent, any liability or responsibility for the performance of any covenant, duty or agreement of any Loan Party.

 

74


12.4 Not in Control . None of the covenants or other provisions contained in any Loan Document shall, or shall be deemed to, give Agent or any Lender the right to exercise control over the assets (including, without limitation, real property), affairs, or management of any Loan Party (other than control for Lien perfection purposes); the power of Agent and Lenders is limited to the right to exercise the remedies provided in this Section 12 .

12.5 Course of Dealing . The acceptance by Agent or any Lender of any partial payment on the Obligation shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any Default then existing. No waiver by Agent or any Lender of any Default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other then-existing or subsequent Default. No delay or omission by Agent or any Lender in exercising any right under the Loan Documents will impair that right or be construed as a waiver thereof or any acquiescence therein, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

12.6 Cumulative Rights . All rights available to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents are cumulative of and in addition to all other rights granted to Agent and Lenders at law or in equity, whether or not the Obligation is due and payable and whether or not Agent or any Lender has instituted any suit for collection, foreclosure, or other action in connection with the Loan Documents.

12.7 Application of Proceeds . Any and all proceeds received by Agent or Lenders from the exercise of any rights and remedies pertaining to the Obligation shall be applied to the Obligation in accordance with Section 3.3 .

12.8 Diminution in Value of Collateral . Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability or responsibility for any diminution in or loss of value of any Collateral now or hereafter securing payment or performance of all or any part of the Obligation.

 

Section 13 Agent.

13.1 Appointment and Authorization of Agent .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby appoints Deerpath to act on its behalf as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 13 are solely for the benefit of Agent and any Lender, and no Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

 

75


(b) Except as set forth in Section 14.8(a) or otherwise specified in this Agreement:

(i) subject to subsection (ii)  below, the exercise of any right or remedy; the grant of any waiver, consent, agreement, approval, authorization or acceptance; the execution and delivery of any document, agreement or instrument; the making of any request, election, designation or requirement; the receipt of notice of any event or of delivery of any document; and the taking of any other action by or on behalf of Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall require only the action or approval of the Agent, and Loan Parties shall be entitled to rely on any of the foregoing actions and approvals by Agent as being the valid action or approval of Agent; and

(ii) except as set forth in Section 13.10 (with respect to certain Collateral matters) (A) Agent shall not take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers without the consent or approval of Required Lenders, and (B) Agent shall comply with any instructions of Required Lenders (whether solicited or unsolicited) with respect to any such discretionary action or exercise of discretionary powers, in each case in its capacity as Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and subject to applicable Law.

13.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, make equity investments in, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders.

13.3 Exculpatory Provisions . Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set out herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders;

(c) shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law;

(d) shall not, except as expressly set out herein and in the other Loan Documents, be liable for the failure to disclose any information relating to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity; and

 

76


(e) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Lenders or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Potential Default unless and until written notice describing such Default or Potential Default is given to Agent by Loan Parties or a Lender. Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set out herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Potential Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set out in Section 5 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Agent.

13.4 Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for one or more Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

13.5 Delegation of Duties . Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by Agent. Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 13 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

13.6 Resignation; Removal of Agent .

(a) Agent may at any time give written notice of its resignation to Lenders. Agent may also be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the Required Lenders.

 

77


(b) Upon the resignation or removal of Agent pursuant to this Section 13.6 , Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrowers, to appoint, by vote of the Required Lenders, a successor, which may be any other Lender or any other Person selected by vote of the Required Lenders. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the resignation or removal of the Agent, then the resigning or removed Agent (the “ Retiring Agent ”) may, on behalf of Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set out above; provided , that if Agent shall notify a Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation or removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (i) the Retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Retiring Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the Retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section.

(c) Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the “Agent”, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). After the Retiring Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section 13 and Section 8.6 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such Retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Affiliates in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the Retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

13.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

13.8 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Lender shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Agent and/or a Lender hereunder.

 

78


13.9 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand on any Loan Party) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, and each other Obligation that is owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Lenders and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Lenders and Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due Lenders and Agent under Sections 8.6 and 8.11 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Agent under Sections 8.6 and 8.11 . Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligation or the rights of any Lender or to authorize Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

(a) Each Lender hereby authorizes and directs Agent to enter into the Security Documents, the Sponsor Reimbursement Subordination Agreement and the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement for the benefit of such Lender. Each Lender also authorizes Agent to enter into Subordination Agreements with respect to any other Subordinated Debt, whether in existence as of the Closing Date or created, incurred or assumed at any time following the Closing Date. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set out in Section 14.8(a) , any action taken by the Agent, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Security Documents and any Subordination Agreement, and the exercise by the Agent of the powers set out herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Agent is hereby authorized (but not obligated) on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender from time to time, to take any action with respect to any Collateral, the Security Documents or any Subordination Agreement which may be necessary to (i) perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents, (ii) subordinate any Subordinated Debt (and any Liens securing any such Subordinated Debt) to the Obligation (and the Liens securing the Obligation), and (iii) exercise Agent’s rights and remedies and enforce the covenants and obligations of any Loan Party or any holder of Subordinated Debt under any Subordination Agreement; provided, that Agent shall take any of the foregoing actions if directed to do so by Required Lenders.

 

79


(b) Each Lender hereby authorizes Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon Payment in Full of the Obligation, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (iii) subject to Section 14.8(a) , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Lenders, (iv) in connection with any foreclosure sale or other disposition of Collateral after the occurrence of a Default, or (v) owned by a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below. Upon request by Agent at any time, each Lender will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 13.10 .

(c) Each Lender hereby authorizes Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the guaranty if in the case of any Guarantor, such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary or a Guarantor hereunder as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

(d) Subject to subsections (b)  and (c)  above, Agent shall (and is hereby authorized by each Lender to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Liens granted to Agent for the benefit of Agent and Lenders herein or pursuant to this Agreement upon the applicable Collateral or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the guaranty pursuant to this Section 13.10 ; provided , that (i) Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to or create any liability or entail any consequence other than the release or subordination of such Liens or guaranty without recourse or warranty and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligation or any Liens upon any interests retained by the Loan Parties or any other Person, including the proceeds of the sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. In the event of any sale or transfer of Collateral, or any foreclosure with respect to any of the Collateral, Agent shall be authorized to deduct all expenses reasonably incurred by Agent from the proceeds of any such sale, transfer or foreclosure.

(e) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any Lender or any other Person to ensure that the Collateral exists or is owned by a Loan Party or any other Person or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to Agent herein or in any of the Security Documents or pursuant to this Agreement or thereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent in this Section 13.10 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders.

(f) Each Lender hereby appoints Agent and each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting such Lender’s security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than Agent) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor, shall deliver such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.

 

80


Section 14 Miscellaneous .

14.1 Headings . The headings and captions used in the Loan Documents are for convenience only and will not be deemed to limit, amplify or modify the terms of the Loan Documents.

14.2 Non-Business Days . Any payment or action that is due under any Loan Document on a non-Business Day may be delayed until the next-succeeding Business Day, but interest shall continue to accrue on any applicable payment until payment is made.

14.3 Communications . Unless otherwise provided, any consent, notice, or other communication under or in connection with any Loan Document must be in writing to be effective and shall be deemed to have been given (a) if by telecopy, when transmitted to the appropriate telecopy number, (b) if by mail, on the third Business Day after it is enclosed in an envelope and properly addressed, stamped, sealed, certified return receipt requested, and deposited in the appropriate official postal service, or (c) if by electronic mail or any other means, when actually received or delivered (with respect to electronic mail, each party giving such notice shall be responsible for keeping records acceptable to Lenders regarding all such notices). Until changed by notice pursuant to this Agreement, the address (and telecopy number) for each party is as follows:

If to Loan Parties:

Whole Body, Inc. (d/b/a Yoga Works)

2215 Main Street

Santa Monica, CA 90405

Attention: Phil Swain

Fax No.: (310) 496-1373

Tel. No.: (310) 664-6470

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Great Hill Partners

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Peter L. Garran

Fax No.: (617) 292 - 9475

Tel. No.: (617) 790 - 9475

Harrington & McCarthy, LLP

888 Worcester Street, Suite 260

Wellesley, MA 02482

Attention: Michael K. Harrington

Fax No.: (781) 352 - 0471

Tel. No.: (781) 352 – 0465

 

81


Latham & Watkins LLP

555 Eleventh Street, NW

Suite 1000

Washington, DC 20004-1304

Attention: Manu Gayatrinath

Fax No.: (202) 637-2201

Tel. No.: (202) 637-2342

If to Agent or Lenders:

Deerpath Funding, LP

405 Lexington Avenue, 53 rd Floor

New York, NY 10174

Attention: James H. Kirby

Fax No.: (646) 417-7095

Tel. No.: (646) 786-1022

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Porter Hedges LLP

1000 Main Street, 36 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

Fax No.: (713) 226-6240

Tel. No.: (713) 226-6640

Attention: Andrew C. Fertitta

14.4 Survival . Unless otherwise provided, all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made in this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents shall survive the making of Loans hereunder, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other documents the forms of which are attached as Exhibits hereto, the issue and delivery of the Notes, any disposition thereof by any holder thereof, and any investigation made by the Agent or any Lender or any other holder of any of the Notes or on its behalf; provided , that the indemnities set out in Section 8.6 and their terms and provisions shall survive the Payment in Full of the Obligation and all statements contained in any certificate or other document delivered to the Agent or any Lender or any holder of any Notes by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or otherwise specifically for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties by such Loan Party hereunder, made as of the respective dates specified therein or, if no date is specified, as of the respective dates furnished to the Agent or any Lender.

14.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and each Loan Document shall be a contract made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflict of law principles (but including and giving effect to Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law).

14.6 Invalid Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and

 

82


enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic and legal effect of which comes as close as possible to the intent of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

14.7 Multiple Counterparts .

(a) Each Loan Document may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties; it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

(b) The exchange of copies of any Loan Document and of signature pages to any Loan Document by facsimile transmission (whether directly from one facsimile device to another by means of a dial-up connection or whether mediated by the worldwide web), by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“ .pdf ”) form, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, or by combination of such means, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of such Loan Document as to the parties thereto and may be used in lieu of the original Loan Document for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile, .pdf or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

14.8 Amendments; Assignments and Participations.

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, changed, waived or otherwise modified unless such amendment, change, waiver or other modification is in writing and signed by each Loan Party, the Agent, and the Required Lenders or by the Agent acting at the written direction of the Required Lenders; provided , however , that :

(i) no change, waiver or other modification shall:

(A) extend or postpone any date fixed by this Agreement for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) without the written consent of each Lender entitled to received such payment;

(B) (1) reduce the principal amount of any Loan made by any Lender or (2) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of, or excuse the payment of, interest thereon, in each case without the written consent of such Lender (other than as a result of (I) waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates or (II) any amendment or modification of the financial covenants (or defined terms used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or to reduce any fee payable hereunder, which in each case shall require only the consent of the Required Lenders);

 

83


(C) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of, or excuse the payment of, any fees to which any Lender is entitled hereunder without the written consent of each Lender entitled to receive such fees;

(D) except in connection with a transaction permitted under this Agreement, release all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Obligations without the written consent of each Lender;

(E) amend, modify or waive any provision of (i) this Section 14.8(a) or (ii) any other provision of any of the Loan Documents pursuant to which the consent or approval of all Lenders, or a number or specified percentage or other required grouping of Lenders, is by the terms of such provision explicitly required, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(F) reduce the percentage specified in, or otherwise modify, the definition of Required Lenders, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or

(G) subject to Section 13.10 , release any Loan Party from any of its obligations hereunder or consent to the assignment or transfer by a Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in each case without the written consent of each Lender.

(b) Upon prior written notice to the Borrowers, from time to time any Lender may sell, assign or transfer, or sell one or more participations in, all or any portion of its Notes and its other rights and obligations under the Loans, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to one or more Persons.

(c) Lenders may syndicate the Term Loan from time to time to one or more Persons (each, a “ Syndicate Partner ” and, collectively, the “ Syndicate Partners ”) with a corresponding reduction in each Lender’s Percentage Interest of the Term Loan. Lenders will manage all aspects of any syndication, including the selection of Syndicate Partners, the timing of all offers to Syndicate Partners, the acceptance of commitments, the amount offered and the allocation of compensation payable by Borrowers under this Agreement to Agent and/or Lenders among such Syndicate Partners (it being agreed and understood that the syndication of the Term Loan shall not increase the amount of fees, expenses or other costs payable by the Borrowers hereunder prior to such syndication). In connection with any such syndication of the Term Loan:

(i) the Loan Parties agree to take such commercially reasonable actions as Lenders may reasonably request from time to time to assist Lenders in forming a syndicate, including, without limitation, (A) using commercially reasonable efforts to make senior management, representatives and advisors of the Loan Parties available to prepare for and participate in rating agency meetings, lender meetings and other communications with potential Syndicate Partners at

 

84


such times and places as Lenders may reasonably request, (B) cooperate in the preparation of information memoranda for the Term Loan and other marketing materials to be used in connection with the syndication thereof, including causing such information memoranda to conform to market standards for similarly situated borrowers to the extent that such information is readily available to the Loan Parties, (C) using the Loan Parties’ commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the syndication efforts of Lenders benefit from the existing lending and other financial relationships of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and (D) promptly providing and causing the Loan Parties’ advisors to provide Lenders with all information reasonably deemed necessary by Lenders to successfully complete the syndication of the Term Loan; and

(ii) the Loan Parties’ agreements under this subsection (c)  shall continue and survive until the completion of a successful syndication of the Term Loan (as determined by Lenders) notwithstanding the Closing.

(d) Subject to the confidentiality provisions herein, any Lender may furnish any information concerning the Loan Parties in its possession from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and participants).

(e) To facilitate any assignment, syndication or participation pursuant to this Section 14.8 , (i) Lenders may tranche the Term Loan (including creating first lien and second lien or first and last out tranches), provided, that the weighted average economics of the Term Loan are unchanged and the terms are not more adverse to Loan Parties than those provided in this Agreement, and (ii) Loan Parties shall, from time to time promptly upon the request of any Lender, execute and deliver to such Lender or to such party or parties as such Lender may designate, any and all replacement Notes, consents, acknowledgements and other instruments and agreements as may in the reasonable opinion of such Lender be necessary or advisable to give full force and effect to such assignment, syndication or participation.

(f) No Loan Party may assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or delegate its duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Agent and each of the Lenders.

(g) The Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Loan Parties, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States, a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Loan Parties, the Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Loan Parties and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Loans (including any Notes evidencing such Loans) are registered obligations, the right, title and interest of the Lender and their assignees in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register and no assignment thereof shall be

 

85


effective until recorded therein. This Section 14.8(g) shall be construed so that the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meanings of Section 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Tax Code.

(h) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Loan Parties, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(i) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, and this Section 14.8 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided , however , that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(j) Each Lender initially party to this Agreement hereby represents, and each Person that becomes a Lender pursuant to an assignment permitted by this Section will, upon its becoming party to this Agreement, represents that it is a commercial lender, other financial institution or other “accredited” investor (as defined in SEC Regulation D) that makes or acquires loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it will make or acquire Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of such business; provided , however , that subject to the preceding Section 14.8(b) and Section 14.8(c) , the disposition of any promissory notes or other evidences of or interests in Debt held by such Lender shall at all times be within its exclusive control.

14.9 Term . This Agreement will stay in effect until, and all rights and obligations under this Agreement (except for any provisions thereof, such as indemnification provisions, which by their terms survive termination) shall terminate upon, the Payment in Full of the Obligation.

14.10 Marshaling; Discharge Only Upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in Certain Circumstances . Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligation hereunder. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Loan Party’s Obligation under the Loan Documents remain in full force and effect until the Payment in Full of the Obligation. If at any time any payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount payable by any Loan Party or any other obligor on the Obligation under any Loan Document is rescinded or must be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Loan Party or otherwise, the Obligation of each Loan Party under the Loan Documents with respect to that payment shall be reinstated as though the payment had been due but not made at that time.

 

86


14.11 [Intentionally Omitted] .

14.12 No Implied Waivers; Cumulative Remedies; Writing Required . No delay or failure of Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall affect or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or any other right, power or remedy. The rights and remedies hereunder of Agent and the Lenders are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of Agent or any Lender of any breach or default under this Agreement or any such waiver of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

14.13 Electronic Submissions . Agent and Lenders may permit or require that any of the documents, certificates, forms, deliveries or other communications, authorized, required or contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents be submitted to Agent or any Lender in Approved Electronic Form (as hereafter defined). For purposes hereof “ Electronic Form ” means e-mail, e-mail attachments, data submitted on web-based forms or any other communication method that delivers machine readable data or information to Lenders, and “ Approved Electronic Form ” means an Electronic Form that has been approved in writing by Agent (which approval has not been revoked or modified by Agent). Any submissions made in an applicable Approved Electronic Form shall have the same force and effect that the same submissions would have had if they had been submitted in any other applicable form authorized, required or contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

14.14 Jury Waiver . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AGENT, LENDERS AND THE LOAN PARTIES HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN AGENT, LENDERS (OR ANY LENDER) AND LOAN PARTIES (OR ANY LOAN PARTY) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN AGENT, ANY LENDER AND ANY LOAN PARTY. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO AGENT AND LENDERS TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

14.15 Venue and Service of Process . EACH PARTY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, IN EACH CASE FOR ITSELF, ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, (A) IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (AND OF THE APPROPRIATE APPELLATE COURTS THEREFROM), (B) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE OBLIGATION BROUGHT IN THE DISTRICT COURT OF NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, (C) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS THAT ANY LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM, (D) IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THOSE COURTS IN ANY LITIGATION BY THE

 

87


MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, POSTAGE PREPAID, BY HAND-DELIVERY, OR BY DELIVERY BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED COURIER SERVICE, AND SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETE UPON DELIVERY OF THE LEGAL PROCESS AT ITS ADDRESS SET OUT IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND (E) IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY PARTY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE OBLIGATION MAY BE BROUGHT IN ONE OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS. THE SCOPE OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING CONSENTS AND WAIVERS IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH LOAN PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THESE CONSENTS AND WAIVERS ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO LENDERS’ AGREEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT AGENT AND LENDERS HAVE ALREADY RELIED ON THESE CONSENTS AND WAIVERS IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT AGENT AND LENDERS WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON EACH OF THESE CONSENTS AND WAIVERS IN RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH LOAN PARTY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THESE CONSENTS AND WAIVERS WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AGREES TO EACH CONSENT AND WAIVER FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

THE CONSENTS AND WAIVERS IN THIS SECTION 14.15 ARE IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT THEY MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THESE CONSENTS AND WAIVERS SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS, OR REPLACEMENTS TO OR OF THIS OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

14.16 Marketing and Disclosure Rights of Lenders . Each Loan Party hereby grants Agent and each Lender the right to divulge such Loan Party’s name and a brief description of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as such information is normally and customarily provided in tombstone advertisements, on Agent’s or any Lender’s internet website, in Agent’s or any Lender’s newsletter or in any of Agent’s or any Lender’s other marketing materials; provided, that neither Agent nor any Lender shall divulge any non-public information about the financial condition of the Loan Parties in any such advertisements; provided , further , that Agent shall provide advance notice and a copy of any such disclosure and Loan Parties shall have a right to comment thereon within a reasonable amount of time. Each Loan Party also grants Agent and each Lender the right to divulge information about the Loan Parties and all material aspects of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to (x) the SBA, (y) Agent’s and each Lender’s current and prospective lenders, partners, Affiliates, investors, co-investors, co-lenders and other financing sources, or any trustee or agent therefor or counsel thereto, and (z) S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and/or other ratings agency when required by such rating agency, subject to Agent’s and Lenders’ obligations to instruct such Persons to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Each Loan Party further understands and acknowledges that Agent and each Lender and one or more of their respective members and affiliates may have certain regulatory requirements in

 

88


order to maintain compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and as such Loan Parties approve and consent to the disclosure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for such purposes.

14.17 Managerial Assistance by Lenders . Each Loan Party acknowledges that Lenders have offered and continue to offer to make available managerial, consulting or other assistance upon such Loan Party’s request.

14.18 Enforcement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Agent in accordance with Section 13.1 for the benefit of all of the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, or (b) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clause (b) of the preceding proviso, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

14.19 No Duty; No Fiduciary Relationship . All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, consultants and other professional persons (including the firms or other entities on behalf of which any such Person may act) retained by the Agent or any Lender with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to any Loan Party or to any of its Subsidiaries, or to any other Person, with respect to any matters within the scope of such representation or related to their activities in connection with such representation. Each Loan Party agrees, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, not to assert any claim or counterclaim against any such persons with regard to such matters, all such claims and counterclaims, now existing or hereafter arising, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseeable, being hereby waived, released and forever discharged. The relationship among the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, is solely that of debtor and creditor, and the Agent and the Lenders have no fiduciary or other special relationship with any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, and no term or provision of any Loan Document, no course of dealing, no written or oral communication, or other action, shall be construed so as to deem such relationship to be other than that of debtor and creditor.

14.20 Subordination of Intercompany Debt . Each Loan Party agrees that all intercompany Debt among Loan Parties (the “ Intercompany Debt ”) is subordinated in right of payment, to the prior Payment in Full of the Obligation. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary; provided , that no Default has occurred and is continuing, and the Agent has not delivered notice to the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties may make and receive payments with respect to the Intercompany Debt to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this

 

89


Agreement; provided , that in the event of and during the continuation of any Default upon notice from the Agent, no payment shall be made by or on behalf of any Loan Party on account of any Intercompany Debt. In the event that any Loan Party receives any payment of any Intercompany Debt at a time when such payment is prohibited by this Section 14.20 such payment shall be held by such Loan Party, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to, the Agent.

14.21 Patriot Act .

(a) IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES REQUIRED BY THE PATRIOT ACT. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each entity or person who opens an account or establishes a relationship with a Lender.

What this means: When an entity or person opens an account or establishes a relationship with a Lender, Lender may ask for the name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow the Lender to identify the entity or person who opens an account or establishes a relationship with a Lender, Lender may also ask to see identifying documents for the entity or person.

(b) Each Loan Party shall, promptly following a request by the Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

(c) Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not organized under the Laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to the Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such Lender is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (A) within 10 days after the Closing Date, and (B) at such other times as are required under the Patriot Act.

(d) Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “ CIP Regulations ”), or any other Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective Affiliates or agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder: (i) any identity verification procedures, (ii) any record keeping, (iii) any comparisons with government lists, (iv) any customer notices or (v) any other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other Laws.

 

90


14.22 Entirety . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE AGENT, LENDERS AND LOAN PARTIES AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, ORAL OR WRITTEN, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE COMMITMENT LETTER AND ANY TERM SHEET ENTERED INTO BY ANY LENDER AND ANY LOAN PARTY. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BY THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

14.23 Confidentiality . Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding the Loan Parties, their Affiliates and their respective businesses obtained by Agent or any Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Person’s customary procedures for handling information of such nature, except that disclosure of such information may be made by Agent, a Lender or any of their Affiliates (i) to (A) their respective agents, employees, Affiliates, attorneys, auditors and lenders who are aware of the confidential nature of such information and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.23 and (B) rating agencies, insurance industry associations and portfolio management services, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Term Loans, and to prospective contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) in Hedging Agreements, provided that any such prospective transferee, purchaser or counterparty shall have agreed to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.23 , (iii) as required by Law, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) in connection with any litigation or in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, (v) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of such Person, (vi) as permitted under Section 14.16 , and (vii) with the Loan Parties’ prior written consent. Confidential information shall not include information that either (A) is in the public domain, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to such Person through no fault of such Person, or (B) is disclosed to such Person by a Person other than a Loan Party or its Representatives, provided , that neither Agent nor any Lender has knowledge that such Person is prohibited from disclosing such information. Agent and Lender shall be responsible for compliance with this Section 14.23 by Agent, Lenders and their respective employees and for any breach by such Persons of this Section 14.23 . The obligations of Agent and Lenders under this Section 14.23 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Agent and Lenders under any confidentiality agreement in respect of this financing executed and delivered by Agent or any Lender prior to the date hereof (but shall not relieve such Persons from any liability with respect to any breach prior to the Closing).

Section 15 Guaranty

15.1 The Guaranty . Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally guarantees to each Lender and Agent as hereinafter provided, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment in full of the Obligation in cash in immediately available funds when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. The Guarantors

 

91


hereby further agree that if all or any portion of the Obligation is not paid in full in cash in immediately available funds when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Obligation, the same will be promptly Paid in Full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under the Debtor Relief Laws or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

15.2 Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 15.1 are joint and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents, or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein, or any substitution, release, impairment or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligation, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 15.2 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrowers or any other Guarantor for amounts paid under this Section 15 until such time as the Obligation has been Paid in Full. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Obligation shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Obligation shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligation shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Obligation or any security therefor shall be released, impaired or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(d) any lien granted to, or in favor of, the Agent or any Lender or Lenders as security for any of the Obligation shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

 

92


(e) any of the Obligation shall be determined to be void or voidable (including, without limitation, for the benefit of any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims of any Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of any Guarantor).

(f) With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligation.

15.3 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 15 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Obligation is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Obligation, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Agent and each Lender on demand for all reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of one external counsel to the Lenders, as a group) incurred by the Agent or such Lender in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

15.4 Certain Additional Waivers . Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of recourse to security for the Obligation, except through the exercise of rights of subrogation pursuant to Section 15.2 and through the exercise of rights of contribution pursuant to Section 15.6 .

15.5 Remedies . The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, the Obligation may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 12.1 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in said Section 12.1(a) ) for purposes of Section 15.1 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Obligation from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or the Obligation being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Obligation (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 15.1 .

15.6 Rights of Contribution . The Guarantors hereby agree as among themselves that, if any Guarantor shall make an Excess Payment (as defined below), such Guarantor shall have a right of contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s Contribution Share (as defined below) of such Excess Payment. The payment obligations of any Guarantor under this Section 15.6 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the Obligation until such time as the Obligation has been Paid in Full, and none of the Guarantors shall exercise any right or remedy under this Section 15.6 against any other Guarantor until the

 

93


Obligation has been Paid in Full. For purposes of this Section 15.6 , (a) “Excess Payment” shall mean the amount paid by any Guarantor in excess of its Ratable Share of any Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below); (b) “Ratable Share” shall mean, for any Guarantor in respect of any payment of Obligation, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) as of the date of such payment of Guaranteed Obligations of (i) the amount by which the aggregate present fair salable value of all of its assets and properties exceeds the amount of all debts and liabilities of such Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder) to (ii) the amount by which the aggregate present fair salable value of all assets and other properties of all of the Loan Parties exceeds the amount of all of the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder) of the Loan Parties; provided, however , that , for purposes of calculating the Ratable Shares of the Guarantors in respect of any payment of Obligation, any Guarantor that became a Guarantor subsequent to the date of any such payment shall be deemed to have been a Guarantor on the date of such payment and the financial information for such Guarantor as of the date such Guarantor became a Guarantor shall be utilized for such Guarantor in connection with such payment; (c) “Contribution Share” shall mean, for any Guarantor in respect of any Excess Payment made by any other Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) as of the date of such Excess Payment of (i) the amount by which the aggregate present fair salable value of all of its assets and properties exceeds the amount of all debts and liabilities of such Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder) to (ii) the amount by which the aggregate present fair salable value of all assets and other properties of the Loan Parties other than the maker of such Excess Payment exceeds the amount of all of the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Loan Parties) of the Loan Parties other than the maker of such Excess Payment; provided, however , that , for purposes of calculating the Contribution Shares of the Guarantors in respect of any Excess Payment, any Guarantor that became a Guarantor subsequent to the date of any such Excess Payment shall be deemed to have been a Guarantor on the date of such Excess Payment and the financial information for such Guarantor as of the date such Guarantor became a Guarantor shall be utilized for such Guarantor in connection with such Excess Payment; and (d) “Guaranteed Obligations” shall mean the Obligation guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 15 . This Section 15.6 shall not be deemed to affect any right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution that any Guarantor may have under Law against the Borrowers in respect of any payment of Guaranteed Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all rights of contribution against any Guarantor shall terminate from and after such time, if ever, that such Guarantor shall be relieved of its obligations in accordance with this Agreement.

15.7 Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee . The guarantee in this Section 15 is a guaranty of payment and not of collection, is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all of the Obligation whenever arising.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.

Signatures are on the following page . ]

 

94


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Loan Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AGENT:
D EERPATH F UNDING , LP

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Agent

By:  

Deerpath Funding General Partner, Inc.

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Anish Bahl

Name:   Anish Bahl
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
LENDER:
D EERPATH F UNDING , LP

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Lender

By:  

Deerpath Funding General Partner, Inc.

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Anish Bahl

Name:   Anish Bahl
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 1 OF 3 TO L OAN A GREEMENT ]


BORROWERS:

Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:  

Rosanna McCollough

Title:  

President

B E Y OGA LLC

a New York limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:  

Rosanna McCollough

Title:  

President

C ENTER F OR Y OGA , I NC .

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:  

Rosanna McCollough

Title:  

President

N OR C AL W HOLE B ODY LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:  

Rosanna McCollough

Title:  

President

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 2 OF 3 TO L OAN A GREEMENT ]


GUARANTORS:

YWX H OLDINGS , I NC .

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Peter L. Garran

Name:  

Peter L. Garran

Title:  

Secretary

W HOLE B ODY , I NC .

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Peter L. Garran

Name:  

Peter L. Garran

Title:  

Secretary

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 3 OF 3 TO L OAN A GREEMENT ]


SCHEDULE 8.16

1) No later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, Loan Parties shall deliver to Agent Deposit Account Control Agreements with respect to all of the Loan Parties’ bank accounts and other similar accounts.

2) During the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Agent (a) the Leasehold Deeds of Trust and (b) Landlord Subordinations of Lien for all of the Loan Parties’ leased real property.

3) During the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent of the payment in full of the SBA loan of Loan Parties outstanding as of the Closing Date.

4) No later than thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, Loan Parties shall deliver to Agent Certificates of Insurance or other proof, satisfactory to Lenders, that Loan Parties have the insurance coverage required by Section 8.8 .

Exhibit 10.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ First Amendment ”) is entered into and made effective as of December 23, 2015 (the “ First Amendment Date ”), by and among Y OGA W ORKS , I NC ., a California corporation (“ Yoga Works ”), B E Y OGA LLC, a New York limited liability company (“ Be Yoga ”), C ENTER FOR Y OGA I NC ., a California corporation (“ Center ”), N OR C AL W HOLE B ODY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Nor Cal ”), and the other borrowers from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (defined below) (together with Yoga Works, Be Yoga, Center and Nor Cal, each, a “ Borrower ” and, collectively, “ Borrowers ”), YWX H OLDINGS , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), W HOLE B ODY , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other guarantors from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (together with Holdings and the Company, the “ Guarantors ”; the Guarantors together with Borrowers, “ Loan Parties ” and, individually, a “ Loan Party ”), D EERPATH F UNDING , LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Deerpath ”), and the other lenders from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (together with Deerpath, each, a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Deerpath, as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this First Amendment have the respective meanings given such terms in the Loan Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Loan Parties, Lenders and Agent have entered into that certain Loan Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), dated effective as of July 24, 2015 (the “ Closing Date ”), pursuant to which Lenders have made (i) a single-advance senior secured term loan on the Closing Date in the amount of $5,000,000, and (ii) a conditional commitment to provide additional single-advance senior secured term loans from time to time following the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000.

B. Borrowers have requested that Lenders (i) make an Additional Term Loan to

Borrowers on the First Amendment Date in an amount equal to $2,000,000 (the “ First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan ”), and (ii) make certain other modifications to the Loan Agreement, and Agent and Lenders have agreed to such requests, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

1.1 The Recitals to this First Amendment are incorporated into and made a part of the Loan Agreement.

1.2 Section  1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended to add the following definition:

Available Deferred Acquisition Obligation Netting Amount means, when determined, the amount equal to (a) the aggregate cash available in Loan Parties’ deposit


accounts, minus (b) $250,000; provided, that if the result of the foregoing calculation is a negative number, then the Available Deferred Acquisition Obligation Netting Amount shall be deemed to be equal to $0.00.

Deerpath Additional Term Note (First Amendment Date) means that certain promissory note executed by Borrowers on the First Amendment Date and made payable to Deerpath in an original principal amount equal to $2,000,000, and all renewals, increases, modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements and replacements of, or substitutions for, that promissory note.

Deferred Acquisition Obligations means all earn-out obligations, deferred purchase price obligations and seller note obligations incurred, entered into or issued in connection with any acquisition by a Loan Party of another company or all or any portion of its Equity Securities, properties or assets.

1.3 Section  1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete the definitions of “ Excess Cash Flow ”, “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” and “ Funded Debt ” in their entirety and replace them with the following:

Excess Cash Flow means, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, without duplication:

(a) EBITDA for such Excess Cash Flow Period, minus

(b) the sum of:

(i) Loan Parties’ Taxes paid in cash for such Excess Cash Flow Period (reduced by any foreign, United States, state or local tax refunds received by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period);

(ii) the principal amount of all Funded Debt (other than Deferred Acquisition Obligations) paid in cash by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period as required under the applicable loan agreements, notes, lease agreements or other instruments evidencing such Debt, and including the amount of any voluntary prepayments in accordance with Section  2.4 and any mandatory prepayments in accordance with Section 2.5(b) , provided , that such voluntary prepayments are funded solely from Loan Parties’ internally-generated cash flow (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Net Proceeds of (w) any issuance of Equity Securities by any Loan Party, (x) any Debt financing of any Loan Party, (y) any sale or disposition of assets, properties or Equity Securities by any Loan Party, and (z) any Liquidity Event, in each case, entered into following the Closing Date);

(iii) Net Interest Expense (excluding any Net Interest Expense in respect of Deferred Acquisition Obligations) paid in cash by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period;

 

2


(iv) cash Capital Expenditures for such Excess Cash Flow Period;

(v) to the extent included in EBITDA, (A) non-cash income or gains not otherwise set forth herein, (B) non-cash write-ups with respect to revaluing assets and liabilities, and (C) non-cash gains from joint ventures and non-cash minority interest increases;

(vi) cash payments of Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including any amounts paid following the termination of a payment blockage);

(vii) without duplication, cash EBITDA Addbacks; and

(viii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisitions, the cash portion of the purchase price consideration paid at the closing of such Permitted Acquisition (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any purchase price consideration paid in respect of any Deferred Acquisition Obligations), together with any transaction fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; provided, that such transaction fees and expenses (1) are not capitalized by Loan Parties and (2) do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate for any such Permitted Acquisition, and any indemnity payments (as required under the applicable purchase agreement), in each case, paid by Loan Parties during such Excess Cash Flow Period, minus (or plus)

(ix) any increase (or decrease) in Loan Parties’ Net Working Capital for such Excess Cash Flow Period,

all as calculated on an annual basis following completion of Loan Parties’ certified financial statements provided to Lenders pursuant to Section 8.1(a) ; provided, that if the result of such calculation is a negative amount, then Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period shall be deemed equal to zero dollars ($0.00).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, when determined, the ratio of:

(c) EBITDA for the most recently completed 12-month period, to

(d) the sum of (collectively, the “ Fixed Charges ”):

(i) the principal amount of all Funded Debt scheduled to be paid by the Loan Parties during the forward 12-month period;

(ii) Net Interest Expense paid during the most-recently completed 12-month period; and

(iii) Loan Parties’ Maintenance CapEx, cash Taxes, any Cash Distributions and any cash Permitted Sponsor Reimbursements for the most-recently completed 12-month period.

 

3


Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of any testing date, Fixed Charges shall be reduced by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate amount of Fixed Charges described in sub-clauses (i)  and (ii) of clause (b)  above that are attributable to, paid or scheduled to be paid in respect of Deferred Acquisition Obligations incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, and (B) the Available Deferred Acquisition Obligation Netting Amount as of such testing date.

Funded Debt means, without duplication, when determined, the following: (a) all obligations of the Loan Parties for borrowed money (whether as a direct obligor on a promissory note, a reimbursement obligor on a letter of credit, a guarantor, surety or other secondary obligor or otherwise), excluding the accounting impact of any discount to the GAAP book value of the Debt instrument resulting from the allocation of proceeds from such borrowed money between the Debt instrument and concurrently issued equity interests granted by such Person, plus (but without duplication) (b) all purchase money Debt (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Deferred Acquisition Obligations) and Capital Lease obligations of the Loan Parties; provided , however , that Funded Debt ” shall not include the Sponsor Subordinated Debt.

Section 2. First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan .

(a) Loan Request . As set forth in that certain Loan Request – Additional Term Loan dated December 4, 2015, executed and delivered by Borrowers to Lenders and attached hereto as Annex A , Borrowers have requested that Lenders make the First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan on the First Amendment Date.

(b) First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this First Amendment and the Loan Agreement, pursuant to Section  2.2 of the Loan Agreement, Lenders agree to make, and shall make, the First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan to Borrowers on the First Amendment Date, in an amount equal to $2,000,000.00, less certain of Agent’s and Lenders’ fees and expenses that are being deducted by the applicable Lenders at the closing of this First Amendment pursuant to Section 2(d) below (the “ First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan Proceeds ”).

(c) Use of Proceeds . Borrowers shall use the First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan Proceeds to fund (i) new location build-outs and Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) transaction costs, fees and expenses occurred in connection therewith.

(d) Fees and Expenses . On the First Amendment Date, pursuant to Section  4.2 of the Loan Agreement, Borrowers shall pay (i) to Deerpath, (A) a structuring fee in an amount equal to $20,000.00, which is equal to one percent (1.00%) of the First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan, and (B) a closing fee in an amount equal to

 

4


$30,000.00, which is equal to one and one-half percent (1.50%) of the First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan, and (ii) to Agent and Lenders, as applicable, any other fees and expenses provided for in Section  8.11 of the Loan Agreement; provided, however, that , in lieu of any such cash payment under this Section 2(d) , Lenders may in their sole discretion elect to deduct such fees and expenses from the First Amendment Date Additional Term Loan Proceeds.

Section 3. Conditions .

3.1 This First Amendment shall be effective once each of the following have been received by Agent at the closing of the transactions contemplated by this First Amendment:

(a) this First Amendment, duly executed by Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders;

(b) the Deerpath Additional Term Note (First Amendment Date), duly executed by Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders;

(c) a certificate of the secretary of each Loan Party, certifying as to its certificate of formation or other applicable charter document and the operating agreement or bylaws, as applicable, of such Loan Party, the incumbency of its officers executing Loan Documents on such Loan Date and their specimen signatures and resolutions adopted by its board of directors authorizing this First Amendment and the other First Amendment Documents (defined below) to which such Loan Party is a party; and

(d) Certificates of Existence and Good Standing for each Loan Party from each of the jurisdictions where such Loan Party is organized.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties . Loan Parties represent and warrant to Lenders, jointly and severally, that (a) Loan Parties possess all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and comply with the terms of this First Amendment, the Deerpath Additional Term Note (First Amendment Date) and the other certificates, documents and agreements set forth in Section  3.1 above (collectively, the “ First Amendment Documents ”), (b) the First Amendment Documents have been duly authorized and approved by all requisite corporate and company action on the part of Loan Parties, and Loan Parties will provide Lenders with evidence of such approval upon request, (c) no other consent of any Person (other than Agent and Lenders and consents that have been obtained) is required for the First Amendment Documents to be effective, (d) the execution and delivery of the First Amendment Documents does not violate any of Loan Parties’ organizational documents, (e) assuming the due execution and delivery, as applicable, by Agent and Lenders, the First Amendment Documents constitute valid and binding agreements of Loan Parties, enforceable against Loan Parties in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and general principles of equity; (f) except as set forth in Annex B attached hereto, the representations and warranties in each Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the First Amendment Date as though made

 

5


on the First Amendment Date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties speak to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date), (g) no Material Adverse Event exists, (h) no Litigation is pending against any Loan Party which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event, (i) no Default or Potential Default exists, and (j) each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party.

Section 5. Scope of Amendment; Reaffirmation; Release .

5.1 From and after the First Amendment Date, all references to the Loan Agreement shall refer to the Loan Agreement as amended by this First Amendment. Except as affected by this First Amendment, the Loan Documents are unchanged and continue in full force and effect. However, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Loan Agreement (as amended by this First Amendment) and any other Loan Document, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall control and such other document shall be deemed to be amended to conform to the terms of the Loan Agreement.

5.2 Each Loan Party hereby (a) ratifies and reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (b) confirms and agrees that all Loan Documents to which it is a party, including, but not limited to, all Liens granted in favor of Agent or Lenders pursuant to the Security Documents, remain in full force and effect and continue to be legal, valid, and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their terms (as the same are affected by this First Amendment), except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and general principles of equity.

5.3 Loan Parties and their respective representatives, successors and assigns hereby jointly and severally, knowingly and voluntarily RELEASE, DISCHARGE and FOREVER WAIVE and RELINQUISH any and all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions and causes of action of whatsoever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which each of them has, may have or might have or may assert now or in the future against Agent or any Lender directly or indirectly, arising out of, based upon or in any manner connected with any transaction, event, circumstance, action, failure to act or occurrence of any sort or type, in each case related to, arising from or in connection with the Loans, whether known or unknown, and which occurred, existed, was taken, permitted or begun prior to the First Amendment Date. Loan Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the execution of this First Amendment by Agent and Lenders shall not constitute an acknowledgment of or an admission by Agent or Lenders of the existence of any such claims or of liability for any matter or precedent upon which liability may be asserted.

Section 6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 No Waiver of Defaults . This First Amendment does not constitute (a) a waiver of, or a consent to, (i) any provision of the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document not expressly referred to in this First Amendment, or (ii) any present or future violation of, or Default under, any provision of the Loan Documents, or (b) a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s right to insist upon future compliance with each term, covenant, condition and provision of the Loan Documents.

 

6


6.2 Loan Document . This First Amendment is a Loan Document.

6.3 Form . Each agreement, document, instrument or other writing to be furnished to Agent under any provision of this First Amendment must be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and its counsel.

6.4 Headings . The headings and captions used in this First Amendment are for convenience only and will not be deemed to limit, amplify or modify the terms of this First Amendment, the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

6.5 Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Loan Parties agree to pay or reimburse Agent, Lenders or their Affiliates on demand for all their reasonable, documented and out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses paid or incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this First Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of Agent’s and each Lender’s counsel.

6.6 Successors and Assigns . This First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the undersigned and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

6.7 Multiple Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatories had signed the same document. All counterparts must be construed together to constitute one and the same instrument. This First Amendment may be transmitted and signed by facsimile and in .pdf or other electronic format. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders. Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original; provided, that , the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

6.8 Governing Law . This First Amendment shall be a contract made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflict of law principles (but including and giving effect to Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law).

6.9 Entirety . T HE L OAN D OCUMENTS ( AS AMENDED HEREBY ) R EPRESENT THE F INAL A GREEMENT B ETWEEN L OAN P ARTIES , A GENT AND L ENDERS AND M AY N OT B E C ONTRADICTED BY E VIDENCE OF P RIOR , C ONTEMPORANEOUS , OR S UBSEQUENT O RAL A GREEMENTS BY THE P ARTIES . T HERE A RE N O U NWRITTEN O RAL A GREEMENTS AMONG THE P ARTIES .

[Signatures appear on the next page]

 

7


This First Amendment to Loan Agreement is executed as of the date set forth in the opening paragraph hereof.

 

AGENT:

D EERPATH F UNDING , LP

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Agent

By:   Deerpath Funding General Partner, Inc. its general partner
By:  

/s/ Anish Bahl

Name:   Anish Bahl
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
LENDER:

D EERPATH F UNDING , LP

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Lender

By:   Deerpath Funding General Partner, Inc. its general partner
By:  

/s/ Anish Bahl

Name:   Anish Bahl
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 1 OF 3 TO F IRST A MENDMENT TO L OAN A GREEMENT (Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .)]


BORROWERS:

Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:   Rosanna McCollough
Title:   President

B E Y OGA LLC

a New York limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:   Rosanna McCollough
Title:   President

C ENTER F OR Y OGA , I NC .

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:   Rosanna McCollough
Title:   President

N OR C AL W HOLE B ODY LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

Name:   Rosanna McCollough
Title:   President

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 3 OF 3 TO F IRST A MENDMENT TO L OAN A GREEMENT (Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .)]


GUARANTORS:
YWX H OLDINGS , I NC .
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Peter L. Garran

Name:   Peter L. Garran
Title:   Secretary
W HOLE B ODY , I NC .
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Peter L. Garran

Name:   Peter L. Garran
Title:   Secretary

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 3 OF 3 TO F IRST A MENDMENT TO L OAN A GREEMENT (Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .)]


ANNEX A

TO

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

Loan Request – Additional Term Loan

(See attached.)


Annex B

TO

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

Supplemental Schedules to Loan Documents

(See attached.)

Exhibit 10.3

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Second Amendment ”) is entered into and made effective as of March 27, 2017 (the “ Second Amendment Date ”), by and among Y OGA W ORKS , I NC ., a California corporation (“ Yoga Works ”), B E Y OGA LLC, a New York limited liability company (“ Be Yoga ”), C ENTER FOR Y OGA I NC ., a California corporation (“ Center ”), N OR C AL W HOLE B ODY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Nor Cal ”), and the other borrowers from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (defined below) (together with Yoga Works, Be Yoga, Center and Nor Cal, each, a “ Borrower ” and, collectively, “ Borrowers ”), YWX H OLDINGS , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), W HOLE B ODY , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other guarantors from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (together with Holdings and the Company, the “ Guarantors ”; the Guarantors together with Borrowers, “ Loan Parties ” and, individually, a “ Loan Party ”), D EERPATH F UNDING , LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Deerpath ”), and the other lenders from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (together with Deerpath, each, a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Deerpath, as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Second Amendment have the respective meanings given such terms in the Loan Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Loan Parties, Lenders and Agent have entered into that certain Loan Agreement (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan Agreement dated as of December 23, 2015, and as further amended, restated, supplemented or modified to date, the “ Loan Agreement ”), dated effective as of July 24, 2015 (the “ Closing Date ”), pursuant to which Lenders have made (i) a single-advance senior secured term loan on the Closing Date in the amount of $5,000,000, and (ii) a conditional commitment to provide additional single-advance senior secured term loans from time to time following the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000.

B. Loan Parties have informed Agent and Lenders that one or more Defaults have occurred as of December 31, 2016 and are continuing as a result of (i) the Loan Parties’ failure to comply with certain of the financial covenants set forth in Section  10 of the Loan Agreement as of the testing date on December 31, 2016 (collectively, and including any misrepresentation made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in connection therewith or otherwise resulting from the existence thereof, the “ Q4 2016 Financial Covenant Defaults ”) and (ii) the Loan Parties’ failure to comply with certain of the covenants set forth in Section  8.16 of the Loan Agreement with respect to paragraph 1 of Schedule 8.16 of the Loan Agreement (the “ Post-Closing Covenant Defaults ” and collectively with the Q4 2016 Financial Covenant Defaults, the “ Specified Defaults ”).

C. Borrowers have requested that Agent and Lenders (i) make certain modifications to the Loan Agreement and (ii) waive the Specified Defaults, and Agent and Lenders have agreed to such requests, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

1.1 The Recitals to this Second Amendment are incorporated into and made a part of the Loan Agreement.

1.2 Section  1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended to add the following definition:

2017/2018 Mandatory Prepayment is defined in Section 2.5(d) .

2017/2018 Mandatory Prepayment Trigger Event means the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) Loan Parties fail to close and consummate a Qualifying 2017 IPO on or prior to December 31, 2017, (b) Loan Parties fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants set forth in Section  10 as of the testing date occurring on March 31, 2018, as reflected in Loan Parties’ Compliance Certificate delivered to Agent pursuant to Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) in respect of their fiscal quarter and fiscal month ending March 31, 2018, or (c) Loan Parties fail to deliver, Loan Parties’ monthly financial statements as of, and for the period ending on, March 31, 2018, together with the Compliance Certificate with respect to such financial statements, all in accordance with Sections 8.1(b) and (c) .

Applicable Margin means, when determined for any period:

(a) during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2016, 7.00%;

(b) during the period commencing on January 1, 2017 and ending on March 31, 2018:

(i) if the Qualifying 2017 IPO Closing Date has not occurred, 8.00%;

(ii) from and after the occurrence of the Qualifying 2017 IPO Closing Date, 7.50%; and

(c) during the period commencing on April 1, 2018 and continuing until the Payment in Full of the Obligation, the Applicable Margin as in effect as of March 31, 2018, in accordance with subsection (b) above; provided, that , on the first quarterly testing date under Section  10 (beginning with the quarterly testing date on March 31, 2018) when Loan Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section  10 and no other Default or Potential Default exists, then the Applicable Margin shall be reduced to 7.00% effective as of the day immediately following such quarterly testing date.

Elevated Minimum Liquidity Period is defined in Section 9.17(b) .

 

2


Qualifying 2017 IPO means a firmly underwritten primary public offering of Equity Securities of Holdings under a registration statement filed by Holdings under the Securities Act; provided that such offering (a) is closed and consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017, and (b) results in aggregate cash proceeds to Holdings and its Equityholders of at least $25,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

Qualifying 2017 IPO Closing Date means the date on which the Qualifying 2017 IPO is consummated.

Second Amendment means that certain Second Amendment to this Agreement dated as of the Second Amendment Date, by and among the Loan Parties, Lenders and Agent.

Second Amendment Date means March 27, 2017.

1.3 Section  1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete the definitions of “ Compliance Certificate ”, “ Liquidity Event ”, “ Principal Debt ”, “ Sponsor Subordinated Debt Agreement ”, “ Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement ” and “ Term Loan Principal Debt ” in their entirety and replace them with the following:

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Annex B attached to the Second Amendment and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

Liquidity Event means the occurrence of any one of the following: (a) a firmly underwritten primary public offering of Equity Securities under a registration statement filed by any Loan Party under the Securities Act which results in aggregate proceeds to the Loan Parties and their Equityholders of at least $10,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions), other than a Qualifying 2017 IPO, or (b) a Change of Control.

Principal Debt means, when determined, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loans (including any accrued and unpaid interest added pursuant to Section  3.5 ).

Sponsor Subordinated Debt Agreement means that certain (a) Note Purchase Agreement effective as of June 3, 2015 by and among Sponsor, Great Hill Investors, LLC and Holdings and (b) Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 27, 2017 by and among Sponsor, Great Hill Investors, LLC and Holdings.

Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement means that certain (a) Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated the Closing Date, by and among Sponsor, as subordinated lender, Agent and Loan Parties, attached hereto as Exhibit H , as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in compliance with this Agreement and (b) Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 27, 2017 by and among Sponsor and Great Hill Investors, LLC, as subordinated lenders, Agent and Loan Parties.

 

3


Term Loan Principal Debt means, when determined, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan (including any accrued and unpaid interest added pursuant to Section  3.5 ).

1.4 The lead-in to Section 2.4(b) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Concurrently with (and in addition to) any and all payments of the Term Loan Principal Debt that are funded on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date other than (x) Annual Excess Cash Flow Prepayments, (y) required quarterly amortization payments pursuant to Section 3.2(b) , and (z) as set forth in Sections 2.5(d) , 3.7 and 3.8 , Borrowers shall pay to Lenders a premium in cash, as follows:”

1.5 The second sentence of Section 2.4(c) of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete the reference to “Term Notes” therein and replace it with “Term Loan”.

1.6 Section 2.5(c) of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete the reference to “Term Notes” therein and replace it with “Term Loan”.

1.7 A new subsection (d)  is added to Section  2.5 of the Loan Agreement, as follows:

“(d) At Required Lenders’ election, upon the occurrence of a 2017/2018 Mandatory Prepayment Trigger Event, Borrowers shall be required to make a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loan Principal Debt (not subject to any prepayment penalty or premium) in an amount equal to $1,300,000.00 (a “ 2017/2018 Mandatory Prepayment ”). Any 2017/2018 Mandatory Prepayment shall be (i) payable no later than sixty (60) days following Borrowers’ receipt of a notice informing Borrowers that Required Lenders have elected to require the 2017/2018 Mandatory Prepayment, and (ii) applied to reduce the Term Loan Principal Debt in the reverse order of maturity, beginning with the Term Loan Principal Debt due at the Maturity Date.”

1.8 The first sentence of Section 3.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Borrowers agree that, promptly upon request by any Lender, Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender a Note evidencing any Loans of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount.”

1.9 Section 3.4(a) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Interest Rate . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Principal Debt shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin per annum and (ii) the Maximum Rate per annum.”

 

4


1.10 The first reference to “Notes” in the second sentence of Section 3.7(a) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Loans”.

1.11 Section 8.1(b) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Promptly after preparation, and no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each calendar month of the Loan Parties:

(i) internally-certified unaudited financial statements (including consolidated statements of income and cash flows and a balance sheet) showing the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties as of, and for the month, year-to-date and, if applicable, quarter period ended on, that last day;

(ii) during the period commencing on the Second Amendment Date until the first quarterly testing date following the Second Amendment Date when Loan Parties are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section  10 of this Agreement, a Compliance Certificate with respect to such financial statements certifying (A) as to the Loan Parties’ compliance with the covenant set forth in Section  9.17 of this Agreement and (B) that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Practices (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures) and present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties; and

(iii) during the period commencing on the date after the first quarterly testing date following the Second Amendment Date when Loan Parties are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section  10 of this Agreement until the Payment in Full of the Obligation, a certificate which will, at a minimum, include a statement that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Practices (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures) and present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties.”

1.12 The first sentence of Section  9.12 of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete the reference to “Schedule 7.18(a)” therein and replace it with “Section 7.18(a)”.

1.13 Section 9.14(a) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Except as expressly permitted by the applicable Subordination Agreement, no Loan Party may voluntarily prepay, redeem, defease, repurchase, acquire for value or make any sinking fund payment or other voluntary or optional payment with respect to any principal of, or interest on, any Debt other than (i) the Obligation and (ii) the retirement of Sponsor Subordinated Debt pursuant to its conversion into Equity Securities (other than Disqualified Stock).”

 

5


1.14 Section  9.17 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“9.17 Available Cash . The aggregate cash available in the Loan Parties’ deposit accounts shall not be less than:

(a) $250,000, at any time prior to the Second Amendment Date;

(b) $1,300,000, as of the last day of each fiscal month of Loan Parties during the period commencing on the Second Amendment Date and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) Loan Parties’ delivery of the financial statements and Compliance Certificate as of, and for the applicable periods ending on, March 31, 2018 pursuant to Sections 8.1(b) and (c) , provided , that no Default or Potential Default exists as of March 31, 2018, as certified and reflected on such Compliance Certificate, or (ii) Loan Parties’ payment in full in cash of any 2017/2018 Mandatory Prepayment in accordance with this Agreement (the “ Elevated Minimum Liquidity Period ”); and

(c) $250,000, at any time after the last day of the Elevated Minimum Liquidity Period.”

1.15 Section  10 of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete in its entirety the last sentence thereof and replace it with the following:

“Each of the covenants in this Section  10 shall be tested on a quarterly basis, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Loan Parties, commencing with Loan Parties’ fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2015; provided , however , that the covenants in this Section  10 shall not be tested as of any of the following dates: March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2017.”

1.16 Section  12.4 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“12.4 Reserved .”

 

6


1.17 The addresses (and telecopy numbers) for the parties set forth in Section 14.3 of the Loan Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“If to Loan Parties:

Whole Body, Inc. (d/b/a Yoga Works)

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, CA 90230

Attention: Vance Chang

Fax No.: (310) 496-1373

Tel. No.: (310) 664-6470

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Great Hill Partners

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Peter L. Garran

Fax No.: (617) 292-9475

Tel. No.: (617) 790-9475

Latham & Watkins LLP

355 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, CA 90071-1560

Attention: Glen Collyer

Fax No.: (213) 891-8763

Tel. No.: (213) 891-8701

If to Agent or Lenders:

For purposes of communications regarding any payments by Borrowers under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, communications regarding wiring information, payment details and payment confirmations:

Deerpath Funding, LP

405 Lexington Avenue, 53 rd Floor

New York, NY 10174

Attention: Brian Yoon

Tel. No.: (310) 752-4954

Email: BYoon@deerpathcapital.com and cc: operations@deerpathcapital.com

For all other purposes:

Deerpath Funding, LP

405 Lexington Avenue, 53 rd Floor

New York, NY 10174

Attention: Brian Yoon

Tel. No.: (310) 752-4954

Email: BYoon@deerpathcapital.com and cc: reporting@deerpathcapital.com

 

7


with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Porter Hedges LLP

1000 Main Street, 36 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Andrew C. Fertitta

Tel. No.: (713) 226-6640

Email: AFertitta@porterhedges.com

Section 2. Schedule 8.16 to Loan Agreement . Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that, effective as of the Second Amendment Date, Schedule 8.16 (Post-Closing Matters) to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Annex C , attached hereto, which is hereby incorporated and made a part of the Loan Agreement.

Section 3. Fees and Expenses . On the Second Amendment Date, Borrowers shall pay (a) to Lenders, an amendment fee in an amount equal to $34,562.50, which is equal to 0.50% of the Term Loan Principal Debt as of the Second Amendment Date, and (b) to Agent and Lenders, as applicable, any other fees and expenses provided for in Section  8.11 of the Loan Agreement.

Section 4. Specified Default Interest; Limited Waiver of Specified Defaults .

4.1 Specified Default Interest . Required Lenders hereby agree that they have elected not to accrue interest on the Principal Debt at the Default Rate (pursuant to their rights under Section  3.5 of the Loan Agreement and as a result of the Specified Defaults) during the period commencing on January 1, 2017 and ending on the Second Amendment Date.

4.2 Limited Waiver . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section  5 below, Agent and each Lender hereby waive the Specified Defaults, effective as of the Second Amendment Date.

Section 5. Conditions .

5.1 This Second Amendment shall be effective once each of the following have been received by Agent at the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Second Amendment:

(a) this Second Amendment, duly executed by Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders;

(b) a certificate of the secretary of each Loan Party, certifying as to its certificate of formation or other applicable charter document (other than for Yoga Works, Inc. and Center for Yoga Inc.) and the operating agreement or bylaws, as applicable, of such Loan Party, the incumbency of its officers executing Loan Documents on such Loan Date and their specimen signatures and resolutions adopted by its Board of Directors authorizing this Second Amendment and the other Second Amendment Documents (as defined below) to which such Loan Party is a party;

 

8


(c) Certificates of Existence and Good Standing for each Loan Party from each of the jurisdictions where such Loan Party is organized;

(d) executed copies of the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement and the Sponsor Subordinated Debt Agreement; and

(e) payment by Borrowers of the amendment fee for the Second Amendment, in accordance with Section  3 above.

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . Loan Parties represent and warrant to Lenders, jointly and severally, that (a) Loan Parties possess all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and comply with the terms of this Second Amendment and the other certificates, documents and agreements set forth in Section  5.1 above (collectively, the “ Second Amendment Documents ”), (b) the Second Amendment Documents have been duly authorized and approved by all requisite corporate and company action on the part of Loan Parties, (c) no other consent of any Person (other than Agent and Lenders and consents that have been obtained) is required for the Second Amendment Documents to be effective, (d) the execution and delivery of the Second Amendment Documents does not violate any of Loan Parties’ organizational documents, (e) assuming the due execution and delivery, as applicable, by Agent and Lenders, the Second Amendment Documents constitute valid and binding agreements of Loan Parties, enforceable against Loan Parties in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and general principles of equity; (f) except as set forth in Annex A attached hereto and except for the representations and warranties that would be untrue solely as a result of the existence of the Specified Defaults, the representations and warranties in each Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Second Amendment Date as though made on the Second Amendment Date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties speak to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date), (g) other than with respect to the Specified Defaults, no Material Adverse Event exists, (h) no Litigation is pending against any Loan Party which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event, (i) other than with respect to the Specified Defaults, no Default or Potential Default exists, and (j) other than with respect to the Specified Defaults, each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party.

Section 7. Scope of Amendment; Reaffirmation; Release .

7.1 From and after the Second Amendment Date, all references to the Loan Agreement shall refer to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment. Except as affected by this Second Amendment, the Loan Documents are unchanged and continue in full force and effect. However, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Second Amendment) and any other Loan Document, the terms of the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Second Amendment) shall control and such other document shall be deemed to be amended to conform to the terms of the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Second Amendment).

 

9


7.2 Each Loan Party hereby (a) ratifies and reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (b) confirms and agrees that all Loan Documents to which it is a party, including, but not limited to, all Liens granted in favor of Agent or Lenders pursuant to the Security Documents, remain in full force and effect and continue to be legal, valid, and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their terms (as the same are affected by this Second Amendment), except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and general principles of equity.

7.3 Loan Parties and their respective representatives, successors and assigns hereby jointly and severally, knowingly and voluntarily RELEASE, DISCHARGE and FOREVER WAIVE and RELINQUISH any and all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions and causes of action of whatsoever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which each of them has, may have or might have or may assert now or in the future against Agent or any Lender directly or indirectly, arising out of, based upon or in any manner connected with any transaction, event, circumstance, action, failure to act or occurrence of any sort or type, in each case related to, arising from or in connection with the Loans, whether known or unknown, and which occurred, existed, was taken, permitted or begun prior to the Second Amendment Date. Loan Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the execution of this Second Amendment by Agent and Lenders shall not constitute an acknowledgment of or an admission by Agent or Lenders of the existence of any such claims or of liability for any matter or precedent upon which liability may be asserted.

Section 8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 No Waiver of Defaults . Other than with respect to the limited waiver granted in Section  4.2 hereof, this Second Amendment does not constitute (a) a waiver of, or a consent to, (i) any provision of the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document not expressly referred to in this Second Amendment, or (ii) any present or future violation of, or Default under, any provision of the Loan Documents, or (b) a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s right to insist upon future compliance with each term, covenant, condition and provision of the Loan Documents.

8.2 Loan Document . This Second Amendment is a Loan Document.

8.3 Form . Each agreement, document, instrument or other writing to be furnished to Agent under any provision of this Second Amendment must be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and its counsel.

8.4 Headings . The headings and captions used in this Second Amendment are for convenience only and will not be deemed to limit, amplify or modify the terms of this Second Amendment, the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

8.5 Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Loan Parties agree to pay or reimburse Agent, Lenders or their Affiliates promptly for all their reasonable, documented and out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses paid or incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Second Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of Agent’s and each Lender’s counsel.

 

10


8.6 Successors and Assigns . This Second Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the undersigned and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

8.7 Multiple Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatories had signed the same document. All counterparts must be construed together to constitute one and the same instrument. This Second Amendment may be transmitted and signed by facsimile and in .pdf or other electronic format. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders. Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original; provided, that , the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

8.8 Governing Law . This Second Amendment shall be a contract made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflict of law principles (but including and giving effect to Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law).

8.9 Entirety . T HE L OAN D OCUMENTS ( AS AMENDED HEREBY ) R EPRESENT THE F INAL A GREEMENT B ETWEEN L OAN P ARTIES , A GENT AND L ENDERS AND M AY N OT B E C ONTRADICTED BY E VIDENCE OF P RIOR , C ONTEMPORANEOUS , OR S UBSEQUENT O RAL A GREEMENTS BY THE P ARTIES . T HERE A RE N O U NWRITTEN O RAL A GREEMENTS AMONG THE P ARTIES .

[Signatures appear on the next page]

 

11


This Second Amendment to Loan Agreement is executed as of the date set forth in the opening paragraph hereof.

 

AGENT:

D EERPATH F UNDING , LP

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Agent

By:  

Deerpath Funding General Partner, Inc.,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Anish Bahl

Name:   Anish Bahl
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
LENDER:

D EERPATH F UNDING , LP

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Lender

By:   Deerpath Funding General Partner, Inc., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Anish Bahl

Name:   Anish Bahl
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 1 OF 3 TO S ECOND A MENDMENT TO L OAN A GREEMENT (Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .)]


BORROWERS:

Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

Name:  

Vance Chang

Title:  

CFO

B E Y OGA LLC

a New York limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

Name:  

Vance Chang

Title:  

CFO

C ENTER F OR Y OGA , I NC .

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

Name:  

Vance Chang

Title:  

CFO

N OR C AL W HOLE B ODY LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

Name:  

Vance Chang

Title:  

CFO

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 2 OF 3 TO S ECOND A MENDMENT TO L OAN A GREEMENT (Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .)]


GUARANTORS:

YWX H OLDINGS , I NC .

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

Name:  

Vance Chang

Title:  

CFO

W HOLE B ODY , I NC .

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

Name:  

Vance Chang

Title:  

CFO

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE 3 OF 3 TO S ECOND A MENDMENT TO L OAN A GREEMENT (Y OGA W ORKS , I NC .)]


ANNEX A

TO

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

Supplemental Schedules to Loan Documents

(See attached.)


ANNEX B

TO

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

Form of Compliance Certificate

(See attached.)


ANNEX C

TO

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

Schedule 8.16 (Post-Closing Matters)

(See attached.)

Exhibit 10.4

YWX H OLDINGS , I NC .

2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable certain officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons of YWX Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Award ” or “ Awards .” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or its successor entity.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Committee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2 .

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by stockholders as set forth at the end of this Plan.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee; provided , however , that if the Stock trades on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value on any given date is the closing sale price on such date. For any date that is not a trading day, the Fair Market Value of the Stock for such date will be determined by using the closing sale price or the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices, as appropriate, for the immediately preceding trading day. The Committee can substitute a particular time of day or other measure of closing sale price if appropriate because of changes in exchange or market procedures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.


Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first fully underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5 .

Restricted Stock Award ” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 .

Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3 .

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in any unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or entities (other than the last corporation or entity in the unbroken chain) owns stock or other interests possessing 50 percent or more of the economic interest or 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other interests in one of the other corporations or entities in the chain.

Unrestricted Stock Award ” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 .

 

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised, except as contemplated by Section 2(c) , of not less than two Directors. All references herein to the Committee shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

(b) Powers of Committee . The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of written instruments evidencing the Awards;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

 

2


(vi) to impose any limitations on Awards granted under the Plan, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(vii) subject to the provisions of Section 5(a)(ii) , to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised;

(viii) to determine at any time whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances distribution or the receipt of Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the grantee and whether and to what extent the Company shall pay or credit amounts constituting interest (at rates determined by the Committee) or dividends or deemed dividends on such deferrals; and

(ix) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . The Committee, in its discretion, may delegate in writing to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Committee’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards at Fair Market Value, and in the event of such delegation, such Chief Executive Officer shall be deemed a one-person Committee of the Board. Any such delegation by the Committee shall include a limitation as to the amount of Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price of any Option, the conversion ratio or price of other Awards and the vesting criteria. The Committee may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(d) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegatee thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegatee thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 100,000 shares of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) . For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards which are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitation, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that from and after the date the Company becomes subject to the deduction limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code, Stock Options may not be granted in excess of the amount permitted under such section to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company and held in its treasury.

 

3


(b) Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number of Stock Options that can be granted to any one individual grantee, (iii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (v) the exercise price and/or exchange price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

The Committee may also adjust the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration material changes in accounting practices or principles, extraordinary dividends, acquisitions or dispositions of stock or property or any other event if it is determined by the Committee that such adjustment is appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan, provided that no such adjustment shall be made in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, without the consent of the grantee, if it would constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Option within the meaning of Section 424(h) of the Code.

(c) Mergers and Other Sale Events . In the case of and subject to the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which, the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction (in each case, regardless of the form thereof, a “ Sale Event ”), unless otherwise provided in the Award agreement, the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event, unless provision is made in connection with such transaction in the sole discretion of the parties thereto for the assumption or continuation of Options theretofore granted (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder) by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Options with new Options of the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with such adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and the per share exercise prices as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration if any, hereunder). In the event of such termination, each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Committee, to exercise all outstanding Options held by such grantee which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however, that

 

4


the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event. The treatment of Restricted Stock Awards in connection with any such transaction shall be as specified in the relevant Award agreement.

(d) Substitute Awards . The Committee may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock based awards held by employees, directors or other key persons of another corporation in connection with a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Committee may direct that the substitute awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 3(a) .

 

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees in the Plan will be such full or part-time officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons (including prospective employees) of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are responsible for, or contribute to, the management, growth or profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement which shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve. Option agreements need not be identical.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted under the Plan after the date which is ten years from the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

(a) Terms of Stock Options . Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable. If the Committee so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the grantee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish, as well as in addition to other compensation.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant in the case of Incentive Stock Options. If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(ii) Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code)

 

5


more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

(iii) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder . Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the grant date. The Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(iv) Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods to the extent provided in the Award agreement or as otherwise provided by the Committee:

(A) In cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the purchase price of such Option Shares;

(B) By the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if otherwise required by state law;

(C) If permitted by the Committee, through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or have been beneficially owned by the optionee for at least six months and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(D) If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for shares of Stock so purchased will be issued to optionee until the Company has completed all steps required by law to be taken in connection with the issuance and sale of the shares, including without limitation (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof, (ii) the legending of any certificate representing the shares to evidence the foregoing representations and restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award agreement or applicable provisions of laws. In the event an optionee

 

6


chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of shares attested to.

(b) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(c) Non-transferability of Options . No Stock Option shall be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award agreement regarding a given Option that the optionee may transfer, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to members of his or her immediate family, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships or other entities in which such family members or trusts are the only owners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Option.

 

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . A Restricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the Company may, in its sole discretion, grant or sell, at such purchase price as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, shares of Stock subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of grant (“ Restricted Stock ”), which purchase price shall be payable in cash or other form of consideration acceptable to the Committee. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Upon execution of a written instrument setting forth the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Stock, subject to such conditions contained in the written instrument evidencing the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award agreement. If a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates under the conditions specified in the relevant instrument relating to the Award, or upon such other event or events as may be stated in the instrument evidencing the Award, the Company or its assigns shall have the right or shall agree, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the shares of Stock subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in such instrument.

 

7


(d) Vesting of Restricted Stock . The Committee at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the instrument evidencing the Restricted Stock Award.

(e) Waiver, Deferral and Reinvestment of Dividends . The Restricted Stock Award agreement may require or permit the immediate payment, waiver, deferral or investment of dividends paid on the Restricted Stock.

 

SECTION 7. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Committee) an Unrestricted Stock Award to any grantee, pursuant to which such grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any vesting restrictions (“ Unrestricted Stock ”) under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted or sold as described in the preceding sentence in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of any cash compensation due to such individual.

(b) Elections to Receive Unrestricted Stock In Lieu of Compensation . Upon the request of a grantee and with the consent of the Committee, each such grantee may, pursuant to an advance written election delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Committee, receive a portion of the cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of shares of Unrestricted Stock either currently or on a deferred basis.

(c) Restrictions on Transfers . The right to receive shares of Unrestricted Stock on a deferred basis may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

SECTION 8. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Stock . Subject to approval by the Committee, a grantee may elect to have the minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or (ii) transferring to the Company shares of Stock owned by the grantee with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

8


SECTION 9. TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(a) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

 

SECTION 10. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award (or provide substitute Awards at the same or reduced exercise or purchase price or with no exercise or purchase price in a manner not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan), but such price, if any, must satisfy the requirements which would apply to the substitute or amended Award if it were then initially granted under this Plan for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. If and to the extent determined by the Committee to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders who are eligible to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 10 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c) .

 

SECTION 11. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

SECTION 12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements . The Committee may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. No shares of Stock shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates . Stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company.

(c) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

9


(d) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to such Company’s insider-trading-policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e) Loans to Award Recipients . The Company shall have the authority to make loans to recipients of Awards hereunder (including to facilitate the purchase of shares) and shall further have the authority to issue shares for promissory notes hereunder.

(f) Designation of Beneficiary . Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

SECTION 13. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective upon approval by the stockholders in accordance with applicable law. Subject to such approval by the stockholders and to the requirement that no Stock may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of this Plan by the Board.

 

SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by Delaware law, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

   July 11, 2014
APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:    July 11, 2014

 

10

Exhibit 10.5

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

under the YWX Holdings, Inc.

2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 

Name of Optionee:                         (the “ Optionee ”)
No. of Option Shares :                         Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:                         (the “ Grant Date ”)
Expiration Date:                         (the “ Expiration Date ”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:          $             (the “ Option Exercise Price ”)

Pursuant to the YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan (as may be amended and/or restated, the “ Plan ”), YWX Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with all successors thereto, the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the Optionee, who is an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, an option (the “ Stock Option ”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of the Company indicated above (the “ Option Shares ,” and such shares once issued shall be referred to as the “ Issued Shares ”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) and in the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

1. Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

An “ Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Bankruptcy ” shall mean (i) the filing of a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with respect to the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee, or (ii) the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee being subjected involuntarily to such a petition or assignment or to an attachment or other legal or equitable interest with respect to the Optionee’s or such Permitted Transferee’s assets, which involuntary petition or assignment or attachment is not discharged within 60 days after its date, and (iii) the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee being subject to a transfer of the Stock Option or the Issued Shares by operation of law (including by divorce, even if not insolvent), except by reason of death.


Cause ” shall mean:

(i) Optionee’s failure to comply with, in any material respect, any of the Company’s Policies;

(ii) Optionee’s failure in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board;

(iii) Optionee’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement;

(iv) Optionee’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

(v) Optionee’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s or its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ premises or while performing Optionee’s duties and responsibilities to the Company;

(vi) Optionee’s willful, reckless or gross misconduct bringing the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries into any public disgrace or disrepute; or

(vii) Optionee’s commission of an act of dishonesty, disloyalty, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no “Cause” will have occurred unless and until the Company has provided Optionee with written notice of the circumstances setting forth the elements of “Cause” in reasonable detail and an opportunity to cure such finding of “Cause” within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. If the Optionee fails to cure the same within such thirty (30) days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period. In the event that (a) Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than for Cause (including, without limitation, whether by death, disability, resignation or termination without Cause) and (b) any of the facts and circumstances described in (iv) through (vi) above existed as of the date of Optionee’s termination (whether or not known by the Committee as of the termination or discovered after any such termination), by a vote of the Committee, the Company may deem the termination of the Optionee’s employment to have been for Cause and, for all purposes of this Agreement (including Sections 2(c)(ii) and 6(c)), the termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause and the Company and Optionee shall have the corresponding rights or obligations associated with a termination for Cause.

Final Vesting Date ” shall mean             .

Permitted Transferees ” shall mean any of the following to whom the Optionee may transfer Issued Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 8): the Optionee’s spouse, children (natural or adopted), stepchildren or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Optionee is the settlor; provided , however , that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Issued Shares during the term of this Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of

 

2


the Optionee (or a Permitted Transferee to whom shares have been transferred hereunder), the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Optionee’s (or such deceased Permitted Transferee’s) estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Sale Event ” shall mean, regardless of form thereof, consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction.

Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in any unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock or other interests possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or in one of the other corporations in the chain.

2. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested.

(b) Except as set forth below and in Section 6, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable with respect to the Option Shares on the respective dates indicated below:

 

Incremental (Aggregate Number) of Option
Shares Exercisable
   

Vesting Date

 
  25   1 Year Anniversary of Grant Date
  2.083   Per Month Thereafter
  100   4 Year Anniversary of Grant Date

 

3


For the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 6 hereof, all of the Option Shares shall be deemed fully vested and exercisable on the Final Vesting Date if Optionee is employed on such date.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below:

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code), this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code) or until the Expiration Date, if earlier, subject in any event to Section 6.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code), and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s employment is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees or Permitted Transferees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of the employment shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

(d) It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422(b) the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Issued Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Issued Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three (3) months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code)) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Issued Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent Option Shares and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) vest in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

 

4


3. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date (subject to Section 6), the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “ Exercise Notice ”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is exercisable at the time of such notice. Such notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by any one of the methods described below, and subject to Committee approval, more than one method of payment may be used.

(i) In cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the Option Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Exercise Notice (the “ Option Purchase Price ”);

(ii) By the Optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the Optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if otherwise required by the Committee or applicable law; or

(iii) If the Initial Public Offering has occurred, then (A) through the delivery (or attestation to ownership) of shares of Common Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that have been held by the Optionee for at least six months and are not subject to restrictions under any plan of the Company and in any event with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date of such exercise) equal to the Option Purchase Price, (B) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the Option Purchase Price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the Option Purchase Price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure, or (C) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii)(A) and (iii)(B) above.

(b) Certificates for the Option Shares so purchased will not be issued until: (i) the Company is satisfied that all legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been addressed and resolved; (ii) if the outstanding Stock is at the time of delivery listed on any stock exchange or national market system, the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or system upon official notice of issuance; and (iii) all requirements of the Plan have been satisfied or waived. The determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued

 

5


and delivered the Issued Shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as a stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Issued Shares, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, neither this Stock Option, nor any portion of this Stock Option, shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Transferability of Stock Option . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

6 . Effect of Certain Transactions .

(a) Assumption or Substitution . If the Company engages in a Sale Event and such Sale Event is one in which there is an acquiring or surviving entity, the Committee may provide for the assumption of some or all outstanding Awards or for the grant of new awards in substitution therefor by the acquiror or survivor or an affiliate of the acquiror or survivor.

(b) Termination of Awards Upon Consummation of Covered Transaction . Each Award (unless assumed pursuant to Section 6(a) above), will terminate upon consummation of the Sale Event unless the Company, with the approval of the Committee, elects to treat such awards as continuing under the Plan as provided in the Sale Event.

(i) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that (1) this Stock Option is assumed or continued by the Company or its successor entity in the sole discretion of the parties to a Sale Event and thereafter remains in effect following such Sale Event as contemplated by this Section 6, and (2) the Optionee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries or successor entity is terminated by the Company without Cause within 12 months of the consummation of such Sale Event, then 100% of the then unvested portion of this Stock Option shall be deemed vested and exercisable in full upon the date of termination.

(ii) If the Sale Event is one in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), the Committee may provide for payment (a “ cash-out ”), with respect to some

 

6


or all Awards, equal in the case of each affected Award to the excess, if any, of (A) the fair market value of one share of Stock (as determined by the Committee in its reasonable discretion) times the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, over (B) the aggregate exercise price, if any, under the Award, in each case on such payment terms (which need not be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Committee determines.

7. Withholding Taxes . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Subject to approval by the Committee, the Optionee may elect to have the minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Common Stock to be issued or transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Optionee, or from the Option Shares to be issued in respect of an exercise of this Stock Option, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the issuance of Option Shares to the Optionee.

8. Restrictions on Transfer of Issued Shares . None of the Issued Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, other than by operation of law, unless such transfer (a) has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) is in compliance with all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ Act ”)), and such disposition is in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 8 and 9 and such disposition does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”). In connection with any transfer of Issued Shares, the Company may require the transferor to provide at the Optionee’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Act). Any attempted disposition of Issued Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 8 and 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Issued Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of any Issued Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, Issued Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

(a) Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Optionee may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Issued Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided , however , that such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, agree to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Optionee (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 8, 9, 11 and 12) and shall have delivered a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company. Further, the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Section 8, may be required to enter into certain agreements as are reasonably requested by the Company, including but not limited to a stockholders agreement or similar agreement, prior to receipt of the Issued Shares.

 

7


(b) Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Optionee, any Issued Shares then held by the Optionee at the time of such death and any Issued Shares acquired thereafter by the Optionee’s legal representative pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 8, 9, 11 and 12, if applicable, and the Optionee’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Issued Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

(c) Company’s Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee holding Issued Shares subject to this Section 8(c)) desires to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Issued Shares (other than to a Permitted Transferee), the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) first shall give written notice to the Company of the Optionee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Issued Shares which the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) proposes to sell (the “ Offered Shares ”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 8(c), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee). In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Optionee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) notice. Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of this Agreement. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions under this Section 8(c) shall terminate in accordance with Section 13(a).

9. Company’s Right of Repurchase .

(a) Right of Repurchase . The Company shall have the right (the “ Repurchase Right ”) upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 9(b) below (the “ Repurchase Event ”) to repurchase from the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee) some or all (as determined by the Company) of the Issued Shares held or subsequently acquired upon exercise of this Stock Option in accordance with the terms hereof by the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee) at the price per share specified below. The Repurchase Right may be exercised by the Company within the later of (i) six months following the date of such event or (ii) seven months after the exercise of this Stock Option (the “ Repurchase Period ”). The Repurchase Right shall be exercised by the Company by giving the holder written notice on or before the last day of the Repurchase Period of its intention to exercise the Repurchase Right, and, together with such notice, tendering to the holder an amount equal to the Fair Market Value

 

8


of the shares, determined as provided in Section 9(c). The Company may assign the Repurchase Right to one or more Persons. Upon such notification, the Optionee and any Permitted Transferees shall promptly surrender to the Company any certificates representing the Issued Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Issued Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Optionee or any Permitted Transferees, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the Repurchase Price of the Issued Shares being purchased; provided , however , that the Company may pay the Repurchase Price for such shares by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Optionee to the Company. At such time, the Optionee and/or any holder of the Issued Shares shall deliver to the Company the certificate or certificates representing the Issued Shares so repurchased, duly endorsed for transfer, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. The Repurchase Right shall terminate in accordance with Section 13(a).

(b) Company’s Right to Exercise Repurchase Right . The Company shall have the Repurchase Right in the event that any of the following events shall occur:

(i) The termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including without limitation upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily; or

(ii) The Optionee’s or Permitted Transferee’s Bankruptcy.

(c) Determination of Fair Market Value . The fair market value of the Issued Shares shall be, for purposes of this Section 9, determined by the Board as of the date the Board elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event.

10. Escrow Arrangement .

(a) Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 11 of this Agreement more effectively, the Company shall hold any Issued Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Optionee in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Issued Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Issued Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Issued Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Optionee and any Permitted Transferee, as the Optionee’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Issued Shares being purchased and to transfer such Issued Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Issued Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase, first refusal and drag along rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Optionee, deliver to the Optionee (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Issued Shares with the balance of the Issued Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 10.

(b) Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or other rights, in the event that the Optionee, any Permitted Transferees or any other person or

 

9


entity is required to sell the Optionee’s Issued Shares pursuant to the provisions of Section 8, 9 and 11 of this Agreement and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Issued Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Issued Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Issued Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for the Optionee, any Permitted Transferees or other person or entity, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by the Optionee as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the person or entity who was required to sell the Issued Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 11, such Issued Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, the holder thereof shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

11. Drag Along Right . In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “ Majority Shareholders ”) determine to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or all or fifty percent (50%) or more of the capital stock of the Company in each case in a transaction constituting a change in control of the Company, to any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders, or to cause the Company to merge with or into or consolidate with any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders (in each case, the “ Buyer ”) in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “ Sale ”), the Optionee, including any Permitted Transferees, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of a Majority Shareholders (subject to Section 6): (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Issued Shares (including for this purpose all of such Optionee’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s Issued Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of options (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Issued Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents, as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 11. The obligations under this Section 11 shall terminate in accordance with Section 13(a).

12. Lockup Provision . The Optionee, including any Permitted Transferees, agree, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Issued Shares (including, without limitation pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed 180 days.

 

10


13. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Termination . The Company’s repurchase rights under Section 9, the restrictions on transfer of Issued Shares under Section 8(c) and the Drag Along obligations under Section 11 shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which shares of the Company (or successor entity) of the same class as the Issued Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly traded on any national security exchange.

(b) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .

(i) Basic Adjustment Provisions . In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure, the Committee will make equitable or proportionate adjustments to the maximum number of Option Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and will also make equitable or proportionate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise prices relating to Awards and any other provision of Awards affected by such change.

(ii) Certain Other Adjustments . The Committee may also make adjustments of the type described in Section 13(c)(i) above to take into account distributions to stockholders other than those provided for in Section 6 and 13(c)(i), or any other event, if the Committee determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan and to preserve the value of Awards made hereunder, having due regard for the qualification of ISOs under Section 422 of the Code, where applicable.

(iii) Continuing Application of Plan Terms . References in the Plan to shares of Stock will be construed to include any stock or securities resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 13(c).

(d) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Committee and the Optionee.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed a contract made under the laws of Delaware and this Agreement, and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the negotiation, validity or performance hereof or the transactions contemplated herein, shall be construed under, governed and enforced by the laws of such state, without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

11


(f) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j) Dispute Resolution .

(i) Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof, including the determination of the scope or applicability of this agreement to arbitrate, shall be determined exclusively by arbitration in Los Angeles, California, before one arbitrator. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS, or its successor, pursuant to its Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures. Judgment on the Award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. This clause shall not preclude parties from seeking provisional remedies in aid of arbitration from a court of appropriate jurisdiction. The arbitration hearing shall commence within one hundred twenty (120) days after any party hereto has filed a written demand for arbitration with JAMS. The arbitrator may not award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not award punitive or multiple damages or any other damages expressly excluded under this Agreement, and the parties to this Agreement expressly waive any claim to any such damages. The arbitrator may, in the Award, allocate all or part of the costs of the arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrator and the reasonable attorneys’ fees of the prevailing party.

(ii) The parties agree that any and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to JAMS, or its successor, for mediation, and if the matter is not resolved through mediation, then it shall be submitted to JAMS, or its successor, for final and binding arbitration pursuant to Section 13(j)(i). Any party may commence mediation by providing to JAMS and the other parties a written request for mediation, setting forth the subject of the dispute and the relief requested. The parties will cooperate with JAMS and with one another in selecting a mediator from the JAMS panel of neutrals, and in scheduling the mediation proceedings.

 

12


The parties covenant that they will participate in the mediation in good faith, and that they will share equally in its costs. All offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the mediation by any of the parties, their agents, employees, experts and attorneys, and by the mediator or any JAMS employees, are confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any arbitration or other proceeding involving the parties, provided that evidence that is otherwise admissible or discoverable shall not be rendered inadmissible or non-discoverable as a result of its use in the mediation. Either party may initiate arbitration with respect to the matters submitted to mediation by filing a written demand for arbitration at any time at least ten (10) days following the initial mediation session or sixty (60) days after the date of filing the written request for mediation, whichever occurs first. The mediation may continue after the commencement of arbitration if the parties so desire. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the mediator shall be disqualified from serving as arbitrator in the case. The pendency of a mediation shall not preclude a party from seeking provisional remedies in aid of the arbitration from a court of appropriate jurisdiction, and the parties agree not to defend against any application for provisional relief on the ground that a mediation is pending.

(iii) The provisions of Section 13(e) may be enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, and the party seeking enforcement shall be entitled to an award of all costs, fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to be paid by the party against whom enforcement is ordered. Service of process in any judicial proceeding to enforce any provision of this Section 13(j), or to enforce any arbitration award may be made upon any party by registered or certified mail to the address specified by that party in this Agreement, as well as by any other method of service of process authorized by applicable law.

(k) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

13


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

YWX HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:

 

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:

Address:

 

 

 

 

[SPOUSE’S CONSENT  

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

  ]

 

14


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

15


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

 

YWX Holdings, Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
 

 

 

Pursuant to the terms of my stock option agreement dated                      (the “ Agreement ”) under the YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [ Insert Name ]                      , hereby [ Circle One ] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $         representing the purchase price for [ Fill in number of Option Shares ]                  option shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

[  ]

     1.     

Cash

[  ]

     2.     

Certified or bank check payable to YWX Holdings, Inc.

[  ]

     3.     

Other (as described in the Agreement (please describe))

                                                                                        .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to YWX Holdings, Inc. as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the option shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from YWX Holdings, Inc. such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in YWX Holdings, Inc. and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in YWX Holdings, Inc..

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the option shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the option shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such option shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the option shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the option shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing option shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing.

 

16


Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

17

Exhibit 10.6

Restricted Stock Agreement

under the YWX Holdings, Inc.

2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 

Name of Grantee:

                                    (the “Grantee”)

No. of Shares:

                            Shares of Common Stock

Grant Date:

                        , 20      (the “Grant Date”)

Per Share Purchase Price:

   $                  (the “Per Share Purchase Price”)

Pursuant to the YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”) and this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), YWX Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with all successors thereto, the “ Company ”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named above, who is an officer, employee, director, consultant or other key person of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Shares (as defined below) at the Per Share Purchase Price, which represents the Fair Market Value per share on the Grant Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Grantee agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her. The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of $          in full payment for the Shares. All references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers, reorganizations and similar changes affecting the capital stock of the Company, and any shares of capital stock of the Company received on or in respect of Shares in connection with any such event (including any shares of capital stock or any right, option or warrant to receive the same or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or received upon conversion of any such shares) shall be subject to this Agreement on the same basis and extent at the relevant time as the Shares in respect of which they were issued, and shall be deemed Shares as if and to the same extent they were issued at the date hereof.

1. Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

An “ Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Bankruptcy ” shall mean (i) the filing of a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with respect to the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee, or (ii) the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee being subjected involuntarily to such a petition or assignment or to an attachment or other legal or equitable interest with respect to the Grantee’s or the Permitted Transferee’s assets, which involuntary petition or assignment or attachment is not discharged within 60 days after its date.

Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement[, dated the date hereof,] between the Company and Grantee (the “ Employment Agreement ”).


Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, together with any shares into which Common Stock may be converted or exchanged, as provided above and herein.

Good Reason ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.

Permitted Transferees ” shall mean any of the following to whom the Grantee may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 4): the Grantee’s spouse, children (natural or adopted), stepchildren or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Grantee is the settlor or any entity in which such persons or trusts are the sole owners; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of this Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Grantee (or a Permitted Transferee to whom shares have been transferred hereunder), the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Grantee’s (or such deceased Permitted Transferee’s) estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Restricted Shares ” shall initially mean all of the Shares being purchased by the Grantee on the date hereof, provided that on each of the dates listed below, the respective number of Shares indicated below shall become Vested Shares if Grantee remains an employee on each such date.

 

Incremental

(Aggregate Number)

of Vested Shares

 

Vesting Date

25%   1 Year Anniversary of Grant Date
2.083%   Per Month Thereafter
100%   4 Year Anniversary of Grant Date

For the avoidance of doubt, all Restricted Shares shall be deemed fully vested and exercisable on the four year anniversary of the Grant Date.

If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or the Company’s successor entity is terminated by the Company without Cause within 12 months of the consummation of such Sale Event, then the remaining Restricted Shares held by the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee shall vest and be deemed Vested Shares upon the date of such termination.

Sale Event ” shall mean, regardless of form thereof, consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction, in each case where the consideration received by the holders of Stock in connection with such event consists of cash, freely tradable public securities, or some combination thereof.

 

2


Shares ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock being purchased by the Grantee on the date hereof and any additional shares of Common Stock or other securities received in respect of the Shares, as a dividend on, or otherwise on account of, the Shares.

Termination Event ” shall mean the termination of the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including without limitation upon death, disability, retirement or discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary. For purposes hereof, the determination of the reason for termination of the Grantee’s employment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Employment Agreement. Upon a Termination Event, the Grantee shall cease to vest in any Restricted Shares.

Vested Shares ” shall mean all Shares which are not Restricted Shares.

2. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Investment Representations .

(a) Purchase and Sale . On the date hereof, the Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth above for the Per Share Purchase Price.

(b) Investment Representations . In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated by Section 2(a) above, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Grantee is purchasing the Shares for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

(iii) The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(v) The Grantee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing.

 

3


3. Repurchase Right.

(a) Repurchase . Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event or the Bankruptcy of the Grantee, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee as of the date of such Termination Event or Bankruptcy. In addition, upon the Bankruptcy of any of the Grantee’s Permitted Transferees, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by such Permitted Transferee as of the date of such Bankruptcy. The purchase and sale arrangements contemplated by the preceding sentences of this Section 3(a) are referred to herein as the “ Repurchase .”

(b) Repurchase Price . The per share purchase price of the Shares subject to the Repurchase (the “ Repurchase Price ”) shall be, subject to adjustment as provided above (i) in the case of Shares which are Vested Shares as of the date of the event giving rise to the Repurchase, the Fair Market Value of such Vested Shares as of such date as determined by the Board, and (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Per Share Purchase Price; provided, however, if the Termination Event is a termination by the Company for Cause (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any termination which the Board determines after such termination is for Cause), then the Repurchase Price for all Vested Shares and Restricted Shares shall be the lesser of (1) the Per Share Purchase Price and (2) the Fair Market Value. The Repurchase Right with respect to Vested Shares shall terminate in accordance with Section 10(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Grantee or his or her estate or authorized representative disputes the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value pursuant to this Section 3(b), such Person shall deliver written notice thereof, together with such Person’s calculation of fair market value of the Vested Shares subject to repurchase, to the Company within fourteen (14) days after being notified of the Board’s determination. The Company and Grantee (or his or her estate or authorized representative) shall use commercially reasonable efforts for a period of thirty (30) days to resolve any such dispute. If such dispute is not resolved within such thirty (30)-day period, the Board shall select a nationally recognized investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to Grantee (or his or her estate or authorized representative) (the “ Valuation Firm ”) to determine the fair market value of the Vested Shares subject to repurchase for purposes of this Section 3(a) . The determination of the Valuation Firm shall be equal to the position of the Company or the position of Grantee (or his or her estate or authorized representative) or between the position of the Company and the position of Grantee (or his or her estate or authorized representative) and shall be final and binding upon the parties (including Grantee’s estate or authorized representative). The fees and expenses of the Valuation Firm shall be paid one-half by the Company and one-half by the Grantee.

(c) Closing Procedure . The Company or its assigns shall effect the Repurchase (if so elected) by delivering or mailing to the Grantee (and/or, if applicable, any Permitted Transferees) written notice within six (6) months after the Termination Event or Bankruptcy, specifying a date within such six-month period in which the Repurchase shall be effected. Upon such notification, the Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall promptly surrender to the Company any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Grantee or any Permitted Transferees, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the Repurchase Price of the Shares being purchased, provided, however, that the Company may pay the Repurchase Price for such shares by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Grantee to the Company. At such time, the Grantee and/or any holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company the certificate or certificates representing the Shares so repurchased, duly endorsed for transfer, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. The Repurchase right specified herein shall survive and remain in effect as to Restricted Shares following and notwithstanding any public offering by or merger or other transaction involving the Company and certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall bear legends to such effect, subject to Section 10(b) below.

 

4


4. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . None of the Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, other than by operation of law, unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) is in compliance with all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Act), and such disposition is in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 3 and 4 and such disposition does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In connection with any such transfer of Shares, the Company may require the transferor to provide at the Grantee’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Act). Any attempted disposition of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 3 and 4 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of any Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

(a) Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Grantee may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided , however, that such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, agree to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Grantee (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 9 and 10) and shall have delivered a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company. Further, the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Section 4, may be required to enter into certain agreements as are reasonably requested by the Company, including but not limited to a stockholders agreement or similar agreement, prior to receipt of the Shares.

(b) Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Grantee, any Shares then held by the Grantee at the time of such death and any Shares acquired thereafter by the Grantee’s legal representative pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Grantee (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 9 and 10, if applicable), and the Grantee’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

(c) Company’s Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Grantee (or any Permitted Transferee holding Shares subject to this Section 4(c)) desires to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Shares (other than to a Permitted Transferee), the Grantee (or Permitted Transferee) first shall give written notice to the Company of the Grantee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Shares which the Grantee (or Permitted Transferee) proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Grantee (or Permitted Transferee) within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 4(c), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Grantee (or Permitted Transferee). In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day

 

5


period, the Grantee (or Permitted Transferee) may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Grantee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) notice. Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of this Agreement. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions under this Section 4(c) shall terminate in accordance with Section 10(b).

5. Legend . Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend:

“The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in a certain Restricted Stock Agreement between the Company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the Company for examination).”

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of any state. The shares may not be sold or transferred in the absence of such registration or an exemption from registration.”

6. Escrow Arrangement .

(a) Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement more effectively, the Company shall hold the Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Grantee in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Grantee and any Permitted Transferee, as the Grantee’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to any repurchase, first refusal or drag along rights contained herein or in any other agreement applicable to the Shares, the Company shall, at the written request of the Grantee, deliver to the Grantee (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares (if any) to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 6.

(b) Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or other rights, in the event that the Grantee, any Permitted Transferees or any other person or entity is required to sell the Grantee’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 and 4 of this Agreement and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for the Grantee, any Permitted Transferees or other person or entity, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by the Grantee as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the person or entity who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Section 3, 4 and 5, such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, the holder thereof shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

 

6


7. Withholding Taxes . The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Grantee, or from the Shares held pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the minimum federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase of the Shares by the Grantee. In furtherance of the foregoing the Grantee agrees to elect, in accordance with Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to recognize ordinary income in the year of acquisition of the Shares, and to pay to the Company all withholding taxes shown as due on his or her Section 83(b) election form, or otherwise ultimately determined to be due with respect to such election, based on the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date of the purchase of such Shares by the Grantee over the purchase price for such Shares.

8. Assignment . At the discretion of the Board, the Company shall have the right to assign the right to exercise its rights with respect to the Repurchase or pursuant to Section 4 to any Person or Persons, in whole or in part in any particular instance, upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the exercise thereof by the Company, and such assignee or assignees of the Company shall then take and hold any Shares so acquired subject to such terms as may be specified by the Company in connection with any such assignment.

9. Drag Along Right . In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “ Majority Shareholders ”) determine to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or all or fifty percent (50%) or more of the capital stock of the Company in each case in a transaction constituting a change in control of the Company, to any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders, or to cause the Company to merge with or into or consolidate with any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders (in each case, the “ Buyer ”) in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “Sale”), the Grantee, including any Permitted Transferees, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of a Majority Shareholders: (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Shares (including for this purpose all of such Grantee’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of options (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents, as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 9; provided, however, that:

(a) the liability for indemnification, if any, of Grantee in the Sale and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Company or its stockholders in connection with such Sale, is several and not joint with any other Person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders), and is pro rata in proportion to, and does not exceed, the amount of consideration paid to Grantee in connection with such Sale;

 

7


(b) liability shall be limited to Grantee’s applicable share (determined based on the respective proceeds payable to each stockholder in connection with such Sale in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation) of a negotiated aggregate indemnification amount that applies equally to all stockholders, except with respect to claims related to fraud or willful misconduct by Grantee, the liability for which need not be limited as to Grantee;

(c) subject to the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation in effect immediately prior to the Sale (the “ Charter ”), upon the consummation of the Sale, (i) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s stock will have the opportunity to receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of stock and (ii) the aggregate consideration receivable by all holders of the Company’s capital stock shall be allocated in accordance with the Charter; and

(d) subject to clause (c) above and the terms of the Charter, requiring the same form of consideration to be available to the holders of any single class or series of capital stock, if any holders of any capital stock of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received as a result of the Sale, all holders of such capital stock will be given the same option; provided, however, that nothing in this Subsection 3.3(d) shall entitle any holder to receive any form of consideration that such holder would be ineligible to receive as a result of such holder’s failure to satisfy any condition, requirement or limitation that is generally applicable to the Company’s stockholders.

For illustration purposes, the calculation of the amount expected to be distributed to Grantee in connection with a Sale is set forth on Exhibit A . The obligations under this Section 9 shall terminate in accordance with Section 10(b).

10. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Lockup provision . The Grantee and each Permitted Transferee shall agree, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any securities of the Company (including, without limitation pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or any successor or similar exemptive rule hereafter in effect)) held by them for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed 180 days in the case of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or 90 days in the case of any other public offering.

(b) Termination . The Company’s Repurchase right with respect to Vested Shares under Section 3 shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which shares of the Company (or successor entity) of the same class as the Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act of 1934 and publicly traded on NASDAQ/NMS or any national security exchange; provided, however, that all other provisions shall remain in effect following the same until all of the Shares have become Vested Shares.

(c) Record Owner; Dividends . The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

 

8


(d) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies are inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(f) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

(g) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(h) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(i) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other. Notices to any holder of the Shares other than the Grantee shall be addressed to the address furnished by such holder to the Company.

(j) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. Without limitation of the foregoing, upon any stock-for-stock merger in which the Company is not the surviving entity, shares of the Company’s successor issued in respect of the Shares shall remain subject to vesting. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(k) Dispute Resolution . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS/Endispute in Los Angeles, California. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS/Endispute Rules of Practice and Procedure, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (i) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS/Endispute; (ii) the Company will pay the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (iii) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS/Endispute rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such party. Each party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses; provided that the arbitrator may assess the prevailing party’s fees and costs against the non-prevailing party as part of the arbitrator’s award. The parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all parties, except where necessary

 

9


or compelled in a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce this arbitration provision or an award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. If JAMS/Endispute no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS/Endispute shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by court action instead of arbitration.

(1) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission or other electronic means shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. The parties hereto may rely upon machine copies of signatures to this Agreement to the same extent as manually signed original signatures.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Restricted Stock Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY

YWX HOLDINGS, INC.

By:                                                                                

 

Name:

 

Title:

Address for Notice:

YWX Holdings, Inc.

c/o Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Laurie Gerber

Facsimile: (617) 292-9430

E-mail address: lgerber@greathillpartners.com

And copies to:

Latham & Watkins, LLP

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Alexander B. Temel

Facsimile: (617) 948-6001

E-mail address: alexander.temel@lw.com

 

[Signature Page to Restricted Stock Agreement]


 

GRANTEE:
 

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement and understand the contents thereof.

]

 

[Signature Page to Restricted Stock Agreement]

Exhibit 10.10

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), executed and delivered as of March 27, 2017, to be effective as of January 1, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and between Whole Body, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “ Company ”), and Rosanna McCollough (“ Executive ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section  10 .

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement for the employment of the Executive by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) General . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall accept the employment by the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section  1 , and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.

(b) Employment Term . The term of employment under this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date, and ending on the first anniversary thereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section  3 . The Term shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the applicable Term either Party gives written notice of non-renewal (“ Notice of Non-Renewal ”) to the other, in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then-applicable Term or any other date set by the Company in accordance with Section  3) and subject to earlier termination as provided in Section  3 .

(c) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as may from time to time be assigned to Executive by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (including service to its affiliates, if applicable), provided that Executive may engage in charitable, community service, religious, educational and industry association activities as long as those activities do not interfere with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, as set forth in writing, and as delivered or made available to Executive (each, a “ Policy ” and, collectively, the “ Policies ”).

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Annual Base Salary . During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) per annum (the “ Annual Base Salary ”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time to time by the Board.


(b) Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to participate in an incentive program established by the Board. Executive’s bonus compensation under such incentive program shall be targeted at One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) each year to be awarded based on successfully delivering the goals set by the Board each year during the Term, which may include such key metrics as the Company’s achievement of the consolidated revenue target, EBITDA target, visit target and a discretionary target. The Company may add additional bonus incentives for surpassing key metric goals such as revenue and/or EBITDA. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to set the incentive targets for a calendar year no later than January 31 of such year. The payment of any bonus pursuant to the incentive program shall be subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date of payment which shall be no later than April 15 following the respective year end. Executive’s target annual bonus may be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time-to-time by the Board.

(c) Benefits . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, commensurate with Executive’s position as a senior executive and consistent with the terms thereof and as such plans, programs and arrangements may be amended from time to time. The Company shall either pay the entire cost (i.e., one hundred percent (100%)) of all insurance premiums for Executive and her eligible dependents or pay the full gross amount to Executive necessary to cover the entire cost for all insurance premiums for Executive and her eligible dependents. In no event shall Executive be eligible to participate in any severance plan or program of the Company, except as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

(d) Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to accrue and use four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year (pro-rated for any partial year of service), in accordance with the Company’s Policies; provided, however, that Executive shall not accrue any vacation time in excess of eight (8) weeks (the “ Accrual Limit ”) and shall cease accruing vacation time if Executive’s accrued vacation reaches the Accrual Limit until such time as Executive’s accrued vacation drops below the Accrual Limit. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive, provided however, that any request of Executive to take paid vacation shall not be unreasonably denied by the Company.

(e) Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement Policy (including, but not limited to, reimbursement for a cellular telephone (including hardware and usage fees), a laptop computer, and membership fees/dues in any trade or professional association or organization as mutually agreed to by Executive and the Board.

(f) Key Person Insurance . At any time during the Term, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the Company’s sole benefit. The Company shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in obtaining such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, by supplying all information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier, provided that any information provided to an insurance company or broker shall not be provided to the Company without the prior written authorization of Executive. Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy.

(g) Indemnification and Insurance . At all times during the Term, the Company shall hold and maintain adequate levels of Directors and Officers liability insurance, and with provisions that will provide coverage for Executive as a director, officer, and employee of the Company or any affiliate.

 

2


Moreover, during the Term and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify Executive to the fullest extent provided by law and the Company’s bylaws from and against any expense (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Executive in connection with any proceeding in which Executive was or is made a party or was or is involved by reason of the fact that Executive was or is employed by or serving as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its affiliates.

3. Termination .

Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Circumstances .

(i) Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.

(ii) Disability. If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.

(iii) Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.

(iv) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Company not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(v) Resignation from the Company for Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, as defined below.

(vi) Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason or for no reason, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Executive not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, if applicable, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination; provided, further, that the Company shall pay Executive her base salary and continue her benefits through the Date of Termination provided by Executive. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

3


(c) Company Obligations upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section  3 , Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive; (ii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2(f) ; (iii) any accrued vacation; and (iv) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “ Company Arrangements ”). Except as otherwise expressly required by law ( e.g. , COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other compensatory amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be to receive the severance payments and benefits described in this Section 3(c) or Section  4 , as applicable.

(d) Deemed Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates.

4. Severance Payments .

(a) Termination for Cause or Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause or pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, then Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Termination without Cause, Termination Upon Death or Disability, or Resignation from the Company for Good Reason .

(i) If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv), or pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, then, subject to Executive signing on or before the twenty-first (21 st ) day (or forty-fifty (45 th ) day to the extent required by applicable law) following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, a release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Release ”), and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6 , Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), the following:

(A) an amount in cash equal to the Annual Base Salary of Executive as of the Date of Termination, payable in the form of salary continuation in regular installments over the twelve- (12-) month period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;

(B) in the event that the Date of Termination occurs on or after July 1 of any year, following completion of the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, a pro rata portion, based on the number of days elapsed from the beginning of such year to the Date of Termination, of Executive’s bonus, if any,

 

4


that would otherwise be payable with respect to such year under Section 2(b) above (based on actual performance for such year), payable on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally by the Company to its senior executives with respect to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, but in all events during the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Date of Termination occurs;

(C) accelerated vesting of any shares subject to outstanding equity incentive awards then-held by Executive that would, absent Executive’s termination, otherwise vest during the twelve (12)-month period immediately following the Date of Termination based solely on continued employment or service during such period, effective as of the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (with such shares remaining outstanding and eligible to vest if the Release becomes effective and irrevocable); and

(D) if Executive elects to receive continued medical, dental or vision coverage under one or more of the Company’s group healthcare plans pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the COBRA premiums for Executive and Executive’s covered dependents under such plans during the period commencing on Executive’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive and/or Executive’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA, or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof provide to Executive a gross monthly payment in an amount to cover the full monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s and Executive’s covered dependent’s group health coverage in effect on the Date of Termination (which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments shall be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and shall commence in the month following the month in which the Date of Termination occurs and shall end on the earlier of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive or Executive’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer.

(c) Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 5 through 9 and Section  11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.

5. Solicitation . Executive acknowledges that the Company has provided and, during the Term, the Company from time to time will continue to provide Executive with access to its Confidential Information (as defined below). Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement and the Company’s provision of Confidential Information, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, in order to protect the value of any Confidential Information, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions, which Executive acknowledges represent a fair balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment:

 

5


(a) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any employee or consultant of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company, other than through a general solicitation not targeting the employees of the Company.

(b) In the event the terms of this Section  5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

(c) As used in this Section  5 , (i) the term “ Company ” shall include the Company, Parent and all current and future, direct and indirect, subsidiaries of Parent; and (ii) the term “ Restriction Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.

(d) Each of the Parties (which, in the case of the Company, shall mean its officers and the members of the Board) agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, to refrain from Disparaging (as defined below) the other Party and its affiliates, including, in the case of the Company, any of its services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude any Party from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to defend or enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disparaging” means remarks, comments or statements, whether written or oral, that impugn the character, integrity, reputation or abilities of the Person being disparaged.

(e) Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.

6. Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information .

(a) Except in connection with the faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e) , Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company and its affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices,

 

6


contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “ Confidential Information” ), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public or is publicly available or has become public knowledge prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing or public availability or knowledge of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a) . For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if material features comprising such information have been published or become publicly available.

(b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.

(c) Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable laws or rules.

(d) As used in this Section  6 and Section  7, the term “ Company ” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries.

(e) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be used in any way to: (i) limit Executive from disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a government agency, as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law, (iii) prohibit Executive from disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney, financial or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal, financial or tax advice, (iv) prohibit Executive from disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (v) prohibit Executive from retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations. In addition, Executive may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of Confidential Information that: (x) is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (y) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.

 

7


7. Inventions .

All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company, but only to the extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached hereto as Appendix A) (“ Inventions ”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.

8. Injunctive Relief .

It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.

9. Assignment and Successors .

The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

10. Certain Definitions .

(a) Cause . The Company shall have “ Cause ” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

(i) Executive’s failure to comply with, in any material respect, any of the material Company’s Policies;

(ii) Executive’s failure in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board;

(iii) Executive’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement, any Restricted Stock Agreement and any other material agreement among Executive and the Company, Parent or subsidiary thereof;

(iv) Executive’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

 

8


(v) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on Parent’s or its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement;

(vi) Executive’s willful, reckless or gross misconduct bringing Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries into any public disgrace or disrepute; or

(vii) Executive’s commission of an act of dishonesty, disloyalty, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no “Cause” will have occurred unless and until the Company has provided Executive with written notice of the circumstances setting forth the elements of “Cause” in reasonable detail and an opportunity to cure such finding of “Cause” within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. If the Executive fails to cure the same within such thirty (30) days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period. In the event that (a) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than for Cause (including, without limitation, whether by death, Disability, resignation or termination without Cause or with Good Reason) and (b) any of the facts and circumstances described in (iv) through (vi) above existed as of the date of Executive’s termination (whether or not known by the Board as of the termination or discovered after any such termination), by a vote of the Board, the Company may deem the termination of the Executive’s employment to have been for Cause and, for all purposes of this Agreement (including Sections 3 and 4), the termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause and the Company and Executive shall have the corresponding rights or obligations associated with a termination for Cause.

(b) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; or (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) , whichever is earlier.

(c) Disability . “ Disability ” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any six- (6-) month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.

 

9


(d) Good Reason . For the sole purpose of determining Executive’s right to severance payments as described above, the Executive’s resignation will be for “ Good Reason ” if the Executive resigns within ninety (90) days after any of the following events, unless Executive consents in writing to the applicable event: (i) a material decrease in Executive’s annual base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a reduction in annual base salary of less than ten percent (10%) that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in annual base salaries affecting all other senior executives of the Company, or the Company’s material failure to pay any compensation due to Executive when due and payable or other breach of a material provision of this Agreement, (ii) a material decrease in the Executive’s authority or areas of responsibility as are commensurate with such Executive’s title or position (other than in connection with a corporate transaction where the Executive continues to hold the position referenced in Section 1(c) above with respect to the Company’s business, substantially as such business exists prior to the date of consummation of such corporate transaction, but does not hold such position with respect to the successor corporation), or (iii) the relocation of the Executive’s primary office to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Company’s headquarters at 2217 Main Street Santa Monica, California 90405. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Good Reason will have occurred unless and until Executive has: (a) provided the Company, within sixty (60) days of Executive’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Good Reason event, written-notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Good Reason; and (b) provided the Company with an opportunity to cure the same within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice.

(e) Person . “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, trust, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of California or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

(b) Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Notices . Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

 

  (i) If to the Company:

YWX Holdings, Inc.

c/o Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Laurie Gerber

Facsimile: (617) 292-9430

E-mail address: lgerber@greathillpartners.com

with a copy to:

 

10


Latham & Watkins, LLP

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Alexander B. Temel

Facsimile: (617) 948-6001

E-mail address: alexander.temel@lw.com

If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive,

or at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic delivery method shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

(e) Entire Agreement . The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, that certain Employment Agreement between the Parties dated January         , 2015. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

(f) Amendments: Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(g) No Inconsistent Actions . The Parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any action or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Construction . This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both of the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

 

11


(i) Arbitration . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS in Los Angeles, California. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS Employment Rules and Procedures, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS; (b) the Company will pay the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses; provided that the arbitrator may assess the prevailing Party’s fees and costs against the non-prevailing Party as part of the arbitrator’s award if provided and allowed by law. The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties, except where necessary or compelled in a Court to enforce this arbitration provision or an Award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. If JAMS no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration. Executive and the Company understand that by agreeing to arbitration any claim pursuant to this Section 11(i), they will not have the right to have any such claim decided by a jury or a court, but shall instead have any such claim decided through arbitration. Executive and the Company waive any constitutional or other right to bring claims covered by this Agreement other than in their individual capacities. Except as may be prohibited by law, this waiver includes the ability to assert claims as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding.

(j) Enforcement . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(k) Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

 

12


(l) Section 409A .

(i) General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.

(ii) Separation from Service . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement that is designated under this Agreement as payable upon Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided below, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service. Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(iv) Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(v) Installments. Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, no payment hereunder shall be accelerated or deferred unless such acceleration or deferral would not result in additional tax or interest pursuant to Section 409A.

 

13


12. Employee Acknowledgement .

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kurt Donnell

 

Name: Kurt Donnell

 

Title: Secretary

EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

 

Rosanna McCollough

 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Separation Agreement and Release

This Separation Agreement and Release (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Rosanna McCollough (“ Employee ”) and Whole Body, Inc. (the “ Company ”) (collectively, referred to as the “ Parties ” or individually referred to as a “ Party ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Parties have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of                     , 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company effective                    , 20    , the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates but, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein will be deemed to release any rights or remedies in connection with Employee’s ownership of vested equity securities of the Company or Employee’s right to indemnification by the Company or any of its affiliates pursuant to contract or applicable law (collectively, the “ Retained Claims ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Severance Payments described in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement, which, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits . The Company agrees to provide Employee with the severance payments and benefits described in Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Employment Agreement. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.

2. Release of Claims . Employee agrees that, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, the foregoing consideration/severance payments represent settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, Parent (as defined in the Employment Agreement), any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of their current and former officers, directors, equity holders, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasees ”). Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement (as defined in Section 7 below), including, without limitation:

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;

 

16


(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of any shares of stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, [Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; the California Equal Pay Law; the Moore-Brown-Roberti Family Rights Act of 1991; the California Labor Code; the California WARN Act; the California False Claims Act; and the California Corporate Criminal Liability Act]*;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;

(g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and

(h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates and Employee’s right under applicable law and any Retained Claims. This release further does not release claims for breach of Section 3(c) or Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

*   Subject to confirmation.

 

17


In addition, nothing in this Release precludes Executive from participating in any investigation or proceeding before any federal or state agency, or governmental body, including, but not limited to, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Department of Justice.

3. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee understands and acknowledges that she is waiving and releasing any rights she may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that she has been advised by this writing that: (a) she should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) she has [twenty-one (21)] days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) she has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement pursuant to written notice to the                     of the Company; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the [twenty-one (21)] day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that she has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.

4. Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.

5. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

6. Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11(a), 11(c) and 11(i) of the Employment Agreement.

7. Effective Date . If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then Employee has seven days after signing this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by Employee before that date (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Employee has not attained the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then the “Effective Date” shall be the date on which Employee signs this Agreement.

8. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that she executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) she has read this Agreement; (b) she has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) she has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) she understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) she is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

 

45 days to the extent required by applicable law.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

Dated:                           

 

      [                              ]
      COMPANY
Dated:                            By:                                              
             Name:
             Title:


Appendix A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer.

(i) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(A) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(B) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

21

Exhibit 10.11

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), executed and delivered as of March 27, 2017, to be effective as of January 1, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and between Whole Body, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “ Company ”), and Vance Chang (“ Executive ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section  10 .

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement for the employment of the Executive by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) General . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall accept the employment by the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section  1 , and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.

(b) Employment Term . The term of employment under this Agreement (the “Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date, and ending on the first anniversary thereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section  3 . The Term shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the applicable Term either Party gives written notice of non-renewal (“ Notice of Non-Renewal ”) to the other, in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then-applicable Term or any other date set by the Company in accordance with Section  3) and subject to earlier termination as provided in Section  3 .

(c) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as may from time to time be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (including service to its affiliates, if applicable), provided that Executive may engage in charitable, community service, religious, educational and industry association activities as long as those activities do not interfere with Executive’s duties under this Agreement, Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, as set forth in writing, and as delivered or made available to Executive (each, a “ Policy ” and, collectively, the “ Policies ”).

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Annual Base Salary . During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000) per annum (the “ Annual Base Salary ”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).


(b) Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to participate in an incentive program established by the Board. Executive’s bonus compensation under such incentive program shall be targeted at Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) each year to be awarded based on successfully delivering the goals set by the Board each year during the Term, which may include such key metrics as the Company’s achievement of the consolidated revenue target, EBITDA target, visit target and a discretionary target. The Company may add additional bonus incentives for surpassing key metric goals such as revenue and/or EBITDA. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to set the incentive targets for a calendar year no later than January 31 of such year. The payment of any bonus pursuant to the incentive program shall be subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date of payment which shall be no later than April 15 following the respective year end. Executive’s target annual bonus may be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time-to-time by the Board.

(c) Benefits . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, commensurate with Executive’s position as a senior executive and consistent with the terms thereof and as such plans, programs and arrangements may be amended from time to time. In no event shall Executive be eligible to participate in any severance plan or program of the Company, except as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

(d) Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to accrue and use three (3) weeks of paid vacation per year (pro-rated for any partial year of service), in accordance with the Company’s Policies; provided, however , that Executive shall not accrue any vacation time in excess of six (6) weeks (the “Accrual Limit”) and shall cease accruing vacation time if Executive’s accrued vacation reaches the Accrual Limit until such time as Executive’s accrued vacation drops below the Accrual Limit. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive, provided however, that any request of Executive to take paid vacation shall not be unreasonably denied by the Company.

(e) Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement Policy. In addition, during the Term, the Company will reimburse Executive a flat fee of one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125) per month for use of Executive’s personal phone/mobile device.

(f) Key Person Insurance . At any time during the Term, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the Company’s sole benefit. The Company shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in obtaining such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, by supplying all information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier, provided that any information provided to an insurance company or broker shall not be provided to the Company without the prior written authorization of Executive. Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy.

(g) Indemnification and Insurance . At all times during the Term, the Company shall hold and maintain adequate levels of Directors and Officers liability insurance, and with provisions that will provide coverage for Executive as a director, officer, and employee of the Company or any affiliate. Moreover, during the Term and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify Executive to the fullest extent provided by law and the Company’s bylaws from and against any expense (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Executive in connection with any proceeding in which Executive was or is made a party or was or is involved by reason of the fact that Executive was or is employed by or serving as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

2


3. Termination .

Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Circumstances .

(i) Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.

(ii) Disability. If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.

(iii) Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.

(iv) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Company not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(v) Resignation from the Company for Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, as defined below.

(vi) Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason or for no reason, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Executive not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, if applicable, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

3


(c) Company Obligations upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Sectio n 3 , Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive; (ii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2 (f) ; (iii) any accrued vacation; and (iv) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “ Company Arrangements ”). Except as otherwise expressly required by law (e.g ., COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other compensatory amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be to receive the severance payments and benefits described in this Section 3(c) or Section  4, as applicable.

(d) Deemed Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates.

4. Severance Payments .

(a) Termination for Cause or Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause or pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, then Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Termination without Cause, Termination Upon Death or Disability, or Resignation from the Company for Good Reason .

(i) If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv), or pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, then, subject to Executive signing on or before the twenty-first (21 st ) day (or forty-fifth (45th) day to the extent required by applicable law) following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, a release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “Release ”), and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6 , Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c) , the following:

(A) an amount in cash equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Annual Base Salary of Executive as of the Date of Termination, payable in the form of salary continuation in regular installments over the six- (6-) month period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;

(B) in the event that the Date of Termination occurs on or after July 1 of any year, following completion of the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, a pro rata portion, based on the number of days elapsed from the beginning of such year to the Date of Termination, of Executive’s bonus, if any, that would otherwise be payable with respect to such year under Section 2(b) above (based on actual performance for such year), payable on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally by the Company to its senior executives with respect to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, but in all events during the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Date of Termination occurs; and

 

4


(C) if Executive elects to receive continued medical, dental or vision coverage under one or more of the Company’s group healthcare plans pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the COBRA premiums for Executive under such plans during the period commencing on Executive’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive becomes no longer eligible for COBRA, or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof provide to Executive a gross monthly payment in an amount to cover the full monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the Date of Termination (which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), less the amount the Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for the Executive based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the Date of Termination, which payments shall be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and shall commence in the month following the month in which the Date of Termination occurs and shall end on the earlier of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive becomes no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer.

(c) Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 5 through 9 and Section  11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.

5. Solicitation . Executive acknowledges that the Company has provided and, during the Term, the Company from time to time will continue to provide Executive with access to its Confidential Information (as defined below). Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement and the Company’s provision of Confidential Information, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, in order to protect the value of any Confidential Information, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions, which Executive acknowledges represent a fan balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment:

(a) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any employee or consultant of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company, other than through a general solicitation not targeting the employees of the Company.

(b) In the event the terms of this Section  5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

 

5


(c) As used in this Section  5 , (i) the term “ Company ” shall include the Company, Parent and all current and future, direct and indirect, subsidiaries of Parent; and (ii) the term “ Restriction Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.

(d) Each of the Parties (which, in the case of the Company, shall mean its officers and the members of the Board) agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, to refrain from Disparaging (as defined below) the other Party and its affiliates, including, in the case of the Company, any of its services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude any Party from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to defend or enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disparaging” means remarks, comments or statements, whether written or oral, that impugn the character, integrity, reputation or abilities of the Person being disparaged.

(e) Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.

6. Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information .

(a) Except in connection with the faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section  6(c) and (e) , Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company and its affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public or is publicly available or has become public knowledge prior to the date

 

6


Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing or public availability or knowledge of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a). For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if material features comprising such information have been published or become publicly available.

(b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.

(c) Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable laws or rules.

(d) As used in this Section  6 and Section  7, the term “ Company ” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries.

(e) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be used in any way to: (i) limit Executive from disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a government agency, as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law, (iii) prohibit Executive from disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney, financial or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal, financial or tax advice, (iv) prohibit Executive from disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (v) prohibit Executive from retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations. In addition, Executive may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of Confidential Information that: (x) is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (y) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.

7. Inventions .

All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company, but only to the extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached hereto as Appendix A ) (“ Inventions ”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.

 

7


8. Injunctive Relief .

It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.

9. Assignment and Successors .

The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

10. Certain Definitions .

(a) Cause . The Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

(i) Executive’s failure to comply with, in any material respect, any of the material Company’s Policies;

(ii) Executive’s failure in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board;

(iii) Executive’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement, any Restricted Stock Agreement and any other material agreement among Executive and the Company, Parent or subsidiary thereof;

(iv) Executive’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

(v) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on Parent’s or its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement;

 

8


(vi) Executive’s willful, reckless or gross misconduct bringing Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries into any public disgrace or disrepute; or

(vii) Executive’s commission of an act of dishonesty, disloyalty, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no “Cause” will have occurred unless and until the Company has provided Executive with written notice of the circumstances setting forth the elements of “Cause” in reasonable detail and an opportunity to cure such finding of “Cause” within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. If the Executive fails to cure the same within such thirty (30) days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period. In the event that (a) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than for Cause (including, without limitation, whether by death, Disability, resignation or termination without Cause or with Good Reason) and (b) any of the facts and circumstances described in (iv) through (vi) above existed as of the date of Executive’s termination (whether or not known by the Board as of the termination or discovered after any such termination), by a vote of the Board, the Company may deem the termination of the Executive’s employment to have been for Cause and, for all purposes of this Agreement (including Sections 3 and 4), the termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause and the Company and Executive shall have the corresponding rights or obligations associated with a termination for Cause.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; or (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) , whichever is earlier.

(c) Disability . “Disability” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any six- (6-) month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.

(d) Good Reason . For the sole purpose of determining Executive’s right to severance payments as described above, the Executive’s resignation will be for “Good Reason” if the Executive resigns within ninety (90) days after any of the following events, unless Executive consents in writing to the applicable event: (i) a material decrease in Executive’s annual base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a reduction in annual base salary of less than ten percent (10%) that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in annual base salaries affecting all other senior executives of the Company, or the Company’s material failure to pay any compensation due to Executive when due and

 

9


payable or other breach of a material provision of this Agreement, (ii) a material decrease in the Executive’s authority or areas of responsibility as are commensurate with such Executive’s title or position (other than in connection with a corporate transaction where the Executive continues to hold the position referenced in Section 1(c) above with respect to the Company’s business, substantially as such business exists prior to the date of consummation of such corporate transaction, but does not hold such position with respect to the successor corporation), or (iii) the relocation of the Executive’s primary office to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Company’s headquarters at 2217 Main Street Santa Monica, California 90405. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Good Reason will have occurred unless and until Executive has: (a) provided the Company, within sixty (60) days of Executive’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Good Reason event, written-notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Good Reason; and (b) provided the Company with an opportunity to cure the same within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice.

(e) Person . “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, trust, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of California or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

(b) Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Notices . Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

 

  (i) If to the Company:

YWX Holdings, Inc.

c/o Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Laurie Gerber

Facsimile: (617) 292-9430

E-mail address: lgerber@greathillpartners.com

and copies to:

Latham & Watkins, LLP

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Alexander B. Temel

Facsimile: (617) 948-6001

E-mail address: alexander.temel@lw.com

 

10


If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive,

or at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic delivery means shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

(e) Entire Agreement . The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, that certain Employment Agreement between the Parties dated April 11, 2016. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

(f) Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(g) No Inconsistent Actions . The Parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any action or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Construction . This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both of the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

 

11


(i) Arbitration . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS in Los Angeles, California. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS Employment Rules and Procedures, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS; (b) the Company will pay the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses; provided that the arbitrator may assess the prevailing Party’s fees and costs against the non-prevailing Party as part of the arbitrator’s award if provided and allowed by law. The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties, except where necessary or compelled in a Court to enforce this arbitration provision or an Award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. If JAMS no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration. Executive and the Company understand that by agreeing to arbitration any claim pursuant to this Section 11(i), they will not have the right to have any such claim decided by a jury or a court, but shall instead have any such claim decided through arbitration. Executive and the Company waive any constitutional or other right to bring claims covered by this Agreement other than in their individual capacities. Except as may be prohibited by law, this waiver includes the ability to assert claims as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding.

(j) Enforcement . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(k) Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

(1) Section 409A .

(i) General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.

 

12


(ii) Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement that is designated under this Agreement as payable upon Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (a “ Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided below, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service. Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(iv) Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(v) Installments. Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, no payment hereunder shall be accelerated or deferred unless such acceleration or deferral would not result in additional tax or interest pursuant to Section 409A.

 

13


12. Employee Acknowledgement .

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

  Name: Rosanna McCollough
  Title: CEO
EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

  Vance Chang

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Separation Agreement and Release

This Separation Agreement and Release (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Vance Chang (“ Employee ”) and Whole Body, Inc. (the “ Company ”) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Parties have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of                      , 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company effective                      , 20          , the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates but, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein will be deemed to release any rights or remedies in connection with Employee’s ownership of vested equity securities of the Company or Employee’s right to indemnification by the Company or any of its affiliates pursuant to contract or applicable law (collectively, the “ Retained Claims ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Severance Payments described in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement, which, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits . The Company agrees to provide Employee with the severance payments and benefits described in Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Employment Agreement. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.

2. Release of Claims . Employee agrees that, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, the foregoing consideration/severance payments represent settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, Parent (as defined in the Employment Agreement), any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of their current and former officers, directors, equity holders, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasees ”). Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement (as defined in Section 7 below), including, without limitation:

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;

 

16


(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of any shares of stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, [Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; the California Equal Pay Law; the Moore-Brown-Roberti Family Rights Act of 1991; the California Labor Code; the California WARN Act; the California False Claims Act; and the California Corporate Criminal Liability Act] * ;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;

(g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and

(h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates and Employee’s right under applicable law and any Retained Claims. This release further does not release claims for breach of Section 3(c) or Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

 

* Subject to confirmation.

 

17


In addition, nothing in this Release precludes Executive from participating in any investigation or proceeding before any federal or state agency, or governmental body, including, but not limited to, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Department of Justice.

3. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee understands and acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that: (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has [twenty-one (21)] + days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement pursuant to written notice to the                      of the Company; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the twenty-one (21) day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that he has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.

4. Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.

5. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

6. Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11(a), 11(c) and 11(i) of the Employment Agreement.

7. Effective Date . If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then Employee has seven days after signing this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by Employee before that date (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Employee has not attained the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then the “Effective Date” shall be the date on which Employee signs this Agreement.

8. Vol untary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that he executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) he has read this Agreement; (b) he has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) he has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) he understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) he is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

 

  45 days to the extent required by applicable law.

 

18


Appendix A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer.

(i) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(A) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(B) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

19

Exhibit 10.12

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), executed and delivered as of March 27, 2017, to be effective as of January 1, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and between Whole Body, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “ Company ”), and Suzanne Dawson (“ Executive ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 10 .

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement for the employment of the Executive by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment.

(a) General . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall accept the employment by the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section 1, and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.

(b) Employment Term . The term of employment under this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date, and ending on the first anniversary thereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3 . The Term shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the applicable Term either Party gives written notice of non-renewal (“ Notice of Non-Renewal ”) to the other, in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then-applicable Term or any other date set by the Company in accordance with Section 3 ) and subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3 .

(c) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Chief Customer Officer of the Company with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as may from time to time be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (including service to its affiliates, if applicable), provided that Executive may engage in charitable, community service, religious, educational and industry association activities as long as those activities do not interfere with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. The Company acknowledges that Executive is an owner and principal of Yuni Cosmetics (“Yuni”), which is a retail vendor to the Company and its subsidiaries, and may, subject to and without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, retain such ownership interest during the Term, provided, however, during the Term, (i) Executive may not be involved in the day-to-day oversight and management of the Yuni business, which will be handled by other Yuni personnel, (ii) all decisions of the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to the Yuni products purchased by the Company must continue to be made by its Retail Director or Chief Executive Officer, and any material change to the Company’s purchasing practices or marketing/sales promotion of the Yuni product line must be approved in writing by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and (iii) such ownership does not interfere with Executive’s performance of her duties and responsibilities to the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, any proposed transaction, or series of related transactions, between the Company and Yuni in which the amount to paid by the Company to Yuni in a calendar year would exceed One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000) must be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).


Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, as set forth in writing, and as delivered or made available to Executive (each, a “ Policy ” and, collectively, the “ Policies ”).

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Annual Base Salary . During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($275,000) per annum (the “ Annual Base Salary ”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time to time by the Board.

(b) Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to participate in an incentive program established by the Board. Executive’s bonus compensation under such incentive program shall be targeted at Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) each year to be awarded based on successfully delivering the goals set by the Board each year during the Term, which may include such key metrics as the Company’s achievement of the consolidated revenue target, EBITDA target, visit target and a discretionary target. The Company may add additional bonus incentives for surpassing key metric goals such as revenue and/or EBITDA. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to set the incentive targets for a calendar year no later than January 31 of such year. The payment of any bonus pursuant to the incentive program shall be subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date of payment which shall be no later than April 15 following the respective year end. Executive’s target annual bonus may be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time-to-time by the Board.

(c) Benefits . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, commensurate with Executive’s position as a senior executive and consistent with the terms thereof and as such plans, programs and arrangements may be amended from time to time. In no event shall Executive be eligible to participate in any severance plan or program of the Company, except as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

(d) Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to accrue and use four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year (pro-rated for any partial year of service), in accordance with the Company’s Policies; provided, however, that Executive shall not accrue any vacation time in excess of eight (8) weeks (the “ Accrual Limit ”) and shall cease accruing vacation time if Executive’s accrued vacation reaches the Accrual Limit until such time as Executive’s accrued vacation drops below the Accrual Limit. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive, provided however, that any request of Executive to take paid vacation shall not be unreasonably denied by the Company.

(e) Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement Policy. In addition, during the Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for the following direct and reasonable personal expenses: (i) a flat fee of one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125) per month for use of Executive’s personal phone/mobile device, and (ii) Executive’s use of her personal automobile for purposes related to Company business.

(f) Key Person Insurance . At any time during the Term, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the Company’s sole benefit. The Company shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in obtaining such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, by supplying all

 

2


information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier, provided that any information provided to an insurance company or broker shall not be provided to the Company without the prior written authorization of Executive. Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy.

(g) Indemnification and Insurance . At all times during the Term, the Company shall hold and maintain adequate levels of Directors and Officers liability insurance, and with provisions that will provide coverage for Executive as a director, officer, and employee of the Company or any affiliate. Moreover, during the Term and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify Executive to the fullest extent provided by law and the Company’s bylaws from and against any expense (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Executive in connection with any proceeding in which Executive was or is made a party or was or is involved by reason of the fact that Executive was or is employed by or serving as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its affiliates.

3. Termination .

Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Circumstances .

(i) Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.

(ii) Disability. If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.

(iii) Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.

(iv) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Company not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(v) Resignation from the Company for Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, as defined below.

(vi) Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason or for no reason, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Executive not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, if applicable, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”); provided, however, that in

 

3


the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder.

(c) Company Obligations upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section 3 , Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive; (ii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2(f); (iii) any accrued vacation; and (iv) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “ Company Arrangements ”). Except as otherwise expressly required by law ( e.g. , COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other compensatory amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be to receive the severance payments and benefits described in this Section 3(c) or Section 4 , as applicable.

(d) Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates.

4. Severance Payments.

(a) Termination for Cause or Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause or pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, then Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Termination without Cause, Termination Upon Death or Disability, or Resignation from the Company for Good Reason .

(i) If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv) , or pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, then, subject to Executive signing on or before the twenty-first (21st) day (or forty-fifth (45th) day to the extent required by applicable law) following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, a release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Release ”), and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6 , Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c) , the following:

 

4


(A) an amount in cash equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Annual Base Salary of Executive as of the Date of Termination, payable in the form of salary continuation in regular installments over the three- (3-) month period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;

(B) in the event that the Date of Termination occurs on or after July 1 of any year, following completion of the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, a pro rata portion, based on the number of days elapsed from the beginning of such year to the Date of Termination, of Executive’s bonus, if any, that would otherwise be payable with respect to such year under Section 2(b) above (based on actual performance for such year), payable on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally by the Company to its senior executives with respect to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, but in all events during the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Date of Termination occurs; and

(C) if Executive elects to receive continued medical, dental or vision coverage under one or more of the Company’s group healthcare plans pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the COBRA premiums for Executive under such plans during the period commencing on Executive’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive becomes no longer eligible for COBRA, or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof provide to Executive a gross monthly payment in an amount to cover the full monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the Date of Termination (which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), less the amount the Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for the Executive based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the Date of Termination, which payments shall be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and shall commence in the month following the month in which the Date of Termination occurs and shall end on the earlier of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive becomes no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer.

(c) Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 5 through 9 and Section 11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.

5. Solicitation . Executive acknowledges that the Company has provided and, during the Term, the Company from time to time will continue to provide Executive with access to its Confidential Information (as defined below). Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement and the Company’s provision of Confidential Information, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, in order to protect the value of any Confidential Information, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions, which Executive acknowledges represent a fair balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment:

 

5


(a) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any employee or consultant of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company, other than through a general solicitation not targeting the employees of the Company.

(b) In the event the terms of this Section 5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

(c) As used in this Section 5 , (i) the term “ Company ” shall include the Company, Parent and all current and future, direct and indirect, subsidiaries of Parent; and (ii) the term “ Restriction Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.

(d) Each of the Parties (which, in the case of the Company, shall mean its officers and the members of the Board) agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, to refrain from Disparaging (as defined below) the other Party and its affiliates, including, in the case of the Company, any of its services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude any Party from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to defend or enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disparaging” means remarks, comments or statements, whether written or oral, that impugn the character, integrity, reputation or abilities of the Person being disparaged.

(e) Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.

6. Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information .

(a) Except in connection with the faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e) , Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company and its affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices,

 

6


contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public or is publicly available or has become public knowledge prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing or public availability or knowledge of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a) . For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if material features comprising such information have been published or become publicly available.

(b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.

(c) Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable laws or rules.

(d) As used in this Section 6 and Section 7 , the term “ Company ” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries.

(e) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be used in any way to: (i) limit Executive from disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a government agency, as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law, (iii) prohibit Executive from disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney, financial or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal, financial or tax advice, (iv) prohibit Executive from disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (v) prohibit Executive from retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations. In addition, Executive may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of Confidential Information that: (x) is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (y) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.

 

7


7. Inventions .

All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company, but only to the extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached hereto as Appendix A ) (“ Inventions ”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.

8. Injunctive Relief .

It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.

9. Assignment and Successors .

The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

10. Certain Definitions .

(a) Cause . The Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

(i) Executive’s failure to comply with, in any material respect, any of the material Company’s Policies;

(ii) Executive’s failure in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board;

(iii) Executive’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement, any Restricted Stock Agreement and any other material agreement among Executive and the Company, Parent or subsidiary thereof;

(iv) Executive’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

 

8


(v) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on Parent’s or its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement;

(vi) Executive’s willful, reckless or gross misconduct bringing Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries into any public disgrace or disrepute; or

(vii) Executive’s commission of an act of dishonesty, disloyalty, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no “Cause” will have occurred unless and until the Company has provided Executive with written notice of the circumstances setting forth the elements of “Cause” in reasonable detail and an opportunity to cure such finding of “Cause” within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. If the Executive fails to cure the same within such thirty (30) days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period. In the event that (a) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than for Cause (including, without limitation, whether by death, Disability, resignation or termination without Cause or with Good Reason) and (b) any of the facts and circumstances described in (iv) through (vi) above existed as of the date of Executive’s termination (whether or not known by the Board as of the termination or discovered after any such termination), by a vote of the Board, the Company may deem the termination of the Executive’s employment to have been for Cause and, for all purposes of this Agreement (including Sections 3 and 4), the termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause and the Company and Executive shall have the corresponding rights or obligations associated with a termination for Cause.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; or (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) , whichever is earlier.

(c) Disability . “Disability” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any six- (6-) month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.

 

9


(d) Good Reason . For the sole purpose of determining Executive’s right to severance payments as described above, the Executive’s resignation will be for “Good Reason” if the Executive resigns within ninety (90) days after any of the following events, unless Executive consents in writing to the applicable event: (i) a material decrease in Executive’s annual base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a reduction in annual base salary of less than ten percent (10%) that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in annual base salaries affecting all other senior executives of the Company, or the Company’s material failure to pay any compensation due to Executive when due and payable or other breach of a material provision of this Agreement, (ii) a material decrease in the Executive’s authority or areas of responsibility as are commensurate with such Executive’s title or position (other than in connection with a corporate transaction where the Executive continues to hold the position referenced in Section 1(c) above with respect to the Company’s business, substantially as such business exists prior to the date of consummation of such corporate transaction, but does not hold such position with respect to the successor corporation), or (iii) the relocation of the Executive’s primary office to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Company’s headquarters at 2217 Main Street Santa Monica, California 90405. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Good Reason will have occurred unless and until Executive has: (a) provided the Company, within sixty (60) days of Executive’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Good Reason event, written-notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Good Reason; and (b) provided the Company with an opportunity to cure the same within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice.

(e) Person . “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, trust, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of California or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

(b) Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Notices . Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

 

  (i) If to the Company:

YWX Holdings, Inc.

c/o Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Laurie Gerber

Facsimile: (617) 292-9430

E-mail address: lgerber@greathillpartners.com

and copies to:

Latham & Watkins, LLP

 

10


John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Alexander B. Temel

Facsimile: (617) 948-6001

E-mail address: alexander.temel@lw.com

If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive, or at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic delivery means shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

(e) Entire Agreement . The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, that certain Employment Agreement between the Parties dated June 27, 2016. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.    

(f) Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(g) No Inconsistent Actions . The Parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any action or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Construction . This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both of the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

 

11


(i) Arbitration . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS in Los Angeles, California. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS Employment Rules and Procedures, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS; (b) the Company will pay the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses; provided that the arbitrator may assess the prevailing Party’s fees and costs against the non-prevailing Party as part of the arbitrator’s award if provided and allowed by law. The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties, except where necessary or compelled in a Court to enforce this arbitration provision or an Award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. If JAMS no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration. Executive and the Company understand that by agreeing to arbitration any claim pursuant to this Section 11(i), they will not have the right to have any such claim decided by a jury or a court, but shall instead have any such claim decided through arbitration. Executive and the Company waive any constitutional or other right to bring claims covered by this Agreement other than in their individual capacities. Except as may be prohibited by law, this waiver includes the ability to assert claims as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding.

(j) Enforcement . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(k) Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

(l) Section 409A .

 

12


(i) General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.

(ii) Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement that is designated under this Agreement as payable upon Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (a “ Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided below, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service. Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(iv) Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(v) Installments. Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, no payment hereunder shall be accelerated or deferred unless such acceleration or deferral would not result in additional tax or interest pursuant to Section 409A.

 

13


12. Employee Acknowledgement .

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

  Name: Rosanna McCollough
  Title: CEO
EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Suzanne Dawson

  Suzanne Dawson

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Separation Agreement and Release

This Separation Agreement and Release (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Suzanne Dawson (“ Employee ”) and Whole Body, Inc. (the “ Company ”) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Parties have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of                     , 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company effective                     , 20    , the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates but, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein will be deemed to release any rights or remedies in connection with Employee’s ownership of vested equity securities of the Company or Employee’s right to indemnification by the Company or any of its affiliates pursuant to contract or applicable law (collectively, the “ Retained Claims ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Severance Payments described in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement, which, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits . The Company agrees to provide Employee with the severance payments and benefits described in Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Employment Agreement. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.

2. Release of Claims . Employee agrees that, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, the foregoing consideration/severance payments represent settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, Parent (as defined in the Employment Agreement), any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of their current and former officers, directors, equity holders, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasees ”). Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement (as defined in Section 7 below), including, without limitation:

 

16


(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;

(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of any shares of stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, [Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; the California Equal Pay Law; the Moore-Brown-Roberti Family Rights Act of 1991; the California Labor Code; the California WARN Act; the California False Claims Act; and the California Corporate Criminal Liability Act]*;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;

(g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and

(h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates and Employee’s right under applicable law and any Retained Claims. This release further does not release claims for breach of Section 3(c) or Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

* Subject to confirmation.

 

17


In addition, nothing in this Release precludes Executive from participating in any investigation or proceeding before any federal or state agency, or governmental body, including, but not limited to, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Department of Justice.

3. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee understands and acknowledges that she is waiving and releasing any rights she may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that she has been advised by this writing that: (a) she should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) she has [twenty-one (21)]† days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) she has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement pursuant to written notice to the                         _ of the Company; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the twenty-one (21) day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that she has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.

4. Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.

5. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

6. Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11(a), 11(c) and 11(i) of the Employment Agreement.

7. Effective Date . If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then Employee has seven days after signing this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by Employee before that date (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Employee has not attained the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then the “Effective Date” shall be the date on which Employee signs this Agreement.

8. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that she executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) she has read this Agreement; (b) she has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) she has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) she understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) she is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

 

45 days to the extent required by applicable law.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

Dated:                           

 

      [                                  ]
    COMPANY
Dated:                          By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:


Appendix A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer.

(i) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(A) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(B) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

20

Exhibit 10.13

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), executed and delivered as of March 27, 2017, to be effective as of January 23, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and between Whole Body, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “ Company ”), and Kurt Donnell (“ Executive ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section  10 .

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement for the employment of the Executive by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) General . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall accept the employment by the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section  1, and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.

(b) Employment Term . The term of employment under this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date, and ending on the first anniversary thereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section  3 . The Term shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the applicable Term either Party gives written notice of non-renewal (“ Notice of Non-Renewal ”) to the other, in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then-applicable Term or any other date set by the Company in accordance with Section  3) and subject to earlier termination as provided in Section  3 .

(c) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President, Partnerships and General Counsel of the Company with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as may from time to time be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”). Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (including service to its affiliates, if applicable), provided that Executive may engage in charitable, community service, religious, educational and industry association activities and, with the prior written approval of the CEO, advisory boards or boards of directors of companies that are not in competition with the Company as long as long as the foregoing activities do not interfere with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, as set forth in writing, and as delivered or made available to Executive (each, a “ Policy ” and, collectively, the “ Policies ”).

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Annual Base Salary . During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000) per annum (the “ Annual Base Salary ”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).


(b) Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to participate in an incentive program established by the Board. Executive’s bonus compensation under such incentive program shall be targeted at Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) each year to be awarded based on successfully delivering the goals set by the Board each year during the Term, which may include such key metrics as the Company’s achievement of the consolidated revenue target, EBITDA target, visit target and a discretionary target. The Company may add additional bonus incentives for surpassing key metric goals such as revenue and/or EBITDA. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to set the incentive targets for a calendar year no later than January 31 of such year. The payment of any bonus pursuant to the incentive program shall be subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date of payment which shall be no later than April 15 following the respective year end. Executive’s target annual bonus may be reviewed (and may be adjusted) from time-to-time by the Board.

(c) Benefits . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, commensurate with Executive’s position as a senior executive and consistent with the terms thereof and as such plans, programs and arrangements may be amended from time to time. In no event shall Executive be eligible to participate in any severance plan or program of the Company, except as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

(d) Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to accrue and use three (3) weeks of paid vacation per year, in accordance with the Company’s Policies; provided, however, that Executive shall not accrue any vacation time in excess of six (6) weeks (the “ Accrual Limit ”) and shall cease accruing vacation time if Executive’s accrued vacation reaches the Accrual Limit until such time as Executive’s accrued vacation drops below the Accrual Limit. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive, provided however, that any request of Executive to take paid vacation shall not be unreasonably denied by the Company.

(e) Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement Policy. In addition, during the Term, the Company will reimburse Executive a flat fee of one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125) per month for use of Executive’s personal phone/mobile device.

(f) Key Person Insurance . At any time during the Term, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the Company’s sole benefit. The Company shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in obtaining such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, by supplying all information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier, provided that any information provided to an insurance company or broker shall not be provided to the Company without the prior written authorization of Executive. Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy.

(g) Indemnification and Insurance . At all times during the Term, the Company shall hold and maintain adequate levels of Directors and Officers liability insurance, and with provisions that will provide coverage for Executive as a director, officer, and employee of the Company or any affiliate. Moreover, during the Term and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify Executive to the fullest extent provided by law and the Company’s bylaws from and against any expense (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Executive in connection with any proceeding in which Executive was or is made a party or was or is involved by reason of the fact that Executive was or is employed by or serving as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

2


3. Termination .

Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Circumstances .

(i) Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.

(ii) Disability. If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.

(iii) Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.

(iv) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Company not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(v) Resignation from the Company for Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, as defined below.

(vi) Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason or for no reason, which shall include a termination of Executive as a result of the Executive not renewing the Term pursuant to Section 1.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, if applicable, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

3


(c) Company Obligations upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section  3 , Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive; (ii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2(f) : (iii) any accrued vacation; and (iv) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “ Company Arrangements ”). Except as otherwise expressly required by law (e.g ., COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other compensatory amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be to receive the severance payments and benefits described in this Section 3(c) or Section  4 , as applicable.

(d) Deemed Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason,

Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates.

4. Severance Payments .

(a) Termination for Cause or Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause or pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, then Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Termination without Cause, Termination Upon Death or Disability, or Resignation from the Company for Good Reason .

(i) If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv), or pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, then, subject to Executive signing on or before the twenty-first (21 st ) (or 45 th day to the extent required by applicable law) day following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, a release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Release ”), and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6, Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c) , the following:

(A) salary continuation (at Executive’s Annual Base Salary as of the Date of Termination) for the two- (2-) month period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service if during current ownership of the Company or, if such Separation from Service occurs at the closing of or within six (6) months following a Sale Event (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement between Executive and the Company), salary continuation for the three- (3-) month period following the date of Separation from Service (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;

(B) in the event that the Date of Termination occurs on or after July 1 of any year, following completion of the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, a pro rata portion, based on the number of days elapsed from the beginning of such year to the Date of Termination, of Executive’s bonus, if any, that would otherwise be payable with respect to such year under Section 2(b) above (based on actual performance for such year), payable on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally by the Company to its senior executives with respect to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, but in all events during the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Date of Termination occurs; and

 

4


(C) if Executive elects to receive continued medical, dental or vision coverage under one or more of the Company’s group healthcare plans pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the COBRA premiums (less the amount Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for the Executive based on the cost sharing levels in effect as of the Date of Termination) for Executive under such plans during the period commencing on Executive’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive becomes no longer eligible for COBRA, or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof provide to Executive a gross monthly payment in an amount to cover the full monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the Date of Termination (which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), less the amount the Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for the Executive based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the Date of Termination, which payments shall be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and shall commence in the month following the month in which the Date of Termination occurs and shall end on the earlier of (X) the last day of the Severance Period, (Y) the date that Executive becomes no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer.

(c) Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 5 through 9 and Section  11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.

5. Solicitation . Executive acknowledges that the Company has provided and, during the Term, the Company from time to time will continue to provide Executive with access to its Confidential Information (as defined below). Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement and the Company’s provision of Confidential Information, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, in order to protect the value of any Confidential Information, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions, which Executive acknowledges represent a fair balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment:

(a) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any employee or consultant of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company, other than through a general solicitation not targeting the employees of the Company.

 

5


(b) In the event the terms of this Section  5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

(c) As used in this Section  5, (i) the term “ Company ” shall include the Company, Parent and all current and future, direct and indirect, subsidiaries of Parent; and (ii) the term “ Restriction Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.

(d) Each of the Parties (which, in the case of the Company, shall mean its officers and the members of the Board) agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, to refrain from Disparaging (as defined below) the other Party and its affiliates, including, in the case of the Company, any of its services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude any Party from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to defend or enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disparaging” means remarks, comments or statements, whether written or oral, that impugn the character, integrity, reputation or abilities of the Person being disparaged.

(e) Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.

6. Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information .

(a) Except in connection with the faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e), Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company and its affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct

 

6


of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public or is publicly available or has become public knowledge prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing or public availability or knowledge of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a) . For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if material features comprising such information have been published or become publicly available.

(b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.

(c) Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable laws or rules.

(d) As used in this Section  6 and Section 7 , the term “ Company ” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries.

(e) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be used in any way to: (i) limit Executive from disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a government agency, as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law, (iii) prohibit Executive from disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney, financial or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal, financial or tax advice, (iv) prohibit Executive from disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (v) prohibit Executive from retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations. In addition, Executive may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of Confidential Information that: (x) is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (y) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.

7. Inventions .

All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company, but only to the extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached hereto as Appendix A) (“ Inventions ”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request

 

7


of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.

8. Injunctive Relief .

It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.

9. Assignment and Successors .

The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

10. Certain Definitions .

(a) Cause . The Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

(i) Executive’s failure to comply with, in any material respect, any of the material Company’s Policies;

(ii) Executive’s failure in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board;

(iii) Executive’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement, any Restricted Stock Agreement and any other material agreement among Executive and the Company, Parent or subsidiary thereof;

(iv) Executive’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

(v) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on Parent’s or its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement;

 

8


(vi) Executive’s willful, reckless or gross misconduct bringing Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries into any public disgrace or disrepute; or

(vii) Executive’s commission of an act of dishonesty, disloyalty, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to Parent or its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no “Cause” will have occurred unless and until the Company has provided Executive with written notice of the circumstances setting forth the elements of “Cause” in reasonable detail and an opportunity to cure such finding of “Cause” within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. If the Executive fails to cure the same within such thirty (30) days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period. In the event that (a) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than for Cause (including, without limitation, whether by death, Disability, resignation or termination without Cause or with Good Reason) and (b) any of the facts and circumstances described in (iv) through (vi) above existed as of the date of Executive’s termination (whether or not known by the Board as of the termination or discovered after any such termination), by a vote of the Board, the Company may deem the termination of the Executive’s employment to have been for Cause and, for all purposes of this Agreement (including Sections 3 and 4), the termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company for Cause and the Company and Executive shall have the corresponding rights or obligations associated with a termination for Cause.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; or (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) , whichever is earlier.

(c) Disability . “Disability” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any six- (6-) month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.

(d) Good Reason . For the sole purpose of determining Executive’s right to severance payments as described above, the Executive’s resignation will be for “Good Reason” if the Executive resigns within ninety (90) days after any of the following events, unless Executive consents in writing to the applicable event: (i) a material decrease in Executive’s annual base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a reduction in annual base salary of less than ten percent (10%) that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in annual base salaries affecting all other senior executives of the Company, or the Company’s material failure to pay any compensation due to Executive when due and payable or other breach of a material provision of this Agreement, (ii) a material decrease in the

 

9


Executive’s authority or areas of responsibility as are commensurate with such Executive’s title or position (other than in connection with a corporate transaction where the Executive continues to hold the position referenced in Section 1(c) above with respect to the Company’s business, substantially as such business exists prior to the date of consummation of such corporate transaction, but does not hold such position with respect to the successor corporation), or (iii) the relocation of the Executive’s primary office to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles from Los Angeles, California or Phoenix, Arizona (provided that for purposes of clarity, Executive hereby agrees and acknowledges that his regular and/or periodic travel for business purposes shall in no event constitute “Good Reason”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Good Reason will have occurred unless and until Executive has: (a) provided the Company, within sixty (60) days of Executive’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Good Reason event, written-notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Good Reason; and (b) provided the Company with an opportunity to cure the same within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice.

(e) Person . “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, trust, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of California or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

(b) Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Notices . Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

 

  (i) If to the Company:

YWX Holdings, Inc.

c/o Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Laurie Gerber

Facsimile: (617) 292-9430

E-mail address: lgerber@greathillpartners.com

and copies to:

Latham & Watkins, LLP

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Alexander B. Temel

Facsimile: (617) 948-6001

E-mail address: alexander.temel@lw.com

 

10


If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive,

or at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic delivery method shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

(e) Entire Agreement . The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, that certain Employment Agreement between the Parties dated January 3, 2017. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

(f) Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(g) No Inconsistent Actions . The Parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any action or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Construction . This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both of the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

 

11


(i) Arbitration . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS in Los Angeles, California. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS Employment Rules and Procedures, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS; (b) the Company will pay the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses; provided that the arbitrator may assess the prevailing Party’s fees and costs against the non-prevailing Party as part of the arbitrator’s award if provided and allowed by law. The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties, except where necessary or compelled in a Court to enforce this arbitration provision or an Award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. If JAMS no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration. Executive and the Company understand that by agreeing to arbitration any claim pursuant to this Section 11(i), they will not have the right to have any such claim decided by a jury or a court, but shall instead have any such claim decided through arbitration. Executive and the Company waive any constitutional or other right to bring claims covered by this Agreement other than in their individual capacities. Except as may be prohibited by law, this waiver includes the ability to assert claims as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding.

(j) Enforcement . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(k) Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

(l) Section 409A .

(i) General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.

 

12


(ii) Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement that is designated under this Agreement as payable upon Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (a “ Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided below, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service. Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(iv) Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(v) Installments. Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, no payment hereunder shall be accelerated or deferred unless such acceleration or deferral would not result in additional tax or interest pursuant to Section 409A.

12. Employee Acknowledgement .

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rosanna McCollough

  Name: Rosanna McCollough
  Title: CEO

 

EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Kurt Donnell

  Kurt Donnell

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Separation Agreement and Release

This Separation Agreement and Release (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Kurt Donnell (“ Employee ”) and Whole Body, Inc. (the “ Company ”) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Parties have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of                     , 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company effective                     , 20     , the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates but, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein will be deemed to release any rights or remedies in connection with Employee’s ownership of vested equity securities of the Company or Employee’s right to indemnification by the Company or any of its affiliates pursuant to contract or applicable law (collectively, the “ Retained Claims ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Severance Payments described in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement, which, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits . The Company agrees to provide Employee with the severance payments and benefits described in Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Employment Agreement. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.

2. Release of Claims . Employee agrees that, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, the foregoing consideration/severance payments represent settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, Parent (as defined in the Employment Agreement), any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of their current and former officers, directors, equity holders, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasees ”). Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement (as defined in Section 7 below), including, without limitation:

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;

 

15


(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of any shares of stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, [Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; the California Equal Pay Law; the Moore-Brown-Roberti Family Rights Act of 1991; the California Labor Code; the California WARN Act; the California False Claims Act; and the California Corporate Criminal Liability Act] * ;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;

(g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and

(h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates and Employee’s right under applicable law and any Retained Claims. This release further does not release claims for breach of Section 3(c) or Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

*   Subject to confirmation.

 

16


In addition, nothing in this Release precludes Executive from participating in any investigation or proceeding before any federal or state agency, or governmental body, including, but not limited to, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Department of Justice.

3. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee understands and acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that: (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has [twenty-one (21)] days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement pursuant to written notice to the                      of the Company; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the twenty-one (21) day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that he has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.

4. Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.

5. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

6. Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11(a), 11(c) and 11(i) of the Employment Agreement.

7. Effective Date . If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then Employee has seven days after signing this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by Employee before that date (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Employee has not attained the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then the “Effective Date” shall be the date on which Employee signs this Agreement.

8. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that he executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) he has read this Agreement; (b) he has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) he has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) he understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) he is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

 

  45 days to the extent required by applicable law.

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

Dated:                           

 

      [                              ]
      COMPANY
Dated:                            By:                                                                                   
             Name:
             Title:


Appendix A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer.

(i) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(A) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(B) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

19

Exhibit 10.14

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

By and Among

YWX Holdings, Inc.

and

The Lenders

as defined herein

Dated as of March 27, 2017


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SECTION I - PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES

     1  

1.1. Purchase and Sale of Notes

     1  

1.2. Closing

     1  

1.3. Use of Proceeds

     1  

SECTION II - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     1  

2.1. Organization and Corporate Power

     1  

2.2. Authorization and Non -Contravention

     2  

2.3. No Brokers or Finders

     2  

SECTION III - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE LENDERS

     2  

3.1. Authorization

     2  

3.2. Purchase Entirely for Own Account

     3  

3.3. Accredited Lender

     3  

3.4. Restricted Securities

     3  

3.5. Authority and Non-Contravention

     3  

SECTION IV - COMPANY CLOSING DELIVERIES

     3  

4.1. Delivery of Documents

     3  

4.2. Approvals and Consents

     4  

SECTION V - LENDER CLOSING DELIVERIES

     4  

5.1. Payment of Purchase Price

     4  

SECTION VI - COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     4  

6.1. Corporate Existence

     4  

6.2. Properties, Business Insurance

     5  

6.3. Appraisals

     5  

6.4. Inspection, Consultation and Advice

     5  

6.5. Restrictive Agreements Prohibited

     5  

6.6. Compliance with Laws and Taxes

     5  

6.7. Liens

     6  

6.8. Expenses

     7  

6.9. Indemnification

     7  

6.10. Term

     8  

SECTION VII - MISCELLANEOUS

     8  

7.1. Survival of Representations and Warranties

     8  

7.2. Entire Agreement

     9  

7.3. Amendments Waivers and Consents

     9  

7.4. Notices and Demands

     9  

7.5. Severability

     10  

7.6. Expenses

     10  

7.7. Counterparts

     10  

 

i


7.8. Effect of Headings; Construction

     10  

7.9. Governing Law

     10  

EXHIBITS

A    Form of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note

Schedule A    List of Lenders

Schedule B    Wire Transfer Instructions

 

ii


NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Lenders listed on Schedule A hereto (the “Lenders”).

WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to sell, and the Lenders have agreed to purchase, an aggregate principal amount of $3,200,000 of the Company’s Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A for an aggregate purchase price of $3,200,000 in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION I - PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES

1.1. Purchase and Sale of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance on the representations, warranties and covenants herein set forth, the Company shall issue and sell to each of the Lenders, and each Lender severally agrees to purchase from the Company, the respective principal amount of Notes set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule A hereto representing an aggregate principal amount of $3,200,000.

1.2. Closing . The purchase of the Notes as set forth on Schedule A shall be made at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date hereof. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Lender Notes in the principal amount set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule A against payment of the purchase price by each Lender relating thereto as set forth on Schedule A to the Company by wire transfer payable in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire transfer instructions set forth on Schedule B . The Company and the Lender shall also make the deliveries specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, respectively, at the Closing.

1.3. Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the proceeds received upon the sale of the Notes for general corporate purposes.

SECTION II - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company hereby makes to the Lenders the following representations and warranties.

2.1. Organization and Corporate Power . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties, to carry on its business as presently conducted, to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Notes and the agreements, documents and instruments contemplated hereby (together, the “Transaction Documents”) to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in


each jurisdiction wherein the character of its property, or the nature of the activities presently conducted by it, makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have, or be reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, condition (financial or other), business, results of operations or prospects of the Company (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company is not in material violation of any term or provision of its Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) or by-laws (the “By-laws”), each as in effect as of this date.

2.2. Authorization and Non - Contravention . The Transaction Documents are valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws, from time to time in effect, which affect enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, and the sale and delivery of the Notes in accordance with this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action of the Company and its stockholders. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, the sale and delivery of the Notes in accordance with this Agreement, and the performance of any transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not (i) violate, conflict with or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under any contract or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which it or its assets are bound, or any provision of the Certificate or By-Laws, or cause the creation of any lien or encumbrance upon any of the assets of the Company, except for those which would not have, or be reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under, any provision of any law, regulation or rule, or any order of, or any restriction imposed by any court or other governmental agency applicable to the Company, except for those which would not have, or be reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) require from the Company any notice to, declaration or filing with, or consent or approval of any governmental authority or other third party other than pursuant to federal or state securities or blue sky laws; or (iv) accelerate any obligation under, or give rise to a right of termination of, any agreement, permit, license or authorization to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

2.3. No Brokers or Finders . No person has or will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any right, interest or claim against or upon the Company for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker because of any act or omission by the Company or its stockholders or its affiliates.

SECTION III - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE LENDERS

Each Lender hereby represents, warrants and covenants on behalf of itself only that:

3.1. Authorization . Such Lender has full power and authority to enter into each of the Transaction Documents, and each such agreement constitutes its valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

2


3.2. Purchase Entirely for Own Account . The Notes to be received by such Lender will be acquired for investment for such Lender’s own account (or the account of their respective affiliates), not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of any applicable law, and that Lender has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same to any other person. Such Lender does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Notes.

3.3. Accredited Lender . Such Lender is an “accredited investor”, as defined in SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act, as presently in effect.

3.4. Restricted Securities . Such Lender understands that the Notes it is purchasing are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Notes may not be resold without registration under the Act, except in certain limited circumstances.

3.5. Authority and Non-Contravention . The Transaction Documents to which it is a party are valid and binding obligations of such Lender, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws, from time to time in effect, which affect enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action of such Lender. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of any transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not (i) violate, conflict with or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under any material contract or obligation to which such Lender is a party or by which their or its assets are bound, or any provision of such Lenders’ organizational documents, or cause the creation of any encumbrance upon any of the material assets of such Lenders; (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under, any provision of any law, regulation or rule, or any order of, or any restriction imposed by any court or other governmental agency applicable to such Lender; (iii) require from such Lender any notice to, declaration or filing with, or consent or approval of any governmental authority or other third party other than pursuant to federal or state securities or blue sky laws; or (iv) accelerate any obligation under, or give rise to a right of termination of, any agreement, permit, license or authorization to which such Lender is a party or by which it is bound.

SECTION IV - COMPANY CLOSING DELIVERIES

At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Lenders the documents provided in this Section IV.

4.1. Delivery of Documents . The Company shall have executed and/or delivered to the Lenders (or shall have caused to be executed and delivered to the Lenders by the appropriate persons) the following:

 

3


(a) the Notes to be delivered at the Closing;

(b) copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors and, as applicable, the stockholders of the Company authorizing the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the issuance of the Notes, as certified by the Company’s Secretary;

(c) certificates issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and such states in which the Company is qualified as a foreign corporation, certifying that the Company is in good standing in their respective states; and

(d) such other supporting documents and certificates as the Lenders may reasonably request.

4.2. Approvals and Consents . The Company shall provide to the Lenders copies of all required authorizations, waivers, consents and permits from governmental authorities, regulatory agencies and other entities to permit the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, from all third parties.

SECTION V - LENDER CLOSING DELIVERIES

At the Closing, the Lenders shall deliver to the Company the items provided in this Section V.

5.1. Payment of Purchase Price . The Lenders shall have paid the purchase price for the Notes to be issued at the Closing as set forth on Schedule A by wire transfer payable in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire transfer instructions set forth on Schedule B .

SECTION VI - COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

The Company covenants and agrees with each of the Lenders that:

6.1. Corporate Existence . The Company shall and shall cause each of its subsidiaries, if any, to:

(a) carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as contemplated by the Purchased Assets;

(b) do all things necessary to (x) remain duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing as a domestic corporation, partnership or limited liability company in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, and (y) maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted;

(c) keep reasonably adequate books and records with respect to its business activities in which proper entries, reflecting all financial transactions, are made in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with its last audited financial statements; and

 

4


(d) except for any of its assets leased to customers in the ordinary course of business, at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices.

6.2. Properties, Business Insurance . The Company shall obtain and maintain and cause each of its subsidiaries, if any, to maintain as to their respective properties and business insurance against such casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as is customary for companies similarly situated.

6.3. Appraisals . Whenever a Default or Event of Default exists under the Notes, and at such other times as an Lender reasonably requests, the Company shall, at its sole expense, provide the Lenders with appraisals or updates thereof of their assets from an appraiser selected and engaged by such Lender, and prepared on a basis satisfactory to such Lender, such appraisals and updates to include, without limitation, information required by applicable law and regulations and by the internal policies of the Lenders.

6.4. Inspection, Consultation and Advice . The Company shall permit and cause each of its subsidiaries, if any, to permit each Lender and such persons as each Lender may designate, at such Lender’s expense, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, examine their books and take copies and extracts therefrom, discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries with their officers, employees and public accountants (and the Company hereby authorizes said accountants to discuss with such Lender and such designees such affairs, finances and accounts), and consult with and advise the management of the Company and its subsidiaries as to their affairs, finances and accounts, all at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice during normal business hours and provided that such Lender or designee has executed a confidentiality agreement in substance and form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

6.5. Restrictive Agreements Prohibited . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall become a party to any agreement (other than that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among the Company, the Lenders and Deerpath Funding, LP (the “Subordination Agreement”) and the Senior Loan Agreement (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) which by its terms expressly restricts the Company’s performance of any of the Transaction Documents or that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) its ability to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or other equity interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Company or to guarantee indebtedness of the Company.

6.6. Compliance with Laws and Taxes . The Company shall comply, and cause each subsidiary to comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, noncompliance with which could materially adversely affect its business or condition, financial or otherwise. The Company will timely file complete (subject to

 

5


usual extension rights) and correct U.S. federal and applicable foreign, state and local tax returns required by law and pay when due (subject to usual extension rights) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies upon it or its income, profits, or property, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP.

6.7. Liens . For so long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will not create, incur, or suffer to exist any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement) (a “Lien”) in, of, or on its property or the property of its subsidiaries, if any, except the following (collectively, “Permitted Liens”):

(a) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies on the property of the Company or its subsidiaries if such taxes (1) shall not at the time be delinquent or (2) do not secure obligations in excess of $100,000, are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been set aside on the books of such credit party, and a stay of enforcement of such Lien is in effect;

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as carrier’s, warehousemen’s, and mechanic’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations not more than ten days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on the Company or its subsidiaries’ books;

(c) statutory Liens in favor of landlords of real property leased by the Company or its subsidiaries; provided that , such entity is current with respect to payment of all rent and other amounts due to such landlord under any lease of such real property;

(d) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, or contracts (other than for the repayment of indebtedness) or to secure indemnity, performance, or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders, or contracts (other than for the repayment of indebtedness) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or environmental laws) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance, or other similar bonds;

(e) utility easements, building restrictions, and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character and which do not in any material way affect the marketability of such real property or interfere with the use thereof in the business of the Company or its subsidiaries;

(f) purchase money liens for acquisitions in the ordinary course of business; or

 

6


(g) Liens incurred pursuant to the Senior Loan Agreement or any Loan Documents (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement).

If Liens other than Permitted Liens exist, the Company and its subsidiaries immediately shall take, execute and deliver all actions, documents and instruments as are reasonably necessary to release and terminate such Liens.

6.8. Expenses . The Company agrees to pay and hold the Lenders harmless against liability for payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with their ongoing investment in the Company, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel and other professionals in connection with any modification, waiver, consent or amendment requested in connection with any Transaction Document. In addition, the Company agrees to pay any and all stamp, transfer, and other similar taxes, if any, payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents.

6.9. Indemnification

(a) Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or any agreement executed in connection herewith, the Company agrees to defend, indemnify and hold each Lender, its respective affiliates and direct and indirect partners (including partners of partners and stockholders and members of partners), members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees and agents and each person who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Lender Indemnified Parties” and, individually, an “Lender Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, losses, Taxes, fines, penalties, reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees of a single counsel representing the Lender Indemnified Parties), as the same are incurred, of any kind or nature whatsoever (whether or not arising out of third-party claims and including all amounts paid in investigation, defense or settlement of the foregoing) which may be sustained or suffered by any such Lender Indemnified Party (“Losses”), based upon, arising out of, or by reason of (i) any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement made by the Company in this Agreement, in any other Transaction Document or in any other agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith, or (iii) any third party or governmental claims relating in any way to such Lender Indemnified Party’s status as a security holder, creditor, director, agent, representative or controlling person of the Company or otherwise relating to such Lender Indemnified Party’s involvement with the Company (including, without limitation, any and all Losses under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, which relate directly or indirectly to the registration, purchase, sale or ownership of any securities of the Company or to any fiduciary obligation owed with respect thereto), including, without limitation, in connection with any third party or governmental action or claim relating to any action taken or omitted to be taken or alleged to have been taken or omitted to have been taken by any Lender Indemnified Party as security holder, director, agent, representative or controlling person of the

 

7


Company or otherwise, alleging so-called control person liability or securities law liability; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such Losses arise from and are based on (A) an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission in a registration statement or prospectus which is made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Lender Indemnified Party, or (B) conduct by an Lender Indemnified Party which constitutes fraud or willful misconduct, gross negligence or breach of a duty owed by such Lender.

(b) If the indemnification provided for in Section 6.9(a) above for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Lender Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying such Lender Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Lender Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Lenders, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Lenders in connection with the action or inaction which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Lenders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Lenders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(c) Each of the Company and the Lenders agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 6.9(b) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.

6.10. Term . Except as provided below, the covenants set forth in this Section VI shall terminate upon the closing of an IPO (as defined in the Notes) or when the Lenders no longer own any of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the covenant set forth in Section 6.9 hereof shall continue for so long as any Lender holds any Notes or until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, if later.

SECTION VII - MISCELLANEOUS

7.1. Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein or in any certificates or documents executed in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the Closing contemplated hereby and shall bind the successors and assigns of the relevant party, whether so expressed or not, and all such covenants, agreements, representations and warranties shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties hereto and to transferees of the Notes, whether so expressed or not.

 

8


7.2. Entire Agreement . The Transaction Documents constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matters hereof and thereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements existing prior to or contemporaneously herewith are expressly superseded and canceled.

7.3. Amendments Waivers and Consents . For the purposes of this Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant hereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein or therein, no course of dealing between the Company on the one hand and any Lender on the other and no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder or thereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights hereof and thereof. Any term or provision hereof may be amended, terminated or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a two-thirds interest of the Notes. Any term or provision of the Notes may be amended, terminated or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a two-thirds interest of the Notes. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.3 shall be binding upon each holder of Notes purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding, each future holder of all such Notes and the Company.

7.4. Notices and Demands . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if faxed (with transmission acknowledgment received), delivered personally or mailed by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) as follows:

 

To the Company:

   YWX Holdings, Inc.
   2215 Main St.
   Santa Monica, CA 90405
   Attn: Kurt Donnell

With a copy to:

   Latham & Watkins LLP
   200 Clarendon Street, 27 th Floor
   Boston, MA 02116
   Attention: Alexander Temel & William Schwab

To the Lenders:

   Great Hill Partners LLC
   One Liberty Square
   Boston, MA 02109
   Attention: Peter Garran

With a copy to:

   Latham & Watkins LLP
   200 Clarendon Street, 27 th Floor
   Boston, MA 02116
   Attention: Alexander Temel & William Schwab

or to such other address or fax number of which any party may notify the other parties as provided above. Notices shall be effective as of the date of such delivery, mailing or fax.

 

9


7.5. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or the other provisions of this Agreement.

7.6. Expenses . The Company agrees to pay all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, preparation and consummation of the Transaction Documents.

7.7. Counterparts . This Agreement and any Exhibit or Schedule hereto may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. One or more counterparts of this Agreement or any Exhibit or Schedule hereto may be delivered via telecopier, with the intention that they shall have the same effect as an original counterpart hereof.

7.8. Effect of Headings; Construction . The descriptive headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision thereof or hereof. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of the Transaction Documents with counsel sophisticated in investment transactions. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement and the agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection herewith shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement and the agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection herewith.

7.9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of this Agreement, or the negotiation, validity or performance hereof or the transactions contemplated herein, shall be construed under and governed by the laws of such state, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW NEXT]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Note Purchase Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

YWX HOLDINGS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

Name: Vance Chang
Title: CFO

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


LENDERS:

GREAT HILL EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P.

By: Great Hill Partners GP V, LP

its General Partner

By: /s/ Michael A Kumin                            

Name: Michael A Kumin

Title: Manager

Address:

Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

GREAT HILL INVESTORS, LLC

By: /s/ Michael A Kumin                            

Name: Michael A Kumin

Title: A Manager

Address:

Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]

 

 


Schedule A

 

Name of Lender

   Aggregate Principal
Amount of Notes
 

Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P.

   $ 3,189,350  

Great Hill Investors, LLC

   $ 10,650  


Schedule B

Wire Transfer Instructions


Exhibit A

Form of Note

Exhibit 10.15

Execution Version

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.

THIS INSTRUMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBORDINATE IN THE MANNER AND TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (THE “SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT”) DATED AS OF MARCH 27, 2017, BY AND AMONG GREAT HILL INVESTORS, LLC, A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, GREAT HILL EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, DEERPATH FUNDING LP, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL AGENT (IN SUCH CAPACITY AND ON BEHALF OF THE SENIOR LENDERS, “AGENT”) AND, TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED THEREIN, THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BELOW), TO THE INDEBTEDNESS (INCLUDING INTEREST) OWED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN LOAN AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JULY 24, 2015 (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “LOAN AGREEMENT”), AMONG THE COMPANY, THE OTHER GUARANTORS, THE BORROWERS (EACH AS DEFINED IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT), THE AGENT AND THE SENIOR LENDERS (AS DEFINED IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT), ALL AS DESCRIBED IN AND SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; AND EACH HOLDER OF THIS INSTRUMENT, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.

SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$3,189,350

   March 27, 2017

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , YWX Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”), hereby promises to pay GREAT HILL EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, on the Maturity Date (as hereinafter defined) (or earlier as hereinafter provided) the principal sum of $3,189,350.00, with interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note from time to time as provided herein. For the purposes of this Note, the term “ Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) March 27, 2018 or (ii) at the Holder’s option, the date of an IPO.

 

  1. Purchase Agreement; Definitions .

 

  (a)

This Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Note ”) issued by the Company on the date hereof pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) dated concurrently herewith, by and among the Company, the Holder and the other lenders from time to time party thereto. This Note is one of a series of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (together with all notes issued pursuant to Section 13(d) or Section 14 hereof and thereof, the “ Notes ”) issued in connection with and pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Note and the Note Purchase Agreement, and may, subject to the Subordination


  Agreement, enforce the agreements of the Company contained herein and therein and exercise the remedies provided for hereby and thereby or otherwise available in respect hereto and thereto, to the extent provided herein or therein. Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used herein with the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

  (b) In addition to the definitions set forth above, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below and, unless the context of this Note provides otherwise, all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Note Purchase Agreement:

Asset Disposition ” shall mean, unless waived by a Required Interest, the disposition whether by sale, lease, transfer, loss, damage, destruction, condemnation or otherwise of any of the following: (a) any of the capital stock or other equity or ownership interest of any subsidiary of the Company, in whatever form, or (b) any of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than sales of receivables consistent with past practices in the ordinary course of business and securitization transactions).

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following, unless waived by a Required Interest:

(i) The Lenders collectively shall cease to have the right to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company,

(ii) The Lenders collectively shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the outstanding voting rights of the Company, or

(iii) (w) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another entity (except one in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving entity), (x) any sale, license, lease or transfer of all or a material portion of the assets of the Company (other than sales of receivables consistent with past practices in the ordinary course of business and securitization transactions), in whatever form, (y) any sale, license, lease or transfer of all or a material portion of the assets of the subsidiaries of the Company, taken as a whole (other than sales of receivables consistent with past practices in the ordinary course of business and securitization transactions), in whatever form, or (z) any other transaction pursuant to or as a result of which a single person (or group of affiliated persons) acquires or holds capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting power.

Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

IPO ” shall mean the initial public offering of equity securities of the Company (or any successor thereto), in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Liquidity Event ” shall mean (a) a Change of Control, (b) an IPO or (c) an Asset Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

2


Net Proceeds ” shall mean the cash proceeds in respect of an IPO or Asset Disposition, net of (a) reasonable costs and expenses relating to such IPO or Asset Disposition, (b) any taxes payable (or reasonably reserved for after taking into account available credits and deductions) in respect of such IPO or Asset Disposition, (c) any discount or commissions payable in respect of an IPO and (d) in the case of an Asset Disposition, the amount required to be applied to other indebtedness relating to the relevant asset with the proceeds of such Asset Disposition.

 

  2. Interest .

 

  (a) The Company promises to pay interest on the Principal Amount (as hereinafter defined) of this Note at the Interest Rate (as defined herein). The Company shall pay accrued interest quarterly in arrears at the Interest Rate for such quarter on each January 15, April 15, July 15, October 15 of each calendar year during the term hereof and on the Maturity Date, or, if any such date shall not be a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day to occur after such date (each date upon which interest shall be so payable, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing on April 15, 2017 and on each Interest Payment Date shall pay interest accrued from (but excluding) the immediately preceding date of payment of interest through and including such Interest Payment Date at the Interest Rate for such quarter; provided , however , that for so long as the Company is prohibited from paying interest on this Note in cash pursuant to the Subordination Agreement, the Loan Agreement and/or one or more senior financing arrangements to which it is subject (if any, the “ Senior Financing Arrangements ”), the Company shall pay all of the interest on this Note by capitalizing on the applicable Interest Payment Date all such interest (all such accrued interest capitalized from time to time is referred to herein as “ PIK Interest ”) and by adding such PIK Interest to the Principal Amount of the applicable Note; provided , further , however , that if this Note is converted into fully paid and non- assessable Conversion Shares, the accrued but unpaid interest will also be converted into fully paid and non-assessable Conversion Shares as provided in Section 4. Interest on this Note shall accrue from the date of issuance until repayment of the Principal Amount and payment of all accrued interest in full. Interest shall accrue and be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the related period over 360 days.

PIK Interest on any Note shall be deemed for all purposes to be principal of such Note (including with respect to the accrual of interest on any PIK Interest amounts), whether or not such Note is marked to indicate the addition of such PIK Interest, and interest shall begin to accrue on PIK Interest beginning on and including the Interest Payment Date on which such PIK Interest is added to the Principal Amount of the related Note (including PIK Interest), and such interest shall accrue and be paid, together with the interest on the entire remaining Principal Amount of such Note, in accordance with this Section 2.

For purposes herein,

 

  (i) Principal Amount ” shall mean the outstanding principal amount of this Note at any time, which shall include any PIK Interest as provided herein; and

 

  (ii) Interest Rate ” shall mean eight percent (8%) per annum.

 

3


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, but subject to applicable law, upon and during the occurrence of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined), the Principal Amount of this Note shall bear interest, from the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is cured or waived, payable on demand in immediately available funds, at a rate equal to ten percent (10%) per annum. In addition, any overdue interest on this Note shall bear interest, payable on demand in immediately available funds, at a rate equal to ten percent (10%) per annum. In the event that any interest rate provided for herein shall be determined to be unlawful, such interest rate shall be computed at the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Any payment by the Company of any interest amount in excess of that permitted by law shall be considered a mistake, with the excess being applied to the principal of this Note without prepayment premium or penalty.

 

  3. Principal .

The Company shall pay the Principal Amount due under this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Maturity Date; provided that if this Note is converted into fully paid and non- assessable Conversion Shares, the accrued but unpaid interest will also be converted into fully paid and non-assessable Conversion Shares as provided in Section 4.

 

  4. Optional Conversion . At any time and from time to time (a) upon and during the occurrence of an Event of Default, from the date of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is cured or waived or (b) as of the Maturity Date, at the written election of Holder, any outstanding Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest on this Note (the “ Conversion Amount ”) shall be converted into shares of Common Stock at a per share conversion price equal to $6.30 (subject to appropriate adjustment to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar corporate event affecting the Common Stock) (all such shares into which the Note is converted into, the “ Conversion Shares ”). Upon any conversion election made in accordance with this Section 4, the Company shall authorize and approve, and make all filings necessary, to amend its certificate of incorporation as may be required to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to enable it to comply herewith. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall issue one whole share of Common Stock.

 

  5. Voluntary Prepayment .

 

  (a) Subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Notes are subject to prepayment at the option of the Company, in whole or in part. The Company shall give written notice of voluntary prepayment of this Note or any portion thereof to the Holder not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Such notice of voluntary prepayment shall be given in the manner specified in Section 7.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Upon notice of prepayment being given by the Company to the Holder, the Company covenants and agrees that the Company shall prepay, on the date fixed for prepayment in the notice therefor, this Note or the portion hereof so called for prepayment, at the Principal Amount thereof or the portion thereof so called for prepayment, together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon to the date fixed for such prepayment, together with costs and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Holder. Notwithstanding the above, at any time prior to such prepayment by the Company, the Holder may elect to convert all or any portion of the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under this Note into Conversion Shares on the terms set forth in Section 4.

 

4


  (b) All prepayments under this Section 5 shall include payment of accrued interest on the Principal Amount so prepaid and shall be applied first to payment of default interest, if any, then to payment of accrued interest, then to all costs, expenses and indemnities payable under the Note Purchase Agreement, if any, and thereafter to principal, provided , however , each voluntary prepayment of less than the full outstanding principal balance of the Note shall be in an aggregate Principal Amount of $10,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

 

  (c) If more than one Note is outstanding, the amounts payable under this Section 5 upon an election by the Company to prepay shall be applied to the Notes pro rata based on the relative amounts outstanding under each of the Notes (subject to the right of the Holder or any holder of the other Notes to convert some or all of such Note(s) as provided in Section 5(a) above).

 

  6. Mandatory Prepayment .

 

  (a) The obligations of the Company set forth in this Section with respect to mandatory prepayments shall in all respects be subject to the terms of the Company’s Senior Financing Arrangements, including without limitation, the Subordination Agreement.

 

  (b) Upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, all Principal Amount and interest on this Note shall become immediately due and payable at the option of the Holder. The Holder may, upon receiving notice of any Liquidity Event pursuant to Section 6(c) hereof, exercise its right to demand payment in full of this Note, by giving the Company notice of such election within ten (10) Business Days of receiving such notice. The Company shall, within five (5) Business Days following the consummation of an IPO or Asset Disposition, apply the Net Proceeds thereof to the prepayment of the Principal Amount of this Note, to the extent that such Net Proceeds shall not have been required to be applied to senior debt, and, the Company shall, concurrently with such prepayment of Principal Amount of this Note, pay interest on the amount prepaid (as provided in Section 2(a)) as though the date of prepayment was an Interest Payment Date. The Company shall, at or prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, prepay the entire Principal Amount of this Note, and, the Company shall, concurrently with such prepayment of Principal Amount of this Note, pay interest on the amount prepaid (as provided in Section 2(a)) as though the date of prepayment was an Interest Payment Date.

 

  (c)

The Company shall give written notice to the Holder of any Liquidity Event at least ten (10) Business Days and not more than sixty (60) Business Days prior to the consummation of such event. Such notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 7.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be deemed a consent by the Holder or any affiliate or board representative thereof to the consummation of any Liquidity Event and the Company covenants and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provisions of any Transaction Document, it shall not consummate an Asset Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Company without the consent in writing of all Holders of the Notes unless the Company pays the Notes in full at or prior to consummation thereof. In the event that the closing of an IPO is not consummated within sixty (60) days following the notice of prepayment given by the Company in connection with an IPO, the Company shall be under no obligation to make the payments as set forth above (but must once again comply with the notice provisions above in connection with any subsequent closing). In addition, in the event that such a notice of prepayment is delivered by the Company in connection with a Change of Control or Asset Disposition transaction and such

 

5


  transaction is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the notice of prepayment, the Company shall be under no obligation to make the payments as set forth above (but must once again comply with the notice provisions above in connection with any subsequent closing of such a transaction).

 

  (d) All prepayments under this Section 6 shall include payment of accrued interest on the Principal Amount so prepaid and shall be applied first to payment of default interest, if any, then to payment of accrued interest, then to all costs, expenses and indemnities payable under the Note Purchase Agreement, if any, and thereafter to the Principal Amount.

 

  (e) If more than one Note is outstanding, the Net Proceeds payable under this Section 6 shall be applied to the Notes pro rata, in accordance with the Principal Amount outstanding under each such Note.

 

  7. Termination of Rights .

All rights with respect to this Note shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of the date (a) this Note is repaid in full and (b) all outstanding Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest is converted into Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms hereunder (such earlier date, the “ Note Cancellation Date ”), whether or not this Note has been surrendered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder agrees to surrender this Note to the Company for cancellation as soon as is possible following conversion of this Note. Holder shall not be entitled to receive the Conversion Shares to be issued upon conversion of this Note until the original of this Note (or an executed affidavit of loss, damage or mutilation and agreement to indemnify the Company therefrom, in form reasonably requested by the Company) is surrendered (or delivered in the case of such affidavit and agreement) to the Company.

 

  8. Amendment .

Amendments and modifications of this Note may be made only in the manner provided in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

  9. Defaults and Remedies .

 

  (a) Events of Default .

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

 

  (i) Non-Payment . The Company shall (A) fail to pay when due any principal of this Note, (B) fail to pay within three (3) days after the same becomes due, any interest or fees payable under the terms of this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement or (C) fail to pay within three (3) days after receipt of notice of the failure to pay when due, any other obligations payable under the terms of this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents; or

 

6


  (ii) Other Defaults . The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after the earlier of (A) the date of notice by any Lender to the Company of such failure or (B) the date the Company has knowledge of such failure; or

 

  (iii) Representations and Warranties . Any material representation, warranty or certificate made or furnished by or on behalf of the Company to any Lender in or in connection with this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or as an inducement to any Lender to enter into this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, shall be false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; or

 

  (iv) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings . The Company shall (A) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (B) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (D) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part, (E) become insolvent (as such term may be defined or interpreted under any applicable statute), or (F) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it; or

 

  (v) Involuntary Proceedings . Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days of commencement; or

 

  (vi)

Judgments . (A) One or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards requiring the Company to pay an aggregate amount of $250,000 or more (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance issued by an insurer not an Affiliate of the Company) shall be rendered against the Company in connection with any single or related series of transactions, incidents or circumstances and the same shall not be satisfied, vacated, stayed or bonded for a period of ten (10) consecutive days; (B) one or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards requiring the Company to pay an aggregate amount of $250,000 (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance issued by an insurer not an Affiliate of the Company) shall be rendered against the Company in connection with any related or unrelated transactions, incidents or circumstances and the same shall not be satisfied, vacated, stayed or bonded for a period of ten (10) consecutive days; (C) any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, tax lien or execution or similar process not covered by a customer of the Company’s indemnity or similar duty shall be issued or levied against a part of the property of the Company with an aggregate value in excess of $250,000 and the same shall not be released, stayed, vacated,

 

7


  bonded or otherwise dismissed within thirty (30) days after issue or levy; or (D) any other non-monetary judgments, orders, decrees, arbitration awards, writs or similar processes which, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect are rendered, issued or levied; or

 

  (vii) Involuntary Dissolution or Split Up . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against the Company decreeing its involuntary dissolution or split up and such order shall remain undischarged and unstayed for a period in excess of sixty (60) days.

 

  (b) Acceleration .

If an Event of Default occurs under Section 9(a)(v) or 9(a)(vi), then the Principal Amount of, accrued interest on and all other amounts payable under, this Note shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Holder so notifies the Company in writing, the Principal Amount of, accrued interest on and all other amounts payable under, this Note may be declared by a Required Interest to be immediately due and payable. Upon such declaration, such principal, interest and other amounts shall become immediately due and payable.

 

  10. Suits for Enforcement .

 

  (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any one or more Events of Default and subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Holder of this Note may proceed to protect and enforce its rights hereunder by suit in equity, action at law or by other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in the Note Purchase Agreement or this Note or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in the Note Purchase Agreement or this Note, or may proceed to enforce the payment of this Note, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right of the Holders of this Note, provided , however , that no Holder will take any actions to protect or enforce its rights hereunder without the consent of a Required Interest.

 

  (b) In case of an Event of Default and subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Company will pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of such Holder due to such Event of Default, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to such Holder.

 

  11. Remedies Cumulative .

No remedy herein conferred upon the Holder is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.

 

  12. Remedies Not Waived .

No course of dealing between the Company and the Holder or any delay on the part of the Holder in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right.

 

8


  13. Transfer; Registration .

(a) The term “ Holder ” as used herein shall also include any registered transferee of this Note. Each transferee of this Note acknowledges that this Note has not been registered under the Securities Act, and each Holder agrees that, prior to any proposed transfer of this Note, if such transfer is not made pursuant to either an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that this Note may be sold without registration under the Securities Act, the Holder will, if requested by the Company, deliver to the Company:

 

  (i) an investment covenant reasonably satisfactory to the Company signed by the proposed transferee;

 

  (ii) an agreement by such transferee to the impression of the restrictive investment legend set forth on this Note; and

 

  (iii) an agreement by such transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13 relating to the transfer of such Note.

 

  (b) This Note is a registered instrument. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Note Register ”) in its principal offices for the purpose of registering the Note and any transfer thereof, which register shall reflect and identify, at all times, the ownership of any interest in the Note. Upon the issuance of this Note, the Company shall record the name of the initial purchaser of this Note in the Note Register as the first Holder. Upon surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of this Note at the principal offices of the Company, the Company shall, at the Company’s expense, execute and deliver a new Note of like tenor and of a like aggregate Principal Amount, registered in the name of the Holder or a transferee or transferees. Every Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instrument of transfer duly executed by the Holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. The Company shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Person other than the registered Holder of this Note.

 

  (c) This Note may be transferred or assigned by the Holder at any time, subject to Sections 13(a), 13(b) and 15 hereof.

 

  (d) In the event that the Holder intends to transfer the Note to more than one transferee, the Company shall, in good faith, cooperate with the Holder to effectuate such a transfer and to issue replacement Notes in the appropriate denominations.

 

  (e) The Holder shall bear the costs if any of any transfer or assignment of the Note.

 

  14. Replacement of Note .

On receipt by the Company of an affidavit of an authorized representative of the Holder stating the circumstances of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note (and in the case of any such mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Note), the Company, at its expense, will promptly execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of like tenor. If required by the Company, such Holder must provide an agreement to indemnify the Company, which in the judgment of the Company, is sufficient to protect the Company from any loss that it may suffer if a lost, stolen or destroyed Note is replaced.

 

9


  15. Successors and Assigns; Assignment .

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company. The Holder may not assign this Note or any of its respective rights under this Note to any person without the consent of the Required Interest. The Company may not assign any of its duties under this Note without the prior written consent of the Holder, any such purported assignment without such consent being null and void. No Person other than the Holder of this Note and its successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of any of the Transaction Documents.

 

  16. GOVERNING LAW .

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

  17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY AGREEMENTS OR TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THIS NOTE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS TRANSACTION, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH HAS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVED ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THIS NOTE. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND THAT MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF EACH.

 

  18. Headings .

The headings in this Note are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

10


  19. Severability .

If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
YWX HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ Vance Chang

Name: Vance Chang
Title: CFO

[Signature Page to Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note (YWX Holdings)- GHEPV]


HOLDER:
GREAT HILL EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P.

/s/ Michael A Kumin

Name: Michael A Kumin
Title: Manager
Address for Notices:

c/o Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109
Attn:

[Signature Page to Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note (YWX Holdings)- GHEPV]

 


Schedule I

Wire Transfer Instructions for the Holder

See attached.

Exhibit 10.16

Execution Copy

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.

THIS INSTRUMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBORDINATE IN THE MANNER AND TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (THE “SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT”) DATED AS OF MARCH 27, 2017, BY AND AMONG GREAT HILL INVESTORS, LLC, A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, GREAT HILL EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P., A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, DEERPATH FUNDING LP, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL AGENT (IN SUCH CAPACITY AND ON BEHALF OF THE SENIOR LENDERS, “AGENT”) AND, TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED THEREIN, THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BELOW), TO THE INDEBTEDNESS (INCLUDING INTEREST) OWED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN LOAN AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JULY 24, 2015 (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “LOAN AGREEMENT”), AMONG THE COMPANY, THE OTHER GUARANTORS, THE BORROWERS (EACH AS DEFINED IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT), THE AGENT AND THE SENIOR LENDERS (AS DEFINED IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT), ALL AS DESCRIBED IN AND SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; AND EACH HOLDER OF THIS INSTRUMENT, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.

SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$10,650.00

   March 27, 2017

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , YWX Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”), hereby promises to pay GREAT HILL INVESTORS, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Massachusetts (the “ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, on the Maturity Date (as hereinafter defined) (or earlier as hereinafter provided) the principal sum of $10,650.00, with interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note from time to time as provided herein. For the purposes of this Note, the term “ Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) March 27, 2018 or (ii) at the Holder’s option, the date of an IPO.

 

  1. Purchase Agreement; Definitions .

 

  (a)

This Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Note ”) issued by the Company on the date hereof pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) dated concurrently herewith, by and among the Company, the Holder and the other lenders from time to time party thereto. This Note is one of a series of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (together with all notes issued pursuant to Section 13(d) or Section 14 hereof and thereof, the “ Notes ”) issued in connection with and pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Note and the Note Purchase Agreement, and may, subject to the Subordination


  Agreement, enforce the agreements of the Company contained herein and therein and exercise the remedies provided for hereby and thereby or otherwise available in respect hereto and thereto, to the extent provided herein or therein. Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used herein with the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

  (b) In addition to the definitions set forth above, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below and, unless the context of this Note provides otherwise, all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Note Purchase Agreement:

Asset Disposition ” shall mean, unless waived by a Required Interest, the disposition whether by sale, lease, transfer, loss, damage, destruction, condemnation or otherwise of any of the following: (a) any of the capital stock or other equity or ownership interest of any subsidiary of the Company, in whatever form, or (b) any of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than sales of receivables consistent with past practices in the ordinary course of business and securitization transactions).

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following, unless waived by a Required Interest:

(i) The Lenders collectively shall cease to have the right to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company,

(ii) The Lenders collectively shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the outstanding voting rights of the Company, or

(iii) (w) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another entity (except one in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving entity), (x) any sale, license, lease or transfer of all or a material portion of the assets of the Company (other than sales of receivables consistent with past practices in the ordinary course of business and securitization transactions), in whatever form, (y) any sale, license, lease or transfer of all or a material portion of the assets of the subsidiaries of the Company, taken as a whole (other than sales of receivables consistent with past practices in the ordinary course of business and securitization transactions), in whatever form, or (z) any other transaction pursuant to or as a result of which a single person (or group of affiliated persons) acquires or holds capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting power.

Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

IPO ” shall mean the initial public offering of equity securities of the Company (or any successor thereto), in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Liquidity Event ” shall mean (a) a Change of Control, (b) an IPO or (c) an Asset Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

2


Net Proceeds ” shall mean the cash proceeds in respect of an IPO or Asset Disposition, net of (a) reasonable costs and expenses relating to such IPO or Asset Disposition, (b) any taxes payable (or reasonably reserved for after taking into account available credits and deductions) in respect of such IPO or Asset Disposition, (c) any discount or commissions payable in respect of an IPO and (d) in the case of an Asset Disposition, the amount required to be applied to other indebtedness relating to the relevant asset with the proceeds of such Asset Disposition.

 

  2. Interest .

 

  (a) The Company promises to pay interest on the Principal Amount (as hereinafter defined) of this Note at the Interest Rate (as defined herein). The Company shall pay accrued interest quarterly in arrears at the Interest Rate for such quarter on each January 15, April 15, July 15, October 15 of each calendar year during the term hereof and on the Maturity Date, or, if any such date shall not be a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day to occur after such date (each date upon which interest shall be so payable, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing on April 15, 2017 and on each Interest Payment Date shall pay interest accrued from (but excluding) the immediately preceding date of payment of interest through and including such Interest Payment Date at the Interest Rate for such quarter; provided , however , that for so long as the Company is prohibited from paying interest on this Note in cash pursuant to the Subordination Agreement, the Loan Agreement and/or one or more senior financing arrangements to which it is subject (if any, the “ Senior Financing Arrangements ”), the Company shall pay all of the interest on this Note by capitalizing on the applicable Interest Payment Date all such interest (all such accrued interest capitalized from time to time is referred to herein as “ PIK Interest ”) and by adding such PIK Interest to the Principal Amount of the applicable Note; provided , further , however , that if this Note is converted into fully paid and non- assessable Conversion Shares, the accrued but unpaid interest will also be converted into fully paid and non-assessable Conversion Shares as provided in Section 4. Interest on this Note shall accrue from the date of issuance until repayment of the Principal Amount and payment of all accrued interest in full. Interest shall accrue and be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the related period over 360 days.

PIK Interest on any Note shall be deemed for all purposes to be principal of such Note (including with respect to the accrual of interest on any PIK Interest amounts), whether or not such Note is marked to indicate the addition of such PIK Interest, and interest shall begin to accrue on PIK Interest beginning on and including the Interest Payment Date on which such PIK Interest is added to the Principal Amount of the related Note (including PIK Interest), and such interest shall accrue and be paid, together with the interest on the entire remaining Principal Amount of such Note, in accordance with this Section 2.

For purposes herein,

 

  (i) Principal Amount ” shall mean the outstanding principal amount of this Note at any time, which shall include any PIK Interest as provided herein; and

 

  (ii) “Interest Rate ” shall mean eight percent (8%) per annum.

 

3


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, but subject to applicable law, upon and during the occurrence of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined), the Principal Amount of this Note shall bear interest, from the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is cured or waived, payable on demand in immediately available funds, at a rate equal to ten percent (10%) per annum. In addition, any overdue interest on this Note shall bear interest, payable on demand in immediately available funds, at a rate equal to ten percent (10%) per annum. In the event that any interest rate provided for herein shall be determined to be unlawful, such interest rate shall be computed at the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Any payment by the Company of any interest amount in excess of that permitted by law shall be considered a mistake, with the excess being applied to the principal of this Note without prepayment premium or penalty.

 

  3. Principal .

The Company shall pay the Principal Amount due under this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Maturity Date; p r ov i ded that if this Note is converted into fully paid and non- assessable Conversion Shares, the accrued but unpaid interest will also be converted into fully paid and non-assessable Conversion Shares as provided in Section 4.

 

  4. Optional Conversion . At any time and from time to time (a) upon and during the occurrence of an Event of Default, from the date of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is cured or waived or (b) as of the Maturity Date, at the written election of Holder, any outstanding Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest on this Note (the “ Conversion Amount ”) shall be converted into shares of Common Stock at a per share conversion price equal to $6.30 (subject to appropriate adjustment to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar corporate event affecting the Common Stock) (all such shares into which the Note is converted into, the “ Conversion Shares ”). Upon any conversion election made in accordance with this Section 4, the Company shall authorize and approve, and make all filings necessary, to amend its certificate of incorporation as may be required to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to enable it to comply herewith. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall issue one whole share of Common Stock.

 

  5. Voluntary Prepayment .

 

  (a) Subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Notes are subject to prepayment at the option of the Company, in whole or in part. The Company shall give written notice of voluntary prepayment of this Note or any portion thereof to the Holder not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Such notice of voluntary prepayment shall be given in the manner specified in Section 7.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Upon notice of prepayment being given by the Company to the Holder, the Company covenants and agrees that the Company shall prepay, on the date fixed for prepayment in the notice therefor, this Note or the portion hereof so called for prepayment, at the Principal Amount thereof or the portion thereof so called for prepayment, together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon to the date fixed for such prepayment, together with costs and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Holder. Notwithstanding the above, at any time prior to such prepayment by the Company, the Holder may elect to convert all or any portion of the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under this Note into Conversion Shares on the terms set forth in Section 4.

 

4


  (b) All prepayments under this Section 5 shall include payment of accrued interest on the Principal Amount so prepaid and shall be applied first to payment of default interest, if any, then to payment of accrued interest, then to all costs, expenses and indemnities payable under the Note Purchase Agreement, if any, and thereafter to principal, provided , however , each voluntary prepayment of less than the full outstanding principal balance of the Note shall be in an aggregate Principal Amount of $10,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

 

  (c) If more than one Note is outstanding, the amounts payable under this Section 5 upon an election by the Company to prepay shall be applied to the Notes pro rata based on the relative amounts outstanding under each of the Notes (subject to the right of the Holder or any holder of the other Notes to convert some or all of such Note(s) as provided in Section 5(a) above).

 

  6. Mandatory Prepayment .

 

  (a) The obligations of the Company set forth in this Section with respect to mandatory prepayments shall in all respects be subject to the terms of the Company’s Senior Financing Arrangements, including without limitation, the Subordination Agreement.

 

  (b) Upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, all Principal Amount and interest on this Note shall become immediately due and payable at the option of the Holder. The Holder may, upon receiving notice of any Liquidity Event pursuant to Section 6(c) hereof, exercise its right to demand payment in full of this Note, by giving the Company notice of such election within ten (10) Business Days of receiving such notice. The Company shall, within five (5) Business Days following the consummation of an IPO or Asset Disposition, apply the Net Proceeds thereof to the prepayment of the Principal Amount of this Note, to the extent that such Net Proceeds shall not have been required to be applied to senior debt, and, the Company shall, concurrently with such prepayment of Principal Amount of this Note, pay interest on the amount prepaid (as provided in Section 2(a)) as though the date of prepayment was an Interest Payment Date. The Company shall, at or prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, prepay the entire Principal Amount of this Note, and, the Company shall, concurrently with such prepayment of Principal Amount of this Note, pay interest on the amount prepaid (as provided in Section 2(a)) as though the date of prepayment was an Interest Payment Date.

 

  (c)

The Company shall give written notice to the Holder of any Liquidity Event at least ten (10) Business Days and not more than sixty (60) Business Days prior to the consummation of such event. Such notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 7.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be deemed a consent by the Holder or any affiliate or board representative thereof to the consummation of any Liquidity Event and the Company covenants and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provisions of any Transaction Document, it shall not consummate an Asset Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Company without the consent in writing of all Holders of the Notes unless the Company pays the Notes in full at or prior to consummation thereof. In the event that the closing of an IPO is not consummated within sixty (60) days following the notice of prepayment given by the Company in connection with an IPO, the Company shall be under no obligation to make the payments as set forth above (but must once again

 

5


  comply with the notice provisions above in connection with any subsequent closing). In addition, in the event that such a notice of prepayment is delivered by the Company in connection with a Change of Control or Asset Disposition transaction and such transaction is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the notice of prepayment, the Company shall be under no obligation to make the payments as set forth above (but must once again comply with the notice provisions above in connection with any subsequent closing of such a transaction).

 

  (d) All prepayments under this Section 6 shall include payment of accrued interest on the Principal Amount so prepaid and shall be applied first to payment of default interest, if any, then to payment of accrued interest, then to all costs, expenses and indemnities payable under the Note Purchase Agreement, if any, and thereafter to the Principal Amount.

 

  (e) If more than one Note is outstanding, the Net Proceeds payable under this Section 6 shall be applied to the Notes pro rata, in accordance with the Principal Amount outstanding under each such Note.

 

  7. Termination of Rights .

All rights with respect to this Note shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of the date (a) this Note is repaid in full and (b) all outstanding Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest is converted into Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms hereunder (such earlier date, the “ Note Cancellation Date ”), whether or not this Note has been surrendered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder agrees to surrender this Note to the Company for cancellation as soon as is possible following conversion of this Note. Holder shall not be entitled to receive the Conversion Shares to be issued upon conversion of this Note until the original of this Note (or an executed affidavit of loss, damage or mutilation and agreement to indemnify the Company therefrom, in form reasonably requested by the Company) is surrendered (or delivered in the case of such affidavit and agreement) to the Company.

 

  8. Amendment .

Amendments and modifications of this Note may be made only in the manner provided in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

  9. Defaults and Remedies .

 

  (a) Events of Default .

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

 

  (i) Non-Payment . The Company shall (A) fail to pay when due any principal of this Note, (B) fail to pay within three (3) days after the same becomes due, any interest or fees payable under the terms of this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement or (C) fail to pay within three (3) days after receipt of notice of the failure to pay when due, any other obligations payable under the terms of this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents; or

 

6


  (ii) Other Defaults . The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after the earlier of (A) the date of notice by any Lender to the Company of such failure or (B) the date the Company has knowledge of such failure; or

 

  (iii) Representations and Warranties . Any material representation, warranty or certificate made or furnished by or on behalf of the Company to any Lender in or in connection with this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or as an inducement to any Lender to enter into this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, shall be false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; or

 

  (iv) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings . The Company shall (A) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (B) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (D) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part, (E) become insolvent (as such term may be defined or interpreted under any applicable statute), or (F) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it; or

 

  (v) Involuntary Proceedings . Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days of commencement; or

 

  (vi)

Judgments . (A) One or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards requiring the Company to pay an aggregate amount of $250,000 or more (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance issued by an insurer not an Affiliate of the Company) shall be rendered against the Company in connection with any single or related series of transactions, incidents or circumstances and the same shall not be satisfied, vacated, stayed or bonded for a period of ten (10) consecutive days; (B) one or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards requiring the Company to pay an aggregate amount of $250,000 (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance issued by an insurer not an Affiliate of the Company) shall be rendered against the Company in connection with any related or unrelated transactions, incidents or circumstances and the same shall not be satisfied, vacated, stayed or bonded for a period of ten (10) consecutive days; (C) any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, tax lien or execution or similar process not covered by

 

7


  a customer of the Company’s indemnity or similar duty shall be issued or levied against a part of the property of the Company with an aggregate value in excess of $250,000 and the same shall not be released, stayed, vacated, bonded or otherwise dismissed within thirty (30) days after issue or levy; or (D) any other non-monetary judgments, orders, decrees, arbitration awards, writs or similar processes which, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect are rendered, issued or levied; or

 

  (vii) Involuntary Dissolution or Split Up . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against the Company decreeing its involuntary dissolution or split up and such order shall remain undischarged and unstayed for a period in excess of sixty (60) days.

 

  (b) Acceleration .

If an Event of Default occurs under Section 9(a)(v) or 9(a)(vi), then the Principal Amount of, accrued interest on and all other amounts payable under, this Note shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Holder so notifies the Company in writing, the Principal Amount of, accrued interest on and all other amounts payable under, this Note may be declared by a Required Interest to be immediately due and payable. Upon such declaration, such principal, interest and other amounts shall become immediately due and payable.

 

  10. Suits for Enforcement .

 

  (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any one or more Events of Default and subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Holder of this Note may proceed to protect and enforce its rights hereunder by suit in equity, action at law or by other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in the Note Purchase Agreement or this Note or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in the Note Purchase Agreement or this Note, or may proceed to enforce the payment of this Note, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right of the Holders of this Note, provided , however , that no Holder will take any actions to protect or enforce its rights hereunder without the consent of a Required Interest.

 

  (b) In case of an Event of Default and subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Company will pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of such Holder due to such Event of Default, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to such Holder.

 

  11. Remedies Cumulative .

No remedy herein conferred upon the Holder is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.

 

8


  12. Remedies Not Waived .

No course of dealing between the Company and the Holder or any delay on the part of the Holder in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right.

 

  13. Transfer; Registration .

(a) The term “ Holder ” as used herein shall also include any registered transferee of this Note. Each transferee of this Note acknowledges that this Note has not been registered under the Securities Act, and each Holder agrees that, prior to any proposed transfer of this Note, if such transfer is not made pursuant to either an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that this Note may be sold without registration under the Securities Act, the Holder will, if requested by the Company, deliver to the Company:

 

  (i) an investment covenant reasonably satisfactory to the Company signed by the proposed transferee;

 

  (ii) an agreement by such transferee to the impression of the restrictive investment legend set forth on this Note; and

 

  (iii) an agreement by such transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13 relating to the transfer of such Note.

 

  (b) This Note is a registered instrument. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Note Register ”) in its principal offices for the purpose of registering the Note and any transfer thereof, which register shall reflect and identify, at all times, the ownership of any interest in the Note. Upon the issuance of this Note, the Company shall record the name of the initial purchaser of this Note in the Note Register as the first Holder. Upon surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of this Note at the principal offices of the Company, the Company shall, at the Company’s expense, execute and deliver a new Note of like tenor and of a like aggregate Principal Amount, registered in the name of the Holder or a transferee or transferees. Every Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instrument of transfer duly executed by the Holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. The Company shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Person other than the registered Holder of this Note.

 

  (c) This Note may be transferred or assigned by the Holder at any time, subject to Sections 13(a), 13(b) and 15 hereof.

 

  (d) In the event that the Holder intends to transfer the Note to more than one transferee, the Company shall, in good faith, cooperate with the Holder to effectuate such a transfer and to issue replacement Notes in the appropriate denominations.

 

  (e) The Holder shall bear the costs if any of any transfer or assignment of the Note.

 

  14. Replacement of Note .

On receipt by the Company of an affidavit of an authorized representative of the Holder stating the circumstances of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note (and in the case of any such mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Note), the Company, at its expense, will promptly execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of like tenor. If required by the Company, such Holder must provide an agreement to indemnify the Company, which in the judgment of the Company, is sufficient to protect the Company from any loss that it may suffer if a lost, stolen or destroyed Note is replaced.

 

9


  15. Successors and Assigns; Assignment .

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company. The Holder may not assign this Note or any of its respective rights under this Note to any person without the consent of the Required Interest. The Company may not assign any of its duties under this Note without the prior written consent of the Holder, any such purported assignment without such consent being null and void. No Person other than the Holder of this Note and its successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of any of the Transaction Documents.

 

  16. GOVERNING LAW .

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

  17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY AGREEMENTS OR TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THIS NOTE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS TRANSACTION, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH HAS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVED ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THIS NOTE. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND THAT MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF EACH.

 

10


  18. Headings .

The headings in this Note are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

  19. Severability .

If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
YWX HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ Vance Chang

Name: Vance Chang
Title: CFO

[Signature Page to Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note (YWX Holdings)- GHI]


HOLDER:
GREAT HILL INVESTORS, LLC

/s/ Michael Kumin

Name: Michael Kumin
Title: A Manager
Address for Notices:

c/o Great Hill Partners LLC

One Liberty Square

Boston, MA 02109
Attn:

[Signature Page to Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note (YWX Holdings)- GHI]

 


Schedule I

Wire Transfer Instructions for the Holder

See attached.

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF YOGAWORKS, INC.

Whole Body, Inc. (Delaware)

Yoga Works, Inc. (California)

Nor Cal Whole Body, LLC (Delaware)

Center for Yoga Inc. (California)

Be Yoga LLC (New York)

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Yogaworks, Inc.

Los Angeles, California

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated April 18, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Yogaworks, Inc., which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Los Angeles, California

June 23, 2017